Full text of "Journal of the New York Entomological Society"

See other formats

JOURNAL

OF THE

NEW YORK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

to lEntomalogg ttt Gfottmii

VOLUME XXXV, 1927

Published Quarterly by the Society
Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster, Pa.

New York, N. Y.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXV

Page

Alexander, ChxVrles P.

Records and Descriptions of Craneflies from the East-
ern United States (Tipulidae, Diptera) 55

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Craneflies

(Tipulidae, Diptera), III 265

Argo, Virgil N.

The North American Species of the Genus Potamanthus,

with a Description of a New Species 319

Bell, E. L.

Description of a New Race of Pamphila juba Scudder
(Lepidoptera, Hesperidae) 175

Description of a New Species of Erynnis (Thanaos

auct.) (Lepidoptera, Hesperidae) 261

Bird, Henry

A New Arrangement and a New Generic Name in the

Gortynid Series of the Acronyctinae (Lepidoptera) 179

Bishop, Sherman C.

See C. R. Crosby
Broughton, Elsie

See James G. Needham
Byers, C. Francis

Notes on Some American Dragonfly Nymphs (Odonata,

Anisoptera) 65

Crosby, C. R., and Sherman C. Bishop

New Species of Erigoneae and Theridiidae 147

Davis, Wm. T.

The Rearing of Pink Katydids 171

New Cicadas from the Western United States with

Notes on Several Other Species 373

Dozier, H. L.

A New Fulgorid from Porto Rico 53

Driggers, Byrley F.

Galls on Stems of Cultivated Blueberry (Vaccinium
corymbosum) Caused by a Chalcidoid, Hemadas

nubilipennis 253

iii

Fall, H. C.

A New Genus and Species of Dytiscidse 177

Forbes, Wm. T. M.

The Genus Melinaea Hubner, with a Description of a

New Species (Lepidoptera, Ithomiime) 23

Fry, Henry J.

Grasshopper Culture in the Laboratory 41

Funkhouser, W. D.

New Membracidse Collected by the Cornell South Amer-
ican Expedition 159

Goding, Frederic W.

New Membracidse 167

Revision of the Membracidse of South America and
Antilles 183

The Membracidse of South America and the Antilles,

II, Subfamily Centrothne 391

Hatch, Melville H.

A Systematic Index to the Keys for the Determination
of the Nearctic Coleoptera 279

Studies on the Silphime 331

Hood, J. Douglass

New Thysanoptera from the United States 123

Lutz, Frank E.

A Much- Abused but Still Cheerful Cricket 307

Myers, Mabel A.

Observations on the Habits and Life History of the

Moth, Lophoptilus eloisella 241

Needham, James G., and Elsie Broughton

Central American Stoneflies with Descriptions of New

Species (Plecoptera) 109

Rudolfs, Willem

Studies on Chemical Changes During the Life Cycle of
the Tent Caterpillar (Malacosoma americana Fab.),

III, Soluble Ash and Sulfates 219

Steele, Brandt F.

Notes on the Feeding Habits of Carrion Beetles 77

Townsend, Charles H. T.

On the Cephenemyia Mechanism and the Daylight-Day
Circuit of the Earth by Flight 245

Wade, J. S.

Some Insects of Thoreau’s Writings 1

Weiss, Harry B.

Propitiation of Insects (Note) 50

The Natural History of Ants (Book Notice) 64

Sir John Hill’s “ Decade of Curious Insects” 83

Pour Encyclopedic Entomologists of the Renaissance 193

Insects as Precursors of the Plague (Note) 209

Pierre Eugene Du Simitiere, Early Naturalist (Note) 211

James Petiver’s Gazophylacii 411

Alexander Neckam, Clergyman and Naturalist of the

Twelfth Century 417

Weiss, Harry B., and G. M. Ziegler

The Communism of Thomas Say 231

West, Erdman

Records of Fungous Beetles in Florida 63

Book Notices 64, 415

Proceedings of the Society 101, 213, 309, 419

VOL. XXXV

March, 1927

No. 1

JOURNAL

OF THE

NEW YORK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Sfuntrii tn Enlnmnlogg in (Srnrral

Edited by HAEBY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

Harry B. Weiss F. E. Lutz J. D. Sherman, Jf,

C. E. Olsen

Published Quarterly by the Society

Lime and Green Sts.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1927

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the

Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1,024.

Subscription $3.00 per Year.

’ -'V "VV.'-V'^ --.V \ ' N ■;:;:V.-"/;: ■

CONTENTS

PAGE

Some Insects of Thoreau’s Writings.

By J. S. Wade 1

The Genus Melinaea Hubner* with a Description of a
New Species (Lepidoptera, Ithomiinae).

By Wm. T. M. Forbes 23

Grasshopper Culture in the Laboratory.

By Henry J. Fry . 41

Propitiation of Insects...., .., 50

A New Fulgorid From Porto Rico.

By H. L. Dozier 53

Records and Descriptions of Crane-flies from the Eastern
United States (Tipulidae, Diptera).

By Charles P. Alexander 55-

Records of Fungous Beetles 63

Book Notices. .:&§ . 64

Notes on Some American Dragonfly Nymphs (Odonata,
Anisoptera).

By C. Francis Byers 65

Notes on the Feeding Habits of Carrion Beetles.

By Brandt F. Steele 77

Sir John Hill’s “Decade of Curious Insects.”

By Harry B. Weiss 83.

Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society. . . . 101

NOTICE: Volume XXXIV, Number 4, of the Journal of
the New York Entomological Society was published on
January 12, 1927.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XXXV March, 1927 No. 1

SOME INSECTS OF THOREAU’S WRITINGS

By J. S. Wade

It was near Concord, Massachusetts, on a beautiful summer
afternoon that two companions, associates in Federal economic
entomology, drove rather slowly along the winding wood-road
which leads through the forest undergrowth down the gentle
declivity toward Walden pond. Stopping their auto at a con-
venient place, they then proceeded on foot a short distance
through the fragrant pine woods toward the spot, immortal in
American literature, where Henry David Thoreau, he whom
Channing had called the “Poet-Naturalist,” had erected his now
famous hut. As their feet, brushing aside the litter of the forest
floor, drew them nearer to the goal of their journey, their tones
became more hushed, their steps grew slower and their manner
more subdued. Before them on the gentle slope, irregularly
bounded on either side by slight depressions, surrounded by quiet
trees, and amid peaceful gauze-like fringe of undergrowth, was
to be seen a large pile of weather beaten stones— the cairn-
placed there by devoted and reverent hands of pilgrims from the
ends of the earth, upon the exact spot where once had stood the
humble hut where the great thinker had “lived one of his lives.”

Standing there in the quiet woods beside this shrine, with the
soft rays of the afternoon sun reflecting from the pond surface,
brokenly through the fragrant pine trees upon them a message of
peace, the quiet and serenity of the place made quick appeal, and
met instant response. Sensitive to the touch of beauty, and be-

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

coming dimly aware that the spot whereon they stood might be
termed holy ground, they doffed their head-coverings with un-
spoken accord and enwrapped in an eloquent silence allowed the
tranqillity of the scene to have full sway and work its magic upon
them.

Why attempt to describe what was before their eyes when
Thoreau himself already has delighted to dwell in matchless
words over and over again upon its changing loveliness ! While
the natural scenery was there before them in all its exquisite
beauty, yet the man who loved to paint unparalleled word pic-
tures of every phase of its glory at all seasons of the year was
not there to give to them his interpretation of the passing hour.
Because of this there appeared in their imaginations to be some
indefinable quality lacking from the hue and fragrance of the
day. It might be as if they were to “be satisfied with the dews
of morning or evening without their colors or the heavens with-
out their azure.”

It was a passing whimsical fancy, but the comrades remarked
to each other that if only there could have been made possible
such a capricious reversal of time as that of visiting this place
when it had Thoreau ’s living presence, what an epochal interest
such an event would have possessed to every one concerned ! For
instance, how gratified he would have been if one from an after
generation might only have conveyed to him some message or hint
of his growing fame in future years ! How much more endur-
able such a vision of the future years might have made his ob-
scurity, apparent literary failure, and the depreciation of him
by his contemporaries.

After a little while the comrades strolled down to the pond
side talking in low tones as they walked of the one whose steps
had so often trod the path along that gentle slope. Gathering up
from the edge of the water some stones suitable for the purpose,
they each carried one up the slope and added it to the cairn,
which by accretions of similar stones already was higher than
their heads. Remembering an old comrade of boyhood days,
who, though far away in miles was yet very near in sympathy
and appreciation of Thoreau, one of the party added still an-
other stone to the heap in the name of this absent friend, in an

March, 1927]

Wade : Thoreau

attempt to express as it were by proxy some of the affection and
admiration always manifested by him for the great naturalist.
Memories of that friend and of boyhood hours they had spent
happily together in reading aloud from “ Robinson Crusoe” and
“ Walden” tended by the same token to enhance the charm of
the spot and to add luster to the graciousness of its serenity. It
is oftentimes a matter of extreme difficulty for some people to
converse dispassionately concerning Thoreau. The theme brings
up to them a wealth of tender reminiscence of a golden time in
youth when Thoreau in his Walden woods and Robinson Crusoe
on his desert isle were ideal heroes and made overwhelming ap-
peal to boyish nature. Even memories of the records of the gentle
St. Francis of Assisi with the birds of Bevagna may not recall
for them any more loving pictures from that time when life was
fresh and new, than do those of Henry Thoreau, the serene nature
lover of Concord with his birds and fishes, insects and flowers.

At some distant time in the past, possibly during some storm,
a large tree had fallen within the area formerly used as the door
yard of the hut; its branches and projecting roots were long
since gone and the trunk itself had become considerably decayed,
yet its presence there still added somehow to the spot a touch of
peculiar appropriateness and tended as it were to give it the one
final ambrosial touch needed to make realistic the words: “We
can not help being struck by the seeming though innocent indif-
ference of Nature. . . . Like a true benefactress, the secret of
service is its unchangeableness. ’ ’ How Thoreau would have de-
lighted in having that old tree lie there on that spot! What
aphorisms and soliloquies its presence would have provoked from
him !

“We lack but open eye and ear

To find the Orient’s marvels here;

The still small voice in autumn’s hush,

Yon maple wood the burning bush.”

Soon the comrades gravitated to the old tree and seated side
by side upon its trunk they drank in anew of the fragrance of
the woods and as it were thought aloud to each other of many
things. Variable was the vein of fancy. The well was deep and
there was little to draw with. They became painfully affected by

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

the consciousness of the truth that “If thou hast wanderings in
the wilderness and findest not Sinai, ’tis thy soul is poor. ’ ’ How-
ever, perchance for them it were “better that the primrose by the
river’s brim be a yellow primrose and nothing more than that it
be something less. ’ ’

1 ‘ The beauty of old Greece or Rome

Sung, painted, wrought, lies close at home;

We need but eye and ear

In all our daily walks to trace
The outlines of incarnate grace,

The hymns of gods to hear.”

Much of the bark of the old tree trunk long ago had gone, but
here and there fragments were still clinging to the surface of the
nearly bare worm-scarred trunk, and presently the comrades,
with instincts unerringly true to entomological tradition, were
deftly pulling away bits of it here and there and peering hither
and yon beneath it and debating with each other as to the pos-
sibility of finding insect specimens therein. Soon, sure enough,
a tiny chestnut brown beetle was brought kicking and struggling
into light, to the unconcealed exultation of its finder, and, after
some animated debate as to its identity, it was consigned to the
ever-present cyanide bottle. The occurrence of this specimen*
later determined as Tenebrioides nana Melsh., of the Coleop-
terous family Ostomidae, turned the thoughts and conversation of
the comrades to a discussion of the various records by Thoreau
of observations upon insects. It was vaguely apprehended by
them at the moment that he had written much upon the subject,
but it was not until later that a growing interest in this phase of
his writings led as opportunity afforded to a more careful ex-
amination of Thoreau ’s published works in the Library of Con-
gress in Washington, and then only was it clearly realized how
very much work he really had done upon the subject.

There have been made several special subject studies of
Thoreau ’s works, in fact it has been a favorite avocation within
the past few decades, on part of students and admirers of
Thoreau, to assemble and publish pertinent and characteristic
extracts from his writings, especially from his voluminous Jour-

March, 1927]

Wade : Thoreau

nal, containing his records for twenty-four years from 1837 to
1861 on various phases of Nature or upon objects or subjects of
general interest. Probably some of the best known of these might
be indicated in the series painstakingly compiled by Harrison
Gray Otis Blake, entitled “Early Spring in Massachusetts/7
1881; “Summer,77 1884; “Winter,77 1888 ; “ Thoreau 7s
Thoughts,77 1890, and “Autumn/7 1892. Others of somewhat
similar scope and equal interest which might be indicated are
“Thoreau’s Calendar/7 1909, by Anne Russell Marble; “Notes
on New England Birds/7 1910, by P. II. Allen, and “Through
the Year with Thoreau,77 1917, by Herbert W. Gleason.

In view of the quantity of recorded observations left by him
pertaining to entomological subjects, the enquiry seemed perti-
nent to those interested in this phase of his work as to whether
or not any attempt had been made to segregate and publish any
of this material in separate form. Curiously enough, however,
it has been found that nothing of this kind on the subject of in-
sects has as yet appeared in print, though a compilation of the
more important references to insects in his Journal was com-
menced some years ago by P. H. Allen. This work was discon-
tinued with the Journal entry for January 6, 1853, and the ma-
terial, though unpublished, was very courteously made accessible
to the writer by him. It seems probable that at some distant time
in the future there will be sufficient demand for it on the part of
entomologists and others to warrant the labor of preparation of
such a compilation. Meanwhile it may be of possible interest to
the entomological fraternity and to lovers of Thoreau to learn in
a general way something of the extent and character of his ento-
mological references.

It has been therefore for the benefit of those of the fellowship
of doubting Thomas, who, perhaps without giving much thought
to the matter, have supposed that Thoreau really had not written
very much on entomology, and, yet, who have not made an effort
to settle their doubts in the obvious way, that the present writer
has spent considerable time in making an analytical reading of
his works from beginning to end, and, among other things, in the
course of the reading, to index each and every reference of what-
ever brevity or completeness pertaining to insects. On the com-

Tabulation of Insect References in Thoreau’s Writings

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

spiig; xr;ox

O^cO00HHl>H(M^CiO5HOOHcoif5©(MCi |
ONOMM(M^OOHTHCl©OOI>HSCO?DCa!M

i — 1

1—1 T— 1

8,433

s^oasiii ir;ox

^DHNOWmt'OlTtun^OOcOQOaOSOiO^COCO
^WmHOHH^MOlO^mt-CO'OOl^lOOON
HH(M(M(MrHHH r— 1 Cq i— 1

2,512

Riaxd'ooaxj;

N H H i— i cq

rH i — 1 i— l r— 1

RioxdoxQxdng;

T— 1

RX'BRopo

rH CO lO H O O) (M H O (M

aRpiiauieixdg;

Cq oq t> (M CO H 1—1

00
1 — 1

•osipj;

MOCOWt>(MMOlMt>NOOI>Ttl'rHOCOOOqH^
r-l Cq 1-1 (^THrtllOTtl^OCOTjHCqTlHOCOCvI

570

R.i0XdoipiJx

i—l i—l i — 1 i — i rH T— 1 t^I CO i— 1 i — It— 1 i—l

B.mn'esYqx

HrHrHHH

Ri8X.donoi[dig

i—i i — i i— i i—i

ui8Xdoiipi()

O^rtl ThlrH(MCqTtieOr-IGCiC005 00 00C<Jt^b-lOt^

i—l t— 1 (M H CD CO (M i-l r— 1 Cq Cq t— 1 i— 1 i — 1

| *

382

'BX0Xdopld8rI

1-1*0 CMTtl HHCOlOCliUO'ijlOOCqOCOOIM

t— i i—i i— icq-^oqT— i cq r- i cq cq co i— i

295

BJ0;dOTI8TILCH

oq t> (MIOCO(MI>QOI>lCl(MHCOOOqCDCOOqt>l>
i—i i— ico^^coi— icotHi— i cq eo cq

404

RX8Xdini8ji

H DO cq HrJlcocoOlONTilOOCOlOCDCDCCq

cq i— i i— i rH cq

i—i

Rio^dto;

l>'^CDOqij10il>0'dlHNWCqOOOOOOO'ii1(MW

cq i— iHcqcqcqnHi— i h cq cq

279

Ri8Xdo0xo3

Hi>cqcqooH'iioqi>Tlico©i>oooooocooico
i— i i— i cq cq i— i i—i i — i i— i i — i i— i cq

Z2Z

i N ! Ini i M ! i j

;o y®HcqcoTfuooi>ooo50HoqM^

■ = O 02 2 £ HHHHH

i ^ '-o pj *2 ao

’ffl 2 3 ® 13 O fi ^ ^ ^ fH* f-i f-l" Ph" Ph

!>l>HcS^Hr3o000°000000000

^ ^ O H t-3 |-5 'o 1-5 '“O ►o 1-3 Hj 1-5 l-j Ha Hj l-j

March, 1927]

Wade: Thoreau

pletion after some months of this self-imposed work of index-
making, he has prepared therefrom the following tabular state-
ment from which exact data can be obtained indicating the ex-
tent of Thoreau ’s entomological writings as arranged by the
orders of the insects considered in each of the works.

It will be noted that there are in all slightly over 2,500 refer-
ences pertaining to matters entomological, and, in this connec-
tion, it is interesting to compare with these figures a similar nota-
tion of the ornithological references made at the same time which
gave a total of 8,433 references. The figures, however, are elo-
quent as to the relative claims of his insects and his birds upon
his attention.

Lest it should be felt that the mere extent of Thoreau ’s ento-
mological writings is being dwelt upon here with undue emphasis,
it might be well to add, in explanation, that some degree of
enumeration of figures seems necessary properly to visualize their
scope in order that their really unique character might be cor-
rectly apprehended. Here too the thoroughness of the survey
must indicate the breadth and extent as well as the wealth of the
landscape.

In any consideration of Thoreau ’s records of his natural his-
tory observations it should be borne in mind that he was ever
more of a poet than a scientist, and that he lived before the ad-
vent of modern intensive methods of scientific research, hence,
while he was a keen observer and practical recorder of facts, he
was essentially a “ hunter of the beautiful, ’ 7 and much of the time
in his writings he ignored the “exclusive attitude of scientists
who restrict their studies to the actual object, and so neglect its
subjective effects.” The entomologist therefore will be disap-
pointed who expects to find in Thoreau ’s writings many long
technical descriptions of insects, or detailed ecological data pre-
sented in orderly arrangement in any thing like accordance with
present-day usage in the preparation of technical papers or in
dealing with such themes. As stated, the reader who desires such
may find a plethora in any of our modern technical periodicals.
In compensation for these omissions, however, there are every-
where manifestations in profusion of the ideality of the poet-
mystic added to the sympathetic vision of the old-time naturalist.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

He represents that rare type: the poet and philosopher of
Nature. Critics who have noted such omissions have stated that
Thoreau’s gifts were entirely emotional and reflective and that
while he was a “sensitive feeler” he was deficient in powers of
observation. His Journal, however, affords abundant evidence
of the keen and delicate response of his senses and his heart both
to more evident as well as less evident phases of Nature. “Sights
and sounds thrilled him not less than the lofty visions and ideals
which they symbolized. . . . The birds and insects spoke mes-
sages of purity and faith to his soul as well as to his ear. ’ ’

The scope and character of Thoreau ’s references to entomologi-
cal topics only may be fully appreciated by making quotations
therefrom in number and length far beyond the limits of this
paper. A few brief extracts pertaining to the more common
orders of insects may suffice, however, to give some degree of ap-
prehension of his style and methods of dealing with such subjects.
In making selection of these passages especial effort is made to
include not those which merely impart dry entomological facts —
these can be found in abundance elsewhere — but, especially to
select only those which might be considered representative of the
character and trend of the records of his thoughts during many
refreshing hours of serene communion with Nature — hours in
which, as he said, the “Spirit of the Lord blessed me, and I for-
got even to be good. ’ ’ At such times the true harvest of his daily
life was “a little star-dust caught, a segment of the rainbow
which I have clutched. ’ ’

In the order Orthoptera there are 382 references in Thoreau ’s
writings. The greater number of these are brief references to
some phase of the activities and habits of grasshoppers or
crickets. It is especially noteworthy that throughout the series
of volumes there may be found over and over again references
of one kind or another to sounds made by crickets. Many of
these by whimsical twist of thought appear to have been written
in Thoreau’s happiest vein, as instance the following:

‘ ‘ The creaking of the crickets seems at the very foundation of
all sound. At last I cannot tell it from a ringing in my ears. It
is a sound from within, not without. You cannot dispose of it
by listening to it. In proportion as I am stilled I hear it. It

March, 1927]

Wade : Thoreau

reminds me that I am a denizen of the earth.” (Journal, v. 2,
p. 306), and “. . . the creak of crickets, a June sound now fairly
begun, inducing contemplation and philosophic thoughts — the
sultry hum of insects.” (June 8, 1856, Journal, v. 8, p. 372.)
Again, “The fall crickets, or is it the alder locust? — sings the
praises of the day” (August 25, 1856, Journal, v. 9, p. 22), and
‘ ‘ Heard the first cricket as I go through the warm hollow, bring-
ing round the summer with his everlasting strain” (May 24,
1857, Journal, v. 9, p. 378), or “I see one of those peculiarly
green locusts with long and slender legs on a grass stem, which
are often concealed by their color. What green, herbaceous,
graminivorous ideas he must have ! I wish my thoughts were as
seasonable as his” (September 6, 1857, Journal, v. 10, p. 26).

In more recent years a number of highly interesting accounts
have been written of the habits and songs of American Orthop-
tera, notably those papers by H. A. Allard, W. S. Blatchley, S.
H. Scudder, R. E. Snodgrass, M. P. Somes, and others. Valuable
and stimulating as these are, it may be doubted if any of these
writers ever approached the subject with a wider sympathy or
achieved a fuller appreciation of the interrelations with all
nature of his little musicians, than did Thoreau. After listening
to the shrilling of crickets and noting the method by which it was
produced, he says: “Thus the sounds of human industry and
activity — the roar of cannon, blasting of rocks, whistling of loco-
motives, rattling of carts, tinkering of artisans, and voices of
men — may sound to some distant ear like an earth-song and the
creaking of crickets.” (October 18, 1857, Journal, v. 10, p. 107.)
Again, on another occasion he writes : “As I stand on the bank
there, I find suddenly that I hear, low and steady, under all other
sounds, the creak of the mole cricket by the riverside. It has a
peculiarly late sound, suggestive of the progress of the year. It
is the voice which comes up steadily at this season from that
narrow sandy strip between the meadow and the water’s edge.
You might think it issued from that small frog, the only living
thing you see, which sits so motionless on the sand. But the
singer is wholly out of sight in his gallery under the surface.
Creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak. It is sound
associated with the declining year and recalls the moods of that

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

season. It is so unobtrusive yet universal a sound, so underlying
the other sounds which fill the air — the song of birds, rustling of
leaves, dry hopping sound of grasshoppers, etc. — that now, in
my chamber, I can hardly be sure whether I hear it still, or re-
member it, it so rings in my ears.” (August 11, 1858, Journal,
v. 11, p. 95.) Emerson in the obituary notice of Thoreau, read
at his funeral, refers to the quaintness of his reference to the
“Z-ing” of the locusts. Perhaps he had in mind the following
passage: “That fine z-ing of locusts in the grass which I have
heard for three or four days is, methinks, an August sound and
is very inspiriting. It is a certain maturity in the year which it
suggests. My thoughts are the less crude for it. There is a cer-
tain moral and physical sluggishness and standstill at midsum-
mer.” (August 2, 1859, Journal, v. 12, p. 274.) It appears that
he loved to dwell upon these sounds in relation to the dying
year : ‘ 4 The shrilling of the alder locust is the soldier that welds
these autumn days together. All bushes resound with their song,
and you wade up to your ears in it. Methinks the burden of their
song is the countless harvests of the year — berries, grain, and
other fruits.” (August 25, 1860, Journal, v. 14, p. 62.)

After all, it is as has been pointed out by Bradford Torrey,
“The effect of music upon the soul depends as much upon the
temper of the soul as upon the perfection of the instrument,”
and it is easy to apprehend that the homely creaking of the
crickets brought to Thoreau a nobler and more significant mes-
sage than has been brought by the grandest oratorio to many
another person.

The Order Hymenoptera is represented by 404 references, the
greater number of which pertain to the various species of bees
and of ants. He was especially fond of watching the former at
their work, and, if space permitted, many paragraphs could be
cited dealing with them in a manner somewhat after the fol-
lowing :

4 ‘ Examining, I find that every flower has a small hole pierced
through the tube, commonly through calyx and all, opposite the
nectary. This does not hinder its opening. The Rape of the
Flower ! The bee knew where the sweet lay, and was unscrupu-
lous in his mode of obtaining it. A certain violence tolerated by
nature.” (August 23, 1856, Journal, v. 9, p. 16.)

March, 1927]

Wade : Thoreau

Or, again, similar to this: “The old Salix sericea is now all
alive with the hnm of honey-bees. This would show that it is in
bloom. I see and hear one bumblebee among them, inaugurating
summer with his deep bass. May it be such a summer to me as it
suggests. It sounds a little like mockery, however, to cheat me
again with the promise of such tropical opportunities. I have
learned to suspect him, as I do all fortune-tellers. But no sound
so brings around the summer again. It is like the drum of May
training.” (May 1, 1858, Journal, v. 10, p. 393.)

Probably no portion of Thoreau ’s writings has been more
widely quoted, or more generally known, than the description
given in “Walden” of the immortal battle of the ants. It is like
unto a contest among Titans. Says William Lyon Phelps: “It is
as if he had turned a prodigious lens upon the struggling insects,
and they had become monsters. No one could have written the
account of the World War among the ants unless he had been
saturated with Homer, for the whole history is not only epic in
range, breadth and intensity, but is peculiarly Homeric in the
elevation of the heroes. . . . Such an account is not only thrill-
ing in itself but its irony is unmistakable. It is a kind of Uni-
versal History of Mankind. ’ ’

‘ ‘ One day when I went out to my wood-pile, or rather my pile
of stumps, I observed two large ants, the one red, the other much
larger, nearly half an inch long, and black, fiercely contending
with one another. Having once got hold they never let go, but
struggled and wrestled and rolled on the chips incessantly.
Looking further, I was surprised to find that the chips were cov-
ered with such combatants, that it was not a duellum, but a
helium, , a war between two races of ants, the red always pitted
against the black, and frequently two red ones to one black. The
legions of these Myrmidons covered all the hills and vales in my
wood-yard, and the ground was already strewn with the dead and
dying, both red and black. It was the only battle which I have
ever witnessed, the only battlefield I ever trod while the battle
was raging; internecine war; the red republicans on the one
hand, and the black imperialists on the other. On every side they
were engaged in deadly combat, yet without any noise that I
could hear, and human soldiers never fought so resolutely. I
watched a couple that were fast locked in each other ’s embraces,

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

in a little sunny valley amid the chips, now at noon-day prepared
to fight till the sun went down, or life went out. The smaller red
champion had fastened himself like a vise to his adversary ’s front
and through all the tumblings on that field never for an instant
ceased to gnaw at one of his feelers near the root, having already
caused the other to go by the board ; while the stronger black one
dashed him from side to side, and, as I saw on looking nearer,
had already divested himself of several of his members. They
fought with more pertinacity than bull-dogs. Neither manifested
the least disposition to retreat. It was evident that their battle-
cry was conquer or die. In the meanwhile there came along a
single red ant on the hill-side of this valley, evidently full of
excitement, who had either dispatched his foe, or had not yet
taken part in the battle ; probably the latter, for he had lost none
of his limbs; whose mother had charged him to return with his
shield or upon it. Or perchance he was some Achilles, who had
nourished his wrath apart and had now come to avenge or rescue
his Patroelus. He saw their unequal combat from afar — for the
blacks were nearly twice the size of the reds — he drew near with
rapid pace till he stood on his guard within half an inch of the
combatants ; then, watching his opportunity, he sprang upon the
black warrior, and commended his operations near the root of
his right fore leg, leaving the foe to select among his own mem-
bers ; and so there were three united for life, as if a new kind of
attraction had been invented which put all other locks and
cements to shame. I should not have wondered by this time that
they had their respective musical bands stationed on some emi-
nent chip, and playing their national airs the while, to excite the
slow and cheer the dying combatants. I was myself excited some-
what even as if they had been men. The more you think about
it, the less the difference. And certainly there is not a fight re-
corded in Concord history, at least, if in the history of America,
that will bear a moment’s comparison with this, whether for
numbers engaged in it, or for the patriotism and heroism dis-
played. For numbers and for carnage it was an Austerlitz or
Dresden. Concord Fight! Two killed on the patriot’s side, and
Luther Blanchard wounded ! Why here every ant was a Buttrick
— 'Fire! For God’s sake fire!’ — and thousands shared the fate
of Davis and Hosmer. There was not one hireling there. I have

March, 1927]

Wade : Thoreau

no doubt it was a principle they fought for, as much as our ances-
tors, and not to avoid a three penny tax on their tea ; and the
results of this battle will be as important and as memorable to
those whom it concerns as those of the Battle of Bunker Hill, at
least.

“I took up the chip on which the three I have particularly
described were struggling, carried it into my house, and placed it
under a tumbler on my window-sill, in order to see the issue.
Holding a microscope to the first-mentioned red ant, I saw that,
though he was assiduously gnawing at the near foreleg of his
enemy, having severed his remaining feeler, his own breast was
all torn away, exposing what vitals he had there to the jaws of
the black warrior, whose breastplate was apparently too thick for
him to pierce; and the dark carbuncles of the sufferer’s eyes
shone with ferocity such as war only could excite. They strug-
gled half an hour longer under the tumbler, and when I looked
again the black soldier had severed the heads of his foes from
their bodies, and the still living heads were hanging on either
side of him like ghastly trophies at his saddle-bow, still appa-
rently as firmly fastened as ever, and he was endeavoring with
feeble struggles, being without feelers and with only the remnant
of a leg, and I know not how many other wounds, to divest him-
self of them ; which at length, after half an hour more, he accom-
plished. I raised the glass, and he went off over the window-sill
in that crippled state. Whether he finally survived the combat,
and spent the remainder of his days in some Hotel des Invalides,
I do not know; but I thought his industry would not be worth
much thereafter. I never learned which side was victorious, nor
the cause of the war ; but I felt for the rest of that day as if I
had my feelings excited and harrowed by witnessing the strug-
gle, the ferocity and carnage, of a human battle before my door.

“ Kirby and Spence tell us that the battles of the ants have
long been celebrated and the date of them recorded, though they
say that Huber is the only modern author who appears to have
witnessed them. ‘Aeneas Sylvius,’ say they, ‘after giving a very
circumstantial account of one contested with great obstinacy by
a great and small species on the trunk of a pear tree, ’ adds that
‘ this action was fought in the pontificate of Eugenius the Fourth,
in the presence of Nicholas Pistoriensis, an eminent lawyer, who

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

related the whole history of the battle with the greatest fidelity. ’
A similar engagement between great and small ants is recorded
by Olans Magnus, in which the small ones, being victorious, are
said to have buried the bodies of their own soldiers, but left those
of their giant enemies a prey to the birds. This event happened
previous to the expulsion of the tyrant Christiern the Second
from Sweden. The battle which I witnessed took place in the
Presidency of Polk, five years before the passage of Webster’s
Fugitive-Slave Bill.” (Walden, Riverside ed., pp. 355-361.)

In looking through his published Journal one can often note
that he never ceases to be profoundly impressed by the apparent
vagaries to be found in Nature, and some of his deductions there-
from are at times a bit startling in their whimsicality: “Saw
some green galls on a goldenrod three quarters of an inch in
diameter, shaped like a fruit or an Eastern temple, with two or
three little worms inside, completely changing the destiny of the
plant, showing the intimate relation between animal and vege-
table life. The animal signifies its wishes by a touch, and the
plant, instead of going on to blossom and bear its normal fruit,
devoted itself to the service of the insect and becomes its cradle
and food. It suggests that Nature is a kind of gall, that the
Creator stung her and man is the grub she is destined to house
and feed. The plant rounds off and paints the gall with as much
care and love as its own flower and fruit, admiring it perchance
even more” (July 30, 1853, Journal, v. 5, p. 349) ; and, “In the
wood-paths I find a great many of the Castile-soap galls, more or
less fresh. Some are saddled on the twigs. They are now drop-
ping from the shrub oaks. Is not art itself a gall? Nature is
stung by God and the seed of man planted in her. The artist
changes the direction of Nature and makes her grow according
to his idea. If the gall was anticipated when the oak was made,
so the canoe when the birch was made. Genius stings Nature,
and she grows according to its idea” (Journal, v. 7, p. 10) ; and,
‘ ‘ Observed some of those little hard galls on the high blueberry,
packed or eaten into by some bird (or possibly mouse), for the
little white grubs which lie curled up in them. What entomolo-
gists the birds are ! Most men do not suspect that there are
grubs in them, and how secure the latter seem under these thick

March, 1927]

Wade : Thoreatj

dry shells ! Yet there is no secret but it is confided to some one. ’ ’
(January 18, 1856, Journal, v. 8, p. 116.)

Of the 295 references to the Order Lepidoptera, the greater
number refer to various species of butterflies and moths common
in that portion of New England area, and comprise in the main
records of varying length and scope on the life-history, habits,
and distribution. There are quite vivid accounts of metamor-
phoses from larva to adult of some of the more abundant species
of the family Saturniidae, such as the Io, the Polyphemus, the
Gecropia, and Luna moths. In these too we find that rare gift of
words, that union of simplicity and freshness, which lend a charm
to the writing almost independent of the ideas or the images con-
veyed and leaves a haunting melody, as “ . . . a yellow butterfly
— how hot ! This meteor dancing through the air. ’ ’ This re-
minds one of another of his somewhat similar comparisons ‘ ‘ The
blue-bird carries the sky on his back,” or still another — hinting
of some of the compensations in the life of a land surveyor : “ As
I was measuring along the Marlborough road, a fine little blue-
slate butterfly fluttered over the chain. Even its feeble strength
was required to fetch the year about. How daring, even rash,
Nature appears, who sends out butterflies so early! Sardana-
palus-like, she loves extreme and contrasts.” (April 28, 1856,
Journal, v. 8, p. 315.) Concerning this originality and freshness
of view, John Greenleaf Whittier wrote to his friend Daniel
Ricketson under date of August 17, 1875, after Thoreau had
been many years in his grave, “I was reading the other day in
Thoreau. . . . What a rare genius he was ; to take up his books
is like a stroll in the woods or a sail on the lake, the leaves rustle,
and the water ripples along his pages. ’ ’

None of the 232 references to the Order Coleoptera contain
data of any especial interest nor may there be found in them any
information not already well known to most students of insects.
Like the other references their appeal lies solely in the unex-
ampled attitude taken by him toward the objects of his observa-
tion : ‘ ‘ The telegraph harp sounds strongly to-day, in the midst
of the rain. I put my ear to the trees and I hear it working ter-
ribly within, and anon it swells into a clear tone, which seems to
concentrate in the core of the tree, for all the sound seems to pro-
ceed from the wood. It is as if you entered some world-famous

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

cathedral, resounding to some vast organ. The fibres of all things
have their tension, and are strained like the strings of a lyre. I
feel the ground tremble under my feet as I stand near the post.
This wire vibrates with great power, as if it would strain and
rend the wood. What an awful and fateful music it must be to
the worms in the wood ! No better vermifuge were needed. No
danger that worms will attack this wood; such vibrating music
would thrill them to death.'’ (September 23, 1851, Journal, v.
3, p: 13.)

Or, ‘ ‘ The east side of the Deep Cut is nearly bare, as is the rail-
road itself, and, on the driest parts of the sandy slope, I go look-
ing for Cicindela — to see it run or fly amid the sere blackberry
vines — some life which the warmth of the dry sand under the
spring sun has called forth ; but I see none. I am reassured and
reminded that I am the heir of eternal inheritances which are
inalienable, when I feel the warmth reflected from this sunny
bank, and see the yellow sand and the reddish subsoil, and hear
some dried leaves rustle and the trickling of melted snow in some
sluiceway. The eternity which I detect in Nature I predicate of
myself also. How many springs I have had this same experience !
I am encouraged for I recognize this steady persistency and re-
covery of Nature as a quality of myself.” (March 23, 1856,
Journal, v. 8, p. 222-3.)

“At Nut Meadow Brook the small-sized water-bugs are abun-
dant and active as in summer. I see forty or fifty circling to-
gether in the smooth and sunny bays all along the brook. This is
something new to me. What must they think of this winter ? It
is like a child waked up and playing at midnight. ... At night,
of course, they dive to the bottom and bury themselves, and if in
the morning they perceive no curtain of ice drawn over their sky,
and the pleasant weather continues, they gladly rise again and
resume their gyrations in some sunny bay amid the alders and
the stubbles. I think that I never noticed them more numerous,
but the fact is I never looked for them so particularly. But I
fear for their nervous systems, lest this be too much activity, too
much excitement. The sun falling thus warmly for so long on
the surface of the brook tempts them upward gradually, till there
is a little group gyrating there as in summer. What a funny
way they have of going to bed ! They do not take a light and

March, 1927]

Wade : Thoreau

retire upstairs; they go below. Suddenly it is heels up and
heads down, and they go down to their muddy bed and let the
unresting stream flow over them in their dreams. They go to
bed in another element. What a deep slumber must be theirs,
and what dreams, down in the mud there. So the insect life is
not withdrawn far off, but a warm sun would soon entice it forth.
Sometimes they seem to have a little difficulty in making the
plunge. Maybe they are too dry to slip under. I saw one floating
on its back, and it struggled a little while before it righted itself.
Suppose you were to plot the course of one for a day ; what kind
of a figure would it make ? Probably this feat too will one day
be performed by science, that maid of all work. I see one chasing
a mote, and the wave the creature makes always causes the mote
to float away from it. I would like to know what it is they com-
municate to one another, they who appear to value each other’s
society so much. How many water-bugs make a quorum ? How
many hundreds does their Fourier think it takes to make a com-
plete bug? Where did they get their backs polished so? They
will have occasion to remember this year, that winter when we
were waked out of our annual sleep ! What is their precise hour
for retiring ? . . . Ah, if I had no more sins to answer for than
a water-bug!” (January 24, 1858, Journal, v. 10, pp. 255-256.)

In reading Thoreau ’s writings one is impressed by the fact
that a great many passages therein, some of them couched in
language of rarest beauty, contain thoughts which we recognize
immediately as our own, but which somehow we have never been
able adequately to formulate into words, and we become vastly
encouraged to see them thus robed and adorned. Then too we
are stimulated to find that another has been able through the
humble dew drop on the grass blade or the ‘ ‘ Golden and coppery
reflections from a yellow dor-bug’s coat of mail in the water”
to find comfort and to receive from them a message that through
all human vicissitudes the good God is still running the world.
Said Emerson at Thoreau ’s grave: “The charm of personality
perishes with the memory of those who have felt its spell; the
inspiration of the Thinker is the deathless inheritance of the
race.” We are somehow reminded of this by such passages as
these : ‘ ‘ Have not the fireflies in the meadow relation to the stars
above, Etincelant?” “Do not the stars, too, show their light for

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

love, like the fireflies?” (June 16, 1852, Journal, v. 4, p. 109),
and “The fireflies in the meadows are very numerous, as if they
had replenished their lights from the lightning. The far-re-
treated thunder-clouds low in the southeast horizon and in the
north, emitting low flashes which reveal their forms, appear to
lift their wings like fireflies ; or it is a steady glow like the glow-
worm.” (June 21, 1852, Journal, v. 4, p. 129.) Or, “glow-
worms . . . look like some kind of rare and precious gem, so
regularly marked, far more beautiful than a uniform mass of
light would be” (August 8, 1857, Journal, v. 10, p. 4). Again,
‘ ‘ What were the fireflies light, if it were not for darkness ? The
one implies the other.” (June 25, 1852, Journal, v. 4, p. 146.)

While there are only fifty-four references to the order Odonata,
selection may be made from them which are typical of one who
dwells serenely in a kingdom of fancy and in which come mo-
ments freighted with enviable richness of imagination : “ . . .
the abundant small dragon-flies of different colors, bright-blue
and lighter, looped along the floating vallisneria, make a very
lively and gay appearance. I fancy these bright loops adorn or
set forth the river like triumphal arches for my procession,
stretching from side to side.” (August 1, 1856, Journal, v. 8,
p. 441.) Again, of dragon-flies he says: “How lavishly they are
painted ! How cheap was the paint ! How free was the fancy
of their Creator!” These remind one of another of his apo-
thegms : ‘ ‘ Better trivial days with faith than the fairest ones
lighted by sunshine alone.” In another place he discusses in
somewhat like vein, ‘ ‘ If the day and the night are such that you
greet them with joy and life emits a fragrance like flowers and
sweet scenting herbs, is more elastic, more starry, more immortal
— that is your success. ’ 7

Thus the magic associated with the name of Henry Thoreau
has its charm for thousands of devoted admirers of his writings
both in America and in Europe, and with the passing of the
years the number of these is steadily growing. More and more
apparent becomes the truth of Emerson’s statement about him
that ‘ ‘ The country knows not yet, or in the least part, how great
a son it has lost.” This growing interest and appeal is evinced
not only by the demand for and steady sale of his works in the
various tasteful and attractive editions issued at frequent inter-

March, 1927]

Wade : Thoreau

vals by his publishers, but also is shown in the ever-increasing
number of books, periodical and other publications concerning
him, his personal history, his associates, his environment, the
fascinating inconsistencies of his philosophy, and his attitude
toward and outlook upon the universe. We could spare many
ponderous tomes of natural history disquisitions rather than a
passage of his from “Walden” regarding the tiny insect upon
the forest floor, for it more nearly penetrates in sympathy and
discernment into the heart of things than does many a ream of
tedious and involved technical detail! “As I stand over the
insect crawling amid the pine needles on the forest floor, and
endeavoring to conceal itself from my sight, and ask myself why
it will cherish those humble thoughts, and hide its head from me
who might, perhaps, be its benefactor, and impart to its race
some cheering information, I am reminded of the greater Bene-
factor and Intelligence that stands over me the human insect.”

And, again : ‘ 1 Every one has heard the story which has gone
the rounds of New England, of a strong and beautiful insect
which came out of the dry leaf of an old table of apple-tree wood,
which had stood in a farmer’s kitchen for sixty years, first in
Connecticut, and afterwards in Massachusetts — from an egg de-
posited in the living tree many years earlier still, as appeared
by counting the annual layers beyond it ; which was heard gnaw-
ing out for several weeks, hatched perchance by the heat of an
urn. Who does not feel his faith in a resurrection and immor-
tality strengthened by hearing of this ? Who knows what beau-
tiful and winged life, whose egg has been buried for ages under
many concentric layers of woodenness in the dead dry life of
society, deposited at first in the alburnum of the green and living
tree, which has been gradually converted into the semblance of
its well-seasoned tomb — heard perchance gnawing out now for
years by the astonished family of men, as they sat around the
festive board — may unexpectedly come forth from amidst so-
ciety’s most trivial and handselled furniture, to enjoy its per-
fect summer life at last ! ”

And so as the two comrades set that afternoon on the log at
Walden and talked to each other of Thoreau and his writings,
it was the unspoken thought of both that most can feel with a
deep intensity the felicities of such a treasure-house of Nature

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

and yet be utterly unable to find words with which to give ade-
quate expression to the emotions. The delicious aroma of the
pines standing as sentinels about the cairn, the rippling silver
of the surface of the little lake, the curving here and there of its
green-bordered shores, the hills melting away beyond in gray-
blue haze, all united in imparting a message of Eden-like serenity
and peace. After such an experience the two comrades knew that
they would never cease to remember with delight the charm and
fragrance of Walden woods! Nor could they ever cease to re-
member the concluding message of optimism in the little volume
penned on that spot! “Only that day dawns to which we are
awake. There is more day to dawn. The sun is but a morning
star.”

March, 1927]

Wade: Thoreau

Fig. 1. View of Thoreau ’s Cairn at Walden.

Fig. 2. View of Walden from Thoreau ’s Cove, showing
Emerson’s Cliffs in distance.

March, 1927]

Forbes: Melinaea

THE GENUS MELINAEA HUBNER, WITH A
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES
(LEPIDOPTERA, ITHOMIINAE)

By Wm. T. M. Forbes

Department of Entomology, Cornell University

The genus Melinaea is in much the same case as Mechanitis, on
which I have already reported (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 32, 145,
1924). The material here discussed is from the same sources,
save that less was taken on the Expedition, and series have been
short. As in the ease of Mechanitis there has never been any
systematic study of the genus, although it is of special interest
on account of its involvement in many cases of mimicry.

The genus belongs to another tribe of Ithomiinae, more primi-
tive in having preserved a well formed fore tibia and tarsus, al-
though in two species these reach a marked state of reduction.
The characters are : eyes naked, fore wing with middle disco-
cellular vein angled, with a strong medial spur from its angula-
tion, hind wing with lower discocellular straight, and practically
continuous with the cubitus, the middle discocellular angled with
a spur; Sc and R widely spaced, from their first separation.
Fore tibia and tarsus of male distinctly separate, taken together
from two fifths as long to somewhat longer than the femur, when
shortest with the femur long and almost reaching the eye, as in
Mechanitis. Male genitalia characteristic and remarkably uni-
form, the uncus simple and normal, but with two large chitinous
lobes arising from the articulation of the valves, which I will call
“ dorsal lobes,” possibly homologous with the angulate sub-
scaphium of Mechanitis and some other genera. Juxta a wide-
open Y. Valves slightly asymmetrical, thick, with sinuous ven-
tral and shorter dorsal margin, the apex of the right valve with
two strong teeth, of which the upper is usually stronger, the left
valve usually with the upper tooth weak, and occasionally even
lost. Outer face of valve often continued beyond the teeth as

Journal New York Entomological Society tvoi. xxxv

a thin plate enclosing a pocket between it and the teeth. (Absent
in M. egina.)

There are no close relatives. Hirsutis and Mechanitis have
closely similar patterns, partly no doubt due to mimicry, as
parallel variations occur from place to place, but I suspect partly
also by inheritance of the original Ithomiinse pattern. The species
with a short fore tibia may be distinguished from Mechanitis by
the spur of media of the fore wing, which is attached to the loAver
discocellular in Mechanitis.

For the determination of species the genitalia are a disap-
pointment. M. egina with its variety paraiya differs in lacking
the apical pocket on the valve, and comma has a slightly different
dorsal lobe and aedceagus ; the remainder show some variation,
but so little that it may be individual rather than specific, and
I dare not use it with the short series available.

I recognize the following species, some of which may yet be
combined :

1. egina, Cr., with var. paraiya Reak.

2. lilis D. & H., with vars. imitata, dodona, parallelis and mes-
satis, and ab. flavicans Hoffm.

3. scylax Salv.

4. ethra Gdt.

5. mnemopsis Berg.

6. idee Fid.

7. mneme L., with var. satevis D. & H.

8. mediatrix Weym., with var. mauensis Weym. and ab. anina
Hansch.

9. modus Hew., with vars. manga cydon G. & S., madeira
Hansch (Stgr. ms.) and perhaps zamora Hansch, and discurrens
Hansch, which is insufficiently described.

10. marsceus Hew., with vars. lucifer, divisa, phasiana, oresteo
and perhaps zamora.

11. menopkilus Hew., with vars. magnifica, zaneka, clara,
messenina, mothone, cocana, hicetas, flavosignata and perhaps
maculosa, discurrens and tarapotensis.

12. maenius Hew., with var. Chincha Dr.

13. comma Fbs.

March, 1927]

Forbes : Melinaea

Of these the first six seem distinct enough, with the remote pos-
sibility that scylax is a form of lilis. Mediatrix might possibly
be a form of mneme, though that is unlikely as they seem to fly
together without mixing at Kartabo, B. G. ; and it is also possible
that maelus with its form is a local representative of mediatrix ,
although the difference is of pattern and not development of
markings merely. All the later species (save the last which has
a good structural character) are also under suspicion. I have
been unable to recognize mceonis Hew.

Synopsis of the Forms Here Recognized as Species

A. Subapical band formed of a continuous patch in cells or M2,

divided at most by fine black veins; base of cell Cm solidly yel-
low. Male fore tibia very short, genitalia without apical pocket

on valve - egina.

AA. Subapical band more or less broken into spots, or confined to a single
cell; base of cell C^ black, or containing a black spot; valve
with well-marked apical pocket and plate.

B. Hind wing with a separate submarginal spot in cell M2, in line
with the others; fore wing with comma-mark in cell fully
formed, as usual in Mechanitis, confined between the veins,
and connected by a streak from its upper edge to the black on
the outer margin, which contains a tawny spot beneath. Male
fore tibia very short comma.

BB. Hind wing with submarginal spot in cell M2, when present, much
farther from margin than those below it, frequently fused
with postmedial spot; fore wing with comma -mark crossing
Cu^ or else with the black line connecting it with the mar-
gin attached to its center, frequently covered with black
suffusion. No tawny marginal spot beneath. Fore tibia
nearly as long as femur.

C. Hind wing with separate postmedial and submarginal series
of spots (or with postmedial spots in contact with cell,
or if hind wing is immaculate, with its black border
linear and the spot in base of cell Cui of fore wing
small, or hind wing suffused with black) ; front margin
of cell of hind wing with a large black patch along
its outer part.

D. A conspicuous series of double white marginal spots be-
neath, or with a conspicuous series of black mar-

* Forms marked with an asterisk are in the collection of Cornell Uni-
versity or my own collection.

t Forms marked with a dagger have been examined in American col-
lections.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

ginal triangles toward apex of hind wing; fore
wing with a separate yellow (rarely tawny) anal
spot.

E. Inner margin of fore wing and base of hind wing
almost out to fork of Cu black, hind wing
with postmedial and submarginal series of
spots recognizably distinct, at least be-
neath, and with a red submarginal streak
in cell Mg more conspicuous than those be-
low and usually above it.

F. Comma-mark forming an oblique hook, its
apex pointing toward anal angle ; under
side without, or with very few white mar-
ginal spots . . maelus.

FF. Comma-mark narrower not so formed; under
side with many conspicuous white marginal
spots : mediatrix.

EE. Inner margin of fore wing of the reddish ground-
color, base of hind wing with practically no black.
Hind wing without traceably separate subterminal
and postmedial bands I mneme.

HD. Hind wing with border linear, at least toward apex, with-
out white spots. Fore wing usually without yel-
low anal spot.

E. Fore wing with a conspicuous yellow anal spot,
comma-mark large and hooked and spot in base
of Ch^ large, as in maelus group, hind wing with
postmedial line touching cell, but without trace of
subterminal spots zamora.

EE. No separate anal spot, comma-mark and spot in base
of cell Cui small and widely separated, hind
wing normally with black subterminal
patches.

F. Comma-mark in cell C^ large, crossing Cu^
with a recurrent point aiming at the anal
angle, though widely separated from the

small base of the cell, unlike zamora

marsaeus.

FF. Comma-mark composed of a nearly round
spot, part of which lies above Cu , con-
nected at its middle to outer margin by a
black streak maenias.

FFF. Comma-mark entirely confined between Cux

and Cu with a fine line connected to its
2

middle menophilus.

March, 1927]

Forbes : Melinaea

CC. Hind wing normally with a single postmedial band or row of
spots, well separated from the cell; when absent with
the border not linear below, and with no separate or
partly separate black area over outer costal part of
cell, but usually with a conspicuous oblique bar at base
of cell. Spot in base of cell Cuj of fore wing large,
frequently with this cell almost solid black.

D. Fore wing with a large black spot in the base of cell
Cui, extending from 1/3 to 3/5 way to margin,
and only separated by a narrow pale streak from
the heavy black filling of the outer part of the
cell; yellow anal spot usually absent.

E. Spots or black filling in bases of cells Mp and M g
similarly lengthened, hind wing with border fairly
broad and containing conspicuous white marginal
spots, at least below, and with at least traces of
a postmedial band lills.

EE. A double black spot at end of cell only; hind wing
wholly tawny, with only a narrow black border,
frequently without white marginal spots above or
below | scylax.

DD. Fore wing with only a small black spot in base of cell
Cux, (when the cell is wholly suffused with black
more or less visible below) yellow anal spot pres-
sent.

E. A single rounded subapical spot in cell Rg, comma-
mark in the form of a broad club-shaped bar ex-
tending in upper part of cell from margin
two thirds way in to cell; antenna wholly
black ethra.

EE. A subapical band or series of spots, in cells and
Mg as well as Rg; outer part of cell Cui
solidly black, obliquely cut off at about half
its length, or the cell all black; club of
antenna yellow.

F. Cells Mg and C^ almost solid black, enclos-
ing a rounded spot over C^ widely sepa-
rated from the postmedial fascia; hind
wing with postmedial band rudimentary,
and border moderate and even in width;
antenna with club only yellow mnemopsis.

FF. Cell C^ obliquely divided into a yellow base
and black outer part, Mg also yellow at
the base, the yellow spot in its outer part
sometimes connected with the yellow base.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Hind wing with outer half solid black, and
no postmedian fascia. Outer half of an-
tenna yellow idae.

M. mnasias Hew., thera Fid., tecta Haensch. The large single
marginal spots of these species show plainly that they belong to
the second group of the Ithomiinae (Mechanitis and following
genera). I strongly suspect that they are Ceratinias.

M. equicola Cr. As already noted (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 32,
153) this is a Mechanitis obviously the same species as sylvanoides
G. & S., and equicoloides G. & S.

M. egina Cr. This is a well-marked species, both on structure
and pattern ; the very short fore tibia and tarsus separate it from
all except M. comma , from which the absence of a pit at the apex
of the valve separates it sharply. It is the only species without
black in the base of cell Crq of the fore wing. A peculiarly
primitive character is that there is frequently a white marginal
spot in cell Cu, the anal spot of all the other species being formed
by the fusion of this spot with the normally yellow or tawny sub-
marginal one.

KEY TO FORMS

A. Hind wing with a large black discal patch 11. *e. egina.

AA. Hind wing with a narrow border and separate series of discal
spots *e. paraiya.

M. lilis D. & H. I have grouped perhaps too miscellaneous a
series of forms under this name, but they appear to be geographi-
cal representatives of each other. The way in which messatis and
scylax seem to lie between the more typical lilis and imitata, is
curious, but may be due to a more advanced form taking posses-
sion of the center of distribution, and driving the earlier types
to the margins. A similar case in North America is the Black
Swallowtail, where the central polyxenes form is more advanced
in pattern than the Central American stabilis, the Cuban asterias,
and Newfoundland brevicauda, which closely resemble each other.
I have let scylax stand as a separate species in the list and key,
but very much doubt its distinctness.

I have seen a specimen from Trinidad (determined incorrectly
a& tachypetis) with the yellow postmedial band much widened,

March, 1927]

Forbes : Melinaea

joining broadly to the tawny area in cell Crn and in end of cell;
the spot in the base of cell Ms being wholly lacking, and that in
M2 very short.

KEY TO FORMS

A. Apical half of fore wing black, with at least the submarginal spots
white and visible on the upper side.

B. Spots in outer part of fore wing all white.

C. Hind wing with a longitudinal black median band

*1. parallelis.

CC. Hind wing with only outer half of band visible fl. messatis.

BB. Marginal spots only white, the others yellow 1. dodona.

A A. Apical half of fore wing banded, without white submarginal spots
above.

B. Fore wing with a continuous black stripe from base of costa out

through cell and along upper side of Cu^ half way (or

more) to margin 1. imitata.

C. Hind wing with a yellow median stripe, as in M. ethra

tab. flavicans.

CC. Hind wing with ground all concolorous tawny * typical.

BB. Fore wing with the stripe interrupted at lower side of cell. Post-
medial band in typical specimen joining the tawny base, more
often separated from it.

M. scylax Salv. Certainly a derivative from the same stock as
M. lilis, but differing in such definite ways that it seems best to
hold it as a species. Godman and Salvin note that it seems to
replace the lilis forms where it occurs. There is a little variation,
mostly in the white submarginal dots, which may be wholly absent
in the male, but are present in the female.

M. ethra Gdt. Another derivative from something like lilis,
but separated by a wide area from which I have seen no repre-
sentative of the group writh a single band on the hind wing. It
would not surprise me if intermediate forms were eventually dis-
covered. The wholly black antenna is, I believe, unique in the
genus.

M. mnemopsis Berg. A very distinct species, so far as pattern
goes, but with the usual complete lack of structural characters.
The relation of the spots in cell Cu± (visible beneath), and the
enlarged subapical spot, suggest a distant connection with M.
ethra, distorted by mimicry of Mechanitis ocona.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

M. idae Fid. In this species the banding of the hind wing
fails entirely. I pnt it with the single-handed species which pre-
cede it because of the oblique division of cell into black and
yellow, as in egina and the rounded subterminal spot in cell M3,
similar to egina, mnemopsis and messatis ; there is also no outer
cell-spot on the hind wing below. On the other hand there is no
trace of the special structures of M . egina.

M. mneme L. It is a temptation to unite mneme and media-
trix, but they fly side by side, apparently without mixing.
Granting that they are distinct, satevis certainly goes with
mneme, having an identical fore wing pattern. There is no trace
of a postmedial band on the hind wing, save in one specimen in
the U. S. National Museum, which shows a complete tawny band
from the apical spot to the anal angle, half way between the cell
and margin, with which the usual slender tawny streak in cell
M3 is connected.

A similar specimen is also figured (under the equivalent name
of crameri) in the Transactions of the Entomological Society of
London for 1906, Pis. xxiv and xxv, fig. 5. The conspicuous
outer cell-spot on the under side of the hind wing, and the gen-
eral resemblance to mediatrix also indicate mneme belongs to the
two-banded group.

KEY TO FORMS

A. Ground tawny, hind wing black with tawny base and apex, and rarely

a tawny stripe t! *m. mneme.

AA. Ground deep wing red, hind wing with black border only *m. satevis.

M. mediatrix Weym. ( mneme auct.) This is a typical mem-
ber of the two-banded group, to which all the following species
belong. The two bands (postmedial and subterminal) are at
least partially separate beneath in all the specimens I have seen,
but even if they should unite completely, the black inner border
of the fore wing (shared by the following species) would separate
it from mneme. Var. mauensis flies with the type and inter-
grades with it in British Guiana.

KEY TO FORMS

A. Hind wing almost solidly black *m. mediatrix.

AA. Hind wing with two distinct bands.

March, 1927]

Forbes : Melinaea

B. Yellow transverse band of fore wing continuous, and not separated

from the tawny base .... !$fj| m. mauensis.

BB. Yellow band divided into two isolated spots ab. anina.

M. maelus Hew. This series of upper Amazonian forms has
the pattern as well as the color modified by entering into the usual
heavily marked, mahogany colored mimicry group of the upper
Amazon, with Mechanitis egaensis, Ceratinia tigrina and Sais
zitella. I have chosen the condition of the pattern in cell Cu2
of the fore wing as the primary character to separate this and
the three following species (or groups of forms) as on the whole
least distorted by the various mimetic patterns, which make the
color as well as the basal, apical and hind-wing patterns of rela-
tively little significance. In this series not only is the apex gen-
erally brown with yellow spots (except in zamora and maeonis,
which very likely may be distinct), but the basal spot in Cux and
comma mark are both very large, and together nearly fill that
cell. The white marginal spots have almost disappeared, but a
few survive in some specimens, M. zamora has the fore wing
pattern of this type, with the normal coloring of bright tawny
and yellow, and the narrow hind-wing border, of the following,
while variants of the following are known with a widened border
on the hind wing. On the whole it would not be surprising if
the present, preceding, and next three series, were all one species.

I have been unable to place several of Haensch’s names, as he
gives no clue to such details of pattern as seem to me significant,
discurrens perhaps belongs here, and I include it in the key, as
well as maeonis Hew., which is supposed to resemble zamora. All
the material of zamora I have seen is from Venezuela, but ap-
pears to represent the name fairly. It was determined as
maeonis, which it does not fit.

KEY TO FORMS

A. Apical part of fore wing solid black... m. discurrens.

AA. Apical part of fore wing yellow-spotted on black.

B. Hind wing with a linear border, and paler orange-yellow median

stripe *m. zamora.

BB. Hind wing with marginal triangles - m. maeonis.

AAA. Ground of apical part of wing shaded with brown.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

B. Ground tawny, only two small subapical yellow spots m. manga.

BB. Ground red-brown or mahogany, three larger yellow spots.

C. No yellow postmedially *m. cydon.

00. A narrow yellow postmedial band *m. maelus.

COO. Medial as well as postmedial area largely yellow, partly
divided into two bands *m. madeira.

M. marsaeus Hew. I have tried to separate this and the two
following series by a small pattern difference, that I hope may
be uninfluenced by mimicry, but there is no difference whatever
in structure, and all should probably be united. There is parallel
variation between the three to a certain extent, and further col-
lecting may show that each mimetic type exists in each species.
All have their center of distribution in central Peru, and show
there forms resembling more or less closely Mechanitis mazaeus.
M. phasiana is a little peculiar in its mahogany apex, and at first
glance suggests the preceding group, but the effect is produced
by the enlargement of the apical spots and not by a paling of the
ground color. It combines the large apical spots of divisa and
tawny color of typical marsaeus. I have taken it at Puerto Ber-
mudez in eastern Peru, a little out of the normal range of the
Mechanitis ega'ensis coloring.

KEY TO FORMS
A. Apical marks tawny, without yellow.

B. Three normal subapical spots m. marsaeus.

BB. Broad mahogany shades between the veins *m. phasiana.

AA. Apex solid black; no yellow at all above *m. orestes.

AAA. Apex black with a yellow subapical band formed of three fused spots.

B. Hind wing with bands fused into a large black patch

.Si -...*m. lucifer.

BB. Two separate bands m. divisa.

M. menophilus Hew. This species is evidently highly vari-
able, but I am not at all certain that all the forms credited to it
really belong. Besides forms which may belong to maenius and
to marsaeus, which after all are only superficially distinct and
may be all one species, there is a possibility, and even a probabil-
ity that part of the material in collections standing as menophilus
is M. comma. Besides typical comma, described below, which
passes for typical menophilus, the specimen figured in the Trans.

March, 1927]

Forbes : Melinaea

Ent. Soc. London, ’08, PL 33, fig. 1 would appear from the pat-
tern to belong to M . comma. Prof. Poulton writes me that there
are additional specimens in the Hope Collection — as well as
others corresponding to fig. 2 of the same plate, which appear to
represent true mothone. Their structure has not been examined.

As to true mothone, the original figure seems to belong to M.
maenius, but the type should be examined.

KEY TO FORMS

A. Apex of fore wing solid black, without a subapical band or spots.

B. Hind wing and basal third of fore wing also black, leaving the
tip of the hind wing red.

C. Outer half of median area of fore wing yellow

! tm. messenina.

CG. Median area of fore wing wholly red and black

......... .'. tm. var. (mothone?)

BB. Hind wing red with slender black margin only *m. zaneka.

BBB. Hind wing red, with one or two more or less distinct rows of spots
on the disc.

C. Spots on hind wing weak, distal boundary of median area of

fore wing only slightly irregular m. membrosa.

CC. Spots on hind wing strong; distal boundary of band on fore
wing regularly toothed.

D. Hind wing with two separate rows of large spots.

E. Ground dark brown; border of hind wing widened

into spots m. discurrens, m. maculosa.*

EE. Ground light tawny; border of hind wing linear

*m. menophilus.

DD. Hind wing with the spots fused into a patch

tm. cocana.

DDD. Ground dull; band on fore wing very narrow and

yellow m. tarapotensis.2

AA. Apical portion of fore wing with yellow or tawny spots.

B. Outer part of median area and subapical spots of fore wing both

yellow : tm. flavosignata.

BB. Median area wholly tawny.

C. Subapical spots also tawny... m. magnifica.

CC. Subapical spots yellow *m. hicetas.

1 The original descriptions of these forms (compared with zaneka) are
wholly inadequate. The widened border of the hind wing of discurrens
seems to point to a form of maelus.

2 Also inadequately described.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

M. maenius Hew. It is not unlikely that the three forms here
listed are variants of M. menophilus but there seems to be a
tangible difference in the shape of the comma-mark, which crosses
the vein above, So far as I have seen specimens or figures, all
such forms have a solid black apex of the fore wing, but speci-
mens with subapical spots probably exist.

KEY TO FORMS

A. Base of fore wing and most of hind wing black, leaving a tawny

apex to hind wing tm. mothone (?)

AA. Hind wing with reddish ground, marked with black.

B. Ground wholly tawny; hind wing with two separate rows of spots
tm. chinca.

BB. Ground darker red-brown with a yellow band; hind wing with a
black patch , m. maenius.

In specimens of this species which show a definite hind-wing
pattern, the marginal spots are triangular on the upper side, but
the terminal line beneath seems to be slender.

Melinaea comma, new species.

Superficially this species would not be at all out of place among the forms
of menophilus, but the minute fore tibia and tarsus will instantly distin-
guish the male. I have seen only the single form described below, which
corresponds to typical menophilus, but the species no doubt shows the usual
range of variation. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ’08, pi. 33, fig. 1 is the only
published figure that may with some probability be credited to this species,
and will represent that form corresponding to M. m. mothone, mimicking
Heliconius melpomene.

Head and body of the usual pattern, exactly as in menophilus and most
other species of the genus; antenna yellow, shortly black at the base only.
Fore wing light tawny, of the color of menophilus, with a yellow post-
medial region covering the upper half, at least, of cell Cu^ except at the
base; and with a shaded or solid yellow area in the outer third of the cell.
Apex solid black, its inner boundary waved across cells and M2, with
a sharp tooth in ceil M g extending into the yellow area. Basal fourth of
costa black, a black spot over radius and extending to the costa shortly
before end of cell, with its costal part typically a little farther out than
the part in the cell; costal edge black from opposite this spot to the apical
black area, a longitudinal elliptical black spot over lower angle of cell, a
rounded wedge-shaped spot in middle of basal part of cell, with a nearly
round spot opposite its outer end, opposite the fork of Cu; a subtriangular
spot in base of cell Cui (cell 2), about equal in size to the four spots last
mentioned, or rarely smaller and rounded. Comma-mark formed of an

March, 1927]

Forbes : Melinaea

irregular roundish spot in cell Cu^ slightly nearer margin than base of
cell, not quite reaching Cu, and typically not reaching Mg either, with its
upper end connected by a streak to a larger triangular marginal patch,
which narrowly joins the apical black area, and reaches down to the middle
of cell Cu2« Inner margin with a blackish streak, tapering to a point two
thirds way out to anal angle. Hind wing concolorous with base of fore
wing, with the usual fawn-brown costa and costal hair; postmedial band
of a series of spots, the first small and in cell half way between cell
and margin, the next two about as far from cell as from each other, the
second wedge-shaped, with apex toward the cell, third an oblique paral-
lelogram, fourth more rounded and a little farther from cell, and last one
wedge-shaped, with its tip resting on the inner margin half way out to
tip of 3d A (substantially as in menophilus, save that the second spot is
truncate at its outer end). Subterminal series similar, leaving a tawny
band of almost even width between them and the postmedial series; first
spot opposite second postmedial, in cell rounded or irregular, not large,
half way between postmedial and margin (in menophilus, etc., close to tip
of postmedial or absent) ; second and third spots squarish, with outer end
rounded (normally notched in the other species), the fourth spot a tri-
angular area resting on margin and extending from vein Cu2 to tip of
3d A. No marginal spots, but fringe blackish.

Under side similar, fore wing with more or less traces of a diffuse tawny
subterminal band, parallel to outer margin; black triangle at tip of vein
Cu2 and cell Cui with a tawny center (absent in the mothone-like form
according to Prof. Poulton) ; hind wing with additional longitudinal black
patches from base of inner margin to a third way out on costal side of
cell, and with a larger one centering on K, from two thirds way out on
cell to well beyond its tip f rarely with these two spots fused into a costal
band. Last subterminal spot sometimes divided in two parts and not quite
reaching margin.

Fore tibia and tarsus of male less than half as long as trochanter and
femur (about as long in most species), the tarsus about half as long as
tibia. Female with tibia alone as long as femur. Male genitalia with
dorsal process gradually tapering to a blade-like end, without the distinct
shoulder of the typical species; sedceagus stouter than in the other species.

Type and three paratypes male, from the Chanchamayo Dis-
trict, Peru, through Rosenberg, in collection of Cornell Univer-
sity ; paratype female in U. S. National Museum, also from the
Chanchamayo ; both lots originally determined as M . menophilus.
The species is also, as Mr. Rosenberg informs me, in the British
Museum, from the Adams Collection.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE II.

Male genitalia of Melinaea egina, with sedceagus figured separately;

Tips of valves of M. comma, showing also tips of dorsal processes. The
■dorsal processes are not visibly asymmetrical, but the one on the left is
figured as if seen edgewise, the other in flat view.

Tips of valves and left dorsal process of M. scylax ; typical of the re-
maining species of the genus.

PLATE III.

Diagrammatic representations of cell Cu^ (cell 2) of fore wing of each
species of Melinaea.

White areas represent white or yellow.

Dotted areas represent tawny or red-brown.

Striated areas represent deep brown.

Cross-hatched areas represent smoky.

Black represents black.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate II)

MELINAEA

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate III)

MELINAEA

March, 1927]

Fry : Grasshopper Culture

GRASSHOPPER CULTURE IN THE LABORATORY

By Henry J. Fry
Washington Square College,

New York University

Introduction

During the winter relatively few insects are available in the
laboratory for experimental purposes. Grasshoppers are not
generally thought of as suitable for such use since they naturally
hibernate during the cold months, and but one generation a year
can be procured in most species. There are some forms, how-
ever, whose life cycles can be greatly shortened by temperature
control so as to yield several generations a year. Furthermore,
the application of various temperatures to the pods permits re-
tarding or accelerating their development at will, so that if pods
of one laying are divided into groups, each of which is kept a,t a
different temperature, the nymphs can be made to emerge at pre-
determined intervals over a period of many weeks instead of at
one time. This treatment, when applied to several sets, each laid
a month or two after the one preceding, ensures a governed sup-
ply of living insects in any desired stage of development through-
out the year. Such control of the life history has obvious value
for experimental purposes.

Carothers (’23)1 gives a brief account of breeding methods,
mentioning a number of species requiring diverse treatments.
The purpose of the present paper, therefore, is to describe the
breeding technique more fully, in sufficient detail that those un-
accustomed to handling such insects may rear them with mini-
mum waste effort. Attention is confined to several forms that
require the same treatment, are viable under laboratory condi-
tions, and thrive on lettuce. Their eggs do not require a period

1 E. Eleanor Carothers: 1 ( Notes on the Taxonomy, Development and Life
History of Certain Acrididae (Orthoptera), ” Transactions of the American
Entomological Society, Yol. XLIX, March, 1923.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

of freezing, and the length of the life cycle may be modified by
subjecting the eggs to various temperatures, a simple device for
which is described. Appreciation is expressed to Dr. Carothers
for the many suggestions she made personally concerning breed-
ing methods.

Bodine (’25)2 gives a detailed analysis of the effects of tem-
perature upon the development of eggs of various species of
grasshoppers. He calls attention to the consequent advantages
of the material for general experimental purposes. He divides
the eggs into three classes: first, eggs that require a period of
freezing to undergo development; second, eggs that are frozen
naturally but can hatch without freezing; third, eggs that are
not frozen naturally. Species that are best adapted for general
experimental purposes are obviously those belonging to the sec-
ond and third classes where hatching is not dependent upon
freezing. Bodine (’25, p. 95) lists such forms as follows:
Melanoplus diff event ialis, Melanoplus femur = rub rum, Chorto-
phaga viridifasciata, Chortophaga australior, Dichromorpha
viridis , Arphia xanthoptera, Encoptolophus sordidus, and Roma-
lea microptera. The species reported in the present study are:
Chortophaga viridifasciata, Encoptolophus sordidus and Roma-
lea microptera.

Chortophaga viridifasciata'3' was bred in large numbers. It
hibernates as a third-instar nymph. This period can be elimi-
nated, making possible about six generations per year (Caroth-
ers, ’23, p. 13). The time of egg development can be extensively
shortened or lengthened by the use of various temperatures. It
is unusually viable in the laboratory.

Encoptolophus sordidus was also reared but only in a very lim-
ited way. Its hibernation period in the egg state can be sup-
pressed (Carothers, ’23, p. 13) increasing the number of yearly
generations. The time of egg hatching can be modified in a man-

2 Joseph Hall Bodine: “1. Effects of Temperature on Rate of Embryonic
Development of Certain Orthoptera, ’ ’ Journal of Experimental Zoology,
Yol. 42, May, 1925.

3 Descriptions of grasshoppers are given by W. S. Blatchley, ‘ 1 Orthoptera
of North-Eastern America.’’ The Nature Publishing Company, Indianap-
olis, 1920.

March, 1927]

Fry: Grasshopper Culture

ner similar to that possible with Chortophaga, but the details
were not worked out.

Romalea microptera (= Rhomaleum micropterum) was bred in
quantity. Its life history is much longer than that of smaller
species, hence it is not as adaptable as they are for general experi-
mental purposes. It was not possible to secure more than one
generation a year, but the time of egg hatching is subject to wide
modification by temperature control. Romalea has a high death
rate, but it is as easily cared for as the other species and can be
reared successfully in the laboratory. Its very large size recom-
mends it for some types of work.

Care of Nymphs and Adults

An insectary is the ideal breeding place, but if one is unavail-
able a south window is selected for maximum sun. A window
receiving over six hours’ sun in December may get less than three
hours in the late spring when the sun is higher in the sky. The
cracks between the sashes and the frame should be carefully
packed with cotton to prevent the entrance of cold air.

A simple type of cage is illustrated (Plate IV) together
with a device for roughly controlling the temperature of eggs.
If cages are kept on shelves, the latter should be wide enough to
allow some working space in front. Shelves must be far enough
apart to allow a six-inch space above the tops of the cages when
set upon their trough, so that cages can be watered from above
or the glass fronts can be elevated without moving them.

When cages are used for nymphs the front glass is cut to ac-
commodate a thin layer of dry sand (Plate IV, cage 1, G-H).
The air should be dry. The damp atmosphere of a greenhouse is
dangerous, since mould is a serious enemy of many species of
grasshoppers in captivity. Those here reported are not usually
affected, a factor greatly simplifying their care. Ventilation is
another primary need of many grasshoppers. In the first gen-
eration in captivity most species die if brought indoors but live
a considerable time in cages out-of-doors. Those reported here,
however, thrive in the first generation under indoor conditions.

Lettuce is a satisfactory food for Chortophaga , Encoptolo-
phus, and Romalea, as shown by the fact that successive genera-

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

tions properly mature their germ cells, mate and lay viable eggs.
This is another factor simplifying their care. Dr. Carothers
( ’23, p. 10) mentions lettuce, but she also describes the use of
wheat and other grasses grown in small pots. The latter require
a great deal of time and trouble, since successive plantings are
necessary as each crop keeps fresh for only about five days and
then turns yellow and becomes harmful. Such foods are neces-
sary for some species, but where lettuce can be used much time is
saved. In summer Chortophaga can be fed various common
grasses and clover, while Romalea eats dandelion. It is to be
noted that nymphs do not eat for several days after hatching.

Lettuce of the solidly headed type is placed in the cages in
quarter or half heads which keep fresh for four or five days.
Lettuce that is loosely headed or single leaves dry out in a short
time and are troublesome when handling small nymphs. When
changing food, especially for early instars, the fresh material is
placed beside the old, and the latter is not removed till the next
day, after the insects have transferred themselves. When the
glass is raised to change food but few escape as they go toward
the light which is opposite the raised glass. Any that 'may get
out are returned by the corked hole in the top of the cage (Plate
IV) so that the glass need not be lifted again. Adults are
picked up by the wings. Small nymphs must be carefully
handled, by catching them in a small net and then picking them
out with delicate forceps by the foreleg. If a hind leg is caught
it is apt to be kicked off, or one of its joints may be harmed and
cause trouble in later moults.

If Chortophaga is collected as a third-instar nymph in the fall,
it will undergo a period of arrested growth for at least a month
even though brought indoors. It requires the same food and care
as at other times but it is sluggish and the absence of moulted
skins indicates cessation of growth. This period which would
have lasted through the winter in nature is greatly shortened in
the first generation of captivity. It will not appear at all in
later generations if the nymphs are kept unchilled.

Records of over seven hundred Chortophaga hatched show a
mortality rate of about twenty per cent, during the growth period
due chiefly to difficulty in one of the moults. There is a some-

March, 1927]

Fry : Grasshopper Culture

what higher death rate in the first generation in captivity because
of parasitism in some cases and unknown conditions in others.
Although they eat moulted skins and dead bodies it is thought
that there is little if any cannibalism. About fifty adults or a
larger number of nymphs are kept in one cage 10" x 11" x 7" as
this species thrives despite considerable crowding.

Chortophaga requires about seven weeks to become adult when
kept in a south window receiving four to five hours’ sun a day,
in a room with a temperature of 22° zfc C. during the day, and
18° zfc C. during the night. The first instar requires 10 zfc days;
the second, 7 dz ; the third, 8 dz ; the fourth, 11 dz, and the
fifth, 13 dz.

Eecords were not kept concerning mortality and lengths of
instars of Encoptolophus, but as in the case of many small grass-
hoppers, it requires about seven weeks to become adult.

Romalea has a high death rate. Of over five hundred individ-
uals hatched, sixty-eight percent died, and but thirty-two per-
cent reached maturity. As in the case of Chortophaga , the Ro-
malea nymphs eat moulted skins and dead bodies, but in addition,
there is much cannibalism. There were numerous instances,
where larger ones were seen attacking smaller individuals that
appeared perfectly healthy. Two factors encourage cannibalism :
first, the mixing of nymphs in various stages of development,
when the smaller ones always disappear ; and second, over-crowd-
ing. An attempt was made to lessen cannibalism by supplying
animal food, such as boiled egg, cheese, etc., but without success.
Cannibalism is slight in the first and second instars, greatest in
the third and fourth, but it does not occur among adults. About
ten adults or twenty nymphs were kept in a cage 10" x 11" x 7".

In an experiment now in progress to study the inheritance of
body color in the cross, Romalea microptera var. microptera
(yellow) x Romalea microptera var. macri (black), it has been
found that the yellow form is considerably more viable than the
black one.

Romalea requires about fifteen weeks to become adult when
kept in a south window receiving four to five hours sun a day,
in a room with a temperature of 22° zfc C. during the day, and
18° ziz C. during the night. The first instar requires 13 zfc days ;

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

the second, 18 db ; the third, 20 ± ; the fourth, 23 db, and the
fifth, 31 ±.

By elevating the room temperature to an average of 25° ± C.
both day and night, the nymphal period of Romalea was reduced
to eight weeks instead of the fifteen-weeks’ period required at a
temperature of 22° =h C. during the day and 18° =b C. during the
night. The nymphal period of Chortophaga was lengthened to
ten weeks by lowering the temperature to an average of 18° d= C.
during the day and 14° d= C. during the night, instead of the
seven-weeks’ period required at a temperature of 22° d= C. during
the day and 18° db C. during the night. Such rough observations
indicate that the growth period can be considerably shortened or
lengthened by modification of the temperature, giving control of
this part of the life cycle for experimental purposes. Control of
temperature would also probably affect the period of several
weeks between the last moult and the time of mating and egg lay-
ing. If cages are enclosed to elevate temperature the question of
ventilation will probably require attention.

Care of Eggs

When grasshoppers are ready to lay their pods, they are placed
in a cage with the front glass cut to accommodate deep sand
(Plate TV, cage 2, GT-H'). Sand is better than soil as it does not
pack, and can be washed and sieved to eliminate impurities and
larger particles. Its depth must be somewhat more than the elon-
gated abdomen, which is extended during oviposition, or egg lay-
ing will be hindered. Two inches is sufficient for Chortophaga
and Encoptolophus and three and a half inches for Romalea.

After egg laying has begun it is best to remove pods at weekly
intervals. This facilitates the different treatment required by
eggs in contrast to that necessary for nymphs and adults. It also
gives a relatively accurate record as to when a given group of
pods were laid, as there is possible a maximum variation of but a
week. Adults are temporarily removed by placing an empty
cage face to face with the one from which pods are to be taken.
After the glasses have been withdrawn the grasshoppers pass
over, since their positive phototropism is used as an aid in their
transfer. A quick way of obtaining pods consists of sliding the

March, 1927]

Fry : Grasshopper Culture

sand mass into a pail of tepid water since they float. The sand
is gently stirred so that pods are not accidentally held at the
bottom. Before placing them in a new cage its sand should be
carefully sieved to eliminate stray single eggs that may have
broken away from pods of former sets, as the hatching of such
occasional eggs would interfere with the new hatching records.
The pods should be placed in the sand in normal position at the
depth in which they are naturally laid.

Sand containing pods must be kept moist (Bodine, ’25,
p. 92) or the pods dessicate and die. The sand is watered
through the top netting with a rust-free container, care being
taken not to dislodge the pods by the stream. When heat is ap-
plied to control the speed of egg development the sand must be
watered frequently. Channels undetected by the eye may grad-
ually be formed between surface depressions and the drainage
holes so that the water passes off too quickly, wetting the surface
to only a slight depth and leaving large regions of the deeper
sand so dry that despite frequent surface wettings many of the
pods dry out. If the top edge of the back glass (Plate IV, cage
2, E'-F') as well as the top edge of the lower front glass (Plate
IV, cage 2, G'-IF) are a little higher than the sand level, it can be
well flooded, the water being held there between the glasses and
slowly seeping down. If the sand is flush with the lower glasses,
the water runs out through the back netting. When the sand is
warmed the use of tepid water aids in maintaining a constant
temperature. When nymphs appear, watering from above
drenches them, hence remaining pods are watered by setting the
cage for a short time in a vessel of water, the sand soaking it up
through the drainage holes. Nymphs are not kept in a cage with
unhatched pods since their droppings might affect the sand’s
acidity. Nymphs are also in less danger from mould if trans-
ferred to a dry cage.

The eggs of most grasshoppers, including those of Chortopliaga
and Encoptoloplms, are pinkish, while those of Romalea are dark
brown. The upper thicker cephalic end is marked by a small flat
terminal region while the lower end is more slender and pointed.
The top of the pod is marked by a mucus plug which fills up the
hole after the abdomen has been withdrawn but this is easily

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

broken off. When a pod is in proper moist condition the indi-
vidual eggs are easily separated from each other. This becomes
more marked as egg development proceeds so that just before
hatching the pod may fall apart if disturbed. On the other hand,
in pods which have been allowed to dry out slightly, the individ-
ual eggs adhere closely to each other and cannot be separated
without tearing the outer coats. A single egg in good condition
is solid and firm and if pricked during early development the
yellow yolk material squirts out, while one that has dried is less
firm, having a thick and gummy contents. The development of
embryos can be examined by cutting the eggs down the dorsal
convex surface and floating the contents out in normal salt solu-
tion.

Since Chortophaga hibernates as a nymph it naturally passes
through its egg phase quickly. Although Encoptolophus nor-
mally hibernates in the egg state, if the pods are kept warm the
hibernation period can be eliminated. Since Romalea has a south-
ern range its pods are not naturally subjected to freezing.

By controlling the temperature of the sand containing pods,
the rate of egg development can be accelerated or retarded, so
that pods of one laying can be made to emerge over a consider-
able period. The temperature of the sand and its contained pods
in a given cage is roughly controlled by the wattage of the elec-
tric bulb in the trough underneath. This is further modified by
slightly elevating the cage to a greater or less degree with narrow
strips, thus permitting the escape of various amounts of heated
air (Plate IV). Such means of regulating temperature are
modified by other factors such as : the temperature of the
room, which is usually about 22° C. during the day, and drops at
night to about 18° C. ; the sun’s shining on the cage, which tem-
porarily raises the sand’s temperature 5° to 8° C. in winter, and
considerably more in spring and summer ; the fact that the tem-
perature of the sand is affected by whether it is quite wet or
somewhat dried out ; the temperature of the water with which the
sand is moistened, etc. A thermometer is inserted in the sand
through the corked hole in the top of the cage.

It is obvious that the methods of controlling temperature here
mentioned are crude, as the purpose was not to study the effect

March, 1927]

Fry: Grasshopper Culture

of temperature upon development, but to control roughly the
rate of development of various sets of pods in order to secure a
continuous supply of living grasshoppers for experimental pur-
poses.

Carothers notes ( ’23, p. 8) that under ordinary conditions sun
is necessary for the emergence of nymphs. If the sand is heated,
however, sun is unnecessary, and eggs develop normally, even
though they have had no sun at all, and nymphs emerge without
difficulty whether the sun. is shining at that time or not.

If eggs are stored in unheated damp sand, in the shade, the
evaporation keeps the temperature about 14° C., which permits
only an exceedingly slow development of the embryos. If the
cages are kept unheated but given normal daily sunshine, this
intermittent heat accelerates development. Further speeding up
is secured by the application of various amounts of continuous
heat to the sand as described above. The pods may be laid in
cold sand and stored in cold sand, to be placed later in the
higher temperatures, a few at a time at various intervals ; or they
may be laid in warm sand and kept warm from the very begin-
ning at higher temperatures. It is by different combinations of
these methods that a given laying of pods can be made to emerge
over a considerable period as desired. In applying such methods
to grasshopper eggs generally, Bodine’s (’25) observations must
be kept in mind that certain species have definite rythms of sus-
ceptibility to low and high temperatures, and that there are wide
differences in different species.

The shortest time for egg development of Chortophaga was
four and one-half weeks at 34° db C. Those which were laid in
unheated sand, and within a week were transferred to sand kept
at;25° C., hatched in about six weeks. This latter treatment was
the one most commonly used. By keeping pods in cool sand for
a shorter or longer period before applying heat, varying from
18° =b C. to 28° db C., the period of development was length-
ened to various points up to twelve weeks. It was not determined
how long eggs can remain in cool sand and still remain alive, nor
was refrigeration tried, but Carothers indicates ( ’23, p. 13) that
at least this would be well over a year.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

The effect of temperature upon the eggs of Encoptolophus was
not studied in detail.

Romalea pods were laid during July and August in unheated
sand and were allowed to remain there until mid October. They
were then transferred, several at a time, at bi-weekly intervals,
to sand heated at .25° db C. Nymphs began emerging in late Jan-
uary and continued to hatch at intervals over a period of eighteen
weeks. Whether or not an immediate application of heat would
have produced an earlier emergence is not known.

PROPITIATION OF INSECTS

Frazer in ‘ ‘ The Golden Bough ’ ’ says that is the island of Oesel
the Esthonian peasants “ stand in great awe of the weevil, an
insect which is exceedingly destructive to the grain. They give
it a tine name, and if a child is about to kill a weevil they say,
‘Don’t do it; the more we hurt him, the more he hurts us.’ If
they find a weevil they bury it in the earth instead of killing it.
Some even put the weevil under a stone in the field and offer corn
to it. They think that thus it is appeased and does less harm.”
A German way of ridding a garden of caterpillars is for the
mistress or another female member of the household, to walk
around the garden after sunset or at midnight, dragging after
her a broom. “She may not look behind her, and must keep
murmuring, ‘Good evening, Mother Caterpillar, you shall come
with your husband to church.’ The garden gate is left open till
the following morning.” — Ed.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate IV)

Cages and Device for Controlling Temperature of Eggs

The cages are shown in position on the trough for controlling the tempera-
ture of eggs. Cage 1 is seen in front view, with the front glass cut at G—H
to accommodate a layer of shallow sand when used for rearing nymphs.
Cage 2 is seen in back view, with the front glass cut at G'—H' to accommo-
date deep sand when used for egg pods. When cages contain eggs, the sand
is heated by electric lights placed in the compartments of the trough.

Cages for smaller species are 10" wide x 11" high x 7" deep. They are
made of cypress to prevent warping and are assembled with brass screws.
The front (A-B and A'-B') is of glass, sliding in a groove. The back
(C-D and C'-D') is of netting inserted in a similar groove, with an addi-
tional piece of glass, three inches high (E-F and E'-F7) across the lower
portion, placed outside the netting. Sides and top have netted windows.
All netting is of copper, 20 mesh to the inch, to prevent the escape of small
nymphs. Drainage holes in the bottom have a piece of netting tacked over
the outside and are filled with cotton to prevent the loss of sand. A half
turn outward of the hook (I) holds the front glass up after it has been
elevated.

March, 1927]

Dozier : Fulgorid

A NEW FULGORID FROM PORTO RICO

By H. L. Dozier

Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station

The Fulgorid here described is particularly interesting in that
it is the second species to be described in the genus and also on
account of its very interesting ecological habitat. R. caudatum
was described by Van Duzee (Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 2,
p. 43) as being abundant on wild sunflower at La Jolla, Cal.
The genus Rhyncopterix is very close to Colpoptera and Cyarda
and may have to be placed under the latter after further study.

Fig. 1. Rhyncopterix salina Dozier (enlarged).

Rhyncopterix salina new species

Head short, distinctly shorter than that of R. caudatum. Vertex almost
twice as wide as long, flat but with the disk very much depressed, carinate.
Frons slightly longer than wide, sides narrowly foliaceous carinate, the disk
towards apical end slightly longitudinally depressed. Pronotum distinctly
longer than the vertex, carinate, produced anteriorly in obtusely rounded
manner and extending to half the length of the eyes, posterior margin
roundingly emarginate. Mesonotum twice as long as the pronotum, weakly
tricarinate, the disk very much flattened and outlined by the lateral carinae
which are sharply rounded anteriorly to meet the median carina before
touching the pronotum. Elytra distinctly longer than broad, very much
inflated and meeting below from near the middle to the apex; clavus very
long, gibbous towards the base, distinctly granulate, especially for the basal
half ; commissural margin of clavus smooth and decidedly depressed ; costa
granulate, a few scattered granules towards base of longitudinal nerves.

General Color varies from a testaceous brown to a darker fuscous, with-
out any definite markings, the veins distinctly outlined by their darker
color. The clypeus in many specimens with faint oblique lateral brown,
stripes.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

Male genitalia: penis rather heavily chitinized, viewed laterally with
anvil-like projections towards base in upper margin; apex produced with
much curved spine-like processes at tips.

Described from a large series of specimens collected by the
writer sweeping a pure stand of “Lirio de Mar,” Batis maritima,
near edge of salt lake in the extremely dry arid region west of
Guanica, Porto Rico, February 12, 1925, and also a number

sweeping the shrub, Lantana odorata, on the nearby rocky slopes ;
two males in the collection of the American Museum of Natural
History from Ponce, Porto Rico, July 20, 1914 (3716) ; a large
series in the U. S. National Museum collected at Arroya, Porto
Rico.

Holotype, female and allotype, male from Guanica, P. R., Feb,
12, 1925, deposited in U. S. National Museum (Cat. No. 40177).

Fig. 2. Male genitalia of Bhyncopterix salina Dozier.

March, 1927]

Alexander: Crane-Flies

RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF CRANE-FLIES
FROM THE EASTERN UNITED STATES
(TIPULIDAE, DIPTERA)1

By Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Mass.

The new species described at this time were all included in the
extensive collections of crane-flies submitted to the writer for ex-
amination by Professor J. Speed Rogers, to whom all types and
uniques have been returned. In his preparation of the lists of
Tipulidse for the states of Iowa, Michigan, Indiana, Tennessee,
North Carolina, Georgia and Florida, Professor Rogers has dis-
covered a large number of previously undescribed species that
are being discussed in a series of papers by the writer, whose
sincere thanks are extended to the collector for the privilege of
examining this rich material.

Dicranoptycha Osten Sacken
Dicranoptycha rogersi new species

Size large (wing over 10 mm.) ; general coloration light gray; legs
brownish black; wings with a strong brownish gray tinge; costal fringe
long and conspicuous in both sexes; male hypopygium with the outer dis-
tistyle relatively long and narrow, the outer margin serrulate.

Male. — Length about 10 mm.; wing 11.2 mm.

Female. — Length about 11 mm.; wing 12 mm.

Rostrum dark, sparsely pruinose; palpi brownish black. Antennae with
the basal segment dark, sparsely pruinose; second segment light brown;
flagellar segments dark brown, decreasing in diameter outwardly, the outer
segments more elongated. Head gray.

Pronotum light gray. Lateral pretergites restrictedly pale. Mesonotal
praescutum clear light gray, the usual stripes pale brown, narrow and in-
distinct, the intermediate pair narrowly separated, not reaching the suture;
pseudosutural foveae elongate, black; humeral region very restrictedly pale;
scutum dark gray, the scutellum and postnotum darker. Pleura light gray,

1 Contribution from the Department of Entomology, Massachusetts Agri-
cultural College, Amherst, Mass.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

indistinctly variegated with darker longitudinal markings. Halteres pale,
the knobs, except at tips, weakly infuscated. Legs with the coxae gray;
trochanters obscure yellow, darker at tips; femora brownish black, the
extreme bases a little paler; tibiae and basitarsi dark brown, their tips
blackened; remainder of tarsi black. Wings with a strong brownish gray
tinge, the costal and stigmal regions somewhat darker; veins dark brown;
macrotrichiae dark, the costal fringe relatively long and conspicuous.
Venation: Sc>i ending shortly beyond the fork of Es, Sc near its tip;
Es angulated and short -spurred at origin, approximately as long as or
shorter than cell 1st distal section of E^ ‘approximately as long as

m-cu.

Abdomen dark brown, slightly pruinose, the hypopygium dark. Male
hypopygium with the outer dististyle long and narrow, gradually tapering
to the blackened tip, the outer margin of this apical spine weakly serrulate,
the ventral or inner margin more nearly smooth; entire surface of style
except the chitinized apex densely provided with a short erect pubescence.
Aedeagus large.

Habitat. — Florida.

Holotype, $ , Marion Co., April 13, 1926 ( J. S. Rogers) ; Coll.
No. 5. Allotopotype, $ . Paratopotypes, 5 $ $ .

Dicranoptycha rogersi is named in honor of my friend, Pro-
fessor J. Speed Rogers, who has done invaluable work in deter-
mining the exact seasonal and geographical range of the North
American Tipulidse. The species is very distinct from the other
ten species in Eastern North America.

P SEUDOLIMN OPHIL A ALEXANDER

Pseudolimnophila australina new species

Size small (wing, $ , 4.5— 5.5 mm.) ; mesonotal praescutum gray with four
conspicuous brown stripes; pleura entirely dark colored, heavily pruinose;
wings with a strong grayish tinge, the stigma darker; cell M ' present.

Male. — Length 4-4.5 mm.; wing 4. 5-5. 5 mm.

Female. — Length about 6 mm. ; wing 6—6.2 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black, moderately elongated ; flagellar
segments ( $ ) gradually decreasing in diameter outwardly, elongate-oval to
elongate-cylindrical, with conspicuous verticils ; antennae ( $ ) shorter.
Head gray.

Mesonotal praescutum gray with four conspicuous brown stripes, the inter-
mediate pair not reaching the suture; pseudosutural foveae shiny black;
scutum brownish gray, the centers of the lobes darker; postnotum dark
gray. Pleura uniformly darkened, gray pruinose. Halteres pale, the
knobs dark brown. Legs with the coxae yellowish testaceous, their bases

March, 1927]

Alexander : Crane-Flies

infuscated; trochanters obscure yellow ; femora obscure yellow, soon pass-
ing through brown or dark brown to brownish black; tibiae and tarsi brown
to brownish black. Wings with a strong grayish tinge, the oval stigma
slightly darker brown; veins still darker brown. Venation: Sc x ending
just before r-m, Sc2 at its tip; Bs nearly straight to gently arcuated at
origin; r about one and one-half times its length beyond the fork of R0+3’,
m-cu at about one-third its length beyond the fork of M ; anterior areulus
preserved.

Abdomen dark brown, this color usually including the hypopygium, in
some cases the latter a little paler. Ovipositor with the tergal valves
elongate, upcurved.

Habitat, — Southeastern United States.

Holotype, S , Marion Co., April 4, 1926 ( J. S. Rogers) ; Coll.
No. 1. Allotopotype, $ . Paratopotypes, S $ ’s ; paratype, $ ,
Beltsville, Maryland, July 9, 1916 (W. L. McAtee).

The writer (Crane-flies of New York, Part I; Cornell Univ.
Agr. Expt. Sta. Mem. 25 : 917 ; 1919) had considered the present
species to represent P. contempta (Osten Sacken). An exami-
nation of Osten Sacken ’s type of contempta, however, shows that
it pertains to the larger northern species that was later described
by Alexander and Leonard as P. nigripleura. The dark pleural
stripe is still perfectly evident on the type of contempta. P.
nigripleura therefore must be placed in the synonymy of con-
tempta, leaving the southern species to be re-named as above.

Gonomyia Meigen

Some notable additions to our knowledge of the distribution of
the Nearctic species of Gonomyia have been made in recent years.
The then known facts in the distribution of the genus were indi-
cated in a paper by the writer (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel-
phia, 1916: 508-528; 1916).

The cognatella group

The chief characters for the separation of the species in this
group lie in the details of structure of the male hypopygium,
especially the shape of the dististyles and gonapophyses. The
outer dististyle, especially, offers excellent characters. In the
more specialized species ( cognatella ) this is a very elongate sinu-

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

ous rod, that is somewhat shorter and more powerfully con-
structed in others ( florens , armigera). The style is shortest, less
than one-half the length of the longest arm of the inner dististyle
in the two new species described hereinafter. The inner dis-
tistyle is profoundly split into an elongate spine-tipped arm, a
shorter pale arm that terminates in a few setiferous tubercles,
and a very short finger-like lobe. In the review of the Nearctic
Gonomyiae, above cited, the spinous arm of this style was consid-
ered as being the third appendage, the setigerous arm the first or
dorsal appendage (d). In the various species, the spinous arm is
constricted and bent strongly upon itself a short distance beyond
the base, appearing as an elongate, simple, more or less sinuous
rod, bifid in kansensis. The gonapophyses bear acute lateral or
subapical spines on the margin, in kansensis both spines occur-
ring, the smaller lateral spine being directed caudad toward a
larger subapical spine, the two enclosing an oval notch. The
subapical spines are more slender and directed strongly cephalad
( cognat ella , taeniata) or dorsad into powerful chitinized spikes
(florens, armigera) . The lateral spine is generally lacking but in
reflexa is conspicuously developed.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) cognatella (Osten Sacken).

Iowa : Powesshiek Co. ; Rogers No. 52.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) florens Alexander.

This species had been considered as being a northern form but
what certainly appears to be the same has been taken as far south
as the Upper Austral Region.

Illinois: Anna, Union Co., June 13, 1922 (C. P. Alexander).

Indiana: Hensler’s Woods, near Hanover, Jefferson Co., June
16, 1921 (Alexander and Rogers).

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) armigera Alexander.

Described from Corydon, Harrison Co., Indiana.

Indiana: Jefferson Co., July 22, 1921 (J. S. Rogers) ; No. 64.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) spinifer Alexander.

Texas: Old Fort Davis, Davis Mts., Jeff Davis Co., altitude
5,000 feet, November 15, 1925 (0. C. Poling). Numerous speci-
mens in the Rogers Collection.

March, 1927]

Alexander : Crane-Flies

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) kansensis Alexander.

A prairie species, originally described from Kansas.

Illinois: Mnncie, Vermillion Co., June 10, 1919 (Alexander).
Indiana: Hensler’s Woods, near Hanover, Jefferson Co., June
16, 1921 (Alexander and Rogers).

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) taeniata new species

Male. — Length about 4-4.2 mm.; wing 4.5— 4.8 mm.

Belongs to the cognatella group, from the allied members of which it is
distinguished by the structure of the male hypopygium.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennas with the scape and basal two seg-
ments of flagellum yellow; flagellar segments relatively elongate, densely
clothed with a pale erect pubescence. Head yellow with a conspicuous
dark brown spot on the vertex.

Mesonotal praescutum grayish brown, the humeral region and broad
lateral margins buffy; scutum obscure yellow, the centers of the lobes
brown; median area of scutum and the scutellum with a narrow brown line;
postnotal mediotergite yellow with a dark brown basal triangle. Pleura
with a silvery longitudinal stripe broad and conspicuous, narrowly margined
above and below by a narrow darker line; dorsal pleural region dusky
brown; sternopleurite pale, pruinose. Wings with a strong brownish yellow
tinge, the ill-defined stigma darker; veins still darker brown. Venation: Sc^
ending opposite the origin of Es, Sc close to or somewhat removed from
its tip; veins E 9 and father strongly divergent; cell 2nd Mo about twice
as deep as its petiole.

Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle small, pale, sinuous, approxi-
mately one-half the length of the longest arm of the inner dististyle,
gradually narrowed to the slender tip, the margin of the style with about
five setas, arranged along its length. Spinous arm of the inner dististyle
very long and ribbon-like, at apex narrowed into a small black spine;
setigerous arm of inner dististyle approximately as long as the outer
dististyle, with numerous setae along its stem, the terminal tubercles scat-
tered. Gonapophyses compressed, the subapical spines very conspicuous,
directed strongly cephalad; no lateral spines present.

Habitat. — Southeastern United States.

Holotype, $ , six miles south of Tifton, Tift Co., Georgia, June
1, 1923 ( J. S. Rogers) ; Coll. No. 1. Paratopotypes, 2 $ $ , 1 $ ,
with the type ; paratype, $ , Haywood Co., North Carolina, Au-
gust 3, 1924 (J. S. Rogers) ; Coll. No. 31.

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) reflexa new species

Male. — Length about 4 mm.; wing 4. 6-5.2 mm.

Female. — Length about 5 mm.; wing about 5 mm.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Belongs to the cognatella group, from the allied members of which it is
distinguished especially by the structure of the male hypopygium.

Rostrum and palpi dark brownish black. Antennae with the basal seg-
ments yellow, the elongate outer segments brownish black. Head yellow,
the center of the vertex with a dark brown spot.

Mesonotal praescutum brown, without stripes, the scutellum somewdiat
brighter colored; postnotal mediotergite pale, with a darker triangle at
base, the surface pruinose. Pleura with the ventral silvery stripe broad.
Wings with a strong yellowish tinge, the oval stigma darker, relatively ill-
delimited; veins darker. Venation: So^ ending opposite the origin of Bs,
Sc2 shortly removed from its tip, 8ci about one-half m-cu; m-cu at the fork
of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the caudal margins of the segments con-
spicuously light yellow. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle a
short, powerful chitinized rod, the stem very gently curved, at apex ex-
panded and directed at right angles into a long straight point, the whole
apex suggesting the head and beak of a bird; the disk of the head-like
portion is provided with numerous setae; region of the crest with a simple
or weakly bifid spine; outer style less than one-half the length of the
longest (spinous) arm of the inner dististyle. Spinous arm of the inner
dististyle broadest at base, narrowed very gradually to the acute blackened
apex; setigerous arm of style slender, the tubercles at tip separated.
Gonapophyses appearing as large compressed blades, the ventral margin
with a curved lateral spine that is directed caudad; no subapical spine.
Aedeagus broadly dilated near midlength.

Habitat. — Michigan.

Holotype, $ , Warren Woods, E. K. Warren Preserve, Berrion
Co., July 17, 1920 (J. S. Rogers) ; Coll. No. 169. Allotopotype,
$ , with the type ; Coll. No. 68. Paratopotypes, 6 $ $ , July
4-- 17, 1920 (J. S. Rogers).

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) bidentata Alexander.

The known range of this species has been greatly extended as a
result of the last few years collecting :

Wisconsin: Cascade Falls, Osceola, Polk Co., July 13, 1925
(G. C. Crampton).

Indiana: Clifty Ravine, Jefferson Co., June 15, 1921 (Alex-
ander and Rogers) ; type-locality.

New York: Ansable Chasm, August 15, 1925 (0. C. Cramp-
ton) ; Sacandaga Park, Fulton Co., August 28, 1925 (Alex-
ander) ; Masten’s Woods, Gloversville, August 31, 1925 (Alex-
ander) .

March, 1927]

Alexander : Crane-Flies

Vermont: Halifax Gorge, Windham Co., August 23-Septem-
ber 6, 1925 (Alexander and Crampton).

Massachusetts: Mt. Toby, Franklin Co., July 10, 1923-July
28, 1925 (Alexander) ; Orient Springs, Hampshire Co., July 24,
1925 (Alexander).

Maine : Mt. Desert, common in arbor- vitae swamps on western
half of island, August 29-September 12, 1926 (C. P. and M. M.
Alexander) .

The species is characteristic of gorges, ravines and cool north-
ern woods, from mid- July into September.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) cinerea (Doane).

Texas: Old Fort Davis, Davis Mts., Jeff Davis Co., altitude
5,000 feet, November 15, 1925 (0. C. Poling) ; at light.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) helophila Alexander.

Texas : As in the last species, November 11-15, 1925. This is
a widely distributed Neotropical species which probably reaches
its northern limit at about this latitude.

Ormosia Rondani
Ormosia brevicalcarata new species

Allied to adirondaoensis Alexander; mesonotum reddish brown, the prae-
seutum with a darker median line; wings subhyaline, the stigmal region
darker; vein 2nd A slightly sinuous; male hypopygium with the projection
on the margin of the inner dististyle very small; aedeagus relatively short,
blackened.

Male. — Length about 3.4 mm.; wing 3.3 mm.

Female. — Length about 4 mm.; wing 4.3 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae ( $ ) of moderate length, if
bent backward extending about to the wing-root; antennae brown, the basal
segments somewhat paler; flagellar segments with a dense erect white
pubescence, in addition to the usual verticils. Head dark.

Thorax reddish brown, the median region of the praescutum darker;
tuberculate pits placed in the darkened area; postnotum slightly infus-
cated. Pleura pale reddish, with a vague gray area on the anepisternum
and the meron. Halteres pale, the knobs a little infuscated. Legs with
the coxae and trochanters obscure yellow; remainder of legs brown, densely
covered with black setae, the femoral bases narrowly paler. Wings sub-
hyaline, the stigmal region darker; veins dark brown. Venation: r about
its own length beyond the fork of R2+3 f cell 1st Mo open by the atrophy of
the outer deflection of ; m-cu at the fork of M ; vein 2nd A with the

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

distal third or less sinuous, more so than in adironda,oensis, the vein more
nearly straight in the female.

Abdomen dark brown, the hypopygium paler. Male hypopygium much
as in adirondacensis but the thumb -like projection on the margin of the
inner dististyle is here reduced to a small triangular point, the region re-
sembling the head of a short-beaked bird. Aedeagus relatively short, heav-
ily blackened, the tip not expanded.

Habitat. — North Carolina.

Holotype, $ , Crestmont, Haywood Co., altitude 1,700 feet,
July 29, 1924 ( J. S. Rogers) ; Coll. No. 17. Allotopotype, $ .
The allotype has been returned to Professor Rogers.

Cryptolabis Osten Sacken

Cryptolabis (Cryptolabis) minutula new species

Size very small (wing, 3.5-4 mm.); general coloration gray, the
lateral pretergites dirty whitish; pleura indistinctly variegated with paler;
wings subhyaline; macrotrichiae of apical cells very sparse, appearing as a
line near mid-width of the cells; Sc short, Es strongly convex; male hypo-
pygium with the apex of the dististyle narrow, obtusely rounded.

Male. — Length 2.5 mm.; wing 3.5-4 mm.

Female. — Length about 3 mm.; wing about 4-4.2 mm.

Head and palpi brownish black. Antennae brownish black throughout;
flagellar segments oval, the segments decreasing in length and diameter
outwardly. Head dark brownish gray.

Pronotum dark brownish gray. Lateral pretergites dirty whitish. Meso-
notum gray, the praescutum with a broad brownish median stripe ; median
region of scutum more reddish brown; median region of scutellum and
the anterior lateral angles of the postnotal mediotergite paler. Pleura
brownish gray, variegated with paler on the sternopleurite and on the
cephalic portions of the pleurotergite. Halteres pale, the knobs darker.
Legs with the coxae and trochanters pale; femora and tibiae brown, their
tips slightly darker; tarsi passing into dark brown. Wings subhyaline,
the base narrowly more whitish; stigmal region barely clouded; veins dark
brown. Macrotrichiae of cells of wing sparse, virtually restricted to a
single line along the center of the cell. Venation: Sc relatively short, Sc i
ending shortly before or opposite midlength of Es, Sc9 far from its tip,
the portion of Sc_ i before the origin of Es approximately twice as long as
that section beyond this origin; Es short, very strongly convex; basal sec-
tion of M i + 2 short; m— cu perpendicular to Cu^.

Abdomen brown, the genital segment paler. Male hypopygium witli the
dististyle slender, gradually narrowed to the slender, obtusely rounded
apex, the surface of the style with spare scattered setae.

March, 1927]

Alexander : Crane-Flies

Habitat. — Texas.

Holotype, $ , Old Fort Davis, Davis Mts., Jeff Davis Co., alti-
tude 5,000 feet, at light, November 15, 1925 (0. C. Poling).
Allotopotype, $ . Paratopotypes, several $ $ in the Rogers Col-
lection.

Cryptolabis minutula is one of the interesting crane-flies dis-
covered in the Davis Mountains, Texas, by Mr. Poling. It is
most closely allied to C. bisinuata Doane, of the northwestern
United States, differing in the smaller size and details of colora-
tion and venation. The dististyle of the male hypopygium of C.
paradoxa Osten Sacken is acutely pointed at apex, as correctly
shown by Osten Sacken (Mon. Dipt. N. Am. 4: pi. 3, fig. 13;
1869).

RECORDS OF FUNGOUS BEETLES IN FLORIDA

The following records, except in one instance as noted, refer
to captures made at Gainesville, Florida, during 1925 and 1926.
I am indebted to Mr. F. M. Schott and to Mr. Chas. Schaeffer
for the identifications. Cherostus fulvomaculata Dury bred from
Polyporus lucidus, July and on Lepiota procera in June; En-
nearthron thoracicorne Ziegl., feeding in Dadaelia ambigua,
March 8 ; Hoplocephala viridipennis Fab., feeding on Dadaelia
ambigua, November 17 ; Euparius marmoreus Oliv., on Poly-
porus gilvus, November 21 (A. N. Tissot) ; Hoplocephala ferrugi-
nea Lee., in Polyporus lucidus, November 13 ; Ennearthron thora-
cicorne Ziegl., and Cis creberrima Mellie in Polyporus versicolor ,
February; Hoplocephala viridipennis Fab., on Polyporus versi-
color, February 26 ; Platydema ellipticum Fab., bred from Poly-
porus gilvus, Alachua, Florida, July. — Erdman West.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

BOOK NOTICES

The Natural History of Ants. By Bene Antoine Ferchault de
Reaumur. Translated with an introduction and notes by Wil-
liam Morton Wheeler. Knopf, New York. $5.00.

One does not have to be a myrmecologist or even an entomolo-
gist to enjoy Professor Wheeler’s translation of Reaumur’s
hitherto unpublished memoire on ants, or his account of Reau-
mur’s life and associates. One learns of Reaumur’s research
work — which was not by any means confined to entomology, but
embraced mathematics, physics, metallurgy, meteorology, etc.,
and resulted in contributions of extreme value — of his interest
in animal behavior, of his views on classification, which will seem
outrageous to many present-day systematists, of his interesting
quarrel with Buffon — now that scientists no longer quarrel pub-
licly, at least hardly ever — of his influence on his contemporaries
and successors and of many other things about this distinguished
and versatile naturalist. And then there is the author’s ade-
quately translated and delightful memoire on ants together with
Professor Wheeler’s numerous and enlightening annotations.
Professor Wheeler comments upon the absence of historical mind-
edness among entomologists, which is a fact, but I hope they will
not persist in carrying this state of mind so far as to fail to read
this book.- — H. B. Weiss.

Insects and Greek Poetry. By Lafcadio Hearn. The Rudge
Press, New York, 1926. $3.00.

A lecture delivered by Lafcadio Hearn before his Japanese
class in English literature and reprinted in book form for the
first time. A slim bibelot, as pleasing to look upon and to handle
as it is to read. — H. B. W.

March, 1927]

Byers : American Dragonfly

NOTES ON SOME AMERICAN DRAGONFLY NYMPHS
(ODONATA, ANISOPTERA)

By C. Francis Byers

Cornell University

Dr. Janies G. Needham has amassed at Cornell University an
excellent collection of American Odonata nymphs. It has been
the writer ’s, privilege to work over this material in preparation
for its inclusion in his forthcoming “Handbook of the Odonata
of North America.” Many interesting points on the taxonomy
of the immature dragonflies came to light during this work, the
more important of which have been incorporated in the following
notes.

ANAX LEACH

The genus Anax is well represented in American collections, in
both the adult and immature forms, by the “Common Green
Darner,” Anax junius. This dragonfly has a wide distribution,
being found in North and South America, Hawaiian Islands and
on the west coast of Asia. Three other species of this genus are
found in the New World. Anax longipes, with its race concolor,
ranges from Massachusetts, Ohio, and Indiana, to Florida, Ja-
maica and Mexico. Anax walsinghami, “The Great Green
Darner,” the largest North American dragonfly, measuring 112
mm. total length, with a fore wing expansion of 124 mm., is
restricted to California, Arizona, Lower California and Guate-
mala, The tropical Anax amazili ranges from Mexico and Cen-
tral America to Brazil, Cuba and the Barbados, and has not
hitherto been recorded from the United States.

The nymphs of Anax, while more or less known, are incom-
pletely described and the records are in a chaotic condition.
Louis Cabot (1881) described the first American Anax nymphs
when he described A. junius, A. amazili, and mentioned A. wal-
singhami (Syn. Aeschna validus) and A. longipes in his mono-

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

graph of the immature stages of the Odonata. Dr. Needham
(1904) described what he took to be A. longipes. A. walsinghami
while known has never had a formal description.

The Needham collection yielded a large number of the nymphs
of A. junius, one female specimen of A. walsinghami , and two
males of A. amazili. No nymphs of A. longipes were obtainable.

Anax junius Drury
(Figs. 3 and 4)

The descriptions of Anax junius as given by Cabot (1881) and
Needham (1901) are sufficient and need not be repeated here.
The descriptions were made from reared material. The following
are the distinguishing points. The 4 'lateral lobes suddenly
rounded off at end to incurved internal hook, not truncate.”
"Basal projection of the middle appendage of the male, half as
long as lateral appendages. ’ ’ The mentum is 2 mm. wide at the
base and 9 mm. long. There are no teeth on the distal border of
the mentum. Length 40-52 mm.

Anax longipes Hagen

The writer has never seen the nymph of this species. There-
fore, he is forced to take Needham’s description in place of a
specimen. The nymph is considered identical with A. junius ex-
cept in the cases where Needham specifies otherwise. Length
55 mm.

Anax walsinghami McLachlan
(Figs. 1, 5, 7)

Material: 1 full grown female from San Diego, California,
dated "Aug. 15.”

Description : Total length 58 mm. Length of abdomen 45 mm.
Width of abdomen 11 mm. Width of head 10 mm. Length of
hind femora 10 mm. Labium long and comparatively slender
(Pig. 1). Base of mentum 4 mm. wide, length of mentum 12
mm., apical third little expanded over the proximal two-thirds,
sides comparatively straight. Median cleft deep (.75 mm.). The

March, 1927]

Byers : American Dragonfly

distal margin of the mention with a deep fringe of hairs, in
which, on either side and a little removed from the margin of the
median cleft, are two small spines (Fig. 5). Lateral lobes
squarely truncate, though somewhat rounded on the outer angle
by a crescent-shaped piece of chitin. Lower angle ending in a
strong tooth. Movable hook with a row of very fine nearly in-
visible setae (Fig. 7). Abdominal appendages: inferiors 7 mm.,
superiors 5.5 mm., laterals 4 mm. Lateral spines on segments 7,
8 and 9 well developed and sharp. Female genitalia 1 mm. re-
moved from posterior border of 9. Coloration as in Anax junius.

Identity of species: I have assigned this nymph to Anax wal-
singhami because of its large size; 58 mm. in length. Obvious
differences from A. junius and A. amazili makes confusion with
these forms unlikely (see key). It is not A. longipes if Need-
ham’s (1904) description of that species holds good. Also, the
wing venation as seen through the wing pads is very distinct and
agrees better with A. walsinghami than any other Anax. The
place of its collection (California), though frail evidence, favors
reference to this species.

Anax amazili Burmeister
(Figs. 2, 6, 8)

Material: 2 males from Panzardi, Hato-rey, near Sari Juan,
Porto Rico. Collected by Mr. Julio Garcia, September 15, 1926.

Description: Length 53 mm. Length of abdomen 39 mm.
Width of abdomen 10 mm. Width of head 9 mm. Length of
hind femora 9 mm. Labium comparatively shorter and broader
(Fig. 2). Mentum 3 mm. wide at base and 10 mm. long. Apical
third of mentum expanded more than basal two-thirds. Median
cleft .50 mm. deep. Fringe of hair on the distal margin of the
mentum heavy but short. A stout black tooth on either edge of
the median cleft (Fig. 6). Lateral lobes squarely truncate. Su-
perior angle square, chitinized; inferior angle with the usual
heavy tooth. The movable hooks bear superiorly a row of heavy
dark setae (Fig. 8). Basal projection of the superior appendage
of the male one-third as long as the inferiors. Lateral spines on
segments 7, 8, 9, and coloration as in A. junius.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Identity of Species: While no reared material is at hand I
have no hesitancy in assigning the above nymphs to A. amazili.
They agree with Cabot’s inadequate description of this species.
One of the two nymphs would have emerged in a very short time,
so the adult wing venation is easily visible through the pads, A
more convincing point, however, is arrived at when the head is
partially cleared in carbol-xylol. After this treatment, two dark
lateral triangles and a light triangular spot can be readily seen
on the frons. The geographical location, coloration and struc-
tural characters and elimination (see key) all favor reference to
A. amazili.

Remarks: In Cabot’s (1881) account of the nymphs of Anax
he fails to mention the prominent black teeth on the mentum of
amazili. However, under his description of A. junius he says,
1 ‘ Several specimens from San Diego, California, differ in having
Hack teeth in the middle of the comb of the front border of the
mask.” He thinks that this may be the nymph of A. walsing-
hami, but goes on to say, “ Nevertheless, it seems doubtful that
nymphs very similar to Anax junius should belong to the gigantic
and very different A(eschna) validus (Anax walsinghami) . In
view of the specimens on hand it is possible that Cabot’s smaller
junius- like nymph with the black teeth (Fig. 6) on the mentum
is A. amazili, and that Cabot never saw the larger A. walsing-
hami with its two spines (Fig. 5) on the mentum instead of teeth.
The geographical location (California) recorded by Cabot for
this nymph is against this idea, for it would be by far the north-
ernmost record for amazili and the only one from the United
States.

The following key will separate the New World nymphs of the
genus Anax as I conceive them to be :

KEY TO ANAX NYMPHS

1. Lateral lobes of the labium tapering to a hooked point. Basal projec-
tions of the superior appendage of the male half as long as the in-
feriors. No teeth on the mentum on either side of the median

cleft .....A.. Sg ( 2 )

Lateral lobes of the labium squarely truncate, a little rounded on the
superior angle. Small teeth on the mentum on either side of the
median cleft (3)

March, 1927]

Byers : American Dragonfly

2. Lateral abdominal appendages half as long as the superiors. Superior

margin of the superior abdominal appendage very convex longipes ?

Lateral appendages less than half as long as the superior. Superior
margin of the superior abdominal appendage not extremely convex.
A common species junius.

3. Movable hooks with a row of heavy dark setae. Teeth on either side of

the median cleft stout and black, located on the very brink of the
cleft, well exposed. Basal projection of the superior abdominal ap-
pendage of the male one-third as long as the inferiors amazili.

Movable hooks with a row of very fine almost invisible setae. The teeth
on either side of the median cleft small and thin, removed a little

distance from the edge of the cleft, hidden among heavy hairs

walsinghami.

AESHNA FABRICIUS

Since the publication of Dr. E. M. Walker’s (1912) mono-
graph of “The North American Dragonflies of the Genus
Aeshna, ’ ? little has been done on this group. Dr. C. H. Kennedy
described two new species — A. arida (1918), A. walkeri and its
nymph, and the nymph of A. interrupta nevadensis (1915) ; Dr.
Walker (1921) described the nymph of A. sitchensis. The fol-
lowing nymphs are as yet unknown: A. cerulea septentrionalis,
A. interrupta interna, A. ventricalis , A. mutata, and A. arida.
The Needham collection contains a reared specimen and cast
skin of A. tuberculifera; the description of this specimen follows:

Aeshna tuberculifera Walker1

(FIg. 9)

Material : 1 reared male and cast skin bearing the label, ■ £ Pond
between Harrisville and Natural Bridge in Lewis County, N. Y.,
July 4, 1923. ”

Description: Length 45 mm. Abdomen 32.5 mm. Width of
abdomen 8 mm. Width of head 8.25 mm. Length of hind femora
7 mm. Hind wing pad 10 mm. Labium long, 10 mm. from tip to

1 Aeschna tuberculifera was originally described by Dr. E. M. Walker
(1914), and figured by R. H. Howe (Manual of Odonata of New England).
It has been redescribed here because of the difference in my specimen from
the ones previously described and to separate it from A. umbrosa, its near-
est relative.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

hinge. Mentnm strongly narrowed in proximal half but ex-
panded in the distal half, the width at the base (2 mm.) being
less than half that at the apex (5 mm.). Length of mentum 7.5
mm. A small tubercle at either side of the median cleft. Setae
on movable hook few but comparatively long. Lateral lobes
squarely truncate, inner angle ending in a small hook. Eyes
prominent, the antero-posterior diameter a little longer than the
transverse diameter. Lateral margins of the head straight.
Posterior-lateral angles of the head prominent but well rounded.
Hind margin nearly straight.

Supracoxal processes well developed, conical, the posterior lobe
slightly the larger.

Abdomen slender, widest at segment 6. Lateral spines on seg-
ments 6, 7, 8, 9, those on 6 rudimentary. Abdominal appendages,
inferiors 4.5 mm., laterals 2.5 mm. ; superior 4 mm. Apices of
laterals very slender and fine-pointed.

Coloring as in Aeshna umbrosa. The annuli on the legs are
very pale in my specimen though easily distinguishable. Also the
median pale band is hardly distinguishable from the lateral
brown ones. The median spots are prominent and are distinctly
bilobed on segments 7 and 8. The lateral scars are obscure.

Remarks: A. tuberculifera is remarkably like A. umbrosa , to
which it would run in Walker’s (1912) key. The principal dif-
ferences between the two species are to be found in the labium
(Figs. 9 and 10). The mentum is longer in proportion to its
width in A. tuberculifera (2 mm. : 7.5 mm. in A. tuberculifera ;
2 mm. : 6.5 mm. in A. umbrosa). The setae on the movable hooks
are longer in A. tuberculifera. A. umbrosa lacks the small tuber-
cles on either side of the median cleft, found in tuberculifera.
The antero-posterior diameter of the eyes is greater than the
transverse in A. tuberculifera, the same in umbrosa, and the in-
ferior appendages tend to be shorter. In my specimen the annuli
on the legs are more obscure than in umbrosa. However, they
are present on both tibia and femora.

Sympetrum Newman

Dr. E. M. Walker (1917) published an account of the nymphs
of the genus Sympetrum, to which I have little to add. One cor-

March, 1927]

Byers: American Dragonfly

rection should be noted on page 409. S. madidum is listed among
the undescribed species. Needham (1904) published a descrip-
tion of a nymph he supposed to be that species. The North Amer-
ican nymphs of Sympetrum remaining undescribed are S. am-
biguum (syn. S. albifrons), S. atripes and S. verum.

Sympetrum pallipes Hagen
(Fig. 11)

Walker (1917) described this nymph and figured the labium.
In the Cornell collection there turned up a reared nymph of pal-
lipes differing greatly and in a peculiar manner from the one de-
scribed by Walker. This specimen was reared by Dr. Needham
at Dry Lake, Utah, July 22, 1926. The adult is a teneral male,
with hamuli and superior appendages almost identical with those
of S. obtrusum. However, although teneral, its color seems dis-
tinct enough to separate it from the above-named species. The
black band before the eyes and the black tibia and tarsus of the
obtrusum group are lacking in this specimen ; and as the hamuli
readily separate it from S. ambiguum, S. pallipes is the only
reasonable identification.

This nymph agrees well enough with Walker’s description ex-
cept that the dorsal hook on segment nine is lacking and the dis-
tal margin of the mentum in outline is dome-shaped instead of
conical as in the one figured by Walker for S. pallipes. The
modification (Fig. 11) is very distinct and segregates this nymph
from all other Sympetra at a glance, yet there is nothing peculiar
about the adult. This is a curiosity that I can not explain.

Sympetrum illotum Hagen

While known and figured this species has never been formally
described. The following description is from an unpublished
manuscript written by Dr. James G. Needham :

“I have twice published figures of the nymph of this species
without description (Out-door Studies, figs. 68, 69, 70, on pp. 66
and 67, and Bull. N. Y. State Museum No. 47, plate 25, fig. 1).
In 1897 Mr. R. W. Doane sent me specimens from California,
and two years later Professor Kellogg sent me reared specimens

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

from the Stanford University Collection (Lot 143, Sub. 28). In
describing the closely related S. corruption in Bull. 68, N. Y.
State Museum, p. 271, I compared the nymph of that species with
this one in some characters, but I will here give a fuller de-
scription.

Length 18 mm., abdomen 10 mm., hind femur 5 mm., width of
head 5 mm., of abdomen 6.5 mm.

Body rather smooth except on the margins which are thinly
hairy, slightly depressed, stout. Head wider than long with eyes
directed antero-laterally, and rather prominent at the sides, the
margins of the head behind the eyes sloping to the nearly straight
hind margin. Labium large and thin, the hinge reaching poste-
riorly to the middle of the mesothorax. Legs slender, tibiae
fringed externally with long thin hairs. Wing cases reaching
posteriorly as far as the 6th abdominal segment.

Abdomen widest in the middle, depressed, triquetral, the sides
regularly curving toward each other at both ends, abruptly ter-
minating at the apex of the 9th segment, which is concave dor-
sally, and includes the annular 10th segment. Dorsal hooks
wanting. Lateral spines minute — excessively minute on the 8th
segment, larger on the 9th, where short triangular and conver-
gent at tips. Appendages short, about as long as segments 9 and
10 together upon the dorsal side, superior a little shorter than
the inferiors and the laterals one-third shorter than the inferiors.

Median lobe not toothed nor crenate: mental set as about 13
each side the 4th or 5th (counting from the side) longest: lateral
setae 9 : hook very slender, setiform, incurved only at tip : teeth
low, each armed with several graduated spinules ”

TRAMEA HAGEN

In the Odonata collection at Cornell University there are three
reared specimens and exuviae of Tramea onusta . The material,
two males and one female, was reared by Dr. James G. Needham
at a pond in Laguna Canon, Southern California, August 31,
1922. The nymph of this species has never been described.

Tramea onusta Hagen

The nymph measures in length 24 mm. Abdomen 15 mm.
Width of abdomen 9 mm. Width of head 8 mm. Length of ab-

March, 1927]

Byers : American Dragonfly

dominal appendages: dorsal 2.5 mm., laterals 2 mm., inferiors
3 mm. Ratio of abdominal appendages : lateral one-third shorter
than the dorsal, lateral one-fifth shorter than the inferiors, dor-
sal one-sixth shorter than the inferiors. Lateral setae 11 (not
counting the small accessory one that is sometimes present just
above the hinge). Mental setae 14-16, outer 2-9 longer and close
set, 6 longest. Antennae with the fourth joint two-thirds as long
as the third. It resembles the nymph of T. lacerata in general
appearance and has less pigment than that of T. Carolina , as in-
dicated in the following key :

KEY TO THE NORTH AMERICAN NYMPHS OF THE GENUS

TRAMEA

1. The 4th joint of the antennas half as long as the third. No brown spot

on the labrum. Lateral setae 11 . lacerata.

The 4th joint of the antennae two-thirds the length of the 3rd (2)

2. The dorsal abdominal appendage as long as the laterals. Laterals one-

third shorter than the inferiors dbdominalis 1

The dorsal abdominal appendage shorter than the laterals (3)

3. Lateral setae 11. Lateral abdominal appendages one-fifth shorter than

the dorsals. Laterals one-third shorter than the inferiors. Dorsal

one-sixth shorter than inferiors onusta2

Lateral setae 10. A distinct brown spot on the labrum. Lateral ab-
dominal appendages one-third shorter than the dorsal. Laterals three-
sevenths shorter than the inferiors. Dorsal one-seventh shorter than

the inferiors Carolina.

4. Unknown insularis, cophysa, and virginica.

1 The characteristics of T. abdominalis used in this key were taken from
Cabot’s description of the nymph. The writer has never seen a specimen.

2 The separation of the nymphs of Tramea is a difficult task because,
like the adults, the characters distinguishing the species are very slight.
The ratios given in the above key for the comparative length of the dif-
ferent abdominal appendages, I believe will hold. However, those for T.
onusta were taken from three exuvia, two male and one female, and while
measurements were exactly the same for these three, a larger series may
break them down. I cannot determine from the exuvia of T. onusta if the
labrum has a brown spot or not, but am inclined to believe that it has not.
The counting of the lateral setas does not include the small accessory one
sometimes present just above the hinge.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. xxxv

LITERATURE CITED

Calvert, P. P. 1905. Odonata. Biologia Centralia Americana.

Cabot, Louis. 188L The Immature Stages of the Odonata. Part II.
Subfamily Aesehininse. Mem. M. C. Z. Harvard. Yol. 8, part I, pp.
1-40.

Kennedy, C. H. 1918. New Species of Odonata from the Southwestern
United States. Part II. Can. Ent. 50: 298-300'.

. 1915. Notes on the Life History and Ecology of the

Dragonflies (Odonata) of Central California and Nevada. P. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 52: 483-635.

Needham, James G. 1901. Aquatic Insects in the Adirondacks. New
York State Museum. Yol. 47: 383-599.

. 1904. New Dragonfly Nymphs in the United States Na-
tional Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 27: 685-720.

Walker, E. M. 1912. The North American Dragonflies of the Genus
Aeshna. Univ. of Toronto Series, Biological Ser. 11: 1-203.

. 1914. New and Little Known Nymphs of Canadian

Odonata. Can. Ent. 46: 369-371.

. 1917. The Known Nymphs of the North American Species

of Sympetrum (Odonata). Can. Ent. 49: 409-418.

. 1921. The Nymph and Breeding Place of Aeschna sitchensis

Hagen (Odonata). Can. Ent. 53: 221-226.

Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
Fig. 11.

Explanation of Plate V

Labium of Anax walsinghami.

Labium of Anax amazili.

Movable hook from labium of Anax junius.
Labrum of Anax junius.

Distal border of mentum of Anax walsinghami.
Distal border of mentum of Anax amazili.
Movable hook from labrum of Anax walsinghami.
Movable hook from labrum of Anax amazili.
Labium of Aeschna tuberculifera.

Labium of Aeschna umhrosa.

Labium of Sympetrum pallipes ?

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXY (Plate V)

ANISOPTERA NYMPHS

March, 1927]

Steele : Feeding Habits

NOTES ON THE FEEDING HABITS OF
CARRION BEETLES

By Brandt F. Steele

The general opinion among entomologists seems to be that the
beetles of the two genera Silpha and Necrophorus are beneficial
scavengers, feeding entirely upon decaying material. In con-
trast to this opinion a few observers have noticed the beetles1 feed-
ing not upon the decaying material itself, but upon the fly larvas
infesting it. Charles U. Clark in The Journal of the New
York Entomological Society, June, 1895, p. 61, and Wm. T.
Davis in the same Journal, June, 1915, p. 150, both reported this
to be the case, but failed to give any experimental data. Some
such data obtained at the American Museum of Natural History ’s
Station for the Study of Insects, located at Tuxedo, N. Y., is of
interest in this connection.

On July 28, 1926, while watching and collecting carrion beetles
on the well-rotted carcass of a woodchuck, I noticed that several
of the beetles were carrying fly larvae in their jaws' as they
crawled around the dead animal. Closer observation showed that
the beetles were coming out through holes in the woodchuck’s
skin, each with a wriggling maggot between its jaws, and were
crawling onto the top of the carcass or out among the nearby
leaves where they stopped to devour their prey. This unusual
behavior was repeated time after time during the next half-hour
that I watched. Four species were seen eating maggots: Ne-
crophorus, orbicollis , N. tomentosus, Silpha americama, and S.
novahoracensis.

Three live specimens of each species were placed in glass-
covered plaster boxes, the Necrophori in one box and the Silphae
in another box. Later, in the evening of the same day, about
twenty live maggots were turned loose in each box. By the
morning of the next day (July 29) every one of the maggots
had been eaten ; and, in addition, the smallest Necrophorus tomen-
tosus had been devoured and the large N. orbicollis were in the
act of dismembering another of their smaller relatives.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

During the day several more maggots were dropped into the
boxes and I watched the process of eating through the glass
cover. Almost as soon as the food was in the boxes the beetles
began a slight waving of the antennae and a rapid movement of
the palpi. When, after some moments of crawling around, ap-
parently in search of the maggots, a beetle found one of the
wriggling larvas it seized it fiercely and went into some corner
to eat. When the maggot was held by either the head or the
tail it was eaten in much the same way as a leaf of lettuce is
eaten by a rabbit, the jaws pulling the food in like a machine.
Sometimes when the maggot had been seized in the middle it was
bitten in half, and the part remaining in the beetle’s jaws was
eaten as before. The small Silpha novaboraeensis often seemed
to eat only the soft inner parts, leaving the tough outer skin
empty and untouched. This was especially true when a large
maggot was taken up.

The fact that carrion beetles ate the fly larvae occurring in the
decaying material was no longer doubtful, but this problem
arose : Did the beetles actually prefer the maggots to the carrion
itself as food? In an attempt to answer this problem eighteen
of the beetles, about equally divided between Silpha and Ne-
crophorus, were placed in a large plaster box and left without
any food for three hours. At the end of that time a piece of
carrion from which the maggots had been removed was placed at
one end of the cage, and a small developer vial two-thirds full of
tightly packed maggots was emptied at the other end. Some of
the beetles of each genus went immediately to the pile of mag-
gots and began eating. Several went to the carrion, nibbled at it
a little bit, but left it almost at once without really eating and
went to the pile of maggots. At the end of a very few moments
every one of the beetles was eating the maggots ; not a one was
paying any attention to the carrion.

Another somewhat similar experiment was performed with a
mixed group of about twenty-five beetles of the four species men-
tioned above. They were left to starve from 5:00 P. M. one
evening until 11 : 00 A. M. the next morning. A piece of mag-
gotless carrion was then put in the cage. The beetles walked
over it rather disinterestedly, some of them giving it one or two

March, 1927]

Steele : Feeding Habits

half-hearted bites. Four hours later, at 3:00 P. M., several mag-
gots were quietly dropped into the cage. There was an almost
instant response of increased activity among the beetles; one
N ecrophorus orbicollis and two Silpha americana picked up mag-
gots at once. At the end of ten minutes seven 8. americana , four
8. novaboracensis , two N. orbicollis , and two N. foment osus were
eating the wriggling larvse ; and before long all except a few very
sluggish beetles had prey in their jaws. Although there was an
abundance of food two beetles would occasionally fight over the
same maggot, one of them at each end, pulling until one or the
other gave up. This experiment seems to indicate a decided
preference for maggots, since at the end of an eighteen-hour
starvation period the beetles paid little or no attention to carrion,
but were nearly unanimous in their choice of the fly larvae.

In another case a dead, white-footed mouse in which there were
no maggots was placed in the cage with half-starved beetles.
They came to the carcass a few at a time and began eating around
the eyes and mouth. One N. orbicollis started to eat rather
ravenously at one of the mouse’s eyes; but when a maggot was
held in front of the beetle’s head with a pair of forceps it was
seized and immediately devoured. This was repeated with the
same result with two other Necrophori which were eating around
in the mouth. All the beetles, representing the same four species
used before, began, with one exception, to eat maggots as soon
as the latter were put in the cage. The one exception was a slow
moving Silpha americana which kept crawling over the mouse’s
head, taking occasional bites in the mouth of the dead animal.

That these beetles eat carrion can not be denied, for they can
easily be seen doing it. One very clear case was observed. The
carrion was the comparatively fresh carcass of a large rat. There
wras not a very strong odor of putrefaction as yet, and although
the various species of carrion flies had laid their eggs, there were
not yet any maggots except a few very tiny ones which had
probably been laid alive. At this stage, before the appearance
of any sizable fly larvae, thirteen specimens of N ecrophorus, both
orbicollis and foment o^us, arrived on the scene during a period
of five hours. Most of them merely wandered back and forth
over the dead body or else crawled and burrowed beneath it.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

However, one began eating at the mouth, two at the eyes, and
two on the stomach. The first three of these had immediate
access to soft flesh, but the two which were eating on the stomach
of the rat were confronted with a layer of fur and tough skin.
They overcame their difficulty by cutting slits about three-eighths
of an inch long through the skin by means of their sharp, heavy
jaws; and they were then able to tear off and eat small pieces of
the flesh beneath. One striking thing was noticed in this case
of the rat, in the case of the white-footed mouse mentioned above,
and in one other case where the beetles were seen to eat maggot-
less carrion with more or less relish. It is that in all three cases
the carrion had not yet advanced very far in the process of de-
cay. The flesh was still very similar to that of living animals,
and in a strict sense the beetles were not eating putrefying ma-
terial. That fact makes even more plausible the theory that the
beetles prefer maggots as food whenever they are able to choose
between the fly larvge and carrion. This theory is also supported
by the fact that captive beetles having only maggotless carrion
for food rarely lived over four days, while captive beetles having
either maggots alone or carrion which contained maggots lived
as long as ten and eleven days. The beetles seem to be able to
subsist for only a short time on carrion alone, and do not eat it
voluntarily except when it is comparatively fresh.

A device which was made rather crudely and consequently
was not very reliable was used to test the preference of the
beetles. It consisted of a box in the form of an isosceles triangle,
having at each end of the base and at the apex of the triangle a
smaller box. Each of these smaller boxes communicated with
the main box through a little opening in the side of the latter,
and had a screened opening on the side away from the main box.
Air could thus pass freely through the whole thing. Different
types of food were placed in the two boxes which were at one
end of the device and the beetles were placed in the box at the
other end. The device was then put in a current of air so that
the air passed from the food boxes through the main box into
the box where the beetles were, and the beetles tended to follow
up the current of air into one food box or the other, supposedly
showing a preference for the one in which it stopped.

March, 1927]

Steele : Feeding Habits

As stated above, the device was probably not very reliable.
The beetles were released in their box one after another at inter-
vals of a few seconds until a group of ten had been released.
Only in a very few instances did all ten beetles reach the two
food boxes, some of them were almost sure to stop in the main
box. Two fairly typical results are as follows :

1. Given the choice between carrion alone and carrion contain-
ing maggots, three beetles went to the former and five went to
the latter.

2. Given the choice between carrion alone and maggots alone,
three beetles went to the former and six went to the latter.

In both instances a slight, though not extreme, preference was
shown for the maggots, and this slight preference was fairly con-
stant in all trials. This piece of apparatus doubtless has much
greater possibilities than are shown by the little use made of it.

The question of just what it is that carrion beetles do eat and
prefer to eat may be impossible to decide, but the data given
above certainly seem to indicate that the four species, Necroph-
orus orbicollis, N. tomentosus , Silpha americana, and S. nova-
boracensis, prefer to eat fly larvae.

March, 1927]

Weiss: John Hill

SIR JOHN HILL’S “DECADE OF CURIOUS INSECTS”

By Harry B. Weiss

New Brunswick, N. J.

My interest in the “Decade of Curious Insects” was aroused
by reading Prof. L. L. Woodruff’s enlightening estimate of the
author, which appeared recently in the American Naturalist
under the title, “The Versatile Sir John Hill, M.D.,”1 Hill, it
appears, was an eighteenth century Londoner, a versatile fellow,
characterized in part by Prof. Woodruff as “apothecary, astron-
omer, physician, editor, botanist, journalist and man of fashion.”
Among other things he was interested in natural history includ-
ing insects as such, and part of his activity in this field included
the editing of a translation of Swammerdam’s classic “Biblia
Naturae,” published in 1758, which Woodruff says was excel-
lently done. Of his “Decade of Curious Insects,” Woodruff
does not speak highly, saying that, “Here he is at his worst,
apparently giving his imagination free play.” This is substan-
tially correct if one judges the work mainly by the illy drawn
and ridiculously colored plates, and such was my own impression
until I had examined the text. Prof. Woodruff very generously
permitted me to use his copy of the book upon which I have made
the following annotations.

The “Decade of Curious Insects” is a quarto of twenty-four
pages and ten colored plates that was printed in London in 1773,
two years before Hill’s death. The reverse side of the title page
contains the curious statement, ‘ ‘ Ladies who may chuse to paint
these Insects themselves may have Sets of the Cuts on Royal
Paper printed pale for that purpose.” A second title page bears
the statement, “Insects, Engraved From Nature. Class I. Those
Which Have Four Gauzy Wings, and A Weapon, in the Tail.
By Gauzy Wings, we understand such as are thin, tender, and
transparent : not crusty, as the Beetles ; nor leathery, as the

i American Naturalist, vol. LX, pp. 417-442, Sept.-Oct., 1926.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Crickets; nor dusty, as the Moths and Butterflies; but clear.
Such are the wings of common Flies.”

Hill ’s ‘ 1 Class I ’ ’ includes four ‘ ‘ genera, ” “ Tenthredo, Sphex,
Myrmelon, Cynips, and Phryganea.” In the “Tenthredo, he
discourses on two species, the “mourning saw-fly, Tenthredo luc-
tuosa ” and the “mottled saw-fly, Tenthredo variegata.” In the
“Sphex,” the “comb footed savage, Sphex pectinipes” and the
“Turner savage, Sphex spirifex ” are treated. In the “Myr-
melon” he covers the “grey ant-eater, Myrmeleo formicarum” ;
in “Cynips,” the “oak leaf gall fly, Cynips quercus folii ”; and
in the “Phryganea,” two species, the “white-wing day-fly,
Ephemera culiciformis” and the “rock day-fly, Ephemera
rupestris ”

His insects of “Class II” are “those which have four feathery
wings.” Here, only the genus “Allucita” is treated, the species
being the “ straw-colour ’d chinch, Allucita pallida” and the
“tawny chinch, Allucita* fulva.” All of the species in both
classes are figured.

Hill’s method is to give, first the characters of the genus to-
gether with some general information and then the characters of
the species together with other information about their habits,
history, etc., all rather briefly. The descriptions of the adult
insects, although they may be true, are of such a general nature
as to be worthless for identification purposes and his illustrations
are grotesque, from both anatomical and color standpoints. The
accompanying reproductions of pages seven and twenty-two illus-
trate his descriptions.

On the other hand many of Hill’s biological statements are
substantially correct and examples of these will be shown. Going
back to his descriptions, on page four be gives the characters of
the “genus Tenthredo” as follows:

“The Mouth is form’d of Jaws; and has no Trunk.

‘ ‘ The Scutcheon has two small, distant, elevated points, on its
hinder part.

“The Wings lie plain; but are a little puff’d up, and uneven.

“The Weapon at the tail is short; and form’d of two plates,
jagged like a Saw ; and hollow’d lengthwise in the Female. Plain
in the Male.”

March, 1927]

Weiss: John Hill

Although even for the general reader this is a crude and un-
scientific description and utterly worthless as a means of identi-
fying the group, yet it contains no gross misstatements. Hill
then continues with a general account about insects during the
course of which he says, “All two-wing ’d Flies have a pair of
Plummets behind their Wings/’ which of course is true. Writ-
ing about the “mottled saw-fly,” he says, “the egg increases in
bigness to twice or more than that, after it is lodg’d in the Plant ;
nor is this strange since it has no hard covering. ” It -is well
known that the eggs of certain species of saw-flies increase in
volume after being inserted in the plant tissue.

Of “ Tenthredo luctuosa” he writes that this is the species men-
tioned in the “Systema Naturae” of Linnaeus as “ Tenthredo
Alni” and perhaps also the “Tenthredo ovata” of the same work,
‘ ‘ for Insects are not so numerous, as ’tis the custom now to think
them : and colour, tho ’ an obvious, is no certain character among
these creatures ; in some it differs with the season ; in others, with
the sex; in all, it glows according to the creature’s health and
vigour: in most, it is exalted in the time of courtship, as the
feathers on the necks of some Fowls ; and in some, it fades, and
is lost utterly in dying, as the colours of many fishes.” All of
which is more or less true, although insect species now are more
numerous than most persons think.

In his account of the nest-building wasps he is correct about
some nests being made in the ground, some of mud cells under
the eaves of houses, their “blood-thirsty” habits, the actions of
some in feeding their young from day to day and others in pro-
visioning their nests and then sealing them, but his particulars
do not apply strictly to the species he has figured, for he has the
larvas of one of the thread-waisted mud-daubers acting as internal
parasites of living and feeding caterpillars.

His illustrations of the adult ant-lion and its larva can be rec-
ognized for what they are and his story so far as it relates to the
pit made by the larva and of its predaceous habits is authentic.
As to galls, he writes, ‘ ‘ They arise from a wound made by that
Insect (Cynips), who lays an egg there ; and in their centre there
is a small cavity, within which the Worm lives, that after a time
hatches into this Fly.” Present-day explanations are not much
better as the physiology of gall formation is not understood.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

About day-flies or may-flies, he states, ‘ ‘ they live about waters,
in which they breed ; and in their Fly state have so short a term,
that it has been the subject of separate histories by Naturalists,
and Emblems for moral writers.” He comments on the short
life of the adults, the deposition of the eggs in water and the
aquatic larvas with their life of one or nearly two years. The
shortness of the adults ’ lives is a matter of record ; some species
do discharge the contents of their ovaries in one mass in the
water and one, two and three years are required for the larval
development of various species. According to his “rock day-
fly ’ ’ account, the larvas live in cases or tubes of ‘ ‘ small granules,
cemented close,” these cases being attached to rocks that stand
in the water. However, his illustration resembles somewhat the
fish-fly (Corydalinas) whose larva leaves the water when it is
full grown and makes a cell under a stone or other object near
the water.

His thrips or ‘ ‘ chinches 9 9 as he calls them live in various flow-
ers and this is true of many species. His illustrations of two
species can be recognized readily as thrips, but it is doubtful if
they are the cause of many headaches as stated in his account of
“ Allucita pallida .” Hill says, upon examining them under a
microscope, they “were in continual motion; vibrating their
Antlers, shaking their Wings, and turning up their Tail to their
Heads, in the manner of Earwigs, but with an incredible swift-
ness,” and this is very descriptive of their movements as most
entomologists know.

It is difficult to determine how many of the observations noted
in the book were really made by Hill and just how far his inter-
est in entomology extended. When he calls the mandibles of an
insect the antennae or antlers and when he makep other mistakes
in observation, one is inclined to judge him, perhaps too severely.
He was of course familiar with Swammerdam’s histories of the
ephemera, gall insects, etc., and may have utilized these in the
preparation of his book, written undoubtedly for popular con-
sumption. Although some of his digressions seem rather wild
and his descriptions meager, his biology whether original with
him or not, is on the whole quite fair, and the book may have
had some use in entertaining the general reader. The ten species

March, 1927]

Weiss: John Hill

are not especially ‘ ‘ curious ’ ’ to the informed, although to the un-
informed they would very likely have such an appeal.

After writing the above, my attention was called by Professor
Woodruff to Doctor H. Hagen’s remarks about Hill’s book, which
appeared in Stettin. Ent. Zeitung, XIY, 1853, under the title
“Dr. H. Hagen fiber John Hill’s angeblich erdichtete Insecten.”
In this, Hagen refers to Hill’s work as being known chiefly by
the extremely unfavorable criticism of Fabricius, only Percheron
raising the question that Hill may have had specimens about
which Fabricius did not know. Hagen further states that few
of the critics ever saw Hill’s book, but that he got a copy and
studied it carefully, coming to the conclusion that although it
was a poor work even for the time it was published and had no
scientific value, it was not written with the intention of deceiving
anyone; also that it did not claim to be scientific, as shown by
Hill’s statement on the reverse side of the title page — “Ladies
who may chuse to paint these Insects for themselves may have
Sets of the Cuts on Royal Paper printed pale for that purpose.”

Hagen says, it is nowhere mentioned that Fabricius had definite
information to the effect that Hill’s species were imaginary and
even if the book seemed crazy and partook of the nature of a
scientific swindle, Fabricius’ criticism should not have been so
strong, because Haller did not believe Hill would be so foolish,
and because if Hill intended to deceive, it would have been easier
for him to have described exotic insects rather than native ones
but little out of the ordinary. Hagen believed that Hill ’s figures
were out of proportion and wrongly colored because the insects
were for the most part too large for the microscope and although
English microscopes at that time had collecting lenses, these were
not achromatic. However, he could not correlate this with Hill’s
long experience in the practical use of the microscope. Hagen
then placed Hill’s species, where possible, in their respective
orders. He could not make out Sphex pectinipes and thought
that Hill ’s Myrmeleon formicarium was M. tetragrammicum, also
that Hill’s picture of the larva with its lateral brushes was
wrong ; that Ephemera culiciformis was probably a little stone-fly
and that Ephemera rupestris although very bad was without
doubt a Phryganide. He also thought that the descriptions were

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

as poor as the pictures and notes that Westwood, although char-
acterizing the work as bad, did not think it was written for the
purpose of misrepresentation. Hagen closes by calling attention
to the fact that although Hill was ignored by Stephens and other
of his countrymen, Hill’s drawings are hardly worse than Figure
3, Table 6 in Harris’ “Exposition of English Insects,” from
which Stephens without further comment describes a new species
Caenis Harrisella.

Apparently, he did not believe that contemporary entomolo-
gists should have taken Hill ’s work so seriously, or that it merited
severe criticism, written as it was for “popular” consumption.
Hagen did not mention the biology of the accounts and this per-
haps met with his approval. His criticism of Stephens’ act in
describing a new species from Figure 3, Table 6, of Harris ’ work
is fully justified. The figure in question is a small line drawing
from which it would be utterly impossible to draw up an adequate
description. However, Harris’ illustration is simply small and
devoid of detail. It is not out of proportion nor poor in the
same sense that Hill’s drawings are. It is just inadequate for
recognition or descriptive purposes. As an illustrator of his
own books and of Drury’s “Exotic Entomology,” Harris’ had a
very favorable reputation and his work has nothing in common
with Hill’s insect caricatures.

The accompanying illustrations are from Professor Woodruff’s
copy of Hill’s book.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate VI)

decade

O F

CURIOUS INSECTS

SOME OF THEM NOT DESCRIB’D BEFORE:

SHEWN IN

THEIR NATURAL SIZE;

AND AS THEY APPEAR ENLARGED BEFORE

THE LUCERNAL MICROSCOPE

In which the SOLAR APPARATUS is artificially illuminated.

With their HISTORY, CHARACTERS, MANNERS,
and PLACES of ABODE;

On Ten Quarto Plates, and their Explanations.
DRAWN AND ENGRAVED FROM NATURE.

By J. HILL, M. D.

MEMBER OF THE IMPERIAL ACADEMY.
LONDON:

Printed for the A U T HO R, in St. James’s-Street.

And Sold by B. White, in Fleet-Street * P. Elmsly, in the Strand >
Parker, in Cornhill ; Baldwin, in Pater-nofter-Row ; Ridley,

St. James’s Street; and J. Balfour, at Edinburgba

MDCC.LXXIII.

Title Page of Hill’s “Decade of Curious Insects”

••

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate VII)

E 7 3

ii.

MOTTLED SAW-FLY.
TENTHREDO VARIEGATA.

Plate 2.

The Antlers have more than twenty joints ; and grow fmall to the
point.

The Head is blue ; the Trunk is dee pgrey, mottled with yellow •
the Body is black.

Plate 2

This is a very ftrange and delicate Fly : ’tis found in damp woods
and moors in Auguft and September.

The Head is of a Alining blue.

The Eyes are green.

The Antlers are amber-colour’d.

The Feelers Ihort, and brown.

And the Jaws of a yellow brown.

The Trunk is of an iron-grey, mottled with irregular fpots of gold,
like the womens tambour-work in embroidery.

The Scutcheon is entirely raven-grey.

The Points on it are black.

The Body is coal-black above, and raven-grey below.
The Lines dividing the rings are brownifh.

The Air-holes are black.

The Legs are of a fine bright yellow, with black claws.
The Wings are brown, with aduflty edge.

The Tail is amber-colour’d.

I received

Page 7 of Hill’s “ Decade of Curious Insects”

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate VIII)

I. the STRAW -COLOUR’D CHINCH.

ALLUCITA PALLIDA.

Each wing is compofed of one diftindt undivided feather.

Plate 9.

This is a creature very Grange in its nature, and hidory; and
which once came as ftrangely before me. A ftudious gentleman,' very
fubjedt to the head-ach, which he, and his phyfician, both attributed
to great attention ; fneezing one day with violence, as he was writ-
ing, faw fome atoms a moment afterwards upon a fheet of whi-e
paper that lay upon his table ; and they plainly moved : he doubled ud
the paper, and brought it to me: when we laid a parcel of their
moving particles before the lucernal microfcope, they appeared of
the fize and figure reprefented at Plate 9 5 and were in continual mol
,on s v, bra ting their Antler., (baking their Wings, and turning uu

incredible fwiftnefs. “ ^ °f EarwiSS’ but with

Twas palpable they had been difcharged from his nofe ; and ’tis
very eafy to lee whence they were thrown, and to underftand how
they might have caufed intolerable pain, while they were thus
raifmg and moving ; their irritating hairs, and feathers/upon a pa-t
where the very fubftance of the brain is almoft naked. P P

I had feen the fame Species inhabiting the Flowers of the Plant
Mignonette ; and on alk.ng, found he had that Plant in his chamber.

The Head of this creature is lemon-colour'd.

Its Eyes are of a delicate blue.

The Studs over them deep black.

Its Antlers are of the paled brown, but ruddy at the bafe of each Joint.
The Feelers are pale, and fmall. J

Its Trunk is of a pale firaw-colour.

The Scutcheon has a tint of greenifh.

Its Body is very pale ftraw-colcur.

The Rings dividing it are whitifh.

Its Legs are pale brown, but deeper at the joints.

Its Wings are whitifh, with a dulk of brown.

Its Tail is amber-colour’d.

2. THE

Page 22 of Hill’s 11 Decade of Curious Insects”

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol, XXXV

(Plate IX)

‘,/f>

Plates 2 and 4 of Hill’s ‘‘Decade of Curious Insects”

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate X)

'.'y,

f S//ssv/e V vs/sj

Plates 7 and 8 of Hill ’s ‘ ‘ Decade of Curious Insects ’ ’

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXY

(Plate XI)

./it ///< ■/< (

ZZZig; S' 'trmt/e&Z&uraZ
CZtwe/i,

Plate 9 of Hill’s “ Decade of Curious Insects”

Proceedings of the Society

101

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of December 1, 1925

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M. on December 1, 1925, in the American Museum of Natural His-
tory, President Prank E. Lutz in the chair, with nineteen members and
twelve visitors present.

A letter from Dr. Tower announcing the annual dinner of the New York
Academy of Sciences was read.

A letter from Mr. J. W. Decker, Callahan, Fla., inviting his fellow mem-
bers to visit him, was read.

Mr. Davis announced the death on November 27 of , Lewis B. Woodruff,
a life member and former member of the Society. He spoke of his excel-
lent work as a naturalist and of his amiable personality and expressed the
regret, shared by all present, at his death at 57 years of age. He stated
that he had attended the funeral at Litchfield, Conn.

Dr. Lutz added his tribute, speaking especially of the labors of Mr.
Woodruff in the Virgin Islands.

Dr. Leale also spoke in appreciation of his fine qualities which he said
were remarkable also in other members of his family.

The secretary was instructed to write his cousin Judge James Parsons
Woodruff, expressing the Society’s regret.

Dr. Lutz introduced Dr. Adopho Lutz, of Bio de Janeiro, who briefly
expressed his pleasure at being able to visit the American Museum and
upon the prosperity of the New York Entomological Society.

Mr. Hartzell, under the title “The Relation of Entomology to the Study
of Plant Diseases at the Boyce Thompson Institute for Plant Research,”
described the Institute founded by Col. Thompson, its endowment, equip-
ment and staff of thirty-three investigators, using lantern slides to illustrate
the splendid greenhouses and other appliances. He stressed the cooperation
between pathologists and entomologists aimed for in the Board of Scientific
Advisors and described some of the work initiated in studying mosaic dis-
eases. Cicadula sex-notata was especially studied as the carrier of aster
yellows.

Miss Irene D. Dobroschky spoke of the particular work assigned to her
by Dr. Kunkel, in charge of pathological division, including 200 plants sub-
ject to mosaic disease and the insects, principally Coleoptera and Hemiptera,
regarded as carriers of the disease. She advanced the idea that, while the
carrying might be purely mechanical in the case of biting insects, there was
a possibility of its being also biological in the case of sucking insects.

102

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Dr. Lutz complimented Miss Dobroschky as the first woman to present
such a study before the Society and expressed his admiration of the facili-
ties provided at the Boyce Thompson Institute.

Mr. Bird spoke of “The Gynecological Travesty with the Dipteron
Pseudolfersia maculata” illustrating his remarks with specimens of the
fly. After the fly was killed a puparium was found in the cyanide bottle
or a full grown larva which immediately changed to a pupa.

Dr. Sturtevant and Mr. Davis discussed the subject of living maggots
being deposited by Diptera and Dr. Lutz added some of his experiences.

Mr. Davis exhibited Vanessa milberti and the variety subpallida and
gave a number of data indicating its appearance late in the season and its
being less rare this year than usual.

Dr. Lutz, Mr. Watson and Mr. Goldfisher added data indicating its
greater abundance northward and especially this year. Mr. Goldfisher had
a record October 16 at Columbia University.

Society adjourned.

Meeting of December 15, 1925

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M. on December 15, 1925, in the American Museum of Natural His-
tory, President Prank E. Lutz in the chair, with twenty members and five
visitors present.

F. B. Swift, 205 Brookside Ave., Mt. Vernon, N. Y., and H. L. Taylor,
408 Clifton Ave., Newark, N. J., were elected members of the Society.

The president appointed as a nominating committee Messrs. Sherman,
Weiss and Schwarz.

A letter from Judge James P. Woodruff was read and Mr. Davis spoke
also in reference to the death of Lewis B. Woodruff.

Mr. Angell stated that Mr. Howard Notman had purchased the collection
of the late Gustav Beyer.

Mr. Davis exhibited a collection of cicadas which he had identified for the
U. S. National Museum, including specimens collected fifty years ago. He
said that 134 species and subspecies were now known from America north
of Mexico, grouped into 18 genera. He gave the characters of each group
and interesting details of many species. It is remarkable that the life
period is still unknown for most. He showed also some western species
collected by Messrs. Engelhardt and Chamberlin; and Chinese and Japanese
ones received from Mr. Johnson.

Mr. Johnson said that collecting cicadas and making individual cages
for them was a profession in China where they were esteemed as songsters.
Bamboo poles, forty feet long, provided with a flannel cloth smeared with
a very sticky preparation, were brought near the cicada perched aloft. A
sudden motion of the pole throws the cloth around the cicada. The wings
are usually torn and damaged.

Mr. Swift spoke of the development of the bot fly as observed in an
individual intentionally raised in the calf of his own leg. Thirteen to

March, 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

103

fifteen eggs were laid on grass blades or leaves, sticky and destined to be
carried to some warm-blooded animal by mosquitoes or flies. On August
25 he put a maggot hatched from such egg near an unhealed wound. The
maggot entered the wound, a hard cyst formed and three days later itching
began, followed September 2 by a discharge. By September 10 the maggot
began to feed in the muscle, with a burning sensation. For the next two
weeks his general health was affected, especially in lack of energy and
profuse perspiration. The discharge from the air vent in the cyst which
had been a thin yellow serum became a thick almost black blood, with pus.
On September 29 the maggot moved up to the surface, the cyst puffed out
with intense itching. In October the leg was swollen and inflamed at
times when there were discharges of hot liquid which burned the flesh and
stained through heavy khaki trousers. October 23 the maggot rolled out
onto the floor 2 cm long, buried in moist earth 8 cm deep, and became a fly
November 25. The hole in Mr. Swift’s leg healed in three weeks and the
itching and aching became a memory. The experiment though painful was
a success, for as he expressed it “ I was determined I ’d get me one. ’ ’

Mr. Swift added that the usual treatment with a knife to remove the bot
fly was unnecessary for they could be killed with chloroform and rolled out
without enlarging the wound.

Mr. Ragot recorded Vanessa milberti, a worn specimen, seen in Long
Island City, on December 9.

Dr. Lutz exhibited Imms ’ General Text Book of Entomology.

Mr. Frankenstein, present as a visitor, showed microscopic mounts of
$ Stylops, parasitic on Hymenoptera.

Society adjourned.

Meeting of January 5, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M. on January 5, 1926, in the American Museum of Natural History,
President Frank E. Lutz in the chair, with twenty-five members and three
visitors present.

On motion of Mr. Olsen, a vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. Davis for
his long and efficient service as treasurer.

The nominating committee submitted its report and there being no other
nominations the secretary cast one affirmative ballot, thereby electing the
following :

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1926

President, Frank E. Lutz, American Museum of Natural History, New
York.

Vice-President, Henry Bird, Rye, N. Y.

Secretary, Chas. W. Leng, Public Museum, Staten Island, N. Y.

Treasurer, Wm. T. Davis, 146 Stuyvesant Place, Staten Island, N. Y.

104

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Librarian, Frank E. Watson, American Museum of Natural History,
New York,

Curator, A. J. Mutchler, American Museum of Natural History, New York.

H. G. Barber

Executive Committee
Harry B. Weiss

Herbert F. Schwarz

Harry B. Weiss

Publication Committee
F. E. Lutz

John D. Sherman, Jr.

C. E. Olsen

Delegate to the New York Acauemy of Sciences
Wm. T. Davis

The President appointed as Auditing Committee E. L. Bell, Wm. F.
Lawler, Jr., Dr. E. R. P. Janvrin; as Field Committee, A. S'. Nicolay,
E. Shoemaker, and as Program Committee, A. J. Mutchler, H. B. Weiss,
Dr. A. H. Sturtevant.

The President announced that under the will of the late Lewis B. Wood-
ruff the Society would receive a bequest of $10,000 ; and that Hawkins,
Delafield and Longfellow would attend to the interests of the Society in
the probate proceedings, sending in due course such papers as it may be
necessary to execute. He read the paragraphs of the will affecting the
Society, as follows:

“I give and bequeath to the New York Entomological Society (Inc.)
the sum of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) to be added to its “Per-
manent Fund. ’ ’ While intending in no way to impose upon said
Society any conditions with respect to this gift, or any binding re-
strictions respecting the use of the income derived therefrom, I would
suggest that this legacy be invested in some conservative income pro-
ducing property or securities, and that its income be devoted primarily
to the publication of technically illustrated monographs of groups
within the field of the Society’s present authorized activities, such in-
come to be allowed to accumulate, if necessary, to that end; and that a
memorandum of this suggestion, if it meets with the Society’s ap-
proval, be filed with the permanent records of its treasurer.

“I direct my executor to have my scientific library appraised at the
expense of my estate, suggesting for that purpose my friend, John D.
Sherman, Jr., now of 132 Primrose Avenue, Mount Yernon, N. Y., and
before attempting to make other disposition of it, first to offer and
dispose of the several items thereof at one half their respective ap-
praised valuations to the members of the New York Entomological
Society and the Linnaean S-ociety of New York who may desire the
same for their own use and not for resale, such offer to be made through
the respective secretaries of such Societies.”

On motion by Mr. Barber, as chairman of the Executive Committee, the
following resolution was adopted :

Resolved, that the president, Dr. Frank E. Lutz, be and hereby is author-
ized to sign for the Society any and all papers required in connection with

March, 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

105

the bequests of Lewis B. Woodruff, and to affix thereto the seal of the
Society.

The librarian reported accessions.

Mr. Charles Louis Eagot, 21 Floyd St., West New Brighton, Staten
Island, was elected a member.

Mr. Leng, under the title ‘ ‘ Our Changing List of Coleoptera, ’ ’ compared
the Crotch List of 1,873 listing 7,450 species with the MSS Supplement of
1925 bringing the total up to 21,000 names, and pointed out the causes of
the increase, vis., the activity of Col. Casey, the study of obscure groups
like Aleocharinae, and of distant regions like the Mexican border, but most
of all the finer discrimination leading to the description of many subgenera
and subspecies. He questioned the advantage of loading the catalogue
with varietal names and recalled, as equally applicable now, S-chaupp’s
plea in 1880 “we need short, clear, synoptic tables of the known species,
giving the principal characters of those species, their size, and locality. ’ ’

His remarks were discussed by several members, among whom Mr. Schaef-
fer who said one name might with advantage be removed, Licinus silphoides,
because years had passed since a single specimen had been found in Massa-
chusetts.

Mr. Nicolay gave an interesting account of 1 1 Beetling in the White
Mountains during July, ” illustrated by specimens and photographs.
Sphaeroderus brevoorti, Carabus groenlandicus, Notiophilus nemoralis,
aquaticus and borealis, and many other interesting species rewarded the
efforts he and his companions, Messrs. Quirsfeld and Mason, had exerted.
Icy winds, black flies, and mosquitoes had, however, lessened the pleasure
of the trip, and the loss of all his traps by the depredations of wild animals
had been a disappointment.

Mr. Davis spoke of the wasp Bembidula quadrifasciata Say and some of
its habits. His remarks will be printed in full.

Dr. Lutz and Mr. Schaeffer discussed the best season for collecting at
Brownsville, Texas, which Mr. Schaeffer considered to be June.

The interesting captures made in South Alabama by Mr. Loding and Dr.
Bequaert were also discussed.

Meeting of January 19, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., in the American Museum of Natural History, Vice-President Henry
Bird in the chair, with eighteen members, and nine visitors present.

Mr. Tee Van exhibited “ Insects collected at Sea by the Arcturus Ex-
pedition,” consisting of species of the water strider Halobates actually
living at sea, twenty or more land insects found at sea, some even 150
miles from land, and a number of insects found on the Cocos and Galapagos
Islands. With lantern slides he showed the route of the Arcturus and the
methods used in collecting and studying the organisms on board the vessel.
He pointed out many items in the life history of Halobates not yet ade-

106

Journal New York Entomological Society tVol. xxxv

quately studied and several members joined in the discussion that followed
especially as to the diving habits.

Mr. Ragot showed a "New Exhibition Box for Insects” which was ar-
ranged with strips of mirror, so that pins might be inserted between the
strips, thus permitting a perfect reflection of the underside. The butterflies
selected for exhibition also showed some of the interesting features of Mr.
Ragot ’s summer collecting on Staten Island, viz., Basilarchia astyanax v.
all) of as data, Euptoieta claudia in numbers, Eurymus eury theme, etc. The
labels on Mr. Ragot ’s specimens were photostat reduced reproductions of
typewritten, by which process he pointed out that 1,000 labels could be
procured in an hour at a cost of twenty cents.

Mr. Mutchler exhibited for Mr. Frank Johnson a box of Ornitlioptera
butterflies $ and $ of extraordinary size and brilliant color.

Dr. Gehring, of Bethel, Maine, present as a visitor, spoke of his associa-
tion 50 years ago with E. A. Schwarz in the latter’s third trip to Florida.
Savannah, Fernandesia, Cedar Keys, Tampa, where they lived in a cabin
on the Hillsboro River for a month, then across the state to Enterprise, and
New Smyrna, were the places visited. He described Mr. Schwarz as being
scant of hair but full of joy when Spalacopsis or ZupMum rewarded his
efforts, and continually singing Lorelei, even when, as at New Smyrna, raw
tomatoes and crackers constituted the menu. Some incidents that Dr.
Gehring recalled were finding Pasimachus early in the morning in irrigation
ditches, the abundance of whip scorpions locally called mule-killer because
often found under the saddle cloth of dead mules, the abundance of egrets
and parrakeets, and the roaring of bull alligators at night. He said that
Mr. Schwarz was at that time determined to give his life to science and
also spoke of his later years having been quietly marked by assisting many
younger men in colleges and otherwise.

Dr. Gehring spoke also of the great skill of Charles Dury as a collector
leading to the creation of the verb to duryize for the finding of supposedly
rare species in numbers.

His remarks were highly appreciated, many members recalling other
memories germane to his subject. Mr. Davis described the piles of wood
kept in orange groves to burn against a threatened frost and the whip
scorpions found beneath them, locally known as ‘ 1 vinegaroons. ” Mr. Tee
Van spoke of other scorpions of British Guiana as being exaggerated in
respect of deadliness. Their sting was deadening in the effect for an
hour but not fatal.

Meeting of February 2, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., in the American Museum of Natural History, President Frank E.
Lutz in the chair, with twenty-six members and nine visitors present.

Mr. Hall exhibited several boxes of butterflies from the Wind River
Range, Wyoming, and spoke in detail of the distribution of Lepidoptera
in different zones of altitudes.

March, 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

107

In the lower zone, including the sage brush plains, characteristic species
were Euphydryas gilletti, Heodes rubidus, and Cercyonis alope-nephele •
in the middle zone, Erebia sophia and Brenthis frigga ; in the upper zone,
Erebia magdelina and Brenthis pales ; while Aglais milberti was found in
all zones. The character of each zone was sh6wn by photographs, and it
was pointed out that at 1,000 feet snow and ice replaced butterflies except
for straggling visitors.

In the discussion which followed it was brought out that the total expense
of a three weeks’ trip from New York to the Wind Eiver Range, southeast
of Yellowstone National Park, was about $330.

Prof. A. F. Huettner spoke with illustration by lantern slides, on ‘ 1 The
Maturation and Early Development of the Insect Egg.” He pointed out
first the latent danger to agriculture in the enormous number of eggs pro-
duced by the female, and then proceeded to show the male parts by which
the fertilizing sperm is produced and the female parts producing and con-
veying the egg. The egg itself, consisting mainly of food material, was
then shown with its micropyle through which the sperm, propelled by its
whip-like thread, gains access. The development of the egg after such
fertilization was then shown including the results of more than one sperm
becoming involved. It was suggested that a consequence of two sperms
uniting with a single egg might be a gynandromorph ; and several such in
Drosophila closed the series of illustrations.

Dr. Lutz, Dr. Sturtevant and Mr. Watson joined in the discussion of the
subject, particularly in reference to the beautiful sculpture of the eggs to
which Prof. Huettner had alluded.

At the request of Mr. Watson, Carl Heinrich’s editorial in the current
issue of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington was
read.

Mr. Leng called attention to an error in the Zoological Record for 1922,
by which 'Ababa erinita Csy., is erroneously credited to Borchmann.

Meeting of February 16, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held
at 8 P. M. on February 16, 1926, in the American Museum of Natural
History, President Dr. Frank E. Lutz in the chair, with twenty-one members
and seven visitors present.

Mr. Stephen Thomas, 240 West 71st St., was elected a member.

Mr. Davis reported progress on New York State List of Insects, read-
ing a letter from Prof. Crosby.

Mr. Bell gave an account of his experiences in collecting butterflies, and
other insects, at and in the vicinity of Mobile, Alabama, during the last of
August and the first of September, 1925 ; he exhibited a few of the more
interesting Hesperiidae, collected by him in that locality.

Mr. Engelhardt gave an account of 1 ‘ Reconnoitering the Deserts of
Southern California and Arizona, ’ ’ with Mr. W. J. Chamberlin, of Corvallis,

108

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Oregon, in an automobile which was like a traveling hotel. At Santa Bar-
bara they visited Mr. Fred Winters, at Yuma they met with two students
of Prof. Harned’s, at Phoenix they met former companions of Mr. Glick,
and there and at Tucson found entomological stations. Camping in the Santa
Bita mountains a trap lantern yielded at least 1,000 moths and throughout
the trip, while there was often an absence of life during sunlight hours,
insects were found at night and wherever water occurred. Two interesting
boxes of insects were shown, and Mr. Engelhardt had time only to speak
of the cicadas, grasshoppers, SoapMnotus catalinae and Monilenna of which
Mr. Chamberlin collected about a quart on cactus after rain, when trouble
with the electric light ended the meeting.

ERRATA

Vol. XXXIV, page 295, in the Key to Subfamilies, for “3(5) ”
read “3(4). ”

Vol. XXXIV, page 297, between “ WILLI AMSI ANA ’ ’ and
“Subfamily CENTROTINAE ’ ’ insert “26(1). Margins of
clavus nearly parallel, not narrowed toward apex; corium with
2 discoidal cells, ulnar vein forked far from base • pronotum con-
vex, unarmed; scutellum transverse, apex truncate; ocelli far
from each other, near base of head ABELUS Stal. ”

Vol. XXXIV, page 297. Line 5 from bottom, for “1(38)”
read “1(36).”

Vol. XXXIV, page 298. Line 7 from bottom, for “16(37)”
read “16(35).”

Vol. XXXIV, page 298. Line 5 from bottom, for “17(34)”
read “17(32).”

Yol. XXXV

June, 1927

No. 2

JOURNAL

OF THE

NEW YORK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

JUNE, 1927

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

F. E. Lutz
C. E. Olsen

J. D. Sherman, Jr.

Umitrfc to lEntomoIogg in Gfonrral

JUt 28 ■!$

Harry B. Weiss

Published Quarterly by the Society

Lime and Green Sts.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1927

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the

Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

Subscription $3.00 per Year.

CONTENTS

PAGE

Central American Stoneflies, with Descriptions of New
Species (Plecoptera).

By James G. Needham and Elsie Broughton 109

New Thysanoptera from the United States.

By J. Douglas Hood 123

New Species of Erigoneae and Theridiidae.

By C. R, Crosby and Sherman C. Bishop 147

New Membracidae Collected by the Cornell South Amer-
ican Expedition.

By W. D. Funkhouser 159

New Membracidae. III.

By Frederic W. Goding 167

The Rearing of Pink Katy-Dids.

By Wm. T. Davis 171

Description of a New Race of Pamphila Juba Scudder
(Lepidoptera-Rhophalocera-Hesperiidae).

By E. L. Bell 175

A New Genus and Species of Dytiscidae.

By H. C. Fall 177

A New Arrangement and a New Generic Name in the
Gortynid Series of the Acronyctinae (Leptidoptera).

By Henry Bird 179

Revision of the Membracidae of South America and
Antilles.

By Frederic W. Goding 183

Four Encyclopedic Entomologists of the Renaissance.

By Harry B. Weiss 193

Insects as Precursors of the Plague 209

Proceedings of The New York Entomological Society 213

NOTICE: Volume XXXy, Number 1 of the Journal
of the New York Entomological Society was pub-
lished on April 28, 1927.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XXXV June, 1927 No. 2

CENTRAL AMERICAN STONEFLIES, WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES
(PLECOPTERA)

By James G. Needham and Elsie Broughton

This paper is a re-characterization of the old species of stone-
flies from Central America and Mexico, together with descrip-
tions of a few new ones. Since the publication of Pictet’s Hist.
Nat. Neuropt : Perlides in 1842 there has been hardly any prog-
ress in the knowledge of this fauna. The sketchy colored figures
of Pictet’s plates, while of some assistance in the recognition
of species, do not show the characters in venation and in geni-
talia that have since come to be regarded as truly diagnostic;
nor do the descriptions mention these characters. Moreover,
all the known species of this entire region belong to a single
genus that has never been adequately characterized or illustrated.

When the Neuroptera volume of Biologia Centrali Americana
was issued, the senior author, then being interested in stone-
flies, wrote Mr. Godman asking whether any had been collected
for this great work, none being mentioned in it. In reply Mr.
Godman sent a small box of them, saying that no one had been
found to work them up for that publication. He suggested that
the inquirer work them up at his convenience, publishing where
he pleased, and making whatever disposition he pleased of the
specimens.

The box contained a score or more of pinned specimens. They
were a sorry looking lot — even worse bedraggled, shrivelled and
faded than the average collection of pinned stoneflies. Aside

110

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

from a few notably large specimens and one notably small one,
they all looked alike superficially; and when one examined the
shrunken genitalia, no two of them looked alike !

No opportunity for doing the work required for a proper
study of this collection came until recently, when the junior
author joined in the undertaking.

We have been able to identify nearly all the regional species
of the older authors and to characterize both sexes of several
of them (though in our collections females are more abundant),
and to describe the nymph and the egg as well.

All the stoneflies of this region appear, singularly enough,
to belong to a single genus,* Anacroneuria. This genus was
proposed by Klapalek in 1909 (Wiener Ent. Zeitung 28 : 227-8).
It was based largely on genital characters of the male which
have not been hitherto illustrated nor adequately described.
Klapalek laid stress upon the presence of a percussion disc on
the prolonged ninth ventral segment of the male, but that has
proved of minor importance, being lacking in at least one
species (A. dilaticollis) . The upturned subgenital hooks de-
veloped from the subanal plates are however a much better char-
acter.

The genus is well marked by three characters that will apply
to both sexes:

1. Two ocelli.

2. The sinuate course of the second anal vein, at first ap-
proximated to the first anal, then diverging from it and
thereafter pectin ately branched and not connected with
the third anal by a crossvein.

3. The basal cubito-anal crossvein in the fore wing when de-
veloped, is situated well beyond the anal cell.

The genus is dominant throughout the Neotropical Region.
A very large number of species have been described from South
America by Enderlein and Klapalek. It will be no easy task to
identify them: for Klapalek has given no illustrations of any

* Perla aurantiaca Hagen was put by its describer in the 1 1 subgenus
Isogenus” ( Synops . Neur. N. Amer., p. 19, 1861) because of four upcurv-
ing branches to the radial sector; but its lack of a median ocellus excludes
it from Isogenus and allies it, also, with Anacroneuria.

June, 1927]

Needham: Stoneflies

111

of his new species and has not even stated the sex on which
some of his descriptions are based; and Enderlein’s small out-
line figures of female subgenital plates show such slight differ-
ences as can hardly he of specific value. The edge of this plate
varies in form and is subject to great distortions in drying.

All of the specimens on which this paper is based are in the
Cornell University collection. Three of the described regional
species remain unknown to us : Perla aurantiaca Hagen men-

tioned in a preceding footnote, Neoperla gautemalensis Ender-
lein and Perla litura Pictet, which last we think may be a
synonym of the very variable Perla dilaticollis Burmeister. The
remaining species, including the new ones, may be separated as
follows :

Key to Species of Central American and Mexican Anacroneuria
1. — Femora black and yellow, the color areas sharply delimited 2

— Femora brownish or paler with darker areas ill defined or wanting 3

2. — Prothorax black aethiops

— Prothorax yellow naomi

3. — Tails ringed annulicauda

— Tails not ringed ...4

4. — Head with a sharply defined quadrangular black spot above including

the ocelli b landa

— Head pale or diffusely blackened over the ocelli 5

5. — Head black-bordered above, with a large oval yellow crown spot in-

cluding the ocelli; wings dark brown ...coronata

— Head not so, middle area darker ; wings yellowish 6

6. — Subgenital plate of females rather squarely truncate, with a small

median notch .: 7

— Subgenital plate of female four-lobed 8

7. — Large species; fore wing 18 mm. ( $ ) cmcta

— Smaller species; fore wing 11-13 mm. ($) dilaticollis

8. — Inner pair of lobes on apex of subgenital plate of female, broad and

ill defined nigrocincta

— Inner pair of lobes on apex of subgenital plate of female, small but well

defined sulana

Anacroneuria annulicauda Pictet
1842. Perla annulicauda Piet. Perlides, p. 249, PI. 22, fig. 1-4.
1852. Perla annulicauda Walker, Catalog, p. 160.

1861. Perla annulicauda Hagen, Syn. Neur. N. A., p. 26.
1909. Neoperla annulicauda Enderlein, Sitzb. Natur. Preunde,
p. 175, fig. 8.

112

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

This species may be designated as the type of the genus. Our
material comes from Brazil. We have none from Mexico, whence
others have reported it. We have seen no male of the species,
but are able to present a fuller characterization of the female
than has hitherto been available.

Color tawny yellowish. Head obscure brownish above, darker
before the ocelli and on the lappets that overlie the bases of
the antennae. Palpi brownish; antennae brownish beyond the
pale basal segment, becoming somewhat paler toward their tips.

Prothorax rather uniform tawny yellow, hardly paler in the
median area of the disc and along its lateral margins. The side
margins of the disc are at first parallel and then strongly con-
vergent posteriorly to the hind margin. Wings tawny, sub-
hyaline, with somewhat darker veins. Legs yellowish, only the
narrow transverse knee caps and the tarsal pulvilli brown.

Abdomen tawny; tails brownish, annulate with paler on the
small basal divisions of the segments; the extreme base yellow-
ish. The subgenital plate of the female is four-lobed; the tips
of the smaller lobes of the inner pair are divergent; on the
slightly produced and bilobed ninth segment are three patches
of spinules, a larger pair on the lobes and a smaller one of finer
spinules on the median line between the others (Fig. 1). The
egg is of the usual oval form, with a low button-shaped micropy-
lar cap upon the larger end.

Length of fore wing 17 mm. Kio Brazil.

Anacroneuria sulana new species.

Color dull yellowish varied with obscure brownish. Antennae brown in-
cluding the basal segment. Maxillary palpi brown; labial palpi paler.
Head yellow, with a median brownish streak joining two brownish cross-
bars, the anterior one ending on the lappets that cover the bases of the
antennae, the posterior broader one enveloping the ocelli and tubercles and
extending to the inner margin of the eyes. Rear of head yellow.

Prothorax pale brownish, with a narrow black marginal line across the
front, two broad yellowsh longitudinal stripes upon the disc, separated by a
narrower brownish middorsal stripe. This median stripe is in turn divided
by a very narrow median pale line. The width of the prothorax is nearly
twice its length, and the straight sides strongly converge toward the rear
margins. Wings subhyaline, tawny yellow, with somewhat darker veins.
Legs tawny or pale brown with blackish knee caps. The tips of the last
tarsal segment including claws and pulvilli also are blackish. Base of legs

June, 1927]

Needham: Stoneflies

113

yellow as far out as the middle of the femora on the front legs and almost
to the knees on the hind legs.

Abdomen tawny yellowish. Tails pale brownish, yellowish at base. Sub-
genital plate of the female four-lobed, the inner pair of lobes minute and
apparently rather variable in form (see figs. 2 and 2A). The median area
of the ninth sternite has a bare spot on its apical margin in the midst of its
field of spinules. The eggs of this species are shown in fig. 3B.

Type. A female from Rio Santa Ana, British Honduras, col-
lected by Karl P. Schmidt (Pig. 2). The female whose plate
is shown in Fig. 2A is in the Grodman collection from Paso del
Macho. In the same collection are two other females, one from
Chinadaga, and one from Sula.

Anacroneuria nigrocincta Pictet
1842. Perla nigrocincta Piet. Perlides, p. 236, pi. 22, tigs. 508.
1852. Perla nigrocincta Walker, Catalog, p. 158.

1861. Perla nigrocineta Hagen. Synops. Neur. N. A., p. 24.

Very variable in size, the length of fore wing ranging from
11 mm. and 12 mm. in the smallest males to 18 mm. in the larg-
est females.

Color obscure tawny brownish, little varied. Head brown
above with a round median pale spot replacing the middle ocel-
lus. A paler area between ocellus and eyes extends around be-
hind the eye to the hind angle of the head. Antennae brown
except the paler basal segment. In boiled specimens the join-
ings between segments are paler, giving the whole organ a nar-
rowly ringed appearance. Palpi brown.

The prothoracic disc is obscurely striped having border of
brown, then two paler lateral stripes and then a median stripe
of brown that is divided longitudinally by a fine pale line. The
thin sharp edges are strongly convergent backward and the
front angles in the female appear to be obliquely truncated
Wings subhyaline tawny yellowish, with somewhat darker veins.
Legs yellow with black knee caps; a wash of brown extends
obliquely inward therefrom half the length of the femur, and
wholly covers the tibia externally, and also the last joint of the
tarsus.

Abdomen tawny yellow. Tails brownish. The ninth sternite
of the male is produced backward in a rounded lobe half the

114

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

length of the tenth segment and bears beneath a bare nipple-
shaped hammer near its apex (Fig. 3). The tips of the hooks
formed by upcurving subgenital plates are obliquely eroded,
with a pair of sickle-shaped tenacula near its tip whose apices
lie superposed.

The subgenital plate of the female is obscurely four-lobed;
the inner lobes are low and broad, and the outer ones $re longer.
At their outer edges they are variously infolded in different
specimens, presenting variety of aspect (Fig. 3 A, B). The
median area of the ninth sternite is well covered with convergent
spinules.

This species appears to be of general distribution. It is well
represented by specimens of both sexes, in the Godman collec-
tion. The localities are as follows:

Mexico

Atoyac, $ and $

Capetillo, $

Chiapas, S
Chilpancingo, $

Cuernavaca, $

Cuidad, $

Orizaba, 4 $ s
Pancina, $ and $

Rinco, $ s

Guatamela
Duenas, $

Purula, $ and $

Zapote, $ and several $ s

A female of what appears to be another allied species from
Chapada is represented in figure 3 A. It is a defective specimen
inadequate for description. Another similar female, likewise de-
fective, comes from Chapada. Both are in the Godman collec-
tion.

Anacroneuria cincta Pictet

1842. Perla cincta Piet. Perlides, p. 227, pi. 20, tig. 5.

1852. Perla cincta Walker. Catalog. B. M., p. 156.

1861. Perla cincta. Hagen. Synops. Neur. N. A., p. 24.

Nicaragua
Chontales, $

Costa Rica
Irazu, $

Honduras
Rio Santa Ana, $
Rio de Janeiro.
Chapada.

June, 1927]

Needham : Stoneflies

115

Length of fore wing, 18 mm. $

Color tawny yellow varied with brown. Head brownish above
with a very obscure pale transverse M-mark in front of the
ocelli, and a paler area encircling the ocelli except in front and
extending laterally almost to the hind angles. The eyes are
bordered with brown. Antennae blackish, including the basal
segment. The joinings are paler in the boiled specimens, giving
a narrowly ringed appearance to the flagellum. Palpi brown.

Prothorax widest in the middle, narrowed thence slightly
forward and strongly to rearward. In the color it is longitudi-
nally striped with lighter and darker brown. The darker pre-
dominates except in the median area where a pair of brown
stripes are narrowly separated by a paler one : they are bordered
laterally by broader paler ones. On the sides of the disc there
are some obscure embossed markings and there is a diffuse paler
area adjacent to each anterior angle. The wings are tawny yel-
lowish subhyaline, with darker veins. The legs are pale brown-
ish with black knee caps. The tips of the tibiae and the last
segment of the tarsi are darker brown.

The abdomen is pale brownish, with tails of the same color.
The subgenital plate of the female overlaps about half of the
ninth sternite below, is rather squarely truncate, and has in the
middle an acute notch, the shield-shaped spinulose area of the
ninth sternite occupies the middle third of its breadth except
for a small median apical bare patch (Fig. 4). It forms a broad
T in outline by reason of a narrow stalk-like extension proxi-
mally, but the stalk of the T is overlapped by the subgenital
plate and is not visible externally.

Three female specimens only, all from the Godman collection;
one labeled ‘ ‘ Cerro Zonil, 4-5000 ft., Champion ’ ’ ; the other two
from Chiriqui.

Anacroneuria naomi new species.*

Length of fore wing 22 mm. $ .

A large brownish species with yellow prothorax and banded legs. Head
brownish, darkest in the middle, with pale M-mark in front and pale vertical
tubercles that are transversely elongated and twice as long as wide. Lap-
pets overlying the bases of the antennae blackish; the area between them

* Named in honor of Mrs. Naomi George Argo, who helped us efficiently
in the preparation of the dried specimens of the Godman collection for study.

116

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

at the front pale. Antennae lacking except the two basal segments which
are blackish. Palpi brown.

The prothoracic disc is one-half wider than long. It is wholly yellow,
a little darkened toward the sides in a pair of broad diffuse, obscure, longi-
tudinal streaks, between the pale yellow of the middle area and the lateral
margins. Wings (Pig. 6A) tawny, subhyaline, with somewhat darker veins,
and a more yellowish tint on the coastal margin. Legs of the last pair
(these only present) bright yellow basally, black beyond the second third
of the femur.

Abdomen brownish, yellowish beneath. Tails brownish, densely clothed
with short spinules. Subgenital plate of female truncate, acutely notched in
the middle, with a mere suggestion of a second notch each side. The ninth
sternite has a median area beset with stiff convergent spinules (Fig. 6).

Described from a single female of the Godman collection bear-
ing the label “Senahu, Vera Paz, Champion.” The legs are like
those of A. aethiops, and we at first thought it might be a de-
fectively colored specimen of that species, but the shape of pro-
thorax is different, that of A. aethiops being twice as wide as
long, and the subgenital plate and ninth sternite of the female
are narrower.

Anacroneuria aethiops Walker
1852. Perla aethiops Walker. Catalog. B. M., p. 154.

1861. Perla aethiops Hagen. Synops. Neur. N. A., p. 24.

Length of fore wing 18-20 mm. $ .

This is a big black species with banded legs. Head above
mostly blackish, darkest between the ocelli and on the lappets
that overlie the base of the antennse, but yellowish at the sides
both before and behind the eye and along a narrow line bordering
the eye internally. Antennae and palpi black.

Prothorax black above, quadrangular, twice as wide as long.
Wings blackish, subhyaline between the darker veins. Legs black
and yellow, the colors sharply and squarely delimited. Coxa,
trochanter and basal two-thirds of femora bright yellow; re-
mainder black.

Abdomen blackish, tails blackish, a little paler at the very base.
Subgenital plate of female shield-shaped, truncate, with a shal-
low middle emargination and a suggestion of two others at the
sides. The spinulosa middle area of the ninth sternite is broadly
shield-shaped and margined with spinules in a clpse set series.

Two females are in the Godman collection from Chiapas.

June, 1927]

Needham: Stoneflies

117

Anacroneuria blanda new species.

Length of fore wing 13 mm. $ .

Color yellowish varied with brown. Head yellow, with a large dark brown
quadrangular crown spot covering the ocelli, the sides of this spot emar-
ginate as shown in figure 9. The lappets that overlie the base of the
antennae and the side margins of the head behind the eyes' also are brown.
Antennae and maxillary palpi brown, somewhat paler at base; labial palpi
yellowish.

Prothorax wider than long, broadest in front with sides convex and con-
verging to rearward. Its disc bears a median yellow stripe and a pair of
lateral brownish ones. Meso- and metathorax pale dorsally except for a
wash of brown beside the fore wing roots. Wings smoky hyaline with brown
veins, becoming suffused with brown along veins Sc and R in the fore wing
and along the stigma in both wings. In front of this the costa is yellowish.
Legs yellow and brown, the yellow restricted to the basal half of the femora
and the middle of the tibiae, and being more extensive on hind than on fore
legs.

Abdomen and tails yellow, the latter soft pilose. Subgenital plate of
female, divided by an acute notch into two broadly rounded lobes and fol-
lowed by spinulose tracts on both the ninth and tenth sternites (Fig. 9A).

Type, a single female specimen collected by Dr. W. C. Alice
on Barro Colorado Island, Gatun Lake, Panama.

Anacroneuria coronata new species.

Length of fore wing 10 mm. $ .

A small blackish brown species with iridescent wings and a large yellow
crown spot covering most of the head. Antennae and palpi brown. Head
brown only at sides and rear, this color behind just touching and not en-
veloping the ocelli.

Prothorax brown with a yellow median band. The sides of the disc are
parallel half way and then strongly convergent to the head margin. The
wings are wholly brown, shining and iridescent, with black veins (Fig. 7A).
In the expanded anal area of the hind wings the cells are fenestrate by
reason of a more hyaline central area in each, whose breadth is about equal
to that of the darker membrane bordering the veins. Legs all brown be-
yond the trochanter.

Abdomen brown: tails yellow. The prolonged ninth sternite of the male
bears beneath a distinct nipple-shaped percussion disc or hammer (Fig. 7).

Type, a single male in the Cornell University collection bearing
the label “ Mexico, Sallee.”

This is allied to the Perla morio Pictet from Colombia.

Anacroneuria dilaticollis Bnrmeister.

1839. Perla dilaticollis Bnrm. Handb. Ent. 2 : 880.

1842. Perla dilaticollis Piet. Perlides, p. 240, pi. 23, fig. 5-10.

118

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

1852. Perla dilaticollis Walk. Catalog. B. M., p. 158.

1861. Perla dilaticollis Hagen. Synops. Neur. N. A., p. 25.
Length of fore wing, $ 7 to 10 mm. • $ 11 to 13 mm.

A small yellowish brown species that is very variable both in
size and coloration. The head is brown, except for a pair of
yellow lines that extend between the ocelli and the eyes. An-
tennge brown including the basal aspect. Palpi brown.

Prothorax broad, narrower to rearward, its disc brownish with
a median longitudinal yellowish band, and sometimes with
touches of yellow upon the middle of the side margins. Wings
tawny, subhyaline, with brown veins. Legs yellow with blackish
knee caps and a brownish wash externally covering tarsi, tibhe
(except in the middle), and the apical third of the femora.

Abdomen brownish. Tails pale yellowish brown. The ninth
ventral segment of the male is similar in form to that of the
other known males of this genus, but it entirely lacks the ventral
percussion disc or hammer. Our figure (Fig. 8) shows the ex-
tended penis and one of its pair of tenacula more enlarged. The
tips of the genital hooks formed by the up-curving genital plates
are obtusely pointed (Fig. 8A). The subgenital plate of the
female is squarely truncated, with a small notch in the middle of
its apical margin (Fig. 8B).

We have specimens of this species from Rio Santa Ana, British
Honduras, collected by Karl P. Schmidt, and there are numerous
specimens of both sexes in the Godman collection from localities
as follows :

Guatemala

Guatemala City, 2 $ s
San Geronimo, $ and $

Zapote, 3 $ s
Brazil

Chapada, $

Mexico
Atoyae, $

Pancina, $

Teapa, $ and $

San Juan, Vera Paz, $

The obscure Perla litura of Pictet may possibly be a synonym
of this species.

Country ?

V. de Chiriqui, 2 $ s and 1 $
(Champion)

El Zumbador, $ (Cham-
pion)

June, 1927]

Needham: Stoneflies

119

The nymph of Anacroneuria

We have no reared specimens of any species of this genus, but
we have nymphs that undoubtedly belong to it from E. B. Wil-
liamson collected in Guatemala and from J. T. Lloyd, collected
in Colombia. These have but two ocelli, and the venation of the
developing wings shows the peculiar bending and pectinate
branching of the second anal vein that is distinctive of the genus.
We figure one of the Colombian nymphs herewith (Figs. 10A
to E) and hereto add a brief description:

Length 9 to. 14 mm. ; antennas to 10 mm., and tails 8 to 13
mm. additional.

Body depressed, rather smooth except for dense fringes of
hairs along the tibias externally. Head trapezoidal, truncate in
front, widest behind the eyes where there is a low transverse
carina covering the hind angles. Antenna long, yellowish, com-
posed of numberless close-set rings beyond the three enlarged
basal segments ; these rings become again longer toward the tip.
Ocelli two, small, set squarely between the eyes. The mouth parts
are as shown in Figs. 10B, C, D, and F.

Prothorax twice as wide as long, narrower to rearward,
straightish on the front border, rounded on sides and at rear and
on all angles. An obscure pattern of brownish lines on either
side of the pale median area traverses the disc lengthwise. The
remainder of thorax and abdomen is concolorous, pale brownish
(perhaps, greenish in life). There is a transverse black dash
across each femur just before the knee.

The yellowish tails are longer than the abdomen, their seg-
ments are longer than wide and each bears a circlet of stiff spin-
ules around its apical border.

Eggs. We have examined the eggs of all the species of which
we have had females, and with slight variations in size and taper,
they conform to the type shown in our figure for A. sulana (Fig.
2B) : all are oval with a low micropylar cap applied button-like
to the broader end.*

* An Anacroneuria egg figure accidentally slipped into plate 6 (figure 10)
of Needham & Claassen’s “Monograph of the Plecoptera of North Amer-
ica. ’ ’ An undeterminable fragment of a single specimen of some member
of this genus has since been found among some material from Texas, so that
this genus should probably be added to the United States fauna.

120

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

EXPLANATIONS- OE PLATE XII

Fig. 1. A. annulicauda, $ from Rio, Brazil; eighth and ninth segments,
ventral view.

Fig. 1a. A. annulicauda, tail.

Fig. 2. A. sulana, $ from Rio Santa Ana, Honduras.

Fig. 2a. A. sulana, $ from Paso del Macho.

Fig. 2b. A. sulana, egg.

Fig. 3. A. nigrocincta, $ ventral view of end of abdomen.

Fig. 3a. A. nigrocincta, $ from Chapada.

Fig. 3b. A. nigrocincta, $ from Zapote.

Fig. 4. A. cincta, $ from Val. de Chiriqui.

Fig. 5. A. aethiops, $ from Chiapas, Mexico.

Fig. 6. A. naomi, $ from Senahu, Vera Paz.

Fig. 6a. A. naomi, wings.

F'ig. 7. A. cor onata, $ from Mexico; ventral view with penis indrawn.
Fig. 7 a. A. cor onata, wings.

Fig. 8. A. dilaticollis, $ ventral view with penis extruded and tenaculum
detached.

Fig. 8a. A. dilaticollis, $ dorsal view showing genital hooks.

Fig. 8b. A. dilaticollis, $ from Val. de Chiriqui.

Fig. 9. A. Wanda, $, head and prothorax; from Barro Colorado Island.
Fig. 9a. A. Wanda, sub-genital plate of $ .

Fig. 9b. A. Wanda, wings.

Fig. 10. Anacroneuria sp., nymph from Colombia.

Fig. 10a. Anacroneuria sp., antenna.

Fig. 10b. Anacroneuria sp., mandible.

Fig. 10c. Anacroneuria sp., labrum.

Fig. 10d. Anacroneuria sp., maxilla.

Fig. 10e. Anacroneuria sp., tail.

Fig. 10f. Anacroneuria sp., labium.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXY (Plate XII)

ANACRONEUKIA

June, 1927]

Hood: Thysanoptera

12:

NEW THYSANOPTERA FROM THE UNITED
STATES*

By J. Douglas Hood
University of Rochester

The types of the new species described in this paper are in the
author’s collection.

^olothrips vehemens new species. (PI. XIII, Fig. 2.)

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 1.6 mm. Color dark blackish
brown (nearly black) with red subhypodermal pigmentation in thorax and
abdomen; tarsi little, if any, paler than remainder of legs; antennae dark
blackish brown, with apex of segment 2 and all of 3 except tip, pale gray-
ish yellow; fore wings white in basal fourth (except for a slight brownish
cloud at extreme base) and at tip, and with a white transverse band just
beyond middle, the remainder of wing dark brown.

Head broad, about 0.8 as long as greatest width, somewhat narrower
across posterior portion of eyes than at base, equal in length to median line
of pronotum, with faint anastomosing lines at sides and posteriorly, and
with the usual minute bristles; anterior border not deeply emarginate by a
forward prolongation of the eyes and without median tubercle, but evenly
declivous and somewhat rugose transversely; cheeks very full, decidedly
arched. Eyes about 0.44 as long as head, ventral portion prolonged
posteriorly, that of left eye no farther from posterior margin of head cap-
sule than width of third segment of antenna. Ocelli of posterior pair farther
apart than their distance from anterior ocellus. Antennce about 2.5 times
as long as head and only twice as long as its width; segment 5 about four
times as long as segment 6, the sense cone on its ventral surface attached at
its base only, the pale spot thus formed nearly circular. Maxillary palpi
three-segmented; labial palpi four-segmented.

Prothorax along median line of pronotum about 0.75 as long as greatest
width, about 1.1 times as broad as head, not widened posteriorly. Ptero-
thorax nearly 1.4 times as broad as prothorax, of the usual form; meso-
scutum with the usual transverse anastomosing lines and the metascutum
with the usual subreticulation. Wings of fore pair long and broad, about
6.4 times as long as width at middle; venation normal.

Abdomen of normal structure; tergite 1 not closely transversely striate.

Measurements of paratype ( $ ) : Length 1.62 mm.'; head, length 0.172
mm., greatest width 0.214 mm., least width (at posterior angles of eyes)

* Contribution from the Entomological Laboratories of Cornell University.

124

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

0.194 mm.; eyes, length 0.076 mm., width 0.055 mm., interval 0.084 mm.;
prothorax, length 0.173 mm., width across coxae 0.230 mm.; pterothorax,
width 0.315 mm.; fore wings, length 1.15 mm., width just beyond middle
0.180 mm.; abdomen, width 0.405 mm.; segment 9, length 0.142 mm., seg-
ment 10, length 0.104 mm.

Antennal segments: 12 3456789

Length (p,) 32 64 116 86 76 19 18 17 11

Width O) 40 32 28 28 28 22 18 14 7

Total length of antenna 0.44 mm.

Described from 2 females taken by Alexander Wetmore in the
Chnsca Mountains, New Mexico, July 1, 1918, on Populus aurea
[Hood, No. 397].

This is another member of the fasciatus group and is closest,
it would seem, to the species described below as wetmorei. The
italicized characters should serve to distinguish it.

^olothrips wetmorei new species. (PI. XIII, Fig. 1.)

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 1.5 mm. Color dark blackish
brown (nearly black) writh red subhypo dermal pigmentation in thorax and
abdomen; tarsi brown; antennae with apex of segment 2 and all of 3 ex-
cept tip, pale greyish yellow, remainder of antenna dark blackish brown;
fore wings white in basal third (except for a slight brownish cloud at ex-
treme base) and at tip, and with a white transverse band just beyond
middle, the remainder of wing dark brown.

Head about 0.94 as long as wide, about as wide across eyes as at base,
slightly shorter than median length of pronotum, faintly transversely striate
with anastomosing lines (particularly on cheeks) and with the usual minute
bristles; anterior border not deeply emarginate by a forward prolongation
of the eyes and without median tubercle but evenly declivous and somewhat
rugose transversely; cheeks only slightly arched. Eyes about 0.45 as long
as head, ventral portion prolonged posteriorly, that of left eye no farther
from posterior margin of head capsule than width of third segment of
antenna. Ocelli of posterior pair farther apart than their distance from
anterior ocellus. Antennce only 2.15 times as long as head and only twice as
long as its width; segment 5 about 2.7 times as long as segment 6, the sense
cone on its ventral surface attached at its base only, the pale spot thus formed
nearly circular. Maxillary palpi three-segmented; labial palpi four-seg-
mented.

Prothorax along median line of pronotum about 0.8 as long as greatest
width, 1.2 times as broad as head, not widened posteriorly. Pterothorax
nearly 1.4 times as broad as prothorax, of the usual form; mesoscutum with
the usual transverse anastomosing lines and metascutum with the usual sub-
reticulation. Wings of fore pair hardly seven times as long as width at
middle; venation normal.

June, 1927]

Hood: Thysanoftera

125

Abdomen of normal structure; tergite 1 not closely transversely striate.

Measurements of holotype ($): Length 1.49 mm.; head, length 0.170
mm., greatest width 0.180 mm., width across eyes 0.173 mm.; eyes, length
0.076 mm., width 0.047 mm., interval 0.078 mm.; prothorax, length 0.177
mm., width (inclusive of coxae) 0.215 mm.; pterothorax, width 0.297 mm.;
fore wings, length 0.825 mm., width at middle 0.120 mm. ; abdomen, width
0.375 mm.; segment 8, length 0.090 mm.; segment 9, length 0.144 mm. ;
segment 10, length 0.113 mm.

Antennal segments: 1 2 3 4 5

Length (jii) 32 56 92 72 52

Width (jx) 36 27 24 23 24

Total length of antenna 0.37 mm.

Male (macropterous) . — Similar to female in color and structure, but much
smaller; abdomen with claspers at tip, but lacking chitinous prolongations
on tergites 4-6.

Described from 10 females and 1 male taken by Alexander
Wetmore at Williams, Arizona, July 8, 1918, on various plants
[Hood, No. 398].

In wing pattern and general structure, wetmorei is allied to
fasciatus, nasturtii, and the new species described in this paper
as vehemens ; but the long head, short antennae, and the propor-
tionate lengths of antennal segments 5 and 6 (all of which char-
acters are emphasized by italics in the description above) serve
abundantly for its recognition.

The species is named for Dr. Alexander Wetmore, Assistant
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, who has added many
interesting species to the North American list of Thysanoptera.

^Bolothrips oculatus new species. (PL XIII, Fig. 3.)

Female {macropterous) . — Length about 1.5 mm. Color blackish brown,
with a decided reddish cast, due to an almost continuous layer of red sub-
hypodermal pigmentation in the thorax, abdomen, and femora; tarsi pale,
the fore pair in basal half and the tips of fore tibiae lemon yellow; antennae
with segments 1 and 2 concolorous with head, apex of 2 paler; segments
3 and 4 grayish yellow, the former shading to brown at extreme apex and
with pedicel brown, the latter with its brief pedicel likewise brown and
shading to brown in apical half or three-fifths; 5-9 nearly uniform grayish
brown; fore wings with a dark transverse band occupying the middle fifth,
this band involving the ambient vein in front and widened posteriorly ;
distal two-fifths of wing darkened in a little less than posterior half, prox-
imal two-fifths brown along ambient vein and in scale.

Head nearly 1.1 times as long as greatest ividth, nearly 1.5 times as long
as pronotum along median line, surface almost without sculpture except at

6 7 8 9

19 16 14 12

21 18 12 7

126

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

sides, with the usual minute bristles on occiput and cheeks; anterior border
not deeply emarginate by a forward prolongation of the eyes and without
median tubercle, but somewhat depressed, evenly declivous, and somewhat
rugose transversely; cheeks only slightly arched. Eyes about 0.4 as long
as head, ventral portion only slightly prolonged posteriorly, their posterior
angles averaging about as far from labrum as width of eye. Ocelli nearly
equidistant. Antennae about 1.9 times as long as head; sense cone on ventral
surface of segment 5 attached for half its length, the usual pale spot being
thus transformed into a pale line. Maxillary palpi three-segmented.

Prothorax along median line of pronotum about 0.64 as long as greatest
width, relatively little broader than head, not widened posteriorly. Ptero-
thorax more than 1.4 times as broad as prothorax, of the usual form; meso-
scutum with transverse anastomosing lines, these not closely spaced; meta-
scutum faintly subreticulate. Wings of fore pair a little more than seven
times as long as width at middle; venation normal. Legs rather short.

Abdomen of normal structure; tergite 1 not closely transversely striate.

Measurements of holotype ($): Length 1.53 mm.; head, length 0.202
mm., greatest width 0.186 mm., least width (at base) 0.174 mm.; eyes,
length 0.083 mm., width 0.058 mm., interval 0.070 mm.; prothorax, length
of pronotum 0.136 mm., width across coxae 0.212 mm.; pterothorax, width
0.311 mm.; fore wings, length 0.810 mm., width at middle 0.114 mm.;
abdomen, greatest width 0.414 mm.; length of segment 8, 0.100 mm., of
segment 9, 0.156 mm., of segment 10, 0.104 mm.

Antennal segments: 123456789

Length (p,) 36 56 85 77 62 24 17 17 14

Width (jj,) 37 29 24 25 25 21 17 12 7

Total length of antenna 0.39 mm.

Described from one female taken at Boulder, Colorado (Greg-
ory Canon), June 21, 1924, in flowers of Pinus scopulorum, by
L. O. Jackson.

This species may readily be known by the italicized characters
in the above description. It is closest to vittipennis, crctssus, vit-
tatus, and mexicanus,

Chirothrips productus new species. (PI. NIV, Fig. 3.)

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 1.25 mm. Color dark brown,
thorax tinged with orange subhypodermal pigmentation; tarsi, apex of fore
tibia and of second antennal segment, and most of segment 3, yellowish;
ocellar pigment red; fore wings brown,, paler just beyond base, veins dark-
est; hind wings slightly darkened basally and along median line, remainder
clear.

Head 1.0 to 1.18 times as long as wide and 0.6 to 0.67 as long as pro-
thorax, somewhat broadest across eyes, occiput with about three anasto-
mosing lines; cheeks straight and parallel, a little less than one-fifth as long

June, 1927]

Hood: Thysanoptera

127

as head and about one-third as long as eyes (0.32 to 0.39) ; head distinctly
produced in front of eyes, the distance from anterior margin of eyes to
base of antennce about one-half the length of cheelcs, and to front of head
about 1.5 times the length of cheelcs ; front rather broad, the interval be-
tween antennce about one-third the width of segment 1; three to five pairs
of minute bristles near base of antennae, in addition to a somewhat longer
and stronger pair situated slightly in front of anterior ocellus and close to
eyes. Eyes 0.5 to 0.55 as long as head and about 0.64 as wide as their
interval. Ocelli subequal, the posterior pair slightly more widely separated
and opposite posterior margin of eyes. Antennae about 1.8 times as long
as head; segment 1 decidedly shorter than segment 2; the latter not shoe-
shaped, wider than long, with outer angle distinctly produced, but without
sense cone on extreme apex.

Prothorax about 1.2 times as wide as long, sides almostjperfectly straight;
pronotum with the usual scattered, minute bristles and with the anasto-
mosing striae rather heavy and prominent, more or less broken up into dark
scallops; the two pairs of bristles at posterior angles moderately long, dark.
Pterothorax nearly 1.2 times as wide as prothorax; mesoscutum with anasto-
mosing striae throughout or with a few at posterior margin broken up into
scallops. Wings of fore pair about 15 times as long as width at middle,
slightly curved; costa, anterior vein and posterior vein with about 18, 9,
and 4 bristles, respectively.

Abdomen broader than pterothorax, with transverse anastomosing striae
above and below; tergites with posterior margins dentate, striae on tergite
1 not broken up into scallops; chitinous line near base of tergite 2 not
interrupted; sternites 2-6 without rounded teeth across middle of posterior
margin, but with one or more transverse roivs of scallops in front of pos-
terior margin, particularly on sternite 2, which has four or five such rows.
Segment 10 about 1.4 times as long as basal width, noticeably slender and
acute, divided above.

Measurements, principally of paratype from Aurora, Colo. ( $ ) : Length
1.25 mm.; head, length .122 mm., greatest width 0.110 mm., length in front
of eyes 0.036 mm., length of cheeks 0.024 mm.; eyes, length 0.062 mm., width
0.036 mm., interval 0.056 mm.; prothorax, length 0.206 mm., width 0.252
mm.; pterothorax, width 0.288 mm.; fore wings, length 0.825 mm., width at
middle 0.054 mm., near base 0.076 mm.; abdomen, width 0.300 mm.; seg-
ment 10, length 0.102 mm., width at base 0.072 mm.

Antennal segments : 12345678

Length (p,) 24 32 32 31 48 36 10 12

Width ( u ) 34 38 23 24 20 18 7 5

Total length of antenna 0.22 mm.

Described from 5 females, as listed below :

North Dakota: Devils Lake, May 4, 1916, on Achillea lanu-
losa, James Silver, Jr. ; 1 $ ( holotype ) [Hood, No.

131].

128

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Colorado: Aurora, June 22, 1918, sweepings, L. 0. Jack-
son; 1 9 [Hood, No. 514].

Denver, June 21, 1918, sweepings, L. 0. Jackson;
2 9 [Hood, No. 511].

Utah: Mouth of Bear River, June 6, 1915, sweepings, A.
Wetmore; 1 9 [Hood, No. 13].

This is another member of the manicatus group. The italicized
characters should serve for its recognition. The produced head,
acute abdomen, and the structure of the abdominal sternites are
quite distinctive.

Chirothrips simplex new species.* (PI. XIY, Fig. 4.)

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 1.2 mm. Color quite uniform dark
blackish brown, thorax tinged with orange subhypodermal pigmentation ; tarsi
and third antennal segment usually yellowish; ocellar pigment maroon red;
fore wings blackish brown, paler just beyond base, veins darkest; hind wings
slightly darkened basally and along median line, remainder clear.

Head slightly longer than wide and 0.6 as long as prothorax, somewhat
broadest across eyes, occiput with three or four anastomosing lines; cheeks
straight and parallel, about one-fifth as long as head and slightly more
than one-third as long as eyes; head very little, if at all, elongated between
eyes and antennae, the distance from anterior margin of eyes to front of
head about equal to length of cheeks; front rather broad, the interval be-
tween antennce one-third the width of segment 1; two pairs of minute
bristles near base of antennae, in addition to a particularly long and promi-
nent pair situated close to eyes and far in front of anterior ocellus. Eyes
about 0.6 as long as head and about 0.6 as wide as their interval. Ocelli
subequal, the posterior pair slightly more widely separated and opposite
posterior margin of eyes. Antennae about 1.8 times as long as head, nearly
uniform blackish brown, apex of 2 and all of 3 usually paler and yellowish,
pedicel of latter nearly colorless; segment 1 decidedly narrow, shorter than
segment 2, the latter as long as greatest width, with sides rounded and
outer apical angle not prolonged, broadly and evenly rounded instead, with-
out sense-cone on outer surface of apex; 3 about 1.3 times as long as greatest
width, with slender pedicel; 4 and 5 longer than wide, very briefly pedi-
cellate; 6 nearly twice as long as wide, broadest at basal two-fifths, sides
rounded; 7 and 8 short, about equal in length, 8 about twice as long as
wide.

Prothorax narrow, about 1.23 times as wide as long, sides almost perfectly
straight; pronotum with a few scattered, minute bristles (about comparable
with those near base of antennae), and with the anastomosing strice un-

* It is not unlikely that this species is Priesner’s Chirothrips falsus (Zool.
Jahrb., Bd. 50, p. 312; March, 1925), but his brief description, unaccom-
panied by figures, makes accurate identification impossible.

June, 1927]

Hood: Thysanoptera

129

usually heavy and prominent, more or less broken up into dark scallops ; the
two pairs of bristles at posterior angles short, stout, dark, and prominent
Pterothorax 1.2 times as wide as prothorax; mesoscutum with anastomosing
striae throughout or with a few at posterior margin broken up into scallops.
Wings of fore pair about 18 times as long as width at middle, curved
slightly throughout their length ; costa, anterior vein, and posterior vein with
about 15, 8, and 4 bristles,- respectively.

Abdomen broader than pterothorax, with transverse anastomosing striae
above and below; tergites with posterior margins dentate, striae on tergite
1 not broken up into scallops; chitinous line near base of tergite 2 not inter-
rupted; sternites with striae finer and more widely spaced, otherwise similar
to those on tergites ; sternite 2 with rounded teeth on posterior margin, the
series sometimes interrupted and irregular between median pair of bristles,
continuous elsewhere. Segment 10 about 1.2 times as long as basal width,
pointed at apex; divided above.

Measurements of paratype ($): Length 1.22 mm.; head, length 0.110
mm., width across eyes 0.105 mm., length in front of eyes 0.021 mm. ;
cheeks, length 0.023 mm.; eyes, length 0.064 mm., width 0.028 mm., interval
0.047 mm. ; prothorax, length 0.183 mm., width 0.225 mm. ; pterothorax,
width 0.270 mm.; fore wings, length 0.855 mm., width just beyond scale
0.085 mm., at middle 0.047 mm.; abdomen, width 0.300 mm.; segment 10,
length 0.093 mm., width at base 0.078 mm.

Antennal segments : 12345678

Length (|i) 20 30 30 30 24 35 9 10

Width (n) j 29 29 23 25 22 18 6 5

Total length of antenna 0.19 mm.

Described from 27 females, collected as follows :

Colorado: Denver, May 17, 1919, on Leucocrinum mon-
°tanuM, L. O. Jackson; 1 $ ( Jiolotype ) ; No. 517.

Denver, May 2, 1919, sweepings, L. O. Jackson;
14$ ; No. 519.

Grant, July 21, 1916, sweepings, L. O. Jackson;
1 $ ; No. 345.

Boulder (Flagstaff Mt.), June 28, 1924, L. O. Jack-
son ; 3 $ .

Nebraska: Lincoln, Oct. 9, 1893, on Boutelona oligostachya,
H. G. Barber ; 6 $ .

Illinois: Havana, Aug. 8, 1908, sweeping grass, C. A.
Hart ; 2 $ .

At first glance this species is suggestive of C. manicatus (Hali-
day), but is readily known by the more slender body; the nar-
rower head, with the pair of prominent bristles in front of the

130

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

anterior ocellus near the eyes and the wide frontal costa ; the rela-
tive lengths and widths of the first and second antennal segments
and the form of the latter segment ; and the long prothorax, with
its heavy sculpture.

Chirothrips crenulalus new species. (Pl. XIV, Fig. 2.)

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 1.1 mm. Color of head, thorax,
legs, and antennae, brown, except tarsi and apex of second antennal segment,
which are yellow; pterothorax with reddish orange subhypodermal pigmen-
tation; abdomen reddish orange, decidedly paler than rest of body, segment
9 at apex and all of 10 much darkened with black; fore wings brown, paler
just beyond base, veins darkest; hind wings slightly darkened basally and
along median line, remainder clear.

Head slightly longer than wide and 0.6 as long as prothorax, somewhat
broadest across eyes, occiput smooth; cheeks straight and parallel, about
one-sixth as long as head and one-third as long as eyes; head distinctly
produced in front of eyes, the distance from anterior margin of eyes to
base of antennce about one-half the length of cheeks, head in front of eyes
about twice the length of cheeks; interval between antennae less than one-
fourth the width of segment 1 ; five or six pairs of stout, prominent bristles
in front of ocellar triangle, the posterior pair opposite anterior ocellus.
Eyes half as long as head and 0.6 as wide as their interval. Ocelli subequal,
the posterior pair distinctly more widely separated and opposite posterior
margin of eyes. Antennae about 1.7 times as long as head; segment 1 en-
larged and swollen, about as long as 2 and with a distinct transverse carina ;
2 inverted shoe-shaped, very much broader than long, with distinct sense
cone on extreme apex of outer angle.

Prothorax about 1.33 times as wide as long, sides slightly concave
anteriorly; pronotum with the usual bristles stouter and more prominent
than usual, surface smooth; the two pairs of bristles at posterior angles
short but distinct, brown. Pterothorax nearly 1.2 times as wide as pro-
thorax ; mesoscutum with a few separated scallop-like thickenings near
cephalic margin; metascutum subreticulate, the posterior reticles with their
mediad sides thickened; ventral surface with numerous stout bristles com-
parable with those on head; wings of fore pair about 17 times as long as
width at middle, usually slightly curved; costa, anterior vein, and posterior
vein with about 14, 8, and 4 bristles, respectively.

Abdomen broader than pterothorax, surface nearly smooth; chitinous
line near base of tergites broken up into numerous very minute scallops,
there being nearly thirty on ter git e 2; sternite 1 with several transverse
rows of scallops; segment 10 less than 1.2 times as long as basal width,
not very sharply conical, divided above.

Measurements of holotype ( $ ) : Length 1.13 mm.; head, length 0.112 mm.,
greatest width 0.107 mm., length in front of eyes 0.040 mm., length of
cheeks 0.018 mm.; eyes, length 0.055 mm., width 0.028 mm., interval 0.048

June, 1927]

Hood: Thysanopteea

131

mm.; prothorax, length 0.185 mm., width 0.246 mm.; pterothorax, width
0.287 mm.; fore wings, length 0.780 mm., width at middle 0.046 mm., at
base 0.076 mm.; abdomen, width 0.309 mm.; segment 10, length 0.080 mm.,
width at base 0.069.

Antennal segments: 12345678

Length (p,) 26 27 30 30 22 34 9 9

Width ( ]li) 45 41 26 28 22 18 6 4

Total length of antenna 0.19 mm.

Described from four females, as listed below :

Colorado: Boulder (Flagstaff Mt.), June 28, 1924, L. 0.
Jackson; 1$ ( holotype ).

Denver, June 21, 1918, sweeping, L. 0. Jackson;

1 ? •

“Colorado,” 1916, sweeping, L. 0. Jackson; 1 $ .
Nebraska: Lincoln, July 1, 1890, in room, Lawrence
Bruner ; 1 ? .

Very close to C. mexicanus, but readily known by the char-
acters italicized above.

Sericothrips pediceliatus new species. (PI. XIV, Fig. 1.)

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 1.0 mm. Color straw-yellow, with
numerous brown markings; ocellar pigment bright red; prothoracic blotch
not evident; pterothorax with a few obscure brown markings, of which a
large pair on metascutum are most distinct; abdominal tergites 2-7 each
with a narrow, transverse, nearly black line at base, margined behind with
a brown band which occupies the basal half of tergites 2 and 7, and the
basal fourth of 3-6; antennae with segment 1 nearly colorless; 2 yellowish,
lightly shaded with brownish ; 3 paler than 2, nearly concolorous with 1, apex
not darker; 4 blackish brown, paler apically and much paler basally; 5-8
blackish-brown, 5 slightly paler at base; legs concolorous with body, with
coxae distinctly, and femora very lightly, shaded with brown; fore wings
lightly brownish, darkest just beyond the nearly white basal fifth, middle
fifth paler, apical fifth nearly white; hind wings with the usual dark brown
median streak.

Head of normal form, broadest across the eyes, surface distinctly and
finely striate, particularly on occiput and on vertex, bristles as usual in the
genus. Eyes prominent, protruding, pilose. Antennce decidedly slender,
segment 3 being fully three times, segment 6 about 3.7 times, and segment
8 about 3.5 times, as long as wide; 1 unusually short, only slightly morel
than one-lialf as long as 2 ; 7 very briefly but distinctly pedicellate. Mouth
cone long, surpassing base of prosternum.

Prothorax of the usual form, and pronotum with the usual raised, anasto-
mosing, transverse lines, which are somewhat more closely spaced just in
front of and just behind the two major fovese; bristle at posterior angles

132

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

colorless, a little more than one-third as long as pronotum. Forewings with
about 22 bristles on costal margin and 3 + 16 on longitudinal vein; no ad-
ditional bristles near tip of wing, in a series posterior to longitudinal vein.
Legs not markedly long and slender.

Abdomen normal; pubescence not conspicuous, absent from median por-
tion of basal tergites; bristles slender and colorless.

Antennal segments: 12345678

Length (jx) 20 36 55 46 45 52 10 14

Width O) 24 25 18 18 17 14 6 4

Total length of antenna, 0.28 mm.

Described from a unique female taken by the late Charles A.
Hart at Makanda, Illinois, June 26, 1909, in sweepings from grass
and weeds.

Structurally this is quite likely our most distinct American
species, the pedicellate sixth antennal segment occurring nowhere
else in the genus save in gracilicornis Williams, a quite different
insect known only from England. The antennae are remarkable,
among the species described from north of the tropical life zone,
for their slenderness.

Sericothrips variabilis (Beach).

1896. Thrips variabilis Beach, var. d, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., Vol.

Ill, p. 220. Ames, Iowa, on smartweed and cucumber.
1902. Sericothrips variabilis , var. d, Hinds, Proc. U. S. Nat.

Mus., Vol. XXVI, p. 143. Amherst, Mass., on grass.

Miss Beach described four varieties of her new species Thrips
variabilis [, and called them Vars. a, b, c, and d. I have seen and
studied her types of varieties a, b, and d. The types of c are ap-
parently missing, though there is in the lot a slide labeled
“ Thrips variabilis Beach. Var. c. $ and $ types. On cucum-
ber, Ames, Iowa, July 28, 1894” bearing Hinds’ label “Serico-
thrips variabilis (Beach). W. E. Hinds, Amherst, Mass., 1902.”
The specimens, however, as Dr. Hinds has previously noted,*' fit
her description of Var. d, instead of c ; and, furthermore, the host
plant (cucumber) and the date (July 28 — 1893 in the descrip-
tion, 1894 on the slide) correspond with those given for part of
the material covered by her description of Var. d, and not at all
with those for Var. c.

As it is almost certain that Miss Beach’s so-called varieties
represent distinct species, it is necessary to designate a single

* L. c., p. 145, footnote.

June, 1927]

Hood: Thysanoptera

133

selected specimen of ultimate reference; and as Var. d is an
easily recognized form, common and well distributed in Eastern
United States, while the other varieties are rarer and not so
easily recognized, I have preferred to associate the name vari-
abilis with the specimens studied by Hinds, and have accordingly
labeled the female and male types of Miss Beach's Var. d as the
holotype and allotype, respectively, of the species,

Sericothrips variabilis (Beach), as at present restricted, is a
dark colored species in which the abdomen is entirely bare of
pubescence along the median dorsal line; the seventh to tenth
segments of the abdomen dark blackish brown and abruptly
darker than segment 6 ; the fore wings with three white bands,
the first just beyond base, the second at middle, and the third at
tip, and with two bristles near tip forming an additional series
behind the longitudinal vein ; the antennae with segments 1 and 2
darker than 3; and the pronotal blotch very closely and finely
transversely striate, the pronotum in front of the blotch with
strias which are much farther apart but which do not tend
toward subreticulation.

The following material has been studied :

Iowa: Ames, July 28, 1894, on cucumber; 1 9 , 1 $ ( holo -
type and allotype , herein designated).

Illinois: Carbondale, June 14, 1907, sweeping, J. D. Hood;
19, 1$.

Havana, Aug. 9, 1908, from willow, 0. A. Hart ; 3 9 .

Muncie, May 16, 1909, from crabapple and in sweep-
ings, C. A. Hart ; 1 9 , 1 $ .

Pulaski, May 29, 1909, sweeping, C. A. Hart ;

2 9,2^.

Maryland: Plummer’s Island, April 20, 1913, on Vibur-
num, W. L. McAfee and J. D. Hood ; 1 9 .

Virginia: Tazewell, June 10, 1915, L. O. Jackson; 1 9 .

Sericothrips heachse new species.

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 0.8 mm. Color straw-yellow with
numerous brown markings; prothoracic blotch not distinct, broken up into
three transverse spots on either side, the anterior pair of spots largest and
connected; ocellar pigment red; mesoscutum brown along anterior margin
and at sides, metascutum with a pair of large brown spots; abdominal
ter git es 2-7 each with a narrow, transverse, nearly black line at base, behind

134

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

which, at each end, is a large, transverse hr own spot ; antennae with segment
1 colorless; 2 brown, darkest at sides; 3 light grayish yellow, much paler
than 2, apical third or fourth darkened, especially at sides; 4 light grayish
yellow in basal half, dark grayish brown beyond; 5 pale brownish yellow
in basal half, dark grayish brown in apical half, which is concolorous with
6-8 ; legs very pale yellow, with femora lightly shaded with brown on outer
surface apically; fore wings with a gray cloud in third ninth, nearly white
just basally to it, slightly grayish again at base, remainder of wing very
light gray, paler at middle and at apex; color by reflected light yellow, with
evident Sfubhypo dermal pigmentation in head and thorax, the brown markings
more distinct, especially the pronotal blotch, ocellar pigment orange red.

Head broad, widest across eyes, cheeks straight and parallel, surface nearly
free of sculpture, bristles as usual in the genus. Eyes prominent, protrud-
ing, pilose, about 0.63 as wide as their interval, which is very slightly greater
than their length. Antennae of the usual form, sixth segment not pedicel-
late. Mouth cone slightly surpassing posterior margin of prosternum.

Prothorax with the pronotum nearly 1.5 times as wTide as long, of the usual
form, the transverse anastomosing lines not closely spaced within the area of
the pronotal blotch and hardly more widely spaced outside it; bristle at pos-
terior angles pale gray, nearly half the median length of pronotum. Fore
wings nearly twenty times as long as width at middle, which is about 0.52
the width just beyond scale; costal margin with about 24 bristles, longitu-
dinal vein with 3 + 19, the distal one of these somewhat widely separated
from the others; two additional bristles near tip of wing, in a series posterior
to longitudinal vein. Legs not markedly long and slender.

Abdomen normal; pubescence distinct, dark, absent from median portion
of basal tergites; bristles slender, yellowish, inconspicuous.

Measurements of holotype ($): Length 0.813 mm.; head, length 0.084
mm., greatest width (across eyes) 0.139 mm., least width (at base) 0.130
mm. ; eyes, length 0.058 mm., width 0.039' mm., interval 0.062 mm. ; prothorax,
median length of pronotum 0.120 mm., width 0.174 mm.; pterothorax, width
0.210 mm.; fore wings, length 0.668 mm., width at middle 0.034 mm., near
base 0.065 mm.; abdomen, width 0.236 mm.

Antennal segments: 1234 5 678

Length (p) 20 36 47 44 38 46 10 13

Width (p) 25 26 21 20 18 16 7 5

Total length of antenna 0.25 mm.

Described from 16 females and 5 males, taken in catkins of the
common hop, White Heath, Illinois, October 13, 1907, J. D.
Hood. Named after Miss Alice M. Beach, the author of one of
our earliest papers on North American Thysanoptera.

This is the species which I have for years considered Seri -
cotlirips variabilis, and of which I have distributed numerous
specimens to the collections of Bagnall, Buffa, Crawford, Karny,

June, 1927]

Hood: Thysanoptera

135

Schille, and others. It was excessively abundant at the time, and
thousands of specimens might well have been taken. I have not
seen it since.

The italicized characters define the species readily. It resem-
bles in many ways annulipes (which has abdominal segments 7
and 8 blackish brown), interruptus (which has only one bristle
in an additional series behind the longitudinal vein of the fore
wing), and apiccdis (which has no such additional wing bristles).
Sericothrips setosus new species.

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 1.1 mm. Color orange-yellow,
deepest in pterothorax, marked with brown blotches; ocellar pigment red;
prothoracic blotch not evident, usually represented by a narrow, transverse
brown line outlining its anterior margin, and a pair of rounded blotches
(sometimes more or less broken up) behind; pterothorax with indistinct
brown blotches, a moderately conspicuous pair on metascutum (best seen by
reflected light) followed posteriorly by a pair of deep brown dashes;*
abdominal tergites 2-7 each marked at base with a deep brown transverse
line, behind which there is a brown band of varying width, usually broadest
at sides; antennae with segment 1 pale, remaining segments brown, nearly
unicolorous,. 2 sometimes darker and 3-5 indistinctly paler at middle; legs
about concolorous with body, femora and tibiae somewhat shaded with brown;
fore wings very light brownish, indistinctly darker basally; hind wings with
the usual dark median streak; all bristles on body and appendages brown in
color and quite conspicuous.

Head about 1.8 times as broad as length in front of occipital line, widest
across eyes, surface free of sculpture, bristles as usual in the genus. Eyes
pilose, about 0.73 as wide as their interval, which is about equal to their
length. Antennas about 3.1 times the length of head in front of occipital
line, segments formed as usual in the group; segment 6 not pedicellate.
Mouth cone short, not nearly attaining base of prosternum.

Prothorax with the pronotum about 1.3 times as long as head in front of
occipital line and 1.6 times as wide as long, of the usual form; pronotum
with the usual raised, anastomosing, transverse lines very indistinct, not
widely spaced outside the area usually occupied by the pronotal blotch nor
very closely spaced within it ; bristle at posterior angles dark brown and con-
spicuous. Fore wings about 20 times as long as width at middle, which is
about 0.56 the width just beyond base; costal margin with about 25 bristles,
longitudinal vein with about 3-1-17,. of which the apical one is more widely
separated than the others; one additional bristle near tip of wing, behind
longitudinal vein. Legs normal, but with conspicuous brown bristles.

Abdomen normal ; minute pubescence pale and almost invisible, even under
the highest magnifications.

* These are internal and are probably apodemes.

136

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Measurements of holotype ( $ ) : Length 1.08 mm. ; head, length to oc-
cipital line 0.084 mm., greatest width (across eyes) 0.152 mm., least width
(at (base) 0.134 mm.; eyes, length 0.064 mm., width 0.045 mm., interval
0.062 mm.; prothorax, median length of pronotum 0.113 mm., width 0.180
mm.; pterothorax, width 0.248 mm.; fore wings, length 0.720 mm., width at
middle 0.036 mm., near base 0.064 mm. ; abdomen, width 0.296 mm.

Antennal segments: 12345678

Length (p) 22 39 52 43 37 47 10 13

Width (p) 24 27 18 18 17 16 7 5

Total length of antenna 0.26 mm.

Male (macropterous) . — Length 0.85 mm. Very similar to female in most
points of color and structure, but slenderer.

Described from ten females and one male, all taken by Bert R.
Coad at Tucson, Arizona, April 24, 1914, on greasewood.

This species is no doubt closest to those which I have named
beachce, interruptus, and apicalis; but the coloration of the body
and antennse, and especially the conspicuous dark bristles on the
body and its appendages, should serve for its ready recognition.
Sericothrips interruptus new species.

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 1.0 mm. Color straw-yellow,
tinged with orange in pterothorax, and with numerous brown markings;
ocellar pigment red, ocellar area darkened with brown; prothoracic blotch
hardly visible by transmitted light, broken up into several small connected
spots; mesoscutum lightly and indistinctly marked with brown at sides and
along anterior margin ; metascutum with a pair of large, vague, brown spots ;
abdominal tergites 2-7 each with a narrow, transverse, nearly black line at
base, which is broadly interrupted in the median third or fourth of tergites
2 and 7 , and somewhat less distinct at the middle of 3-6, bordered behind at
either side of tergite with a brown spot; antennae with segment 1 pale; 2
and 3 gray, the former shaded laterally and the latter distally with brownish
or gray; 4-8 gray brown, 4 paler near base and narrowly nearly black at
apex; legs nearly concolorous with body, femora apically and tibiae at mid-
dle, somewhat shaded with brown; fore wings nearly uniform light brown,
paler apically; hind wings with the usual dark median streak.

Head about twice as broad across eyes as length to the faint occipital
line, not narrowed just behind eyes, cheeks not rounded, surface free of
sculpture, bristles as usual in the genus. Eyes scarcely protruding, pilose,
about 0.7 as wide as their interval, which is about equal to their length.
Antennse1 about 3.4 times as long as head in front of occipital line, segments
formed as usual in the group, sixth not pedicellate. Mouth cone about
attaining base of prosternum.

Prothorax with the pronotum about 1.5 times as long as head in front of
occipital line and fully 1.5 times as wide as long, of the usual form; pro-
notum with the usual raised anastomosing transverse lines, which are about

June, 1927 J

Hood: Thysanoptera

137

equally spaced within and without the pronotal blotch; bristle at posterior
angles grayish, short, hardly one-third the length of pronotum. Fore wings
about 21 times as long as width at middle, which is about 0.53 the width just
beyond base; costal margin with about 25 bristles, longitudinal vein with
3 + 20; one additional bristle near tip of wing, behind longitudinal vein.
Legs normal, bristles barely visible.

Abdomen normal; pubescence distinct, especially in the brown spots, ab-
sent in median portion of basal tergites; bristles slender, pale, inconspicuous.

Measurements of holotype ($): Length 0.97 mm.; head, length to oc-
cipital line 0.076 mm., greatest width (across eyes) 0.156 mm., least width
(at base) 0.144 mm.; eyes, length 0.062 mm., width 0.045 mm., interval 0.065
mm.; prothorax, median length of pronotum 0.116 mm., width 0.182 mm.;
pterothorax, width 0.245 mm. ; fore wings, length 0.720 mm., width at middle
0.034 mm., width near base 0.064 mm.; abdomen, width 0.266 mm.

Antennal segments: 12345678

Length (p,) 24 34 45 41 38 48 10 15

Width (p,) 25 26 19 18 18 16 7 5

Total length of antenna 0.26 mm.

Male (macropterons) . — Length about 0.78 mm. Very similar to female in
color and structure.

Described from two females taken by R. C. Shannon near
Plummer’s Island, Maryland, Jan. 10, 1915, hibernating in bird’s
nest; and from one male taken by the writer on Plummer’s
Island, Maryland, Oct. 5, 1913, on red oak.

The pale color, nearly uniform brownish wings, and the char-
acters italicized in the above description should serve for the
recognition of the species. It belongs near setosus.

Sericothrips apicalis new species.

Female (macropterous) . — Length about 1.1 mm. Color uniform straw-
yellow, with numerous brown markings; ocellar pigment red; prothoracic
blotch broken up into several brown spots which are usually more or less
connected, the concave front margin of the blotch well defined, particularly
as seen by reflected light; mesoscutum brown along anterior margin and
metascutum with a pair of large brown spots; abdominal tergites 2-7 each
with a narrow, transverse, nearly black line at base, behind which, at each
end, is a brown spot; antennae with segment 1 nearly colorless; 2 yellowish,
darkened with brown; 3 grayish yellow, extreme apex dark blackish brown;

4 grayish yellow in basal half, gray-brown beyond, apex dark blackish brown ;

5 blackish brown in distal half and in pedicel, intervening portion yellowish
gray ; 6-8 blackish brown ; legs coneolorous with body, very lightly, if at all,
shaded with brown; fore wings pale yellowish (nearly white), with a small,
faint brownish spot beyond scale and another near base, opposite scale; hind
wings with the usual dark median streak.

138

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

Head broad, about 1.7 times as wide as length in front of occipital line,
broadest across eyes, surface nearly free of sculpture, bristles as usual in
the genus. Eyes prominent, protruding, pilose, two-thirds as wide as their
interval, which is about equal to their length. Antennae about 3.3 times as
long as head in front of occipital line, segments formed as usual in the
group, sixth not pedicellate. Mouth cone about attaining base of pro-
sternum.

Prothorax with the pronotum about 1.5 times as long as head in front of
occipital line and nearly 1.5 times as wide as long, of the usual form; pro-
notum with the usual raised, anastomosing, transverse lines, which are very
closely spaced in the area of the pronotal blotch and only slightly more widely
spaced outside it; bristle at posterior angles grayish, short, about 0.4 as long
as pronotum. Fore wings about 20 times as long as width at middle, which
is about 0.53 the width just beyond base; costal margin with about 25
bristles, longitudinal vein with a basal group of 3 followed by about 19, the
distal one of these somewhat widely separated from the others; no additional
bristles near tip of wing, in a series posterior to longitudinal vein. Legs not
markedly long and slender.

Abdomen normal; pubescence pale and indistinct, absent from median por-
tion of basal tergites; bristles slender, yellowish, inconspicuous.

Measurements, principally of holotype ( $ ) : Length 1.07 mm. ; head,
length to occipital line 0.088 mm., greatest width (across eyes) 0.154 mm.,
least width (at base) 0.130 mm.; eyes, length 0.063 mm., width 0.044 mm.,
interval 0.066 mm.; prothorax, length of pronotum along median line 0.130
mm., width 0.190 mm.; pterothorax, width 0.233 mm.; fore wings, length
0.720 mm., width at middle 0.036 mm., near base 0.068 mm.; abdomen, great-
est width 0.306 mm.

Antennal segments: 12345678

Length (jn) 24 40 55 50 47 51 10 13

Width (n) 28 28 21 20 18 16 7 6

Total length of antenna 0.29 mm.

Described from five females taken by Mr. M. M. High on a
nettle ( Stachys palustris ) at Knox (type locality) and Ober, In-
diana, August 1 and July 16, 1914, respectively.

Structurally this species differs from variabilis, annulipes, and
beachce in lacking the two additional bristles which frequently
occur in this genus near the tip of the wing, in a series posterior
to the longitudinal vein. The specific name is in reference to
this fact. In coloration it is most like beachce, but in addition to
the wing character just mentioned, it has a much more finely
striated pronotal blotch than that species.

Sericothrips spiritus new species.

Female (macropterous) . — Color uniform yellowish white, without markings
on body, wings, or legs; antennae colorless, excepting for a narrow brown

June, 1927]

Hood: Thysanoptera

139

ring at extreme apex of segment 4 and a faint brown cloud in apical portion
of 5 and 6; ocellar pigment very pale yellow.

Head broad, fully 1.9 times as wide as long*, widest across eyes, narrowest
just behind them, cheeks decidedly arched, surface without noticeable sculp-
ture, bristles as usual in the genus. Eyes relatively small and widely sepa-
rated, hardly 0.6 as wide as their interval, pilose. Antennae about three
times as long as head, segments as usual in this group of the genus. Mouth
cone short, about attaining posterior margin of prosternum, not slenderly
prolonged at tip.

Prothorax broad and heavy, about 1.6 times as long as head and 1.6 times
as wide as long; pronotum with the usual, raised, anastomosing lines, which
are closely spaced; bristle at posterior angles colorless and hardly half as
long as pronotum. Fore wings with all bristles white and inconspicuous;
costal margin with about 31 bristles ; longitudinal vein with 3 -1- 20, the distal
one more widely separated than the others ; one additional bristle in a second
series at tip of wing; hind wing with a median vein which is not darkened.

Abdomen stouter than usual, without color markings; pubescence white
and almost invisible; all bristles slender, colorless, and very inconspicuous.

Measurements of holotype ( $ ) : Length 1.13 mm. ; head, length 0.084
mm., greatest width (across eyes) 0.162 mm., least width (just behind eyes)
0.149 mm.; eyes, length 0.064 mm., width 0.044 mm., interval 0.074 mm.;
prothorax, median length of pronotum 0.132 mm., width 0.208 mm.; ptero-
thorax, width 0.285 mm.; abdomen, greatest width 0.300 mm.

Antennal segments: 12345678

Length (p)BL. 48 42 48 11 14

Width (p) : 26 27 18 18 16 16 6 5

Total length of antenna 0.26 mm.

Described from one female taken at Tucson, Arizona, April 23,
1914, on cottonwood, by Bert B. Coad [Hood, No. 221].

In coloration this species is comparable only with sambuci and
albus, agreeing with the former in the short and rather stout
mouth cone, but differing from it in having the antennas nearly
clear white; the ocellar pigment very pale yellow; and the fore
wings colorless, with bristles and fringes glass-clear and a single
bristle near tip of wing, behind longitudinal vein.

Bagnalliella glaucse new species. (PI. XIII, Fig. 4.)

Female , forma macroptera. — Length about 1.7 mm. Color brownish yel-
low with head (especially anteriorly and at sides), usually the pterothorax,
and always the last four or five abdominal segments, darkened with blackish
brown, the tube paler at base and at apex; subhyp odermal pigmentation
yellow or slightly orange-yellow by reflected light, and (because of its par-
tial opacity) grayish yellow by transmitted light; ocellar pigmentation
bright red by reflected light, very deep purplish red by transmitted light;

140

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

antennae bright lemon yellow, decidedly darkened with brown in segments 1
and 2 and with gray in at least the apical portion of segment 8 ; fore legs
yellow, with femora blackish brown on outer surface; mid and hind legs
brown, with tarsi and both ends of femora and tibiae, yellow; fore wings
brown to end of scale, thence nearly clear.

j Read very large and broad, about 1.1 times as long as greatest width,
broadest shortly behind eyes, sides broadly rounded and narrowed to base,
which is about 0.86 the greatest width; vertex very slightly and roundly
produced in front of eyes, slightly overhanging, the anterior ocellus not
attaining frontal costa; dorsal and lateral surfaces almost perfectly smooth,
bristles minute and almost invisible; postocular bristles short, hardly one-
seventh as long as head, pointed, situated close to eyes and to sides of head.
Eyes very small, about as wide as long, hardly one-fourth as long as head,
only 0.56 as wide as their interval. Ocelli of posterior pair widely separated,
about 1.8 times as far apart as their distance from anterior ocellus. An-
tennae about 1.44 times as long as head, of normal form; sense cone formula:
3, 1-1 ; 4, 2-2 ; 5, 1-1+1 ; 6, 1-1+1 ; 7 with the usual one on dorsum near apex.
Mouth cone short, about attaining middle of prosternum, labium semicircu-
larly rounded at apex.

Prothorax across coxae only 1.4 times as wide as head and about twice as
broad as median length of pronotum, which is about 0.64 the length of head;
surface without sculpture; midlateral and anterior marginal bristles exceed-
ingly minute, anterior laterals pointed and shorter than postoculars, the two
pairs at posterior angles longer and either blunt or slightly dilated at tip.
Wings slightly narrowed at middle, without longitudinal vein, fore pair with
about six accessory hairs and the subbasal bristles minute (one apparently
lacking at times). Tarsal tooth minute. Abdomen slightly wider than
pterothorax, without sculpture. Tube less than one-half as long as head and
1.6 times as long as basal width, which is fully twice the apical, sides
straight. All abdominal bristles pointed, terminal bristles longer than tube.

Measurements of holotype ($): Length 1.71 mm.; head, length 0.263
mm., greatest width 0.237 mm., width at base 0.203 mm.; eyes, length 0.062
mm., width 0.056 mm., interval 0.100 min.; prothorax, length 0.168 mm.,
width across coxae 0.330 mm.; pterothorax, width 0.360 mm.; abdomen, width
0.383 mm.; tube, length 0.122 mm., width at base 0.076 mm., width at apex

0.036 mm.

Antennal segments: 12345678

Length (p) ||40 52 48 50 52 52 52 34

Width (p) , 42 36 32 35 32 26 22 13

Total length of antenna, 0.38 mm.

Female, forma brachyptera. — Apparently identical with the macropterous
form except that the pterothorax is very slightly narrower and usually paler
and the eyes and ocelli are somewhat smaller.

Male (brachypterous) . — Length about 1.5 mm. Color as in female, but
prothorax and fore legs often somewhat enlarged, and tarsal tooth always
longer and stronger.

June, 1927]

Hood: Thysanoptera

141

Described from 28 females (of which 4 are macropterous) and
21 males (all brachypterous), as enumerated below:

Colorado: Boulder (type locality), July 2, 1924, on leaves
of Yucca glauca, L. 0. Jackson ; 12 $ , 10 $ (holotype;
allotype, and paratypes) .

Colorado Springs, Sept. 20, 1924, on leaves of
Yucca glauca, L. 0. Jackson; 16 $ , 11 $ (paratypes) .

Readily known from yuccce, the only other species of the genus
occurring in America, by the characters which have been itali-
cized in the above description. The most conspicuous difference
lies in the color of the subhypodermal pigmentation, which in
yuccce is bright red.

142

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
(Clara Husted, Inez D ’Amanda, and J. D. H., del.)

Plate XIII

Fig. 1. — Molothrips tvetmorei Hood, $, paratype, head and prothorax; all
bristles omitted.

Fig. 2. — JEolothrips vehemens Hood, $, paratype, head and prothorax; all
bristles omitted.

Fig. 3. — Molothrips oculatus Hood, $, holotype, head and prothorax; all
bristles omitted.

Fig. 4. — : Bagnalliella glaucce Hood, $ , holotype, head and prothorax ; all
minor bristles omitted.

Plate XIY

Fig. 1. — Sericothrips pedicellatus Hood, $, holotype, left antenna; all sense
cones and bristles omitted.

Fig. 2. — Chirothrips crenulatus Hood, $, holotype, head and prothorax; all
bristles on appendages omitted.

Fig. 3. — Chirothrips productus Hood, $, holotype, head and prothorax; all
bristles on appendages omitted.

Fig. 4. — Chirothrips simplex Hood, 9 , paratype, head and prothorax, show-
ing sculpture of a portion only of pronotum; all bristles on
appendages omitted.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate XIII)

THYSANOPTERA

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV (Plate XIV)

THYSANOPTERA

June, 1927]

Crosby and Bishop: Erigoneae

147

NEW SPECIES OF ERIGONEAE AND THERIDIIDAE

By C. R. Crosby and Sherman C. Bishop

Oedothorax platyrhinus new species. (PI. XV, Figs. 1-5.)

Male. Length, 1.3 mm. Cephalothorax dusky yellowish; viewed from
above widest behind the middle, rounded on the sides behind; the sides then
straight and converging to near the end of the greatly protruding clypeus
which is rounded and slightly emarginate at tip; viewed from the side
steeply ascending in a straight line to the cervical groove. There are two
cephalic lobes separated by a deep transverse groove in line with the pos-
terior median eyes. The posterior lobe is larger and higher than the ante-
rior. The front of the anterior lobe is steep. The clypeus is extremely
protuberant in the form of a flattened snout which projects forward and
is bent downward. On the upper surface there are two parallel low ridges
extending from the lateral eyes to the tip of the snout. The ridges are
darker and clothed with out-turned stiff hairs. The snout extends beyond
the femur of the palpus.

Posterior eyes in a strongly procurved line, the median larger than the
lateral, separated by twice the diameter and from the lateral by one and
one-third times the diameter. Anterior eyes in a strongly procurved line,
the median smaller than the lateral, separated by the radius and from the
lateral by one and one-half times the diameter. Sternum gray over pale
yellowish, darker at margin, as broad as long, rounded convex, and broadly
produced between the hind coxae, which are separated by a little more than
the diameter. Labium dark, endites pale. Legs and palpi pale yellowish
white. Abdomen above whitish with a dusky short median stripe; below
grayish, blackish around the spinnerets.

Femur of palpus thickest just beyond the middle, patella large and stout,
widened distally. Ratio of length of femur to that of patella as 15 to 8.
Tibia short and armed with a long straight blunt-tipped dorso-lateral apophy-
sis. The lateral margin bears a submarginal row of five very long slender
hairs. Paracymbium broad at base, strongly curved, and hooked at tip.
The posterior angle of the bezel produced with a distinct blunt black tooth.
The tail-piece of the embolic division broad, flat and pear-shaped (Fig. 2,
t. p.). The apical part of the embolus emerges from the edge of the bezel
as a short black curved process with three small teeth at the tip. The
median apophysis can be seen as a small sharp black tooth behind the
embolus.

Female. Length, 1.5 mm. Colored like the male. Cephalothorax viewed
from above rather long, rounded on the sides, slightly constricted at the
cervical groove and bluntly rounded in front; viewed from the side, strongly

148

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

arched over the back to the posterior eyes. Clypeus straight and protruding.
Posterior eyes in a procurved line, equal and equidistant, separated by about
the diameter. Anterior eyes in a very slightly procurved line, the median
smaller than the lateral, separated by the radius1 and from the lateral by
the diameter. Clypeus narrower than the median ocular area. The epigy-
num (Fig. 5) consists of a broad strongly convex, transverse plate, evenly
and gently convex behind.

Holotype male, allotype female.

Type locality: Mt. Pisgah, N. C., 3,000 ft., Oct. 19, 1923, 2 $ ,

2$.

North Carolina: Oteen, Oct. 16, 1923, 1 $ , 1 $ .

Virginia: Anna River, Oct. 28, 1923, 2 S .

Pennsylvania : Roxbury, Oct. 30, 1924, 2 9 .

Oedothorax eranistes new species. (PI. XV, Figs. 6-7.)

Male. Length, 1.2 mm. Cephalothorax yellowish gray with indistinct
radiating lines, darker on the margin; viewed from above, evenly rounded
on the sides, slightly constricted at the cervical groove, converging and
rounded on the sides of the head, squarely truncate in front; viewed from
the side, steeply ascending in a straight line to the back of the head, then
rounded down to the anterior median eyes, a distinct hump back of the eyes ;
clypeus strongly protuberant, slightly convex above and slanting forward,
strongly retreating below. Chelicerae small and strongly retreating.

Posterior eyes in a procurved line, equal, the median separated by three
times the diameter and from the lateral by one and one-half times the diame-
ter. Anterior eyes in a straight line, the median a little smaller than the
lateral, subcontiguous, separated from the lateral by a little more than twice
the diameter of the median. Clypeus a little wider than the median ocular
area. Sternum greenish gray with a tinge of yellow, strongly convex,
rounded on the sides, produced in a truncate point between the hind coxae
which are separated by the diameter. Labium and endites dusky yellow. No
tooth on face of chelicera. Legs and palpi light yellowish. Abdomen dark
greenish gray, with a few narrow transverse light lines posteriorly.

Femur of palpus short, stout, rather strongly curved. Patella long, gently
arched above and armed below at tip with a large round-tipped process.
Tibia short and strongly flaring; the dorso-mesal margin produced with a
thin, rounded lobe; dorso-laterally produced with a short, broad, thin
strongly incurved apophysis the distal margin of which is black and smooth.
Paracymbium strongly curved, slightly hooked. Tegulum with a distinct
protuberance on the ventral face. Bezel low. Tail-piece of the embolic
division an elongate lobe, slightly constricted near the base (Fig. 7, t. p.).
The tip rounded and extending' on the edge of the tegulum. The embolus
(Fig. 7, em.) arises with a sharp bend near the middle, about as long as the
tail-piece, inclined towards the bezel, the tip erect and directed distally. The
median apophysis appears as a rounded brownish lobe.

June, 1927]

Crosby and Bishop: Erigoneae

149

Holotype male.

Virginia : Alberta, Oct, 28, 1923, 1 $ .

Oedothorax sarcocuon new species. (PI. XV, Figs. 8-10.)

Male. Length, 1.4 mm. Cephalothorax smooth greenish gray; viewed
from above, very broad, evenly rounded on the sides to a point in front,
cervical and dorsal grooves distinct; viewed from the side rather low back
of the cervical groove and gently ascending, then abruptly elevated and
rounded over the cephalic lobe. The cephalic lobe high, broad behind and
narrow in front bearing all the eyes. Below anterior eyes is a deep trans-
verse groove widened at the ends. Clypeus viewed from the side notched
just below the eyes at the transverse furrow, then strongly protuberant like
the profile of the nose of a lion.

Posterior eyes in a recurved line, equal, separated by a little more than
the diameter and from the lateral by the diameter. Anterior eyes in a
straight line, the median much smaller than the lateral, subcontiguous and
separated from the lateral by twice the diameter. Clypeus twice as wide as
the median ocular area.

Sternum dark greenish gray, rather long, sides convergent to the hind
coxae, then abruptly narrowed, produced in a truncate point between the hind
coxae which are separated by a little more than the diameter. Labium same
color as the sternum. Endites dusky yellowish. No tooth on face of cheli-
cera. Legs and palpi yellowish white. Abdomen light grayish brown,
darker beneath with usual two white lines clothed with black hairs.

Femur of palpus rather stout, moderately curved. Patella rather long,
slightly arched. Ratio of length of femur to that of patella as 20 to 8.
Tibia about as long as patella, widened distally. The dorsal margin pro-
duced into two, strong, blunt, black teeth; on the mesal side the edge is
incurved, giving the appearance of a third tooth. On the lateral ventral
side the tibia is produced into a large lobe on the front angle of which
there is a short, broad, semi-transparent, triangular tooth. Between this
lobe and the latero-dorsal tooth is a broad square imargination, along the
edge of which are six long, black hairs. Paracymbium rather slender,
strongly curved and hooked at the tip. The bezel is very narrow on the side
next to the paracymbium but ventrally produced into a large, rounded pro-
tuberance. The embolus is long, black, shining, stout at base and moder-
ately curved and arises from the lateral side of a bulb-like base.

Holotype male.

Pennsylvania : Potters Mills, Oct. 31, 1924, 2 $ .

Oedothorax limnseus new species. (PI. XVI, Figs, li-14.)

Male. Length, 1.3 mm. Cephalothorax dusky yellowish with the margin
and radiating lines darker; viewed from above evenly rounded on the sides,
strongly convergent towards the front, slightly but distinctly constricted at
the cervical groove, broadly rounded across the front ; viewed from the side,
the posterior declivity rather steep, nearly flat on top, rounded over the head

150

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

to the posterior eyes. Head armed with a median row of stiff black hairs
directed forward. Clypeus straight and almost vertical.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, equidistant, separated by^a little
less than the diameter. Anterior eyes in a nearly straight line, the median
smaller than the lateral, separated by the radius and from the lateral by
the diameter. Clypeus a little narrower than the median ocular area.

Sternum dark greenish gray with a few minute yellowish spots, strongly
convex, rounded on the sides, produced in a truncate point between the hind
coxae which are separated by a little less than the diameter. Labium same
color as sternum. Endites dusky yellow. Chelicerse dusky orange armed on
the inner side of the face with a row of setigerous tubercles, the lower one
larger than the other. Legs and palpi dull yellowish, coxae below marked
with grayish, darker on the margin. Abdomen dark greenish gray.

Femur of palpus curved and slightly widened distally. Patella short and
rather strongly arched above. Ratio of length of femur to that of patella
as 15 to 5. Tibia a little longer than patella, the dorsal margin broadly
rounded wTith a small, sharp, incurved black tooth on the dorso-lateral angle.
Paracymbium enlarged at the base where it articulates with the cymbium.
This enlargement is opposed to the tooth on the dorso-lateral margin of the
tibia. Paracymbium large, strongly curved and on the ventral side it is
greatly widened so that when viewed in this aspect it is triangular. Apposed
to the paracymbium on the ventral side is a slender process widened and
truncated at the tip, coming from the opposite side of the cymbium (Fig.
13, x). The end of this process is bent ventrally and almost touches the
paracymbium. The bezel is low. The tegulum is ventrally somewhat pro-
tuberant but not provided with a tooth. The embolic division consists of a
bulb-like base which lies across the tip of the palpal organ next to the edge
of the cymbium; the embolus arises from the ventral side of the basal part
and makes a semicircular curve around the end of the bulb, the tip lying
at the edge of the cymbium. The median apophysis appears as a small,
rounded, blackish tooth near the bezel.

Female. Length, 1.3 mm. Similar to male in form and color. Chelicerse
armed on the inner side of the face with a row of three stiff bristles. Epi-
gynum (Fig. 14) a broad convex plate, evenly and broadly rounded behind,
the middle part of the hind margin upturned so as to leave a transverse
depression in front of it.

Holotype male, allotype female.

Colorado : Pingree Park, Larimer Co., Aug. 20, 1924, 23 $ ,
62 $ . In moss by pond.

New York : McLean, May 30, 1919, 8 $ , 10 $ ; May 8, 1919,
2 3,1$; May 6, 1920, 1 3 ; May 14, 1921, 10 3 , 21 $ . In moss
by pond.

Oedothorax potamius new species. (PI. XVI, Figs. 15-16.)

Male. Length, 1.5 mm. Cephalothorax dusky orange, a little darker at
the margin; viewed from above evenly rounded on the sides, slightly con-

June, 1927]

Crosby and Bishop: Erigoneae

151

vergent towards the front, broadly rounded in front; viewed from the side,
rather steeply ascending on the posterior declivity, then gradually ascending
to the posterior eyes. Clypeus nearly straight and protruding.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, equidistant, separated by a little
less than the radius. Anterior eyes in a straight line, the median smaller
than the lateral, equidistant, separated by a little less than the radius of
the median. Clypeus only about half as wide as the median ocular area. A
tooth on the face of ehelicera.

Sternum grayish yellow, narrowly margined with black, broad, rounded on
the sides and produced in a truncate point between the hind coxae which
are separated by a little less than the diameter. Labium same color as
sternum. Endites dusky orange-yellow. Legs and palpi dirty yellow.
Coxae narrowly margined with black distally. Abdomen greenish gray,
darker towards the tip.

Femur of palpus rather slender, moderately curved. Patella short, almost
straight. Tibia short greatly widened distally, a broad, shallow rounded
notch on the dorsal margin; dorso-mesally produced into a broad, flat, rec-
tangular lobe the corners of which are acute, each bearing a long stiff hair
directed towards the cymbium. The dorso-lateral angle has a rounded lobe
which on the side next to the paracymbium has a small semicircular notch;
on the base of the paracymbium, there is a row of three very long stiff hairs,
the basal one the largest. The terminal part of the paracymbium broadly
rounded at base, broad at the apex, and very strongly hooked. Bezel rather
high, pointed, rounded at the tip. Tail-piece of the embolic division (Fig.
16, t. p.) a rounded bulb-like plate, lying at the base of the genital bulb,
the tip extending over the edge of the tegulum on the side next to the para-
cymbium. The embolus arises directly from the tail-piece and has a sharp,
double curve, the slender terminal part lying deep back in the alveolus. The
tip extends distally and is protected by a membranous conductor. The
median apophysis appears as two sharp teeth between the bezel and the
edge of the cymbium.

Holotype male.

Virginia : Great Falls, Apr. 3, 1921, 1 $ .

Illinois: Salts, July 23, 1926, 1 5 (V. G. Smith).

Oedothorax pidacitis new species. (PL XVI, Figs. 17-18.)

Male. Length, 1.9 mm. Cephalothorax dirty greenish white with darker
radiating lines, darker at the margin; viewed from above evenly rounded
on the sides to the front, broadly rounded in front; viewed from the side
steeply ascending on the posterior declivity, nearly flat on top and then
rounded down to the eyes. Clypeus straight and vertical. On the head
there is a median row of three long black hairs directed forward.

Posterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, equal and equidistant, sepa-
rated by the diameter. Anterior eyes in a straight line, the median smaller
than the lateral, all separated by a little less than the diameter of the
median. Clypeus a little wider than the median ocular area.

152

Journal New YorK Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Sternum greenish gray, shrunken. Labium same color as sternum. En-
dites dirty white. Legs and palpi waxy white. Abdomen mottled gray and
brown.

Femur of palpus moderately long and stout, rather strongly curved, and
widened distally. Patella moderately long, straight. Ratio of length of
femur to that of patella as 26 to 9. Tibia strongly produced dorsally with
a large rounded excavation on the lateral half, leaving a dorsal process
rounded on the mesal side and concave on the lateral side. The edge of the
excavation is black, contrasting strongly with the rest of the tibia. On the
lateral side of the excavation there is a low, triangular black tooth, mesad
of which the margin is finely denticulate. The paracymbium is large and
curved over; when viewed ventrally, the basal part is1 oval with a rather
long curved branch hooked at tip, extending toward the edge of the cymbium.

The bulb-like base of the embolic division is broadly pyriform with its
base lying close to the cymbium (Fig. 18, t. p.). The embolus is stout at
base, long and spirally curved, making about one complete turn. The first
half of the turn lies back under the cymbium and the slender tip projects
diagonally forward1 from the tip of the bulb, where it is supported by a
large membranous conductor. The median apophysis is a short, black, blunt-
pointed, curved tooth, lying under the outer curve of the embolus.

Holotype male.

Colorado : Pingree Park, Larimer Co., Aug. 20, 1924. In moss
by a spring, 10,000 ft., 1 $ .

The following species in superficial characters strikingly re-
semble members of the genus Ceraticelus of the Argiopidae. In
fact we considered it as belonging to that genus until we came to
study the structure of the palpal organ. These forms exemplify
to a striking degree the phenomenon of convergence in super-
ficial characters although they belong to distinct families.

Family THERIDIIDAE
Micropholccmma new genus

Closely related to Pholcomma Thorell, from which it may be distinguished
by having the metatarsi of the legs very much shorter than the tarsi, less
than one-half as long.

Type M. cceligenus new species, described below.

Micropholcomma caeligenus new species. (PI. XVI, Fig. 19.)

Male. Length, .8 mm. C.ep halo thorax viewed from above rather broad,
evenly rounded on the sides to the eyes, bluntly rounded in front; viewed
from the side, very high, steeply ascending behind, broadly rounded over
the back down to the eyes, highest in front of the posterior declivity where

June, 1927]

Crosby and Bishop: Erigoneae

153

there arises a pair of long, erect, stiff hairs curved forward. Clypeus
straight, retreating. Cephalothorax yellow-orange in ground color, distinctly
marked with blackish radiating lines and with a rectangular pattern on the
back.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, the median separated by a little less than
the diameter and a little nearer to the lateral. Anterior eyes in a distinctly
procurved line, the median much smaller than the lateral, separated by a
little less than the diameter and almost touching the lateral. Width of
clypeus one and one-half times the diameter of an anterior lateral eye.

Sternum smooth and shining, reddish orange in ground color and strongly
mottled with blackish, broadly and squarely truncate behind. Hind coxae
separated by more than the diameter. Labium same color as sternum.
Endites yellow-orange marked with fine black dots. Chelicerae orange-yellow,
divergent, obliquely truncate within and armed with a* long, slender, strongly
curved claw. Legs orange-yellow, patella lighter, metatarsi not over half as
long as tarsi. Abdomen almost entirely covered by a smooth grayish orange
sclerite. Epigastric sclerite strongly developed and produced behind in two
converging points. Mammillary sclerite surrounds the spinnerets. Soft
parts of abdomen yellowish, mottled and streaked on the sides with greenish
and reddish orange.

Femur of palpus short and thick; patella stout, nearly as long as femur,
curved downward at base, viewed from the side oval and provided with a
pointed process on the ventro-lateral angle; tibia shorter than patella,
broader distally and attached to the patella on the inner upper side; tarsus
small and rounded. The embolus arises on the face of the bulb and makes
one complete turn. Lateral edge of cymbium provided with four of five long,
slender hairs.

Type male. Emerald, Australia, June 9, 1924. Stanley Butler
coll.

All types in the collection of Cornell University.

154

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
(All the drawings were made by Mr. W. J. Schoonmaker)
Plate XV

Fig. 1. Oedothorax platyrhinus, lateral view of palpns.

Fig. 2. Oedothorax platyrhinus, mesal view of palpus.

Fig. 3. Oedothorax platyrhinus, lateral view of cephalothorax. $ .
Fig. 4. Oedothorax platyrhinus, front view of head. $ .

Fig. 5. Oedothorax platyrhinus, epigynum.

Fig. 6. Oedothorax eranistes, dorsal view of male palpus.

Fig. 7. Oedothorax eranistes, mesal view of male palpus.

Fig. 8. Oedothorax sarcocuon, lateral view of male palpus.

Fig. 9. Oedothorax sarcocuon, mesal view of male palpus.

Fig. 10. Oedothorax sarcocuon, dorso-lateral view of male palpus.

Plate XYI

Fig. 11. Oedothorax limnceus, lateral view of male palpus.

Fig. 12. Oedothorax limnceus, dorsal view of male palpus.

Fig. 13. Oedothorax limnceus, mesal view of male palpus.

Fig. 14. Oedothorax limnceus, epigynum.

Fig. 15. Oedothorax potamius, dorso-lateral view of male palpus.
Fig. 16. Oedothorax potamius, ventral view of male palpus.

Fig. 17. Oedothorax pidacitis, dorsal view of male palpus.

Fig. 18. Oedothorax pidacitis, ventral view of male palpus.

Fig. 19. Micropholcomma cceligenus, lateral view of male palpus.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate XV)

(Plate XVI)

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

June, 1927]

Funkhouser : Membracidae

159

NEW MEMBRACIDAE COLLECTED BY THE COR-
NELL SOUTH AMERICAN EXPEDITION

By W. D. Funkhouser

Through the courtesy of Dr. J. Chester Bradley, of Cornell
University, the writer has been permitted to examine a consid-
erable collection of Membracidaa, most of which were taken in
South America by the Cornell Expedition of 1920.

In this collection were found seven new species which may be
described as follows :

1. Membracis nigrolutea new species. (PI. XVII, Fig. 1.)

Near M. rosea Fairmaire but larger and with the markings entirely yel-
lowish white.

Large, black, pronotum angular anteriorly, a distinct carina from anterior
angle of foliaceous pronotum to arcuate band above shoulders; sordid yel-
lowish-white band beginning above head, extending arcuately over humeral
angles, then straight to dorsal margin; large irregular yellowish-white spot
at base of posterior process; tegmina entirely black; undersurface and legs
black.

Head longer than wide, black, shining, foliaceous, very finely punctate, not
pubescent; base feebly sinuate; eyes large, black; ocelli large, prominent,
translucent, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated about
on a line drawn through centers of eyes; clypeus nearly as broad as long,
extending for nearly half its length below inferior margins of gense and
continuing the general marginal line of the genae, slightly concave in center,
faintly bicarinate in middle, tip rounded and sparsely pilose.

Pronotum strongly foliaceous, finely punctate, not pubescent, black with
sordid yellowish-white markings; humeral angles obtuse, blunt, not promi-
nent; metopidium extended in a broad flange over head; dorsal margin
bluntly angular above ; a strong carina on each side from angle of pronotum
to lateral fascia; a broad, regular, yellowish-white fascia on each side aris-
ing at base of head, arcuate over humeral angles and then straight to dorsal
margin; a large irregular yellowish-white spot covering base of posterior
process; posterior process short, heavy, foliaceous, blunt, extending beyond
internal angles but not reaching tips of tegmina.

Tegmina entirely black, opaque; veins indistinct; apical limbus broad,
wrinkled; five apical and two discoidal areas.

Sides of thorax, undersurface, abdomen and legs entirely black; first two
pairs of legs broadly foliaceous.

160

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Length from front of head to tips of tegmina 8.2 mm. ; from anterior tip
of pronotum to tips of tegmina 10 mm. ; width between humeral angles 3 mm.

Type: female. Male similar but smaller.

Described from ten females and four males all collected at
Diamantina, Minas Geraes, Brazil, November 18, 1919. Type,
allotype and ten paratypes in Cornell Collection; two paratypes
in author’s collection.

2. Aconophora projecta new species. (PI. XVII, Fig. 2.)

Small, yellow-brown, punctate, pubescent; pronotal process projecting for-
ward and slightly upward; posterior process extending slightly beyond in-
ternal angles of tegmina; veins of tegmina strongly pilose; undersurface
dark brown; legs yellow-brown.

Head black in center, yellow-brown at margins, twice as wide as long,
finely punctate, not pubescent; base feebly sinuate; eyes yellow; ocelli very
small, inconspicuous, yellow, about equidistant from each other and from
the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior mar-
gins of gense strongly sinuate ; clypeus longer than wide, deflexed, base black,
tip brown, extending for half its length below inferior margins of gense.

Pronotum yellow-brown, finely punctate, sparsely pubescent; metopidium
twice as broad as high with an irregular smooth brown patch above each
eye; humeral angles prominent, blunt; median carina percurrent; pronotal
horn about as long as the distance from the base of the horn to the humeral
angle, flattened laterally, lightly carinate above and below, projecting
strongly forward and slightly upward; posterior process heavy, tectiform,
sharp, extending beyond the internal angles of the tegmina and slightly
beyond apex of abdomen but not nearly to the apices of tegmina.

Tegmina hyaline; veins brown and distinctly pilose; base narrowly opaque
and punctate; apical limbus broad and wrinkled.

Sides of thorax and abdomen very dark brown; legs and feet uniformly
yellow-brown.

Length from front of head to tips of tegmina 5 mm. ; length from tip of
pronotal horn to tips of tegmina 7 mm.; width between tips of humeral
angles 2 A mm.

Type: female. Male similar.

Described from eleven females and two males, all collected at
Cochabamba, Bolivia, April 29-May 4, 1920, by Mr. R. G. Harris.
Type, allotype and eight paratypes in Cornell Collection; three
paratypes in author’s collection.

3. Ceresa cuprea new species. (PI. XVII, Fig. 3.)

Large, shining, bronze-brown, punctate, not pubescent; short suprahumeral
horns pointing outward, downward and backward; posterior process slender,
not reaching apex of internal apical cell of tegmina ; tegmina entirely bronze-
hyaline; undersurface and legs bronze-brown.

June, 1927]

Funkhouser : Membracidae

161

Head twice as broad as long, shining brown, not punctate, not pubescent,
faintly longitudinally striate; base strongly arcuate in center; eyes large,
prominent, yellow with brown striae ; ocelli small, bronze, inconspicuous,
nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated about on a line drawn
through centers of eyes; clypeus spindle-shaped, apex faintly trilobed, ex-
tending for half its length below inferior margins of genae.

Pronotum shining bronze-brown, coarsely punctate, not pubescent ; meto-
pidium very convex, broader than high, a large irregular smooth yellowish
area above each eye; humeral angles small, blunt, inconspicuous; median
carina percurrent; suprahumeral horns short, not quite as long as half the
distance between their bases, sharp, extending outward, distinctly downward
and slightly backward, base conical, tip sharp and black; semicircular im-
pression faint; dorsum well arched in center; posterior process suddenly
slender, sharp, dark brown, tip acuminate and reaching to a point about one-
third the distance between the internal angle and tips of tegmina.

Tegmina uniformly bronze-hyaline; veins distinct; base narrowly opaque
and punctate; apical limbus broad; five apical and two discoidal cells.

Sides of thorax, undersurface, abdomen and legs dark cupreus.

Length from front of head to tips of tegmina 8.2 mm.; width between
tips of suprahumeral horns 5.5 mm.

Type: male.

Described from a single specimen taken at Bauru, S. Panlo,
Brazil, December 4, 1919. Collector: Harris. Type in Cornell
Collection.

4. Ceresa projecta new species. (PI. XVII, Fig. 4.)

Greenish with brown punctures; suprahumeral horns projecting strongly
forward, outward and upward; posterior process long, slender, decurved,
reaching almost to tips of tegmina; two lateral white fascia on suprahu-
merals; eyes brown; undersurface and legs luteus; tegmina hyaline; pro-
notum not strongly elevated.

Head nearly twice as broad as long, yellow, roughly sculptured with longi-
tudinal striae, coarsely punctate, not pubescent; base arcuate; eyes large,
brown; ocelli large, red, conspicuous, slightly elevated, about equidistant
from each other and from the eyes and situated slightly above a line drawn
through centers of eyes; clypeus blunt, extending only slightly below the
sinuate margins of the genae and almost continuing the line made by these
margins, tip rounded and strongly pilose, a faint brown -line on each side.

Pronotum. greenish, coarsely punctate with brown, not highly arched;
metopodium broader than high, a smooth arcuate spot above each eye;
humeral angles small, inconspicuous, extending- laterad about as far as the
eyes; median carina strongly percurrent; suprahumeral horns broad, flat-
tened dorso-ventrally, about as long as the distance between their bases,
projecting strongly forward, upward and outward, tips blunt, almost trun-
cate, a narrow white fascia on each side of external surface extending from

162

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

tip to base; semicircular impression faint; posterior process long, slender,
decurved, tectiform, impinging on tegmina and extending to middle of api-
cal cell of tegmina.

Tegmina hyaline, somewhat wrinkled ; base narrowly opaque and punctate ;
apical limbus narrow; veins prominent and brown.

Sides and undersurface of thorax sordid luteus; abdomen white; legs
luteus, claws darker.

Length from front of head to tips of tegmina 7 mm.; width between tips
of suprahumeral horns 4.2 mm.

Type: female.

Locality : Cosquin, Sierra de Cordoba, Argentina, March, 1920.
Described from a single specimen now in the Cornell Collec-
tion.

5. Stictolobus macuiatus new species. (PL XVII, Fig. 5.)

Luteus with ferruginous spots on pronotum and dark brown markings on
tegmina, coarsely punctate, sparsely pilose; shoulders rounded above humeral
angles; posterior process slender, acuminate, reaching well beyond internal
angles of tegmina but not extending to apices of tegmina; tegmina hyaline
with brown markings; sides of thorax and abdomen yellow with black mark-
ings; leg's yellow with ferruginous markings.

Head subtriangular, wider than long, yellow with ferruginous markings,
smooth, shining, not punctate, not pubescent, faintly longitudinally striate;
base nearly straight ; eyes very large, conspicuous, yellow mottled with brown,
extending as far laterad as the humeral angles; ocelli very large, conspicuous,
amber-colored, somewhat elevated, nearer to each other than to the eyes and
situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; clypeus twice as long' as
wide, extending for more than half its length below inferior margins of
gense, tip rounded and pilose.

Pronotum luteus mottled with ferruginous, coarsely punctate, sparingly
pilose with long scattered black hairs; metopidium sloping, about as broad
as high, an irregular brown line above each eye; humeral angles blunt,
median earina strongly percurrent; sides with semicircular impression; pos-
terior process long, acuminate, a large brown spot at base, two smaller ones
between base and tip, tip black and extending to a point about half way
between internal angles and tips of tegmina and reaching slightly beyond
apex of abdomen.

Tegmina hyaline with a large dark brown spot at base and a dark brown
transverse fascia at middle; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins
very thick, prominent and brown; apical limbus wide and wrinkled.

Sides of thorax luteus with faint ferruginous markings; abdomen luteus
strongly marked with black; legs ferruginous-yellow, hind trochanters
marked with dark brown ; tarsi luteus ; ovipositor dark brown.

Length from front of head to tips of tegmina 6 mm.; width between tips
of humeral angles 2.5 mm.

Type: female. Male similar.

June, 1927]

Funkhouser : Membracidae

163

Described from six females and two males, all collected at
Passo Fundo, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, January 8, 1920. Type,
allotype and four paratypes in Cornell Collection; two para-
types in author’s collection.

6. Aphetea maculata new species. (PI. XVII,. Fig. 6.)

Near A. inconspicua Fowler but strongly marked with dark brown on pro-
notum and tegmina and with dorsal line more distinctly sinuate.

Green and dark brown, finely punctate, not pubescent, dorsum sinuate,
tegmina partly covered by pronotum, undersurface and legs dark brown,
legs simple.

Head twice as broad as long, green with strong black punctures, roughly
sculptured, not pubescent; base sinuate; eyes brown; ocelli small, brown,
inconspicuous, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated about
on a line drawn through centers of eyes; clypeus triangular, continuing line
of inferior margins of gense, tip rounded, deflexed and pilose.

Pronotum tectiform, not highly elevated, rounded, covering about half of
the tegmina, anterior half green, posterior half dark brown with a small
green spot on median line before the apex; metopidium twice as broad as
high, smooth brown transverse line over each eye; median carina percurrent;
humeral angles large, prominent, blunt, extending laterad farther than the
eyes; posterior process not distinctly set off from the rest of the pronotum,
extending beyond middle of terminal cell of tegmina.

Tegmina half concealed by pronotum; basal two-thirds brown, coriaceous,
opaque and punctate with veins indistinct; apical third hyaline with veins
distinct; terminal cell triangular and petiolate.

Sides of thorax, undersurface of body and abdomen dark brown; legs
brown margined with green, simple.

Length from front of head to tips of tegmina 3 mm. ; width between tips
of humeral angles 1.8 mm.

Type: female.

Locality : Upper R. Paohitea, Peru.

Described from a single specimen collected on July 21, 1920,
by the Cornell Expedition. Type in Cornell Collection.

7. Scytodepsa tricarinata new species. (PI. XVII, Fig. 7.)

Small, ferruginous, punctate, pubescent; pronotum with three prominent
ridges; no suprahumerals, scutellum entirely exposed; no posterior process;
tegmina coriaceous for basal two-thirds, transparent in apical third; head
not produced nor lobate; legs simple.

Head about as broad as long, dark brown, finely punctate, densely pubes-
cent with short white hairs, roughly sculptured; base regularly arcuate; eyes
small, not conspicuous; ocelli small, brown, farther from each other than
from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; clypeus
broader than long, feebly trilobate, continuing the line of the lateral mar-
gins of the gense.

164

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Pronotum ferruginous marked with brown, finely punctate, densely pubes-
cent, elevated above to form three prominent carinae; metopodium higher
than broad, sloping above the head, a large irregular smooth area on each
side above the head; median carina percurrent; humeral angles large, promi-
nent, extending laterad much farther than the eyes ; posterior process absent,
the pronotum nearly truncate at posterior margin; scutellum entirely ex-
posed, triangular, swollen, slightly longer than its width at base.

Tegmina entirely exposed, short, rounded; basal two-thirds coriaceous,
opaque, punctate, pubescent, reddish-brown, veins indistinct; apical third
hyaline with veins prominent; no apical limbus; five apical areas; clavus
with two indistinct veins.

Sides of thorax, undersurface of body and abdomen dark brown; legs
ferruginous brown; front tibiae very slightly flattened.

Length from front of head to tips of tegmina 4.5 mm.; width between
tips of humeral angles 1.7 mm.

Type: female.

Locality : Upper R. Paohitea, Peru.

Described from a single specimen collected by the Cornell Ex-
pedition cn July 21, 1920. Type in the Cornell Collection.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate XVII)

MEMBRACIDAE

June, 1927]

Goding : Membracidae

167

NEW MEMBRACIDAE. Ill

By Frederic W. Goding

In a small lot of unnamed Membracidae from Jamaica, for-
warded to me for identification by Dr. Guy A. K. Marshall, di-
rector of the Imperial Bureau of Entomology, British Museum,
were the following species : Quadrinarea u-flava, n. gen. et n. sp.,
5 examples; Marshallella rubripes, n. gen. et n. sp., 7 examples;
Callicentrus aurifascia Walk., 1 example; Callicentrus cribratus
Walk., 2 examples; Phormophora spreta, n. sp., 1 example. They
were collected by Mr. C. C. Gowdey, and are described below :
Subfamily Centrotin^:

Quadrinarea new genus.

Head with eyes broad as width between humerals, triangular, base straight
not sinuate; eyes small; clypeus not extended below lorse; ocelli even with
center of eyes, some distant from each other and base of head. Pronotum
convex, unarmed, with a median carina lightly sinuate at middle of dorsum,
densely punctured anteriorly more sparingly behind middle, distinctly
notched behind humerals exposing a little of sides of scutellum, and covered
with fine pale hairs; posterior process robust, not tectiform, apical fourth
acuminate from above and laterally to acute apex which reaches tips of
tegmina. Tegmina nearly free; clavus partly covered by sides of pronotum,
clear hyaline excepting coriaceous base, sides nearly parallel, apex obtusely
rounded, destitute of a longitudinal vein; corium emitting 2 longitudinal
veins from base, radial vein forked at middle enclosing 1st exterior discoidal
cell, ulnar vein simple; 3 discoidal cells the 1st exterior cell stylate, 2d cell
behind it sessile base truncate, the 3d or interior cell equal and contiguous
to the others in length, situate between radial and ulnar veins, sessile, its
base truncate at a transverse venule; 4 sessile apical cells bases truncate.
Wings with 3 apical cells, 1st and 2d sessile bases truncate, 3d stylate, sec-
ond cell large and nearly semicircular, the others small. Legs strong, tibiae
slender not dilated, tarsi equal. Type, Quadrinarea u-flava, n. sp.

This genus is near Br achy cent rotus and Gar gar a; it differs
from the former in shape of head, position of ocelli, dorsum not
depressed, acute apex passing far beyond apex of clavus, forked
radial and simple ulnar veins, sessile 2d exterior and interior
discoidal cells, and but 4 apical cells ; it differs from the latter in
the subopaque tegmina, 3 discoidal and 4 apical cells.

168

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

To include this genus in the “Classification,” page 300, in
“36 (1) ” last clause read “Corium with 4 or 5 apical cells. ” On
page 301, in “53(60) ” read “corium with 2 or 3 discoidal cells,”
etc. On page 301, in 57(54) read:

“57(54). Wings with 3 apical cells.

a. Corium with 4 apical cells and 3 discoidal cells 1st exterior cell
stylate; clavus destitute of longitudinal veins; posterior pronotal

process almost covering scutellum QU ADRIN AREA, Grodg.

aa. Corium with 5 apical cells and 2 discoidal cells; clavus with a
longitudinal vein. ’ ’

Quadrinarea u-flava new species.

Piceous and chestnut-brown with a large lemon-yellow U-spot opening for-
ward. Head piceous margined with yellow, punctate. Pronotum piceous or
fuscous anteriorly, lateral margins narrowly yellow from base to and includ-
ing posthumeral sinus; posterior process chestnut-brown, a large U-shaped
spot on dorsum opening forward, its sides extended on lateral margins and
narrowly fuscous margined, and a narrow oblique band each side before
apex, lemon-yellow. Tegmina opaque brown from bases to bases of apical
cells which are clear hyaline, veins punctate with short pale hairs, a smooth
coriaceous white crescent-shaped narrow band across middle, the color deepen-
ing behind it to form a large circular spot; apical limbus rather broad.
Abdomen yellow, base and apex piceous. Legs pale brown, with short pale
hairs, tarsi darker.

Type, $ , long. 4 mm. ; lat. 2 mm. ; three $ paratypes similar
to the type, and one $ variety which has the u-spot indicated
only by a short narrow band each side extended upward from
lateral margins.

Habitat: the type, and three paratypes, with the variety are
from Hill Gardens, and one paratype from Mona, Jamaica, all in
the British Museum, No. 579, excepting one paratype in my col-
lection.

Marshallella new genus.

Head broad, nearly equal to breadth between humerals, roughly sculptured,
apical margins of lorse moderately foliaceous below which the clypeus is
lengthily produced, an indistinct median carina; eyes large, almost globular;
ocelli equidistant, slightly above a line through center of eyes. Pronotum
densely punctured and strongly sculptured, base broadly sinuate, with a
median carina, convex, unarmed above the prominent humerals; posterior
process broad at base, close to and covering large part of scutellum, sides
notched behind humerals then gradually acuminate to slender subulate apex,
long as abdomen far passing apex of clavus, strongly tectiform, lateral mar-
gins broadly flat and smooth, strongly impressed within. Scutellum well

June, 1927]

Goding: Membracidae

169

developed, exposed sides punctured, apex emarginate. Tegmina clear hyaline,
veins strong, punctate; margins of clavus nearly parallel, slightly narrowed
toward obtusely rounded apex, with 2 veins the exterior vein not percurrent,
the interior vein short, base coriaceous and opaque; corium with 3 longi-
tudinal veins from base, ulnar veins joined close to base by a transverse
venule, 1st ulnar vein forked front of middle, 2d ulnar vein simple, radial
vein forked at middle; 3 discoidal cells, exterior cell sessile base truncate,
middle cell some longer stylate, interior cell much larger and longer extended
toward truncate base at venule between ulnar veins; 5 apical cells; all cells
elongate, limbus rather broad. Wings with 4 apical cells and a large trian-
gular anal cell, the 1st, 3d and anal cells stylate, the 3d narrow at base very
much broadened toward apex, 2d and 4th cells sessile bases truncate. Legs
strong, rather long, tibiae triquetrous covered with short pale hairs, tarsi
equal. Type, Marshallella rubripes, n. sp.

This genus is near Platycentrus and Orthobelus ; it differs from
both in the unarmed pronotum, from the former in a shorter ex-
terior claval vein, transverse venule between ulnar veins, and
longer posterior pronotal process ; from the latter also in the ab-
sence of several cellules. It differs from Br achy cent rot us and
Monobelus in the truncate base of the exterior discoidal cell of
corium, and from the former in the much longer posterior pro-
notal process, 2 claval veins, and position of ocelli, but has the
extended clypeus. Dedicated to Dr. Guy A. K. Marshall.

To include this genus in the ‘‘Classification,” on page 301, be-
tween “61(64)” and “62(63)” insert

“ a . Pronotum unarmed above humerals MARSHALLELLA, Godg.

act. Pronotum cornute above each humeral. ’ ’

Marshallella rubripes new species.

Creamy-white, head and dorsum black, legs and spot on base of tegmina
bright scarlet. Head shining black, rugose, with a slight median carina,
uneven, with short pale hairs. Pronotum convex, unarmed, coarsely punc-
tured and sculptured, creamy-white with dorsum shining black from near
base to a point on base of posterior process, extreme tip of apex piceous;
humerals prominent. Seutellum piceous, sides punctured. Abdomen sordid
piceous above sides pale clouded, margins of segments, ventral surface, and
large lateral valves, pale yellow, ovipositor piceous. Tegmina clear hyaline,
veins piceous and punctate, a short narrow yellow stripe and a large scarlet
spot near bases; legs bright scarlet, claws ferruginous.

Type, $ , long, cnm teg. 8.5 mm., to apex pronotum 7 mm. ;
lat. inter hum. 3.5 mm. ; 6 paratypes similar in size and mark-
ings, one with tip concolorous creamy-white. The type and 5

170

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

paratypes in the British Museum, No. 1275 ; one paratype in my
collection; all females.

Habitat: Cinchona, Jamaica (Gowdey).

Subfamily Smiliin^

Phormophora spreta new species.

Grayish-yellow without spots, base and lateral margins of pronotum toward
apex narrowly, the punctures, and head, piceous; basal half of corium and
2d, 3d, and 4th apical cells opaque-brown, translucent; front and middle leg's
pale yellow, hind legs orange-yellow, tips of tarsi piceous.

Type, $ , long, cum teg. 3.5 mm. ; lat. 1 mm. ; in the British
Museum, No. 579y2.

Habitat: Mona, Jamaica, (Gowdey).

It differs from maura and dorsata of Fabricius, the only
species placed in this genus, in being smaller, ground color not
black, and without spots.

June, 1927]

Davis: Pink Katy-dids

171

THE REARING OF PINK KATY-DIDS

By Wm. T. Davis

Staten Island, N. Y.

Among the Long-horned Grasshoppers or Tettigoniidas, the
writer has observed pink individuals only in the genus Ambly-
corypha, the most common member of which in the State of New
York is the Oblong- winged Katy-did. In the same genus brown-
ish or straw-colored individuals also occur, as they do among
other local species belonging to the genera Neoconocephalus, Or-
chelimum and Conocephalus. In Microcentrum rhombifolium,
the Angled-winged Katy-did; Peterophylla camellifolia, the so-
called “True Katy-did,” as well as in Scudderia, only green in-
dividuals have been observed by the writer.

In the summer of 1924, four pink Katy-dids, belonging to the
species Amblycorypha oblongifolia (De Geer), were brought to
the museum of the Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences,
and later recorded in the Proceedings of the Institute, Vol. 3, p.
109. They were found either in the Clove Valley, or at West
New Brighton, in which general locality pink Katy-dids seem to
be most commonly met with on Staten Island.

The female specimen collected September 1 lived until Sep-
tember 15 and was fed willow leaves. On September 13 she
shed one of her hind legs. The female collected on September 16
lived in a terrarium until October 1, 1924, and had an abundance
of food, eating the leaves of young grape-fruit trees, of honey-
locust, and of a Sedum. She was seen to lay eggs in the ground.
If confined in a glass jar the female tries to lay her flat, white
eggs in the glass at the bottom of the jar. Failing in this, she
deposits them on any leaf lying at the bottom of the jar.

The year 1925 passed and the eggs laid by the above-men-
tioned pink Katy-did were almost forgotten. The terrarium
stood as usual on a window sill, and while the temperature in the
room during the winters of 1924-25 and 1925-26 was often cool,
it at no time went below freezing, so the eggs did not experience

172

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

the low temperatures which they would naturally have received
if laid out of doors.

The terrarium was not tightly covered, and so when the young
Katy-dids appeared in the latter part of May, 1926, some of them
probably escaped before they were discovered. A pink male, a
pink female, and a green male were secured, each of them either
pink or green from the time of birth. They had been feeding on
some sorrel (Rumex) that had come up in the terrarium, but
were transferred to golden-rod, certain species of which seem to
be among the favorite food plants of Amblycorypha.

On July 8 the green male matured, followed by the pink female
on July 16. On July 17 the green male sang a few times. On
July 20 the pink male matured. It may be noted at this point
that just before reaching maturity and acquiring the dark-colored
song-apparatus at the base of the tegmina, which latter also are
often spotted, that a pink Amblycorypha is one of the most beau-
tifully and surprisingly colored of our native insects. It is also
one of the most conspicuous, and may be seen afar. It is the
reverse of protectively colored, while green individuals of the
same species, owing to their protective color, are not easily seen.

On August 2 the three mature insects were placed on exhibi-
tion in the Public Museum, where they attracted considerable at-
tention, and sang quite often. The insects sometimes rocked to
and fro on their legs, which indeed seemed to be quite unsteady.
While an abundance of fresh golden-rod was supplied, the treat-
ment of exhibition life did not agree with the insects, and on
August 6 the pink female shed a hind leg, always a sign of weak-
ness in Amblycorypha. On August 15, the green male shed a
hind leg. On August 16 the pink male was found dead, and it
was noted that he had lost three legs, though both hind legs were
present. August 17 the green male died. On August 19 the pink
female shed a hind leg, and on August 22 she likewise died.

A male Amblycorypha oblongifolia was collected at Richmond
Valley, Staten Island, August 29, 1926, in which the tegmina
were straw-colored, while the head, pronotum, and basal portions
of the femora were green. No such bi-colored individuals have
been found among the considerable number of pink oblongifolia
observed; they have been of an all-pink color except for the
darker spots on the tegmina and the dark areas about the song

June, 1927]

Davis: Pink Katy-dids

173

apparatus. As with a number of Homoptera that are usually
green, Gyphona octomaculata Say has a pink variety, often very
brightly colored, and also quite often there are individuals partly
green and partly pink in color, differing in this respect from the
pink forms of Amblycorypha.

The literature relating to pink Amblycorypha has become
rather extensive. In Psyche 2, 1878, 189, Scudder recorded “A
Cardinal Grasshopper. ’ ’ In the same journal for 1897, he men-
tions other pink specimens, and in Entomological News, May,
1901, he has a further account, accompanied by a plate showing
the beautiful coloring of these insects when alive. This plate was
reproduced by Blatchley in his “Orthoptera of Indiana,” 1902.
In Dr. Lutz’s “Field Book of Insects” a pink oblongifolia is also
shown.

In the American Naturalist, 1907, Prof. Wm. Morton Wheeler
has a more extended paper on the subject of “Pink Insect
Mutants, ”# and the various opinions concerning them. Finally
in Entomological News for February, 1916, Dr. Joseph L. Han-
cock published his paper on “Pink Katy-Dids and the Inheri-
tance of Pink Coloration. ’ ’

The pink Amblycorypha that Dr. Hancock crossed with a green
male laid eggs in 1912, which were subjected to out-of-door con-
ditions and hatched in 1914 and 1915. In 1914 he had ten young
oblongifolia (eight pink and two green), and in 1915 three (two
green and one pink) from the original eggs laid in 1912, the
sexes being about evenly divided in both the pink and the green
forms.

Under date of December 1, 1918, Dr. Hancock wrote requesting
data on all pink, tan or yellow colored Katy-dids, as he had in
preparation another paper on the subject. I was able to send
him records of eighteen such examples in Amblycorypha, includ-
ing that of a pink male nymph of Amblycorypha floridana
floridana found at Citrus Center, Florida, May 2, 1912. I be-
lieve the pink phase has not heretofore been noted in floridana.
Dr. Hancock died in Chicago, March 12, 1922, before he had pub-
lished the paper referred to.

* In The Journal of the New York Entomological Society for March,
1925, the writer has added records of pink or pinkish individuals among
cicadas in Paoarina puella and Melampsalta calliope. *

174

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

The record here given seems to be the second one of the rearing
of pink Katy-dids from the eggs, and the observations on the leg-
shedding habit may be of interest. It has generally been sup-
posed when an Amblycorypha was found with a missing leg or
two, as often happened, that such loss was the result of an acci-
dent rather than an actual shedding of the limbs. Probably both
causes contribute to the conditions as we find them. It may be
added that many species of Orthoptera, including Amblycorypha
oblongifolia, if subjected to the fumes of tetrachloride of carbon,
will be observed to tremble spasmodically, after which the hind
legs become disengaged from the body.

Also the postponement of the hatching of the eggs to the second
year after they were laid, without having gone through the freez-
ing conditions of out of doors, would seem to be of interest.

June, 1927]

Bell: Pamphila

175

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW RACE OF PAMPHILA
JUBA SCUDDER (LEPIDOPTERA — RHO-
PALOCERA — HESPERIIDAE)

By E. L. Bell
Flushing, N. Y.

Pamphila juba, race, dodgei new race.

Smaller than typical juba, in both sexes. The upper side with a darker
shade of fulvous and very broad black borders, into which the fulvous does
not cut so deeply along’ the veins, maculation otherwise similar, though
variable as usual in the comma group. Beneath, primaries, dark chestnut
brown in apical area and outer margin, extensive, much reducing the fulvous
area; secondaries, chestnut brown, usually very dark, entirely lacking
the yellowish or greenish-yellow 'overscaling of juba ; slightly paler be-
tween the band of white spots and the outer margin; with or without a
pale brown or fulvous-brown area along the inner margin as far as vein 1
or a little beyond; the band of white spots on the under side of the sec-
ondaries, which is so well marked in juba, is in both sexes of the race dodgei
extremely variable, it may be complete, with all the spots well marked, but
not so large, or with those below the two spots at the angle of the band, very
much reduced or entirely absent ; the usual basal spots are present. Fringes
of both wings darker than in juba.

Described from 45 specimens from Santa Cruz, California,
August 9 to September 26.

Holotype, male, August 15, 1926 ; allotype, female, August 29,
1926 ; deposited in the collection of the American Museum of
Natural History, New York City.

Paratypes, 20 males and 23 females, distributed as follows :
10 males and 9 females in collection of Mr. J. D. Gunder, Pasa-
dena, California; 3 males and 6 females in collection of Dr.
William Barnes, Decatur, Illinois ; 3 males and 6 females in col-
lection of Mr. E. A. Dodge, Santa Cruz, California ; 1 male in
collection of Dr. A. W. Lindsey, Granville, Ohio; 3 males and 2
females in collection of the author.

It is with great pleasure that this race is named for Mr. E. A.
Dodge, of Santa Cruz, California, to whom belongs the credit for
its discovery.

176

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Dodgei is easily separated from juba, or any other member of
the comma group ; the peculiar shade of brown of the under side
of the secondaries, without overscaling of any other color, is very
distinctive; it may well be taken for a distinct species, which
indeed further biological studies may prove to be the case; the
form of the male genitalia, while similar, is a little different from
that of juba.

A female among those in the collection of Mr. Dodge is aber-
rant in that the small spot in interspace 7, of the band on the
under side of the secondaries, is prolonged and fused with the
basal spot in the same interspace, thereby producing a long white
bar, which shows a small dot of the ground color at about its
center.

The author is much indebted to Mr. J. D. Gunder for the loan
of his fine series of specimens, from which the types were selected ;
to Dr. William Barnes and Dr. F. H. Benjamin for the use of the
specimens in Dr. Barnes’ collection; and to Mr. E. A. Dodge for
the use of his specimens.

All of the specimens known to the author have come from
Santa Cruz, California. Mr. Dodge has written that it is found
only near the seashore and that it is usually rare ; it may be that
it is restricted to that particular locality, though further collect-
ing may turn it up at other points along the coast.

June, 1927]

Fall: Dytiscidae

177

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF DYTISCIDAE

By H. C. Fall

Tyngsboro, Mass.

About four years ago, in connection with a “Review of the
North American Species of Agabus,” the writer published a
description of a remarkable new genus and species of the same
tribe under the name Carrhydrus crassipes. The unique type
was a male, and it now seems desirable to announce that I have
since detected the female in a small sending of Dytiscidae from
Mr. F. S. Carr, who collected the original male. This female
specimen was returned to Mr. Carr, who has deposited it in the
Canadian National Collection at Ottawa. It closely resembles
the male superficially, and agrees with it in the peculiar form of
the penultimate joint of the labial palpus, but of course lacks the
extraordinary secondary sexual characters of the male type.

This past summer (1926) I have again received an interesting
new dytiscid of more than average size, represented as before by
a single male specimen, and again requiring the erection of a new
genus for its reception.

Hoperius new genus.

Oval, depressed, facies rather like that of HydaUcus but less convex.
Antennae and palpi as in Colymbetes and Scutopterus but slightly more
slender. Prothorax strongly margined at sides; elytra coarsely reticulate
and with the usual rows of finely setigerous punctures. Prosternum broadly
convex at summit, gradually pointed behind the coxae, not at all defiexed
apically; metasternal wings triangular; coxal plates distant somewhat less
than half their length from the middle coxal cavities; metasternum deeply
grooved for the reception of the strongly produced prosternal process; sculp-
ture of body beneath as in Colymbetes and Scutopterus. Hind femora with-
out setigerous punctures at apex; pro- and mesotibiae elongate triangular,
finely punctate, the latter with some coarse punctures externally; metatibiae
with marginal and diseal rows of coarse punctures; protarsi of male rather
narrowly dilated and somewhat compressed, fourth joint scarcely wider than
the fifth and but little narrower than the third; beneath, joints one
(apically) to three clothed with glandular hairs tipped with elongate palettes;
mesotarsi feebly dilated and similarly clothed beneath; joints of hind tarsi

178

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

only slightly lobed at tip ; front and middle claws slender, evenly curved, and
equal; hind claws very unequal, the shorter bent at tip.

This species seems quite certainly to belong to the Colymbetes
Group of the Colymbetini, although I have been unable to exam-
ine the side pieces of the first dorsal abdominal segment. The
coarsely reticulate elytra would here associate it with Scutop-
terus, which is at once separable by its unmargined thorax, the
presence of a group of setigerous punctures at the apex of the
hind femora (totally lacking in Hoperius ) and several other dif-
ferences of more or less importance.

Hoperius planatus new species.

Moderately elongate oval, depressed, outline continuous; piceous, head in
front and prothorax at sides (more widely) becoming gradually rufotesta-
ceous, elytra with abruptly defined dull yellowish external margin; surface
shining throughout and scarcely detectably alutaceous at any part. Head
quadripunctate and with a minute punctulation. Prothorax three times as
wide as long, sides evenly broadly arcuate, disk minutely punctulate and
with short longitudinal scratches near the rear margin, sides with irregular
scratches, which near the margins form closed reticulations. Elytra reticu-
late throughout, the meshes rather large and very irregular in form, a few
scattered punctures within the meshes. Prothorax beneath, epipleura and
legs dull rufotestaceous, the hind legs somewhat darker. Length 12.8 mm.;
width 6.7 mm.

A single male specimen from Hope, Arkansas, bearing date
VI-11-26, sent me by Miss Louise Knobel, and taken I believe
at light.

June, 1927]

Bird : Acronyctinae

179

A NEW ARRANGEMENT AND A NEW GENERIC
NAME IN THE GORTYNID SERIES OF THE
ACRONYCTINAE (LEPIDOPTERA)

By Henry Bird
Rye, N. Y.

Whatever the preference of authors in the nomenclatorial
buffeting about which has befallen the gortynid series of genera,
of the Acronyctinag, there are certain satisfying natural affinities
that appease inquiries into their relationship. Of outstanding
prominence in this phylogenetic complex is a certain line whose
ancestry goes back to a boring, grass-feeding, larval habit, that
together with other special characteristics give stress to an indi-
vidual branch whence several lateral off-shoots have arisen. The
existing representatives of this early type are scattered through
the North Temperate Zone and their boring larvae yet cling to
grasses so far as known. Unlike the usual diaphanous, boring
larva these, in their early stages particularly, show types of col-
oration whereby they may be readily placed. A peculiar, ringed
coloration has developed with some and these connect with a
second likewise ringed larval form that has forsaken the grasses,
yet bore in the higher herbaceous plants. From this category a
European off-shoot gains what is admittedly generic rank through
a clypeal development in the adult, with its larva still perpetuat-
ing the peculiar ringed markings.

In the North American fauna, a numerous and for the most
part a compact group acknowledges relationship to this ancestral
stock through one species at least, in its ringed larva, but as an
entirety they exhibit many exclusive larval and adult phases.
Two score of their early-stage larvae may be recognized at glance
by whitish longitudinal markings on a dark background, with a
preponderance of the species having the lines broken midway so
as to exhibit a characteristic, girdled appearance. A Pacific
Coast species, through a clypeal modification of the adult, must
be set apart, though in every other respect it belongs with the

180

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

major series. Still more distantly related is an eastern species
which cannot be associated in the other groups.

Taking these categories as they stand in the later lists, we have
the genera Apamea, Gortyna, Xantkoecia (or Ochria, if Hubner’s
name be allowed), Papaipema, Emboloecia, and one previously
considered under Xanthoecia but which cannot be so continued
in the light of these phylogenetic concepts. This has to do with
the species buffaloensis Grt., whose larva mines the stem and ex-
tensive rootstock of Saururus cernuus, in the eastern United
States, from southern Canada to Florida.

Grote,1 in the knowledge of his time, was inclined to consider
all this gathering, with the exception of those adults with frontal
development, as best treated under the single genus Gortyna , and
it may be convenient to yet speak of them collectively as the
gortynid series. Later writers made much of the thoracic tuft-
ing as a taxonomic detail, and Smith2 in addition pointed out the
advantages arising from a genitalic study of the males. Of
venational characters, there seems nothing distinctive. Since
Smith’s work, a fuller perspective of genitalic details illuminate
certain departures. With Apamea, an anomaly arises; in the
nictitans group, having five Eurasian and three North American
forms, their genitalic details readily separate them into as many
well distinct species, yet the moths seem to show only ordinary
varietal differences, and until more is known of their larvae, their
standing may be optional. With Papaipema mainly, a genitalic
type arises which has a certain generic status, even though in
many cases specific differentiation is unconvincing in this organ
alone. Throughout the series, however, genitalic comparisons
aid greatly. With those adults having frontal development, the
pupae show this configuration, excepting sauzalitce Grt., and in
one Papaipema instance, maritima with a smooth frons, has a
pupal prominence over the thoracic tuft, but which would in-
ferentially suggest a clypeal protuberance.

In weighing this sum of evidence for the series, the advantage
arises that for more than half the number of species their larvae
are known, and since larvae in their earliest stages unquestionably

iproc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XXXIX, No. 162. 1900.

2 Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., Yol. XXYI, May, 1899.

June, 1927]

Bird : Acronyctinae

181

point back to the ancestral types, their value here becomes obvi-
ous and of the first importance.

Hampson,3 1910, proposed the generic term Xanthoecia, with
the European flavago as type, and included our eastern buffalo-
ensis. He erected Emboloecin at the same time to receive our
western sauzalitce, since its frontal, armature was much different
— a vertical, keel-like ridge. Excepting this feature the latter
species is typically a Papaipema; its genitalia conform to that
genus exactly; the adult is superficially similar; the imperfectly
known larva seems to agree and the pupa appears to be that of
a species having a smooth frons. In position, Emboloecia must
certainly stand contiguous to Papaipema. The species flavago,
with its ringed larva and similar genitalia, is close to the
micacea^immanis section of Gortyna, and should have such place-
ment. Buffaloensis is clearly not congeneric with flavago, nor
with sauzalitce, when all the evidence is weighed. The frontal
protuberance is individual; its larva in striped coloration and
setal arrangement exhibits a form near Papaipema, yet not of it.
The genitalia are even more individual and altogether the species
has nowhere a position in the gortynid series, except as a separate
genus. Because it links in an unbroken chain to the ancestral
type the following name is proposed.

Genus Parapamea nov.

Genotype; P. 'buffaloensis Grt.

Adult: Tongue normal; eyes round; palpi upturned, second joint with
moderate vestiture and arising to middle of frons; antennas ciliate; frons
armed with a small, reduced thorn-like point; thorax heavily clothed, the
moderate, prothoracic tuft arises behind the prominent collar and is com-
posed of long hair-like scales, the metathorax has a lesser and divided crest;
body covered with short scales; hind tibia with two pairs of equal, stout
spines. Forewing not broad, slightly produced at apex; vein 3 and 5 from
near the angle of cell. Hind wing with veins 3 and 4 from the lower and
6 and 7 from the upper angle of cell, 8 joints to the cell near the base. The
male genitalia are without striking characters; uncus a single curved arm;
valve uniformly broad, rounded at costa with a lobe protruding at the ventral
end, not set with heavy spines; from the medial area the free, somewhat
trigonate clasper arises, having smooth edges.

Larva: Cylindric, longitudinally striped; tubercles large and in full com-
plement; with mining habit.

3 Cat. Lepid. Phal. Brit. Mus., Yol. IX, p. 32.

182

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

Pupa: Somewhat elongate, cylindrical, the frons plainly showing its tu-
berculate nature, with a pair of sharp anal spines.

The three genera with frontal armature separate as follows :

1. Frons having a vertical ridge drawn out to a point ; forewing bright yel-

low; larva ringed, tubercle I exceeding II Xanthoecia

2. Frons having a keel-like ridge; forewing yellowish; larva with tubercles

I and II equal ..L Emboloecia

3. Frons having minute, conical, sharp, central point; forewing purplish;

larva striped, tubercles III on abdominal joint eleven of exceeding
prominence ;Y... ., Parapamea

Employing the generic terms in the sense of the Barnes &
McDunnough List, 1917, the Gortynid series should receive the
following placement :

Apamea

Gortyna

Xanthoecia

Papaipema

Emboloecia

Parapamea

It is particularly argued that there be no interpolation of other
genera in this series. Ackatodes, BrachyxantMa , Rhodoecia,
Pyrrhia, Calloecia, Eurythroecia and C opifrontia can in no way
break in on the natural affinities of the gortynid group.

The occasion is opportune to note that Papaipema erubescens
Bird,4 1911, whose larva bores a tomentose thistle, Cirsiun occi-
dentale, at San Francisco, Cal., is the same as Emboloecia sauza-
litce Grt., 1875. Dr. F. H. Benjamin called my attention to the
fact that erubescens possessed a modified frons and the specimens
of sauzalitce now in collections affirm the individuality of the two.
When erubescens was proposed, so far as the writer knew, the
British Museum type of the Grote species was unique, and the
holotype is much redder and richer than a drawing of that type
appeared. Sauzalitce proves to be a variable species and the
term erubescens might be retained with propriety for this more
rosy form. There is yet another form in which the normal white
stigmata are suppressed, or appear only concolorous.

The frontal ridge is not definitely indicated in the pupa, but
shows prominently when the frons of the adult is denuded.

4 Can. Ent., Yol. XLIII, p. 37.

June, 1927]

Goding: Membracidae

183

REVISION OF THE MEMBRACIDAE OF SOUTH
AMERICA AND ANTILLES

By Frederic W. Goding

This revision has been prepared to include in their modern
genera all forms in the several subfamilies of the Membracidae
reported from the territory indicated, and so far as possible clear
upi the synonymy. As the colors depend upon the degree of
maturity, and the size, shape and direction — sometimes even the
presence or absence — of the pronotal protuberances vary in a
number of species, they are not to be entirely depended upon in
classification, while the venation of the tegmina and wings is a
much safer guide, although their combined use will be found to
be the best practice. However, eventually the most reliable
characters will be taken from the sexual apparatus.

Single examples or a long series of many species have been
examined, practically every published figure, as well as special
drawings of a number of Walker’s types made by Mr. W. E.
China, of the British Museum, in which the important characters
were delineated, were studied. Also most of the publications on
the Membracidae are on the shelves of my library.

A complete bibliography of the genera and species will be
found in Dr. W. D. Funkhouser’s monumental “Catalog of the
Membracidee, ’ ’ while his valued opinion on a number of puzzling
species was freely given.

My thanks are due to Dr. F. X. Williams for the hundreds of
examples placed in my hands of South American species ; to
Profs. Francisco Campos R., and Clodoveo Carrion, Messrs. G.
FI. H. Tate, and E. Feyer for much Ecuadorian material. Dr.
L. 0. Howard kindly forwarded copies of descriptions from
works not in my library, and Miss Ruth Olsen made copies of a
number of papers.

I. Subfamily ^THALIONIN^E
Genus Stictodepsa
Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 57 (1869).

184

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

One fusco-ferruginous punctured species, head and metopidium darker, tibiae
and tarsi yellowish-ferruginous; head more than one-half shorter than

pronotum .A fuscata Fabr.

fuscata, Fabr. S. Eh. p. 21; Stal, 1. c. p. 57. S. Am.

Genus Scytodepsa

Stal, 1. c., p. 57.

KEY TO SPECIES

1(2). Small; pronotum fusco-ferruginous, densely punctured, head and chest

black; tegmina clear exigua Fabr.

2(1). Larger; pronotum ochraceous, finely punctate, head and chest con-
colorous; exterior half of corium opaque black, interior half and
broad band at bases apical cells clear hyaline magna Godg.

LIST OF SPECIES

exigua, Fabr. 1. c. p. 23; Stal, 1. c. p. 57. S. Am.
magna, Godg. T. A. E. Soc. iii, p. 104. Napo E., Ecuad.

Genus ^Ethalion
Latrielle, Gen. Ord. Nat. Anim., p. 263 (1810).

KEY TO SPECIES

1(14). Sides of prostethium with an obtuse ruga between front angles and
posterior lobe, more or less distinct or obsolete.

2(11). Tegmina unicolorous, black, testaceous, or yellowish, apices some-
times lightly fuscous dotted.

3(10). Veins of tegmina pale at least behind middle.

4 (9). Pronotum destitute of black stripes.

5 (8). Pronotum flat anteriorly, barely convex.

6 (7). Basal margin of head lightly sinuate; ground color yellow or

testaceous reticulatum Linn.

7 (6). Basal margin of head straight; pronotum black, margins and

median carina white, a broad ferruginous stripe each side, hind
margins, stripe near base, black; abdomen yellow, dorsal stripe
and basal and apical marks, black apioale Walk.

8 (5). Pronotum convexo- declivous anteriorly ..var. albo-nervosum Sign.

9 (4). Pronotum with black stripes, convexo -declivous anteriorly.

var. multicolor Sign.

10 (3). Veins of tegmina concolorous or pale toward base, tegmina subru-

gose; pronotum densely punctate, testaceous to blackish or fer-
ruginous with black stripes variabilis Stal.

11 (2). Tegmina not unicolorous.

12(13). Basal margin of head straight; pronotum shining black, punctate,
median carina, short stripe each side, lateral margins anteriorly,
yellow; tegmina red, an irregular black stripe from base each

side, veins mostly yellow picta Godg.

13(12). Basal margin of head lightly sinuate; pronotum reddish -yellow,
median carina and stripe each side black; basal half tegmina

June, 1927]

Goding: Membracidae

185

14 (1).
15(20).
16(17).

17(16).

18(19).

19(18).

20(15).

21(24).

22(23).

23(22).

24(21).

25(28).

26(27).

27(26).

28(25).

29(30).

30(29).

pale, impieted, apical half darker veins pale, cells fuscous mar-
gined ~basale Walk.

Sides of prostethium with a distinct carina between front angles
and posterior lobe.

Carina on sides of prostethium not foliaceously flattened; tegmina
rugulose.

Pronotum and bases of tegmina remotely black-punctured; veins of
apical half of tegmina black; head comparatively narrow, eyes
not prominent beyond front angles of pronotum, basal margin
straight parviceps Sign.

Pronotum and bases of tegmina densely punctured, punctures con-
colorous yellow; head about as wide as pronotum, eyes prominent
beyond front angles of pronotum, basal margin sinuate.

Basal margin of head broadly sinuate at middle, sides of sinus

rounded; pronotum yellow, no black stripes; tegmina and abdo-
men blackish latreillei Sign.

Basal margin of head distinctly sinuate at middle, an angle each
side of . sinus the tips rounded; pronotum black, finely punctate,
margins yellow; abdomen black nigrum Sign.

Carina on sides of prostethium foliaceously flattened.

Basal margin of head straight or slightly sinuate at middle; pro-
notum convexo-declivous anteriorly.

Head about as wide as pronotum, basal margin straight, eyes promi-
nent beyond front angles of pronotum; pronotum brown with
dark spots on testaceous veins of tegmina, head and pronotum.

nervoso-punctatum Sign.

Head proportionately narrow, eyes not prominent beyond front
angles of pronotum, basal margin sinuate at middle; pronotum
distinctly punctate, testaceous, and it with scutellum immacu-
late; tegmina concolorous quadratum Fowl.

Basal margin of head deeply emarginate at middle, each side of
sinus produced in a prominent angle or triangular horn; carina
each side of prostethium elevated, frequently foliaceo^|y flat-
tened. (Subgenus Schizia, Lap.)

Scutellum lightly convex, not gibbous.

Carina each side of prostethium sinuate anteriorly; pronotum
reddish-yellow with darker stripes ...servillei Lap.

Carina each side of prostethium roundly flattened out; pronotum
greenish-yellow with yellow stripes; tegmina green, veins black
and testaceous I gratum Walk.

Scutellum distinctly gibbous anteriorly; pronotum testaceous.

Pronotum not densely punctured, punctures black; tegmina opaque,
bases black punctured ....:; punctatum Walk.

Pronotum densely punctured, punctures concolorous; tegmina yel-
low hyaline, bases punctured fissum Walk.

186

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

LIST OF SPECIES

reticulatum, Linn. S. N. 12, p. 707 ; Eowl. B. C-A. Horn, ii, p. 171, pi. 10,
f. 18.

minuta, Fabr. E. S., iv, p. 26.
citrona-, Stoll, C'ig., p. 59, pi. 14, f. 74.
parallelum, Sign. A. E. S. Fr. 2, ix, p. 677.
bivittatum, Walk. List, p. 649.

var. albo-nervosum, Blanch. Y. d’O. vi, pp. 221, pi. 31, f. 6.
simile, Sign. 1. c., p. 674.
vicinum, Sign. 1. c., p. 674.

var. vitticollis, Stal, B. M. K., p. 297; Fowl. 1. c., 171, pi. 10, f. 19.
var. multicolor, Sign. 1. c., p. 676, pi. 14, f. 7.

Costa Rica; Pan.; Jamaica; Colomb.; Venez.; B. Guiana; D. Guiana;
Braz.; Chile; Boliv. ; Ecuad.
apicale, Walk. 1. c., p. 648. Braz; Colomb.

semi-annulatum, Sign. 1. c., p. 673.
variabilis, Stal, 1. c., p. 297. Colomb.
picta, Godg. 1. c., p. lii, p. 105. Ecnad.
basale, Walk., 1. c., p. 647. Colomb.

sub fascia, Walk. 1. c., Suppl., p. 168.
parviceps, Sign., 1. c., p. 671, pi. 14, f. 6. Chile; Venez.
latreilei, Sign. 1. c., p. 672. Chile.

var. umcolor, Sign., 1. c., p. 672.
nigrum, Sign. 1. c., p. 677. Braz.

nervoso-punctatum, Sign. 1. c., p. 679, pi. 14, f. 10. Mex; Ecuad.

var. minor, Fowl., 1. c., p. 172, pi. 10, ft. 20-21.
quadratum, Fowl. 1. c,, p. 172, pi. 10, f. 22. Pan; Fla.

Polydontoscelis cinctifrons, Ashm. Psyche, viii, p. 327.
servillei, Lap. A. E. S. Fr. 1, p. 224, pi. 6, f. 3. Braz.

var. hilare, Walk., 1. c., Suppl., p. 169.
gratum, Walk. 1. e., Suppl. p. 169. Mex; Guat; Pan.

dilatatum, Stal, Ent. Zeit., xxv, p. 73.
puncta|pm, Walk. 1. c., p. 646. Colomb.

cimmtum, Sign., 1. c., p. 678, pi. 14, f. 9.
pulclirum, Walk., 1. c., p. 647.
fissum, Walk. 1. c., p. 648. Colomb; Braz.
servillei, Sign., 1. c., p. 678, pi. 14, f. 8.

Genus Tropidaspis

Stal, Hem. Fabr., ii, p. 55.

KEY TO SPECIES

1(2). Small; yellow to ferruginous, chest, abdomen and basal third of teg-
mina concolorous; basal sulcus of head broad, shallow, exterior
angles not prominent; dorsum pronotum moderately convex, median
carina slightly elevated; apical margins tegmina oblique.

truncaticornis Stoll

June, 1927]

Goding: Membracidae

187

2(1). Larger; fuscous-brown, chest, head below vertex, two short lines on
metopodium, tips of denticulated exterior angles of vertex, and basal
fourth of tegmina, black; sulcus at base of vertex narrow, deep,
exterior angles produced in prominent denticles; dorsum pronotum
very tumid, median carina foliaceously elevated at middle; apical
margins tegmina rounded jubata Godg.

LIST OF SPECIES

truncaticornis, Stoll, Cig. p. 115, pi. 28, f. 169. D. and B. Guiana; Pan.
carinatus, Fabr. Syst. Eh., p. 21.
jubata, Godg. 1. c., p. 104. Tena, Ecuad.

Genus Nicomia

Stal, O. V. A. F., p. 249.

KEY TO SPECIES

1(4). Tegmina hyaline with black bands; pronotum yellowish or testaceous.

2(3). Punctures on pronotum concolorous, a ferruginous or blackish mark
each side of metopidium, sometimes divided; scutellum concolorous;
tegmina with basal and median bands, a small streak near tips, and
body below, blackish obliqua Walk.

3(2). Punctures on pronotum fuscous, median carina, impressed mark each
side of metopidium, blackish; scutellum blackish at base; tegmina
with bands front of middle, the chest, and disk of venter, black-
ish , mterrupta Stal

4(1). Tegmina clear hyaline, veins black, immaculate; pronotum yellowish.

5(6). Chest black, yellow spot each side anteriorly; abdomen black, a yel-
low basal band ; scutellum with black dorsal stripe ; pronotum
minutely punctured, median carina, mark each side on metopidium,
point each side posteriorly, black cicadoides Walk.

6(5). Chest sordid yellow, abdomen concolorous; base of scutellum reddish
testaceous ; pronotum densely punctate, with numerous black stripes.

lemniscata Stal

LIST OF SPECIES

obliq.ua, Walk. $ , 1 c., Suppl. p. 341 (March, 1858). Venez. ; Braz.'

subfasciata, Stal, $, 1. c., p. 249 (May 12, 1858).
interrupta, Stal, 1. c., p. 249. Braz.
cicadoides, Walk. Jour. Ent. i, p. 317. Braz.
lemniscata, Stal, 1. c., p. 249. Braz.

Genus Endoastus

Fowl., 1. c., p. 168.

One uniformly brown or ferruginous species caviceps Fowl.

LIST OF SPECIES

caviceps, Fowl. 1. c., p. 168, pi. 10, f. 16. Guat.; C. B.; B. Guiana.
productus, Osb. Zool., iii, p. 233.

188

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Genus Mina

Walk., List SuppL, p. 165.

KEY TO SPECIES

1(2). Black, scutellar horn not hirsute; broad band and exterior border of

tegmina black aliena Walk.

2(1). Dark ochreous, pilose; scutellar horn long, slender, erect, very hir-
sute; brown band near tips tegmina sty lata Buckt.

LIST OF SPECIES

aliena, Walk. 1. c., p. 165. Ega, Braz.

stylata, Buckt. Mon. Memb. p. 212, pi. 47, f. 5. Amazons, Braz.

Genus Lophyraspis

Stal, Hem. Fabr., ii, p. 55.

KEY TO SPECIES

1(2). Pronotum fuscous with an acute median carina, obsolete anteriorly;

scutellum with an elevated rounded crest, front fuscous, white be-
hind; tegmina destitute of fuscous bands scutellata Fabr.

2(1). Pronotum destitute of median carina, with an obsolete median line;
tegmina with fuscous band.

3(4). Median carina of scutellum elevated in a nearly erect fuscous crest,
pale posteriorly; abbreviated band behind middle, apical spot and
apical margin of corium, and base of clavus, bronze-black.

vittata Oliv.

4(3). Median carina of the scutellum acute posteriorly, not crested; pro-
notum black or ferruginous; base, transverse band at middle, and
large subapical spot exteriorly, brown parvimusca Stoll

LIST OF SPECIES

vittata, Oliv. Enc. Meth. vii, p. 762. S. Am.
muscaria, Fabr. S. Rh., p. 44.

parvimosca, Stoll, 1. e., p. 63, pi. 15, f. 82. D. and B. Guiana; Yen.

pygmaea, Fabr., 1. c., p. 44.
scutellata, Fabr. 1. c., p. 44. S. Am.

Genus Gerridius
Fowl., B. C.-A. Horn., ii, p. 165.

One pitchy black species has been taken in South America, with a band
on head, and hind margin of pronotum, testaceous, with an obsolete median
line; scutellum black, hind margin white; tegmina black spotted.

scutellatus Fowl.

Baker described another form from Niacaragua (Can. Ent., xxxix, p.
114), which differs from the type form in the shorter tegmina and 3d apical
cell, named G. abbreviatus.

LIST OF SPECIES

scutellatus, Fowl. 1. c., p. 166, pi. 10, f. 11. Pan; B. Guiana; Ecuador.
fowleri, Havil. Zool., vi, p. 261.

June, 1927]

Goding: Membracidae

189

Genus Eustollia
Goding, T. A. E. See., lii, p. 105.

KEY TO SPECIES

1(2),

Dorsum of scutellum straight, median carina lightly elevated; pro-
notal elevation slightly inclined forward, not broad, hind margin
oblique, pronotum piceous; tegmina brown, opaque, with or without

black bands and red spots jubata Stoll

2(1). Dorsum of scutellum sinuate, base gibbous; tegmina opaque, destitute
of bands or spots, veins irrorate.

3(4). Pronotal elevation lightly inclined forward, base and tip seen from
side subequally broad, front margin lightly sinuate, hind margin and
summit truncate, yellow testaceous golden pubescence; apex scutel-
lum flat; venation of tegmina indistinct toward base, apical two-

thirds distinct 'punctata M. & B.

Pronotal elevation well inclined forward, base much broader than
summit seen from side, superior and posterior margins continuously
convex, front margin strongly sinuate; scutellum narrow, median
carina compresso -elevated before apex; tegmina with bases', costal
and claval margins, punctate, venation distinct, surface greenish
yellow mottled with black and brown cornuta Havil.

4(3),

LIST OF SPECIES

jubata, Stoll, 1. c., p. 37, pi. 7, f. 34. D. Guiana.

punctata, M. & B., Bui. B. E. Soc. xx, p. 213, pi. 1, f. 18, 19, 20.

cornuta, Havil. 1. c., p. 261, pi. 5, f. 1. B. Guiana.

Cuba.

Genus Lamproptera

Germar, Rev. Ent. Silb., iii, p. 261.

KEY TO SPECIES

1(4). Summit of scutellar horn rounded, nearly truncate; pronotum black;
tegmina hyaline with black bands.

2(3). Pronotal horn slightly inclined forward, summit rounded; scutellar
horn erect, summit distant; tegmina with 3 black bands. I

oapreolus Germ.

3(2). Pronotal horn recurved, summit touching scutellar horn which is in-
clined forward; tegmina hyaline, base, short band on interior pos-
terior angle, and claval suture, black vacca Germ.

4(1). Summits of both dorsal horns acute, recurved, distant; pronotum
black or ferruginous; tegmina hyaline, with a central brown spot.

cristata Stal

LIST OF SPECIES

capriolus, Germ. Mag. Ent. iv, p. 33, pi. 1, f. 4; Fairm. Rev. Memb. p. 528,
pi. 3, f. 11, 12. Braz.

vacca, Germ. 1. c., p. 34; Fairm. pi. 1, f. 10. Braz.

cristata, Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 56. B. Guiana.

190

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Stal, Ent. Bid., p. 248.

Genus Tolania

1(14).

2 (7).

3 (6).

4 (5).

5 (4).

6 (3).

7 (2).

8 (9).

9 (8).
10(11).

11(10).

12(13).

13(12).

14 (1).
15(16).

16(15).

17(18).

18(17).

KEY TO SPECIES
Apex of scutellum obtusely rounded.

Pronotum ferruginous to black.

Covered with gray pubescence.

Tegmina fusco-hyaline, costa and apical margins black; front mar-
gin of supraliumerals carinate ..J 4..A.4 l....obscura Germ.

Tegmina hyaline, base fusco-ferruginous, supraliumerals not cari-
nate semipellucida Stal

Destitute of pubescence; tegmina dark yellow, fuscous costa and

base punctate scutata Stal

Pronotum yellowish, or variegated.

Base of scutellum turgid; supraliumerals crestiform; tegmina yel-
low hyaline, base ferruginous, punctate; chest and femora in $

black, in $ yellow cristata Leth.

Scutellum flat.

Abdomen blackish, pale laterally; pronotum with black lines an-
teriorly; tegmina fuscous, tips pale felina Germ.

Abdomen yellow.

Body hairy; pronotum black variegated, metopidium almost per-
pendicular; scutellum black, with a furrow and basal yellow
stripe; tegmina tawny, with a broad median black band; abdo-
men with a broad black dorsal band fasciata Walk.

Body not hairy; scutellum with sordid yellowish stripe; tegmina
tawny, base fuscous and costa punctate, no black band.

fraterna Stal

Apex of scutellum acute.

Pronotum black, depressed; scutellum slender, a yellow and a white
spot on base; tegmina gray, lurid toward tips humilis Walk.

Pronotum yellowish, with black marks anteriorly.

Supraliumerals erect; body below and legs bright yellow; tegmina
yellow hyaline, costa black armata Stoll

Suprahumerals divergent, slightly curved, black above; scutellum
black, base testaceous, slender; tegmina lurid; abdomen black;
legs with black streaks opponens Walk.

LIST OF SPECIES

obscura, Germ. Rev. Ent. Silb. iii, p. 258. Braz.
semipellucida, Stal, Ent. Bid. p. 249. Braz.
scutata, Stal, $, Hem. Rio J. ii, p. 36. Braz; B. Guiana,
cristata, Leth. A. E. S. Er. (1890), p. 155. Venez.

femoralis, Stal, $ , 1. c., p. 37.
felina, Germ. 1. c., p. 259. Braz.
fasciata, Walk. List, p. 1147. Braz.

June, 1927]

Goding : Membra cidae

191

fraterna, Stal, 1. c., p. 37. Guat; Pan; Pearl Is; Yenez; Braz.

obtusa, Fowl., 1. c., p. 166, pi. 10, f. 14.
humilis, Walk. 1. c., Suppl. p. 161. Braz.
armata, Stoll, 1. c., p. 90, pi. 24, f. 130. D. Guiana.

opponens, Walk. 1. c., Suppl. p. 159; Fowl. 1. c., pi. 10, f. 12, 13; Buckt.
1 c., pi. 60, f. 4. Mex; Guat; Pan; Braz.
fasciata, Walk., 1. c., Suppl., p. 161.

Genus William siana
Goding, T. A. E. Soc., lii, p. 103.

One ferruginous species, densely punctured on pronotum, scutellum, and
tegmina; suprahumerals short, stout, conical; base of head horizontal; teg-
mina green, opaque, venation ferruginous red; wings reddish hyaline, veins
red, long as tegmina and broader at basal third ferruginosa Godg.

ferruginosa, Godg. 1. c., p. 103, fig. in text. Banos, Ecuador.

Schmidt opines (in lit.) that it belongs to Breddin’s genus Zyzzogedon,
of the Tettigoniellidse.

Genus Abelus

Sthl, Bid. Memb. K., p. 293.

KEY TO SPECIES

1(2). Black, sparingly golden pubescent; pronotum densely and distinctly
destitute of stripes; apical half of tegmina fuscous, base black, a

decolored spot behind costa and clavus 'Jffluctuosus Stal

2(1). Ferruginous; pronotum with 2 broad fuscous stripes; tegmina hya-
line, a fuscous discal spot each side anteriorly and one behind apex
of clavus, base ferruginous, veins testaceous inermis Leth.

LIST OF SPECIES

luctuosus, Stal, Bid. Memb. K., p. 294. Bogota, Colomb.
inermis, Leth. A. S. E. Fr. (1890), p. 155. Tovar, Yenez.

June, 1927]

Weiss: Entomologists

193

FOUR ENCYCLOPEDIC ENTOMOLOGISTS OF THE
RENAISSANCE

By Harry B. Weiss

New Brunswick, N. J.

When poppy heads and chamomile hung from the ceilings of
drug stores, when Sir Francis Drake and Magellan were navi-
gating the globe, when vagabonds in England were lashed for the
first offense, branded on the ear for the second and sentenced to
death for the third, when Copernicus was undermining Ptolemy ’s
theory of the heavens and founding modern astronomy, when
demonology, chiromancy, necromancy and astrology flourished,
when heretics and sorcerers were burned and traitors were hung,
drawn and quartered, when Galen’s anatomy was being sup-
planted by scientific discoveries, when the bubonic plague raged
in some part of Europe every year, when luxury and filth trav-
eled conjointly, when Shakespeare’s plays, dicing and bear-bait-
ing were fashionable, when Paracelsus was getting his wisdom
directly from God, when barbers performed small operations
while the surgeons gnashed their teeth, when Lues venera was so
prevalent that it was regarded as an epidemic and when every
nation was blaming its origin on another, when Galileo was mak-
ing discoveries in mechanics and Gilbert in magnetism, when
Luther was attacking the Pope and the medieval Church was
being partially disrupted, when architecture, sculpture and paint-
ing reached a high development, when seditious words meant the
loss of both ears, when Rabelais was spanking everybody and
everything in sight, when Mary was burning Protestants and
Elizabeth was slaughtering Catholic priests, when thinking
people were turning from metaphysics to observation and experi-
mentation, and when “Margaret White, widow, who died at
Bromley in 1538, by her will gave one hive of bees to support the
light of All Hallows, and one hive to support the light of the
sepulchre, and a third to the light of St. Anthony”1 — when these

1 Funeral customs by B. S. Puckle (New York, 1926).

194

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxy

things were happening in the Sixteenth Century,, the entomolo-
gists at that time were, for the most part, repeating what the
Greeks had written.

Four of them were outstanding figures on account of their
encyclopedic activities at a time when such industriousness was
highly thought of. In a strict sense they were not entomologists
but naturalists because of their wider interests. Their books are
now antiquated repertories of still more antiquated opinions, and
as such are rarely if ever consulted.

Edward Wotton, said to have been the first student to formally
classify Aristotle ’s animals and to introduce zoology into the list
of studies required for a physician ’s training, was born at Oxford
in 1492. His father, Richard Wotton, was bedel of the university
and Edward was educated at Magdalen College, becoming a
chorister in 1503, a demy in 1506, a bachelor of arts in 1513-14
and a fellow in 1516. John Claymond, author of a manuscript
entitled “ Notes and Observations on the Natural History of
Pliny,” and demy of Magdalen in 1483, took an interest in Ed-
ward Wotton and introduced him to. Fox, founder of Corpus
Christi College, who made him Sociis oompar and in 1521 or
1523-4 gave him leave to travel in Italy to finish his studies and
learn Greek. This Wotton did, spending most of his time at
Padua where he graduated M.D. Upon his return to England
he was admitted a fellow of the College of Physicians and became
successively consiliarius, elect, censor, and president from 1541
to 1543. While he was a fellow at Magdalen he was accused with
other fellows of arranging to elect special undergraduates to
scholarship, but he apparently had the confidence of Fox, who
afterward appointed him first reader in Greek at Corpus Christi.

As a physician Wotton attended the Duke1 of Norfolk, and
Margaret Pole, Countess of Salisbury, who gave him an annuity
of sixty shillings. He was interested mainly in zoology, espe-
cially classification, and when that portion of his work entitled
“De Differentiis Animalium, ” dedicated to Edward VI, was
printed at Paris in 1552, his reputation was considerably embel-
lished. Gesner and Haller praised it as a complete and well-
written digest of previous books on the subject, balancing this
approbation, as reviewers are always doing, with another remark,

June, 1927]

Weiss : Entomologists

195

that it contained nothing new. Neander, however, said: “No one
had written of animals more learnedly and elegantly than
Wotton. 772

Wotton collected material for a history of insects, but died
before finishing it, and Thomas Penny and Thomas Moffett con-
tinued the work, but neither lived to see it printed. However,
it was finally printed in London in 1634 by Theodore Mayerne,
and in 1657 it appeared in English as an appendix to Topsell 7s
“ History of Four-footed Beasts and Serpents. 77 Moffett in the
preface states that he added more than 150 illustrations unknown
to Gesner and Penny, and also made numerous changes and cor-
rections. Moffett compiled it from the compilations of Wotton,
Gesner and Penny. Wotton died October 5, 1555, and was
buried in St. Alban’s Church, Wood Street, Cheapside.

Conrad Gesner, sometimes called the Pliny of Germany, was
more than an entomologist, and even more than a naturalist. In
addition to his interest in botany, insects, higher animals, fossils,
etc., he was a physician and a Greek scholar of high reputation.
Haller described him as a “prodigy of knowledge77 — “ monstrum
eruditionis.” He was born, of commonplace parents, in Zurich,
March 26, 1516, and received his early education and some in-
struction in botany from his maternal uncle, a clergyman, who
died when Conrad was quite young. When he was about fifteen,
his father was killed while fighting with Zwingli, in the defense
of Zurich against the Catholics, and when the small heritage left
by his father was divided among the large family, practically
nothing was left for Conrad.

He then went to Strasburg where he worked for Wolfgang
Fabricius Capito, the Lutheran reformer and preacher, but upon
receiving assistance from the canons of Zurich he went to
Bourges and commenced the study of medicine. When he was
eighteen he went to Paris, being supported by a Bernese noble-
man named Steiger, but in 1536 he returned to Zurich and taught
grammar, on a very low salary. Receiving an additional grant
of money, the next year, from the magistrates, he then went to
Basel to continue his medical education, and while there added to
his income by helping the ecclesiastic Phavorinus, in editorial

2 Explicatio Orbis Terrae, 1597.

196

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

work. Then to Lausanne, where he taught Greek for three years
and then to Montpellier to study anatomy and botany. In 1541
he received his degree of M.D. at Basel, and then commenced the
practice of medicine at Zurich. His later activities include travel
and authorship.

His “ Bibliotheca Universalis” is a bibliography of all authors
in Latin, Greek and Hebrew, his ‘ ‘Mithridates,” “an attempt to
arrange all the languages of the world according to their affini-
ties, ” and his “Pandectae Universales, ” an index to all book
knowledge. His “History of Animals,” written in Latin, ap-
peared from 1551 to 1587, and treated mammals, birds, fishes,
etc. The volume on insects and serpents did not appear during
Gesner ’s lifetime. This ‘ ‘ Historia Animalium, ’ ’ composed chiefly
of extracts from Aristotle, Pliny, iElian, etc., and his own obser-
vations, but without discrimination and order, was highly thought
of. The entire work ran into some 4,500 folio pages and was
illustrated by several hundred woodcuts. His botanical knowl-
edge, as indicated by his letters and drawings of plants which
were utilized by later botanists or publishers, was much sounder
and points to considerable industry, botanical skill, and knowl-
edge of affinities.

Gesner knew, corresponded with and helped many naturalists
and scientific men of his time, including Belon, Aldrovandi,
Caius, Turner, Valerius Cordus and Rondelet. Rondelet was the
celebrated naturalist and professor of anatomy at Montpellier of
whom it was said that he was such an ardent student of anatomy
that he dissected after death one of his own children. This, how-
ever, may be an untrue account which found its way into print.
However, Rondelet, a little corpulent man, was the physician
ridiculed by Rabelais under the name Rondibilis, or roly-poly.
It will be recalled that Pantagruel got together a theologian, a
physician, a lawyer and a philosopher to advise Panurge in the
matter of his “nuptial enterprise” and Rondibilis was the
physician.

Gesner died December 13, 1565, of the plague. He was the
public physician at the time and had taken an active part in the
fight against the epidemic at Zurich the previous year. His
library and manuscripts were bequeathed to Caspar Wolf. He

June, 1927]

Weiss: Entomologists

197

was survived by his wife, having married while teaching gram-
mar at Zurich.

Another naturalist, physician, botanist and entomologist who
paid more attention to the compositions of his predecessors than
to nature was Ulysses Aldrovandi, scion of a noble family and
wealthy. Born at Bologna in 1522, where he was later director
of the botanic garden which he helped to found, he at first studied
botany, medicine and other subjects, but later upon advice from
Kondelet concentrated upon zoology and botany. He traveled
extensively, collected material for his books, employed artists and
carried his enthusiasm for natural history so far that he found
himself in old age without funds for his support. Some accounts
state that he died blind in the hospital at Bologna, May 4, 1605.
Cuvier doubts that the senate of Bologna, to whom Aldrovandi
willed his museum and manuscripts, would have allowed him to
become destitute during his last years, but Macgillivray does not
place such confidence in the senate of Bologna.

Aldrovandi did not begin to publish his treatise until late in
life, and of the thirteen folio volumes of his works, only four,
three on birds and one on insects, appeared during his lifetime.
In 1606, his widow published a volume on the “ other white-
blooded animals, including testacea and crabs.” In 1613, his
work on fishes and whales appeared, and in 1616 that on the
quadrupeds with solid hoofs, both revised by Cornelius Uter-
verius, his successor in the institute at Bologna. In 1621,
Thomas Dempster, also a professor at Bologna, edited the “His-
tory of the Quadrupeds with Split Hoofs” and Aldrovandi ’s
other works were prepared for publication by Ovid Montalbanus
and Bartholomew Ambrosinus, the latter being professor of bot-
any at Bologna and a successful practitioner of medicine. Cuvier
said that Aldrovandi ’s work represented * ‘ an enormous compila-
tion without taste or genius. ’ ’

His work on insects, “De Animalibus Insectis,” edition of
1638, is a folio of 767 pages, with quite a few illustrations, some
of them full page. It contains an extensive list of authors who
are cited, and some of the insect accounts are very short and
others, as the one on the Cantharis, extend over sixteen or seven-
teen pages. The accounts include what the ancients thought,

198

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

histories of the species, names in various languages, proverbs,
medical uses, historical allusions, etc.

John Jonston, another encyclopedist, is characterized by Miall
as “a weak successor to Aldrovandi, from whom he borrowed
largely.” He was born 1603 at Sambter, near Lissa in Poland,
and after studying at Beuthen on the Oder, at Thorn, and at St.
Andrew’s, he returned to his native home and tutored the sons
of Count Kurtzbach for three years. He then studied medicine
and natural history at various institutions at home and abroad,
obtaining his degree of M.D. at Leyden. In 1632;, he accom-
panied two young noblemen on a tour to England, Holland,
Prance and Italy and then settled in the vicinity of Lignitz.

In 1632 his “ Thaumatographia Naturalis in Decern Classes
Distincta” was printed at Amsterdam. This is a collection of
the “most curious phenomena presented by the sky, the elements,
meteors, fossils, plants, birds, quadrupeds, insects and the man. ’ ’
Another of his works, a “ Dendrographia, ” was devoted to
shrubs. His most important work, however, was ‘ ‘ Historia Ani-
malium,” published at Frankfort. The first part, containing a
total of nine books on fishes, cetacea and white-blooded aquatic
animals, came out in 1649; the second part, on birds, in 1650;
the third, on quadrupeds, in 1652, and the fourth, on insects and
serpents, in 1653. Although the work was, for the most part, a
compilation from Gesner, Aldrovandi and others, it was quite
popular and was republished and translated several times, the
last edition being that of Heidelberg, 1755. Jonston died June
8, 1675.

Although the erudition of the encyclopedists continued to be
republished, the next century with its lenses and microscopes saw
the beginnings of descriptive morphology, of better classification
and even of experimentation, as shown by the work of such inves-
tigators as Malpighi, Hooke, Ray, Leeuwenhoek, Swammerdam
and Redi.

June, 1927]

Weiss: Entomologists

199

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Aldrovandi, Ulysses. De Animalibus Insectis, 1638.

Buckley, A. B. A Short History of Natural Science (New York, 1905).
Chalmer’s Biographical Dictionary (London, 1813).

Cumston, C. G. An Introduction to the History of Medicine (New York,
1926).

Dictionary of National Biography (New York, 1891).

Gunther, R. T. Early Medical and Biological Science (London, 1926).
Hartley and Elliot. Life and Work of the People of England, the Six-
teenth Century (New York, 1926).

Jonston, John. Theatrum Animalium (Amsterdam, 1718).

LaWall, C. H. Four Thousand Years of Pharmacy (Philadelphia, 1927).
Macgillivray, W. Lives of Eminent Zoologists (Edinburgh, 1834).

Miall, L. C. The Early Naturalists (London, 1912).

Quennell, M. and C. H. B. A History of Everyday Things in England,
1066-1799 (New York, 1926).

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate XVIII)

^WlALIBVS

LiBRf stmm :W

^OViORVM

• tdyiuum exmss^- A
a/m CymmfioBmm: Iffftj
$£Rmi$$: FP£NC,MA&lAMj

Secvndvm.

VRBim

®ucemS<xtum ■ • /A

fii V S TiUSS: BoNON:

Sena tv cvrante

rpmu<}{jmjtt$j?; Mown: AjmJ CU

Title Page of 1638 Edition of Aldrovandus

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate XIX)

414 Viyffis Aldrouandi

Locuftas e{fe putero.Hanc cum (Jyprio oflcderem,Bruchum. vocaH3t,tj«od non probo.Nu-
roero ?.cx Atfebbortmi gcncre diet potcft» propter alaru breutur £ Hx cnim,a!no,qu* ad-

*nodijcraD&cft>cumpaiat*>»nutjIcscffcvidftur,impote«jtcsfcjfiwtcjmik-rcitaatwllcrr.

Cucullum quoq;habct,cumq; vnidem, fdiquo toto corporc ex vi« uii, albw,fi.iuo»& nigro
varia. Decima inugnj,ac notabili aculco furftim reflcxo>viridi, iniiguts, cx vulgarifi gcncrc
eft, fetldiftcrcns piurimum coiore. Tots al«o,&dorf«coiomcft aim thdlmi, Hue violate,
roftro virtdi, fironte,cucull«>& amc,ns,qt!a; proccrae funf,aeexiks, colorir oehfje, pedibus
poftcriofibns viridibus. Alis caret, Bruehns adhuc acimpciftda Loculia.VndccimoA' uo-
ftremo numeroLoctifta,feu Attacus cincretis lines in vert ice, & dodo fcmiginea,aUscxte-
nonbns nigro,& cinerco varijs^ruribus poftremjt in fern ore inter no, & inmms tibiis ph£-
niccofuaue ruben nbus,& raacults atris in.ru beocolorc,& popliribus diilin&is.

ffi imii

Page 414 of the 1638 Edition of Aldrovandus

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate XX)

I H E A T R U M

universale omnium

ANIMAL IUM

PISClUM. AVIUM, quadkupkdum,

EXANC;UIUM» AQJJATICORUM * INSKC'TORtJM,

V i‘ ANCIUM,

i\ I X, /’ ./ />’ L L/S () A* ,\ / 7 • r 7

/ v Sa iptoribrn tarn ant 'upus qnam rcceutionbus

Arktoi 1 1 1 , Tmmh'Hi.’ \sto , l>iosv.(»Ksm > .f.i iano, Oh-mano , Lr ink>, Gi-sne-
t'<>, Ai |)Ko\mn{iu AVor roNu>, Ti'KNi k», Mount-, to, At.uiuot \ , Borno
Bu;rto, Ruwo, Stho.nu i.i.oio , loo voio, M.vnuoi.o, T.M?t’RNRmoNT>\Na*
BaUUJNO XlMf-NK , UovrAMANTtO , K.ONIM I.t-'TIO, BiUONlO, (*ASIO TflF-
\ i’isuNt-:, A .tins maxima c imi \ j. |onston*o coJUvtmn

Ac />/# r fjtwtm Tree emit ‘Tifci&us £$ Annrulskit

Niiparwu- ex / Nl) / IS O R / /. A 7 VI/, / IWS alhttis*

Ac nurujuam ahum his term vtlL, I«h ttg«lmmtn ; cum Fmimerattone morborum,
t|uibus smxlkaumt ex liis AnmuljUis wtuntur , ac Notitia Animalium,
extjmho VKiflmt Rcmeiliii gOTttamiffum pollunt tapij cura

HKNKU'I RUYSClt M. 1). Amftelaxl,

Vi. P A R T iBUS COMPREHENSUM,

tomuh it

A At S T E L M D A M /,

ProU.it apud R. & a WHTSTENIO S,

M fVclTx" VIII.

Title Page of the 1718 Edition of Jonston ’s ‘ ‘ Theatrum Animalium ’

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV (Plate XXI)

Plate VII of the 1718 Edition of Jonston’s “Theatrum Animalium”

June, 1927]

Weiss: Insects

209

INSECTS AS PRECURSORS OF THE PLAGUE

With so much superstition connected with the plague, and with
outbreaks regularly taking place every ten or twenty years from
the fourteenth to the seventeenth centuries, it is no wonder that
people were continually looking for the signs that preceded such
attacks and interpreting various happenings as forerunners of
the events. In addition to certain positions of the planets, the
appearance of comets, earthquakes, eclipses of the sun and moon,
floods, heavy fogs, volcanic eruptions, shooting stars, tempests,
the failure of crops, etc., outbreaks of insects also, were looked
upon as precursors of the plague.

Cowan1 cites Paulus Orosius as authority for the statement
that, “In the year of the world 3800, . . . such infinite myriads
of locusts were blown from the coast of Africa into the sea and
drowned, that being cast upon the shore in immense heaps, they
emitted a stench greater than could have been produced by the
carcasses of one hundred thousand men. A general pestilence of
all living creatures followed. And so great was this plague in
Numidia, where Micipsa was king, that eighty thousand persons
died ; and on the sea-coast, near Carthage and Utica, about two
hundred thousand were reported to have perished. ’ ’ Kirby and
Spence2 mention St. Augustine as saying that a plague arose in
Africa from the same cause, resulting in the deaths of some 800,-
000 persons in the kingdom of Masanissa. And there are other
records of the plague following invasions of locusts (and famine
caused by the locusts) in France, Italy, Spain, Poland, Germany,
etc. It was thought that the plague was due to the stench aris-
ing from the rotting bodies of the millions of grasshoppers.

In 1346, locusts and white mice announced the plague in Ger-
many, and, “In 1478 the whole of Latin Europe was plagued by
locusts which devastated everything, gardens, meadows and fields,
after which a great epidemic came into the land, and in Venice
alone there died more than 300,000 persons.” Additional por-

1 Curious Pacts in the History of Insects, Phila., 1865.

2 Introduction to Entomology, London, 1859.

210

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

tents were, “Unusual insects, strange worms, big-bellied toads,
unknown frogs with tails with which the medical men of the
period were not familiar, large quantities of all kinds of beetles,
large, black vineyard moths, large spiders, gnats ‘of uncanny
shape and color. 7 ”3 When fruit and legumes became wormy,
when the webs of spiders were unusually plentiful in the woods
and when insects were observed on the snow, and when many
other things happened — they were all thought to be signs of an
approaching epidemic, so apprehensive were the people at that
time.

Abraham a Santa-Clara (1681), writing of the plague in
Vienna, mentions various signss that precede an outbreak and
says, “Earth signs are unusual lack of fertility of the soil and
failure of the crops of trees, the fields, and the vineyards, also
the earthquakes ; further when in the autumn the spring flowers
and herbs once more grow green and flower, when the multitude
of locusts, beetles, vineyard moths and mice devour the fruit of
the earth everywhere. ’ ’

Although it was not until 1894 that the plague bacillus was
discovered, Father Kircher’s writings (1659), as reported by
Johannes Ammianus in 1667, hint at a bacterial origin. “Thus
he writes that the plague is nothing but a multitude of small
animals and diminutive worms which fly about in the air, and
when drawn into the body by the action of breathing they vitiate
the blood, impair the spirits, and finally gnaw into the flesh and
glands. When they fly from an infected body, or, in some other
manner, are received by a healthy subject, the plague is spread
by them. Protection against them could be obtained by lighting
large and flaming fires by means of which their wings, feet, or
probosces, etc., are burnt off, so that they can no longer fly about
and vitiate the blood of human beings and gnaw their bodies.”
Johann Georg Nicolai Dietrich (1714) thought that Kircher was
making fun of Hippocrates and his method of setting fire to
forests in order to burn the wings of ‘ ‘ plague insects, ’ ’ but other
physicians supported Kircher’s views and some held that the
contagious matter was confined to the air surrounding the
patients.

3 The Black Death by J. Nohl (translated by C. H. Clarke, London, 1926).

June, 1927]

Weiss: Insects

211

It is now known that the bubonic form of the plague is, in
most cases, transmitted by the flea. The pneumonic form, a less
important type, is spread without any interagent and during
coughing, plague bacilli are expelled into the air.— H. B. Weiss.

PIERRE EUGENE DU SIMITIERE, EARLY
NATURALIST

Mr. Alexander Stuart Graham has recently called my attention
to a paper by Mr. William John Potts, entitled .“Du Simitiere,
Artist, Antiquary, and Naturalist, Projector of the First Ameri-
can Museum, with Some Extracts from His Notebook,” which
was printed in the Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Biog-
raphyVol. XIII, No. 3, Oct., 1889, pp. 341-375. Born in
Geneva, Du Simitiere visited the West Indies about 1750 and
collected botanical specimens, coins, shells, and made water-color
drawings for ten years. He arrived in New York about 1764 or
1765 and then went to Burlington, N. J., and finally to Philadel-
phia in 1766. He was a member and one of the curators of the
American Philosophical Society and during the Revolution he
drew the portraits of many distinguished men of that time. His
‘ ‘ American Museum ’ ’ was located on Arch Street, above Fourth,
in Philadelphia, and contained collections of ‘ ‘ books, engravings,
water-color sketches, coins, fossils, Indian relics and general
antiquities.” It is stated that this museum antedated Peale’s
Museum and that Du Simitiere ’s pictures, Indian relics and nat-
ural history specimens formed the basis of Peale’s Museum.—
H. B. Weiss.

June, 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

213

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of March 2, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at 8
P. M. in the American Museum of Natural History, President -Dr. Frank E.
Lutz in the chair, with twenty-three members and thirteen visitors present.

The curator reported the Society’s need of a stereopticon owing to the
increased number of illustrated addresses and the inconvenience of borrow-
ing for such occasions.

Miss Madeleine Seydel, 86 Haven Ave., New York, was elected a member
of the Society.

Dr. Lutz explained the necessity of closing meetings promptly at 10 P. M.
The museum is open on Tuesday evenings until 9:30 P. M. for meetings in
the auditorium during the lecture season and is therefore lighted by the
main engine, which also lights the Society’s room. The prolongation of
meetings beyond even 9:30 P. M. requires the continued operation of this
engine at considerable expense to the museum which, up to 10 P. M., is
permitted. After the close of the lecture season, the Academy Room, lighted
by the donkey engine, is the only place available; and if meetings are pro-
longed beyond 10 P. M. it will be necessary to hold them in that room.

On motion by Mr. Olsen the Executive Committee was authorized to pur-
chase a stereopticon as suggested by the curator for a sum not exceeding
$100.

Mr. Wm. T. Davis exhibited twelve types and eight allotypes of North
American cicadas described by him, to be placed for safe keeping in the
collection of the American Museum of Natural History. The species were
as follows : Tibicen apache, and semicincta ; OTcanagana magnifica, mariposa,
nigrodorsata, bella, bella var. rubrocaudata, nigriviridis, or eg ona, triangulata,
balli, rubrorenosa.

Mr. Shoemaker exhibited ‘ f A few interesting Ornithoptera Butterflies
from New Guinea.” The species shown were supremus, chomaera, victoriee,
arruana, lydius, and goliath, the latter differing, however, in some respects
from typical. Mr. Shoemaker gave the individual history of each specimen.

Mr. Herbert Johnson spoke of “Domestic Insects in China” and of col-
lecting conditions there. He referred briefly to the silk industry as carried
on in Soochow and at more length to the Chinese passion for song birds and
insects, so that the collection and caging of cicadas, crickets and katydid-
like Orthoptera has become a regular business. Passing to collecting condi-
tions Mr. Johnson showed, with about forty stereopticon slides, the condi-
tions as he had found them during his stay in China. Agricultural industry

214

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

has completely obliterated forests near Soochow, but narrow strips of trees
and shrubs occur along canal banks and on some roads. Private gardens
afford good collecting, and temple gardens even better, especially when lotus
ponds are included. Cemeteries were also found1 useful at times. Many
interesting scenes in the narrow streets of Soochow were shown, especially
of its canals, which the speaker compared with those of Venice. Mr. John-
son’s business brought him into contact with the China Medical Board and
one of its problems, the human manure basins or pots and manure boats,
which are rinsed and ply upon the canals in which clothes are washed and
from which water for cooking is obtained.

Mr. Johnson, Dr. Leonard present as a visitor, and several members joined
in a discussion of the silk industry and of the superb silk exhibit in prepara-
tion at the museum.

Mr. Olsen and Mr. Ragot described insect cages used in Spain and in
Mexico.

Mr. Dow, referring to Mr. Johnson’s account of cricket fighting in Soo-
chow, described the mantis fights staged by Chinese in Southern California.

Dr. Sturtevant spoke on ‘ 1 Sex Determination in Insects, ’ ’ with blackboard
diagrams illustrating the following points: There are three distinct types of
sex- determination by chromosomes among the insects.

A. The female has two similar “X” chromosomes, the male has only one
“X.” Each sex has two complete and similar sets of all other chromosomes.
This type occurs in the Orthoptera, Corrodentia, Heteroptera, Odonata,
Coleoptera, Diptera, and in most cases Homoptera.

B. The male has two similar ‘ 1 Z ” chromosomes, the female has only one
“Z. ”■ Each sex has two complete sets of all other chromosomes. Here the
sperm are all alike (with Z) ; the eggs are of two kinds (half with Z, half
without it). In the first type, on the other hand, the eggs are all of one
kind but the sperm are of two kinds. This second type of sex determination
occurs only in the Lepidoptera among the insects,

C. The female has two complete sets of chromosomes, the male has only
one set. The male always exists by parthenogenesis, and fertilized eggs
always produce females; but in some forms unfertilized eggs may fail to
halve their number of chromosomes and thus come to produce females. This
type occurs in the Thysanoptera and Hymenoptera, and in the family
Aleurodidse among the Homoptera.

Mr. Dow humorously described his vain efforts to collect cicadas that
might prove to be rare or new, stating that he had heard 80,000,000 without
being able to see one.

Meeting of March 16, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at 8
P. M. on March 16, 1926, in the American Museum of Natural History,
President Dr. Frank E. Lutz in the chair, with twenty-eight members and
twelve visitors present.

Mr. Shoemaker, for the Field Committee, reported an outing arranged for
April 4 to Roselle Park.

June, 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

215

Mr. Hall, for the Executive Committee, reported the purchase of a stereop-
ticon, as authorized by the Society, for $37.50.

On motion by Mr. Angell, the thanks of the Society were tendered to Mr.
Hall, and the treasurer was authorized to repay him.

Mr. E. B. Chapin, 134 John Street, Hackensack, N. J., and Dr. J. G.
Gehring, Bethel, Maine, were elected members of the Society.

Mr. Watson exhibited a part of the “Butterflies donated to the American
Museum of Natural History by Mr. Frank Johnson,” including Coscinocera
Hercules, Bhescyntis morti, Papilio alexandrce, P. antennor, Agrias aedon,
Prepona omphala, P. prceneste.

Dr. Melander spoke, with lantern slide illustrations, of “Insect Collect-
ing on Mt. Rainier,” which he had visited seven times. These visits had
often been hampered by rain and immense snow falls, for which the moun-
tain is famous. But during the short growing season, from June 15 to
September 1, its alpine flora afford the best of collecting. About 100 slides
were used to show these flowers and the insects that were attracted by them.
The insects represented many orders, Diptera predominating in Dr.
Melander ’s selection, which was said to aggregate twenty-four boxes with
about 3,000 specimens in each. Many pictures were shown also of the scen-
ery above and below the tree line, the glaciers and the desolate stone piles
that result from its action.

His remarks were discussed by several members and all greatly enjoyed
his account of this remarkable mountain.

Mr. Frank Johnson exhibited a gigantic moth, Actias mittrei, from
Madagascar.

Meeting of April 6, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at 8
P. M. on April 6, 1926, in the American Museum of Natural History, Presi-
dent Dr. Frank E. Lutz in the chair, with twenty-two members and four
visitors present.

Mr. Angell reported for the Outing Committee a trip to Cedarhurst, L. I.,
on April 18 ; and an expedition to Roanoke Island, N. C.

Prof. A. L. Melander was elected a member of the Society.

Mr. Barber exhibited a copy of the “ Naturalists y Guide to the Amer-
icas. ’ ’

Mr. Angell presented Mr. Davis with a new slingshot for the further de-
struction of cicadas.

An invitation to attend annual meeting of the Riverdale Entomological
Society was read and the Society commended by President Lutz.

Mr. Davis exhibited the “Report of the British National Committee on
Entomological Nomenclature” with a letter from Dr. K. Jordan asking for
criticism.

Dr. Lutz objected at once to Section III of Article 23, by the operation
of which an upheaval of nomenclature would become possible.

Mr. Angell exhibited a case illustrating the life history of Lucanus cervus.

Mr. Olsen, under the title “Miscellaneous Notes on Cicadellidae, ” read a

216

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

translation of an obituary of Dr. Bergroth; and exhibited a number of
pamphlets relating to the family, praising especially the monographic study
of Deltocephalus by Dr. Long. Two papers on the Jassidse of Kansas by
S. E. Crumb were interesting as having been overlooked by Van Duzee. Mr.
Olsen closed with an account of a recent visit to Ithaca and of his inspection
of the collection of Cornell University.

The Comstock method of pinning insects on blocks of wood was discussed
by Mr. Barber, Mr. Davis and Dr. Lutz, who said that as improved in the
United States National Museum, it had such advantages that it had been
adopted for gall insects in the American Museum of Natural History.

Mr. Bird delighted the Society with a story of ‘ ‘ The Entomological Ignis
Fatuus of the Dismal Swamp, Virginia, ’ 7 in which the adventures of Mr.
Frank Morton Jones and himself in the swamp were described, and coupled
with their efforts to secure for Harry G. Barber and Herbert S. Barber
Saldoidea slossonce, reputed by Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson to occur on
mossy logs. A calculation of the number of mossy logs to be examined in
the 1,000 square miles of swamp finally decided them to leave these 3 mm.
long shore bugs in peace, sitting on their mossy logs beckoning to their re-
spective Barbers.

Mr. Angell exhibited a deformed Lucanus cervus.

Mr. Davis presented a pamphlet in Spanish on grasshoppers and their eco-
nomic importance.

Meeting of April 20, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at 8
P. M. in the American Museum of Natural History, President Dr. Frank E.
Lutz in the chair, with twenty-two members and sixteen visitors present.

Mr. Shoemaker reported the next outing to Hewlett, L. I.

The Decoration Day outing was discussed.

Mr. Davis exhibited the “Check List of Lepidoptera” by Barnes and
Benjamin; he also read W. J. Chamberlin’s announcement of the “Bupres-
tidse of North America.”

Mr. Sheridan spoke of the new School of Microscopy.

Prof. Alexander Petrunkevitch spoke of “Spider Life in Guadeloupe and
Porto Rico ’ ’ with illustrations by stereopticon views. His account of
Guadeloupe and its volcanic mountains, its tremendous profusion of vegeta-
tion, and colorful rocks clothed with mosses and lichens, made many members
wish to go there in spite of the absence of toilets and paucity of spiders.
His stay in Porto Rico was longer, from September 10 to February 1, and
yielded interesting results in the study of tarantulas. Dr. Petrunkevitch ’s
account of the wasp Pepsis marginata attacking huge spiders will be printed
in full.

In the discussion of poisonous spiders which followed, Mr. Davis and Dr.
Lutz both spoke of Latrodectus mactans as occurring in New Jersey.

June, 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

217

Meeting of May 4, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at 8
P. M. on May 4, 1926, in the American Museum of Natural History, Presij
dent Frank E. Lutz in the chair, with twenty-eight members and five visitors
present.

Mr. Leng exhibited the compilation, by Dr. W. Horn, of Berlin, of the
resting place of the entomological collections of the world.

Mr. Shannon, under the title “Do Diptera Migrate?” spoke first of the
movements of insects, capable of interpretation as migratory, recorded in
literature, going back to 11001 A. D. and giving rise to superstitious fear.
He then spoke of his own observations since 1915 at Long Beach, Far Rock-
away, Norton’s Point, on Long Island, and Longport in New Jersey, estab-
lishing determinate movements of Anosia plexippus, Anax junims, and other
butterflies and dragon flies southward in autumn. For Diptera he had ob-
served fifty such autumnal flights since 1915.

In answer to Dr. Felt he said that he was unwilling to make comparison
with bird migration or to advance any theory as to the cause. He was, how-
ever, convinced by repeated observation that the movements described were
seasonal, not accidental, and not clearly dependent upon wind.

In the discussion which followed, Dr. Felt gave numerous recorded in-
stances of extraordinary insect movements due entirely to wind drift, one in
particular involving 100,000 aphids carried by wind to Spitzbergen. Mr.
Davis recalled the long continued observations of Mrs. Slosson on Mt. Wash-
ington; Mr. Bird the northward drift of flocks of cotton moth; and Dr. Lutz
the occasional drift of Erebus odora from the tropics to Canada.

Mr. Swift, however, described movements of butterflies observed at
Panama, involving journeys north and south for sixty miles, and Mr. Shan-
non added similar occurrences in Florida.

Dr. Lutz stated that the American Museum had planned to investigate the
subject as far as Anosia plexippus was concerned; but the failure of the
butterfly for the last two years to move in large flocks had prevented carry-
ing it out.

Mr. Swift gave an interesting account of the “Relationship between
Xyleborus Beetles and the Die-back of Mature Cacao Trees,” showing that
these trees, always liable to injuries from machetes, were subject to a canker
disease, causing a sudden death of the tree when the canker had girdled it.
The Xyleborus beetles breed in the dying wood, entering the tree through
its wounds, and multiply rapidly within the tree. Though they are not the
primary cause of the ‘ 1 Die-back, ’ ’ they do spread the spores of the canker
which is the cause. The remedy is to burn the trees affected before they
have become so dead as to allow the colony of beetles to leave them for other
trees.

Vol. XXXV

September, 1927

No. 3

JOURNAL

OF THE

NEW YORK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Sftiotrii to Entomology in (Srnrral

SEPTEMBER, 1927

Edited by HAEEY B. WEISS

Harry B. Weiss

Publication Committee

F. E. Lutz
C. E. Olsen

J. D. Sherman, Jr.

Published Quarterly by the Society

Lime and Green Sts.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1927

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the

Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

Subscription $3,00 per Year.

CONTENTS

PAGE

Studies on Chemical Changes During the Life Cycle of the
Tent Caterpillar (Malacosoma Americana Fab.), III.
Soluble Ash and Sulfates.

By Willem Rudolfs ....... . .......*....J..........l... 219

The Communism of Thomas Say.

By Harry B. Weiss and G. M. Ziegler 231

Observations on the Habits and Life History of the Moth
— Lophoptilus Eloisella.

By Mabel A. Myers ...T... 241

On the Cephenemyia Mechanism and the Daylight-day
Circuit of the Earth by Flight.

By Charles H. T. Townsend 245

Galls on Stems of Cultivated Blueberry (Vaccinium
Corymbosum) Caused by a Chalcidoid, Hemadas
Nubilipennis Ashm.

By Byrley F. Driggers | 253

Description of a New Species of Erynnis (Thanaos Auct.),
(Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera-Hesperiidae).

By E. L. Bell 261

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies
(Tipulidae, Diptera), III.

By Charles P. Alexander 265

A Systematic Index to the Keys for the Determination of
the Nearctic Coleoptera.

By Melville H. Hatch 279

A Much-abused but Still Cheerful Cricket.

By Frank E. Lutz ....JaI - - 307

Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society ............ 309

NOTICE: Volume XXXV, Number 2, of the Journal of
the New York Entomological Society was published on
July 26, 1927.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XXXV September, 1927 No. 3

STUDIES ON CHEMICAL CHANGES DURING THE
LIFE CYCLE OF THE TENT CATERPILLAR
(MALACOSOMA AMERICANA FAB.), III.

SOLUBLE ASH AND SULFATES*

By Willem Rudolfs

Biochemist, New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station
Introduction

The composition of insect tissues in terms of fats, carbohy-
drates and proteins takes into consideration the cells and the
products stored in them. Fats are usually stored and may be
used either as energy for metamorphic processes or at certain
times in the life cycle for maintenance of life processes. Carbo-
hydrates are essential for tissue building and can be used as
energy during metamorphosis. The proteins are perhaps most
important of the three, since the cells consist mainly of protein
materials, and are therefore essential to the growth of the insect,
but ordinarily the^y are not stored for future use.

The decomposition of these different materials (fats, carbohy-
drates, nitrogenous matter) gives rise to certain waste products,
like carbon dioxide, carbonates, sulfates, etc. Gross measure-
ments of these waste products gives a clue to the actual relation
between the destruction of the different components, whereas the
determination of changes in the amounts of waste products dur-

* Paper No. 352, Journal Series of the New Jersey Agricultural Experi-
ment Station. Department of Entomology.

220

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

ing the life cycle of an insect furnishes data for the interpreta-
tion of physiological activities.

This is especially the case when the different stages of develop-
ment of the insect are compared.

The determination of changes in the amounts of soluble ash
(mainly carbonates and sulfates) during the life cycle of the tent
caterpillar enables us to determine the sources of energy used
during each stage since these waste products will fluctuate and
change their relative relation whenever one group of substances
is used at a greater rate than the other.

Changes in the carbohydrate contents of the insect may be de-
termined by gross determinations of crude fiber, sugars, etc., but
it was thought that indications of the decomposition of carbohy-
drates, including carbon material from decomposed fats, could be
obtained by analyzing the ash for carbonate contents. This rea-
soning assumes that increased activities (increased carbon diox-
ide production) would also increase the amounts of acid and true
carbonates. If no changes in carbonates would occur, particu-
larly during that part of the life cycle when the larvae are con-
fined to the egg cases, this reasoning obviously would be incor-
rect. If changes did occur the interesting question is still to be
answered whether the changes are in all cases directly in propor-
tion to the C02 output of the insect, but since no attempt will be
made in this paper to determine accurately the total amounts of
carbonaceous materials used, but rather which substances were
used predominately during certain stages, this question can be
left for the future. However, the fact that carbonates fluctuated
tends to show that measurements of C02 output (a measurement
commonly employed for energy transformation in insects) which
do not take into consideration the accumulation of carbonates
are inaccurate.

The object of determining carbonates in the ash content was
not only to find possible changes, but also to determine whether
or not these carbonates remained, whether their relation to total
ash and sulfate content was constant in the different stages of
development, and how they changed with the changes in mois-
ture, fat and nitrogen contents of the insect.

Sept., 1927]

Rudolfs : Chemical Changes

221

Nitrogenous substances (proteins) used in the metabolic proc-
esses contain certain quantities of sulfur. Many of the proteins
have sulfur largely in the form of cysteine and some in the form
of cystine or possibly both. This organic sulfur is excreted
largely in the form of inorganic sulfate (in human beings from
75 per cent, to 80 per cent, of the total sulfur of the urine is in
the form of inorganic sulfates) and determinations of sulfates
would throw some light upon protein decomposition, especially
in larvag confined to egg cases.

Methods and Material

The material used has previously been described (1). Total
ash was determined by incineration of 5 to 10 grams dry ma-
terial. Soluble ash was determined by treating the ash with

Fig. 1. Percentage soluble ash and carbonates present on a dry basis during
the different stages of the life cycle of tent caterpillars.

strong HC1 and HNOs; carbonates by treating ash with dilute
sulfuric acid, heating, collecting the gases and determining the
C02 content of the gas. Sulfates were determined in the usual
manner by precipitation with barium chloride. All results were
calculated on a dry basis.

Results

Analysis of soluble ash (mainly carbonates) is graphically
shown in figure 1. The analyses show that the soluble ash of the
egg masses increased rapidly after the eggs were deposited and
the larvas were formed. It remained practically constant during

222

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

the winter months until shortly before hatching. The soluble
ash content of the growing larvae increased markedly and the
same was true for the pupae. It is evident that every time a new
phase of the life cycle started the soluble ash content was lowest,
increasing as time went on. It is of interest to place on record
that the non-soluble ash contained a substance which behaved
like a sodium silicate (glass). Upon heating the material would
liquefy, and become hard when cooled. The amounts of this ma-
terial did not increase with the age of the egg masses and was
present and increased rapidly in the growing caterpillar. A
quantity of this material is still on hand but has not been ana-
lyzed further. It is conceivable that certain ingredients of this
substance play a role in the maintenance of moisture content by
the insect.

At the time of deposition of the egg masses (June) the soluble
ash content was 0.41 per cent., increasing in 26 days to 1.85 per
cent. In February this content had increased to 2.90 per cent,
and the larvae, collected when hatched, contained 5.46 per cent,
soluble ash. Five days after hatching the percentage was
3.52 while the soluble ash content reached its maximum (7.37
per cent.) at the time when the rate of growth of the caterpillar
was greatest. It dropped somewhat when they were full grown
and ready to pupate. During the pupal stage a persistent in-
crease took place. Considering the comparatively short time
(12 days) between the stage when the caterpillars became flabby
(ready to pupate) and ready to hatch, an increase from 2.54
per cent, to 4.33 per cent, or a percentage increase of 58.6 is
quite remarkable. It seems to explain why the relative fat con-
tent of the pupae increased. Only 10 per cent, of the total fat
present was used during the processes of reconstruction; the
balance was stored. This brings us to the question, where did
the soluble ash increase come from, or in other words what ma-
terial was used mainly in the processes of reconstruction? The
answer will be clearer when, in a next paper, the results on gly-
cogen are presented.

The changes in sulfate content of insects during the different
stages of their life cycle are presented in figure 2, expressed in
parts per million dry matter. The freshly laid egg masses con-

Sept., 1927]

Rudolfs: Chemical Changes

223

tained 1600 p.p.m. sulfates. The sulfate content increased rap-
idly during the period of formation of the larvae, remained for
a time practically constant, and increased again during the latter
part of the stage of confinement in the egg cases. During the
larval stage (when they were actively feeding) the sulfate con-
tent fluctuated but reached a lower level than at the time when
the larvae were still in the egg masses. The sulfate content of the
pupae and adults was comparatively very low. As has been
pointed out above, nearly all proteins contain sulfur in small

4000

LARVAE

SULFATES IN PARTS PER MILLION

3ooc

■ — u

- -

2000

EGGn asses

/ EG6MASSES

I0OC

1 1

_l 1 L. 1 1 i

JAN. FEB. MAR. APB. MA» JUIM. TU«-. AUG. SEP. OCT. NOT. DEC.

Fig. 2. Parts per million sulfates present on a dry basis in tent caterpillars.

amounts. This sulfur is oxidized and secreted, but the larvae in
the egg cases must deposit these sulfates in the egg cases. It is
natural that the sulfates increased rapidly when the small larvae
were forming, if we assume that protein material was changed to
amino-acids and the sulfur oxidized.

In a former publication ( 1 ) it was stated that part of the nitro-
gen present in the larvae ready for pupation was lost during the
metamorphosis, and that during the period of “just pupated” to
“ready to hatch” the nitrogen did not decrease, but that the
fatty substances decreased materially, and the conclusion was
drawn that during this period metabolic processes necessary for
the maintenance of life were continued at the cost of fatty sub-
stances. The low sulfate figures obtained during this period sup-
port this conclusion. At the same time the carbonate content of
the ash increased during this period giving further evidence.

224

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

To enable a somewhat better understanding of the groups of
materials which are utilized during the different stages of devel-
opment, we have plotted in figure 3 the nitrogen-sulfate ratios
and the carbonates-sulfate ratios. Keeping the nitrogen constant
we see at once that during active larval growth the sulfates are
produced at a faster rate than nitrogen accumulates. As soon as
the larvae stop feeding (ready for pupation) the relation is re-
versed. Since the larvae in the egg cases had no access to food

| NITROGEN-SULFATES-RATIO [n-IO]

LARVAE

09-

\ c*«B°«ates-Svlfates-ratioEco3*io3

EG6P1ASSES

' EGGMASSES

« ~ O

/ O ~ © - - o— -Q. _ .

1 1

O- Q.

i lJL.

-i ! 1 1 1 1

,AN- MAR. APR. MAY JuN. JVL. AU6. STR. OCT. NOV. DEC.

Fig. 3. Relation of nitrogen and sulfates and carbonates and sulfates in tent
caterpillars at different stages of their life cycle.

during the second part of this period, the nitrogen decreased at
a rate only slightly faster than the sulfates were formed, but
during the first part of this stage, when active tissue building
took place, sulfates increased far more rapidly than nitrogenous
substances disappeared, indicating that the nitrogenous sub-
stances were not used for the metabolic processes, but for recon-
struction, while in the second part of the stage, when the larvae
were formed, the decrease in nitrogen runs parallel with the in-
crease of sulfates, or in other words, the nitrogenous substances
were used for the maintenance of life. It is of interest to note
that during the pupal stage sulfates did not increase in relation
to the nitrogen content, indicating that if nitrogenous matter
was used it was not oxidized but utilized in the transformation
processes as building stones without waste.

Sept., 1927]

Rudolfs: Chemical Changes

225

The relation between carbonates and sulfates (figure 3)
changed very rapidly shortly after the eggs were deposited and
while the larvae were formed. During the feeding stage the rela-
tion between carbonates and sulfates, both assumed to be waste
products but from different sources, remained nearly constant.
During the pupal stage the ratios were practically alike for all
determinations. The next question is, which of the two groups
of substances, carbonaceous or nitrogenous, were utilized at a
faster rate? Figure 4 showing graphically the ratios between

Fig. 4. Changes in the nitrogen-earbonates ratios of tent caterpillars.

carbonates and nitrogen is meant to indicate the answer. If the
rate of accumulation of nitrogen had been the same as the rate
of carbonates formation, a straight line could have been drawn
between the calculated points. If, however, the curve of car-
bonates rises (when nitrogen is kept constant) the rate of their
production must be greater or the rate of decomposition of car-
bonaceous material is greater than that of nitrogenous matter.
It can be expected that results plotted for insects feeding on
leaves will show an upward curve for carbonates in relation to
nitrogen. During the formation of the larvae and in the pupal
stage this might be less evident if we left out of consideration
fatty substances and glycogen. It seems clear however, that dur-
ing three critical stages of development nitrogenous substances
are of special importance, namely (1) when new larvae are
formed, (2) when the insect gets ready for pupation and (3)
again when the pupae are changing to the adult stage.

The relation between moisture content and sulfate formation

226

Journal New York Entomological Society tVoi. xxxv

is graphically shown in figure 5. It is evident that during the
first part of the life cycle of the insect (while the larvae were con-
fined in the egg cases) sulfate formation had a direct relation to
the moisture content of the egg masses. When the larvae were
being formed sulfates increased rapidly and the moisture con-
tent went down, but the rate of sulfate increase was greater than
the rate of moisture decrease. After the larvae were formed the
relation between moisture content and sulfates remained fairly

Fig. 5. Relation between moisture and sulfates and carbonates during the
life cycle of tent caterpillars.

constant. As soon as the larvae started feeding the moisture con-
tent increased more rapidly than the sulfate content but by the
time the larvae were one-third full grown this relation was re-
versed. Sulfates increased more rapidly than the moisture con-
tent until maturity was reached. As soon as the larvae were full
grown the relation between moisture content and sulfates re-
mained practically constant until the prepupal stage, but
changed again from the prepupal to the pupal stage. It re-
mained thereafter constant until the adults emerged.

The relation between carbonates and moisture at the time when
the larvae were formed and remained in the egg cases is quite
similar to the relation between moisture and sulfates during this
period. When the larvae hatched the carbonates were very high
in relation to their moisture content, but this decreased rapidly
until the insects were one-third full grown, similar to the rela-

Sept., 1927]

Rudolfs: Chemical Changes

227

tion between moisture and sulfates. This similarity indicates
clearly to my mind that practically all the food intake was util-
ized for the building of new cells and preservation of life and not
for storage, especially in view of the fact that fats did not start
to accumulate appreciably until the low carbonate level was
reached. The most interesting fact recorded during this part of
the life cycle is that, when the larvas were about full grown the
sulfate content dropped in relation to the moisture content,
whereas the carbonate content kept on increasing, or in other
words, the carbonaceous material was utilized at this stage and
not the nitrogenous matter. The next interesting thing occurred
during pupation. In spite of the fact that fats actually increased

Fig. 6. Relation between fat content, sulfates and carbonates. Insert shows
fat-carbonates ratios enlarged scale in pupal stage.

during this period and the sulfate content remained constant,
the carbonate content increased from 3.48 per cent, to 6.72 per
cent, (when the moisture content was kept constant) or an in-
crease of 51.8 per cent. This increase again is explained by the
decrease in glycogen content during this stage.

The relation between sulfates and carbonates and fats during
the different stages is plotted in figure 6. At the time the larvas
were formed in the egg cases the relation between fats and sul-
fates changed rapidly; the sulfates accumulated at a faster rate
than the fatty substances disappeared in spite of the fact that

228

Journal New York Entomological Society [VoL xxxv

fats decreased from 4.45 to 1.71 per cent, during the first twenty-
six days. From the middle of August to the middle of January
the relation between fats and sulfates remained fairly constant,
but during the last months before hatching of the caterpillars
sulfates increased very rapidly again, indicating that during this
time, when the percentage fatty substances was low, nitrogenous
materials were utilized for maintenance of the life processes.
During the whole period when the caterpillars were feeding
actively the rate of sulfate production was approximately the
same as the rate of fat accumulation, while during the pupal
stage the rate of fat increase was greater than the rate of sulfate
accumulation.

If we assume for the time being that during the part of the
life cycle when the eggs were deposited up to the time of hatch-
ing of the larvge, most of the carbonates were formed as a result
of the destruction of fatty substances, we note that during the
period when the larvae were formed carbonates accumulated at a
faster rate than sulfates. As soon as the larvae were formed the
rate of carbonate production decreased somewhat but they were
being formed at a faster rate than the fats were destroyed. Ob-
viously other substances yielding carbonates were utilized for
the maintenance of life. This is especially true near the end of
the confinement of the caterpillars. The relation between car-
bonates and fats during the transformation processes of pupation
changed somewhat (inset in the figure). During the first part
of the pupation processes the percentage fatty substances actu-
ally increased on a dry basis (1) and at the same time carbonates
increased. Again the explanation is furnished by the changes
in glycogen content at this time.

I expect to discuss glycogen accumulation and its fluctuations
in a future paper, together with data available on the weight and
length of the insects. All original data and a general discussion
and summary of the studies will be published.

Summary

Data obtained by chemical analyses on the accumulation and
fluctuation of sulfates and carbonates, which are considered a
part of the end products of the life processes of the apple tent

Sept., 1927]

Rudolfs: Chemical Changes

229

caterpillar, are presented graphically and discussed. The rela-
tion between sulfates and carbonates during the different stages
of development and the fluctuations occurring are compared with
the moisture, fat and nitrogen content of the insect.

Nitrogen appears to play an important role at three critical
stages, namely (1) when the larvae are formed, (2) when the in-
sect gets ready for pupation and (3) when the pupae change to
the adult stages. Fatty substances are used and stored for en-
ergy and do not appear to be of special importance at any critical
stage for tissue building. It appears that the moisture content
of the insects during the different stages of development is di-
rectly related to the rate of their activities.

References

1. Rudolfs, W. Studies on the chemical changes during the life cycle of
the tent caterpillar ( Malaoosoma Americana Fab. I and II, Journ.
N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIY, pp. 249-256; XXXIY, pp. 320^330, 1926.

Sept., 1927]

Weiss and Ziegler: Thomas Say

231

THE COMMUNISM OF THOMAS SAY

By Harry B. Weiss and G. M. Ziegler

In the various biographical accounts of Thomas Say, and par-
ticularly in those appearing in scientific .journals, little is said of
his communistic life at New Harmony. Ord, in his memoir of
Say, speaks disapprovingly and ironically of the labors of Owen
and Maclure in their Indiana settlement, “where the sum of
human happiness, it was believed, would be exalted; and where
science and letters, it was confidently affirmed, would soon arise,
like the orient sun, to enlighten our benighted western world. ”i
Ord’s account, however, was written shortly after the failure of
Owen ’s ‘ ‘ social system ’ ’ and without the perspective of time, for
out of Owen’s and Maclure ’s utopian endeavors certain success-
ful social movements can be traced.

We are not here concerned with Say’s scientific attainments,
which are well known and fully recognized, but rather with the
motives which may have induced him to go to New Harmony, and
with his life while there.

New Harmony, located on the Wabash River, in Indiana, was
settled in 1815 by George Rapp and his disciples. Previous to
this time, or in 1803, Rapp and a few followers came to the
United States from German}7 in search of religious freedom, and
purchased a piece of land near Zehenople, Pennsylvania. A year
later, three boatloads of his followers came over, of which six
hundred settled with Rapp, and the remainder, or about one-
third, founded another settlement in Lycoming County under a
Mr. Haller. In 1805 a “community of equality” was established,
and Rapp’s followers agreed to live and dress simply, to give
their possessions to the community for the common good, and to
work for the community at large. Later they renounced mar-
riage and tobacco.

The industry and unity of the Rappites soon developed a re-
markable prosperity. Two thousand acres of cultivated land

i George Ord, in “A Memoir of Thomas S-ay, ” 1834.

232

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

were producing exceptional yields, and woollen and other fac-
tories were established. Realizing, however, the limitations of
their location, twelve miles distant from navigation, and also the
inadaptability of their land for fruit culture, they sold their
Pennsylvania property and purchased a large tract of land in
Indiana, where they founded the village of ‘ ‘ Harmonie. ’ ’ Here,
too, the thrifty Germans flourished under the able leadership of
Father Rapp, and their membership increased. For reasons
which do not seem quite clear at this time, they again sold out in
1824, this time to Mr. Robert Owen, and moved to a place eight-
een miles below Pittsburgh, on the Ohio River, where they built
a village and named it “ Economy.” This is the “ Rapp’s Econ-
omy” where Professor B. Jaeger, as set forth in his “North
American Insects” (1854, page 199), “was happy to be able to
purchase some fine silk handkerchiefs, which were manufactured
there out of silk of their own raising. ’ ’

Leaving the Rappites at Eco'nomy, we come to the activities of
Robert Owen, an English social reformer and cotton manufac-
turer who labored to relieve the terrible conditions of factory
workers during the Industrial Revolution, by improved housing,
the establishment of schools, sickness and old-age insurance, rec-
reation centers, etc., thereby earning for himself the enmity of
his business associates. He was opposed to child labor and worked
hard to secure the passage of reform legislation. However, a
public declaration of his religious beliefs did much to destroy his
popularity and plans, and in 1819, when he stood for Parliament
in Lanark borough, labor leaders, factory owners, and even the
laboring people who had been the objects of his altruism for
many years, combined to defeat him.

When Richard Flower, who had been commissioned by Father
Rapp to sell the Harmonist holdings, visited England, he found
Robert Owen in a favorable frame of mind toward its purchase.
In December, 1824, Mr. Owen visited the United States, and in
the spring of 1825 he became “the owner of an estate consisting
of nearly thirty thousand acres of land — three thousand under
cultivation by the Harmonists, nineteen detached farms, six hun-
dred acres of improved land occupied by tenants, some fine or-
chards, eighteen acres of bearing vines, and the village of Har-

Sept., 1927]

Weiss and Ziegler: Thomas Say

233

monie, with its great church, its brick, frame and log houses, and
its factories, with almost all the machinery.”2 Everything was
in readiness for the founding of his ideal community.

Mr. Owen hoped to reform society by establishing cooperation,
brotherly love, and universal education, and through the absence
of competition and of religious motives. All possessions were to
be held in common by the people ; everyone was to have equal ad-
vantages and freedom ; middlemen were to be abolished and
direct distribution from producer to consumer effected ; the truth
was to be taught and people were to be liberated from their
superstitions ; schools and asylums were to be built ; women were
to have equal rights with men ; labor was to be made pleasant and
attractive; gold and silver as media of exchange were to be re-
placed by a medium which would fluctuate correlatively with
changes in the value of materials; the family was to be replaced
by associations of from 500 to 2,000 people, and the associations
united in tens, hundreds, etc. ; community government was to be
by a general council to which all members between the ages of
thirty and forty belonged, and various departments were to be
run by committees.

As for religion, Robert Owen said that a Supreme Power was
the cause of all existence. In his own words, “The practice of
the rational religion will consist in promoting, to the utmost of
our power, the happiness and well being of every man, woman
and child, without regard to their sect, class, party or color, and
its worship, in those inexpressible feelings of wonder, admiration
and delight, which, when man is surrounded by superior circum-
stances only, will naturally arise from the contemplation of the
infinity of space, of the eternity of duration, of the order of the
universe, and of that Incomprehensible Power, by which the
atom is moved, and the aggregate of nature is governed. ’ ’

During February and March, 1825, Robert Owen explained his
ideas and plans to large and distinguished audiences in the Hall
of Representatives at Washington, and a little later public an-
nouncement was made of the opening of the colony and invita-
tions to membership were extended to all who were in sympathy
with the undertaking. This proclamation was so successful that

2 George B. Lockwood. The New Harmony Communities, 1902, p. 75.

234

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

“New Harmony became the rendezvous of enlightened and pro-
gressive people from all over the United States and northern
Europe. On the other hand, there came to New Harmony scores
of cranks with curious hobbies, many persons impelled by curi-
osity and many others attracted by the prospect of life without
labor. The heterogeneous mass would have afforded Charles
Dickens an unlimited supply of character studies, for eccen-
tricity ran riot in a hundred directions. The large majority were
free-thinkers, attracted by Robert Owen’s unorthodox religious
views. ’ ’3

On May 1, 1825, the “Preliminary Society of New Harmony,”
was formed and a constitution adopted. The purpose of this
preliminary organization was to ‘ ‘ improve the character and con-
ditions of its own members and to prepare them to become asso-
ciates in independent communities, having common property.”
Owen realized the necessity of educating and training the new
members before his ideal community could be attained, and so he
enlisted the support of William Maclure, wealthy Philadelphia
geologist and principal founder of the Philadelphia Academy of
Natural Sciences, who had excellent ideas on education but hazy
ones on political economy. Maclure, who invested $150,000 in
the scheme but limited his liability to $10,000, believed that he
could make New Harmony the center of education in America.
Between them, they collected and brought to New Harmony on
January 18, 1826, such celebrities as Thomas Say, Charles
Alexander Lesueur, artist and naturalist ; Constantine Samuel
Rafinesque, teacher of natural history, botanist and author ;
Dr. Gerard Troost, a Holland geologist ; John Chappelsmith,
artist and engraver; Professor Joseph Neef, a Pestalozzian edu-
cator; Robert Owen’s four sons, trained for teaching and chem-
istry, besides others of lesser fame.

It would be interesting to follow the history of the undertaking
in some detail, but as this is supposed to be an article about
Thomas Say it will suffice to state that dissension arose, new com-
munities were formed by original members who were not in sym-
pathy with Owen’s liberal religious views, the workers tired of
supporting the idlers, jealousies flourished, Owen’s philosophy

3 Lockwood, l.c., p. 103.

Sept., 1927]

Weiss and Ziegler: Thomas Say

235

was criticized, lazy members were ousted, Maclure and Owen
quarreled over property, the law was invoked to settle their dis-
pute, Owen returned to England, and Maclure went to Mexico.
In a short time the disorganization was complete.

It is difficult to determine definitely the extent of Thomas Say ’s
interest in Owen’s scheme for the betterment of humanity.
Before going to New Harmony Say had been associated with
Maclure during the early days of the Philadelphia Academy of
Natural Sciences, and in 1818 he, Peale, Ord and Maclure visited
the coasts of Georgia and eastern Florida for the purpose of
studying natural history. Although his early years, and later
ones too for that matter, were not crowned with financial success,
and although his failure in the drug business, followed as it was
by the necessity of living in the rooms of the society and doing
his own housework and cooking, resulted in a condition bordering
on poverty, yet these experiences, while perhaps tending to make
Say sympathetic with unfortunate humanity, were totally unlike
those of Owen, who was familiar with the squalor, wretchedness
and extreme poverty of factory workers in English towns.

However, Say was always at the service of others and of such
an amiable and trusting nature that he may have readily absorbed
the impassioned accounts of Owen and Maclure of the good life
to be led at New Harmony. His biographers have described his
personality in such terms as ‘ 1 bland, ” “ conciliatory, ” ‘ ‘ modest, ’ ’
“diffident,” “retiring,” etc., leading one to assume that he per-
haps did not hold definite or intense opinions upon many subjects.
Although he may have been reticent in expressing his views, the
fact that he had them and could become indignant upon occasion
is indicated by his statement in a letter to John F. Melsheimer
in 1818 about his Florida trip, wherein he speaks of the “most
cruel & inhuman war that our government is unrighteously &
unconstitutionally waging against these poor wretches whom we
call savages.”4

Again, he may have been more interested in Maclure ’s educa-
tional program for New Harmony and the opportunities for re-
search work which were to be afforded, than in Owen ’s economics.
Maclure was his friend and patron, and Say’s strong sense of

4 Ent. News, Vol. XII, p. 235, 1901.

236

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

duty may have outweighed any doubts as to the outcome of the
venture. During the six or seven years previous to 1825, when
he went to New Harmony, his time was occupied with expeditions
and teaching, neither of them very remunerative, and he was un-
married and in poor health. Perhaps New Harmony appeared
to him as a utopia, an opportunity to escape from illness and
teaching to a life of scientific work with agreeable associates, in-
terrupted only by the necessity of supplying his modest wants.
Perhaps his dependence upon Maclure ’s patronage was such as
to exclude the possibility of refusing to go. Whatever his
motives may have been, he made the trip and was part of the
“Boat Load of Knowledge” that descended upon New Harmony
in the middle of January, 1826. It is apparent, even from the
meager accounts accessible to us, that once there Say entered fully
into the spirit of Owen ’s and Maclure ’s plans.

The Duke of Saxe-Weimar, who visited New Harmony in 1826,
recorded his1 impression of Say as follows: “I renewed acquain-
tance here with Mr. Say, a distinguished naturalist from Phila-
delphia, to whom I had been introduced there, but unfortunately
he had found himself embarrassed in his fortune, and was obliged
to come here as a friend of Mr. Maclure. The gentleman ap-
peared quite comical in the costume of the society, with his hands
covered with hard lumps and blisters, occasioned by the unusual
labor he was obliged to undertake in the garden. ’ ’

It is conceivable also that Say took part in the social life of the
community, at least that part of it involving his immediate
friends. Miss Lucy Sistare, who became Mrs. Say, was one of the
belles of the place and fond of dancing, and it is not unlikely that
Say, in spite of his bashfulness, found it expedient to please her.
As to the living, the Duke said, “Upon the whole, I cannot com-
plain either of an overloaded stomach, or a headache from the
wine. The living was frugal in the strictest sense. ’ ’ Ord infers
that both Maclure and Say carried their abstinence from food too
far, in view of the fact that each lived for a considerable time
on six cents a day.

When the ‘ 1 permanent ’ 7 community was formed, Mr. Say was
elected by the parent community as superintendent of literature,
science and education, a comprehensive title. If Ord’s account

Sept., 1927]

Weiss and Ziegler: Thomas Say

237

is true, Say was poorly fitted to superintend either literature or
education. Say received his early training in the Friends ’ Acad-
emy of West-town, Pennsylvania, where he acquired a “ distaste
for letters ’ ’ and classical literature. These he did not miss until
later in life, and then his passion for making discoveries occupied
his attention to the exclusion of everything else. Maclure, too,
was not partial to belles-lettfes. He considered literature as an
“ornamental” branch of study as opposed to the “useful” sci-
ences. He believed that ‘ ‘ a plain, simple narrative of facts, got
by evidence of the senses,” was “all the literature that ninety-
nine one-hundredths of mankind have occasion for.” Such was
the treatment of belles-lettres at the hands of a geologist and
entomologist in New Harmony.

While at New Harmony, Say had an opportunity to introduce
reforms into entomological nomenclature, but he failed to utilize
it. One of his fellow superintendents, Stedman Whitwell, wor-
ried by the number of “Washingtons” and “ Springfields ” that
were appearing in every state, proposed a system of nomenclature
by which a locality could be given a, distinctive name that would
indicate at once the latitude and longitude of the place, thereby
enabling one to locate it geographically. Whitwell ’s scheme in-
volved the use of letters as shown below as substitutes for the
figures expressing latitude and longitude.

Latitude

Longitude

The latitude was to be indicated by the first part of the town
name and the longitude by the second part, by substituting let-
ters for the figures in the above table. “ S ” in the latitude name
indicated that it was south latitude, and its absence denoted north
latitude. “V” denoted west longitude, and its absence east lon-
gitude. By this method, New Harmony, 38°, 11', N ; 87°, 55', W,
became Ipba Veinul; New York, Otke Notive; Pittsburgh, Otfu
Veitoup, and Washington, Feili Neivul. According to Lockwood,

238

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

“ the principal argument in favor of the new system presented
by the author was that the name of a neighboring Indian chief,

‘ Occoneocoglecococachecachecodungo, ’ was even worse than some
of the effects produced by this 'rational system’ of nomencla-
ture.” Elaborate rules for the pronunciation of the compound
names were formulated by Whitwell.

After the failure of Owen ’s social system and Maclure ’s Edu-
cational Society, Maclure stayed at New Harmony and continued
his experiments in education, running a seminary for both sexes.
In 1828 he went to Mexico for his health, leaving his interests in
Say’s charge. With no other means of support, Say was com-
pelled to remain at New Harmony, which he did until his death
in 1834. However, New Harmony was a focus for scientists for
many years after its failure as a “ community ’ ’ and here Say did
much of his work on the- ‘ ‘ American Conchology ’ ’ and his third
volume of ‘ ‘ American Entomology. ’ 9

Although the New Harmony communities, wrecked as they
were by the human factors of stupidity, greed, jealousy, cussed-
ness and arrogance, were laid out by Owen along carefully
planned economic lines, they did not after all constitute the kind
of Utopia that most of us look forward to without any hope of
attaining. They were too practical, too much like the real world,
and too much like poor colonies. Say’s communism, if it can be
so called, was apparently incidental to the rest of his life, and of
his own private Utopia we know nothing.

REFERENCES-

Essig, E. O. Outlines of the History of American Entomology, 1926
(mimeographed) .

Fox, W. J. Letters from Thomas Say to John F. Melsheimer, Ent. Nqws,
Yol. XII, pp, 233-236, 1901.

Haguewood, Florette K. Thomas S-ay, American Naturalist, Amer. Coll.,
Yol. II, 366.

Jaeger, B. North American Insects, 1854.

Kingsley, J. S. Thomas Say, Pop. Sci. Mthly., Yol. XXI, pp. 687-691,
1882.

Lockwood, G. B. The New Harmony Communities, 1902 (Marion, Ind.).
Moore, Edward E. A Century of Indiana, 1910 (New York).

New International Encyclopedia.

Sept, 1927]

Weiss and Ziegler: Thomas Say

239

Owen, Caroline Dale. Seth Way, A Romance of the New Harmony Com-
munity, 1917 (New York). (Thomas Say is the hero of the tale.)

Say, Thomas. Complete Writings on the Entomology of North America,
edited by John L. LeConte, Vol. I, 1859 (New York). (Contains
memoir of Say by George Ord.)

Webster, F. M. Thomas Say, Ent. News, Vol. VI, pp. 1-4; 33-34; 80-81;
101-103; 1895.

Youmans, J. S. Pioneers of Science in America, pp. 215-222, 1896.

Sept., 1927]

Myers : Lophoptilus

241

OBSERVATIONS ON THE HABITS AND LIFE HIS-
TORY OF THE MOTH— LOPHOPTILUS
ELOISELLA

By Mabel A. Myers
Anaheim, California

The lavernid moth, Lophoptilus eloisella, has been known to be
associated with the evening primrose since 1875, when Chambers
gave it the specific name of “ oenotheraella.”1 Miss Mnrtfeldt,
however, was the first one who really made any very detailed
observations upon its life history. She described the larva and
its general habits, the pupa and its period of pupation.

The yellow larvae of this moth are found in great numbers in-
side the stem of the evening primrose at Ithaca, N. Y., where I
collected them in the late winter of 1925-26. Practically every
stem which was opened had at least one of these larvae in the
pith. One stem had thirteen in its extent. Usually one finds
three to four.

They are found as a general rule in the pith cavity of the
middle half of the stem, and only occasionally are they found in
the thicker and much woodier lower fourth of the stem, or the
upper part where the spikes of flowers arise.

One finds the larvae in the pith in September and October.
At this time or a little later, each has already eaten practically
all the pith in its neighborhood for a length of 0.8 cm. to 2.2 cm.,
but the usual distance so cleared is about 1 cm. The larva cleans
this area thoroughly, and builds up at each end more or less of a
cone-shaped pile of frass, stuck together with silk. The bases
of the cones, facing one another, form the inside boundaries of
the little chamber so constructed by the larvae, and the apices
of the cones are directed into the undisturbed pith. The disks
or bases of the cones are lined by a very fine layer of silk, as are
also the sides of the cylindric chamber, later on.

1 Canad. Ent., Yol. VII. Pp. 30 and on. 1875.

242

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

During the months of March or April, depending upon the tem-
perature, the larvae become much more active. A second layer
of silk, denser than the first, and inside of it, is spun about the
chamber. A little hole is cut through the wall of the stem as far
as the cuticle, at the upper end of the chamber. The silk lining
of this chamber is extended into and also lines this hole and the
chips are imbedded in the silk on its upper side.

Then the larva proceeds to weave about itself a cocoon of very
closely matted silk (Pig. 2, B), in which the later formed pupa
seems to be suspended. During pupation the head capsule of the
larva is shifted and finally caught in the lower part of the cocoon.
This third layer of silk is extended above through the exit hole
before described, so that the imago may pass immediately to the
exterior when the cuticle is ruptured.

Pupal Stage. — (Pig. 1, C; Fig. 2, B.) The pupas kept in the
laboratory emerged after about two weeks. Those in the field
had a period of pupation of about forty days during the summer
of 1926. The early part of the summer, however, was unusually
cool, and probably ordinarily Miss Murtfeldt’s estimate of about
twenty to twenty-five days is a better average.

fore pupation. B. Ventral aspect of the third and fourth ab-
dominal segments of the caterpillar, (a) abdominal prolegs
showing arrangement of chitinous hooks. C. Ventral aspect
of pupa (specimen was preserved in alcohol, so is contracted
somewhat).

Sept., 1927]

Myers : Lophoptilus

243

Fig. 2. A. Longitudinal section of a portion of a stem of the evening
primrose, showing caterpillar (a), in its chamber (b), (c)
frass pile, (d) solid pith. B. Another section showing pupa
suspended in its cocoon; (a) cuticle of stem; (b) exit hole for
imago; (c) middle layer of silk; (d) pupa (the three layers
of silk cut away); (e) inner layer of cocoon; (f) outer layer
of silk. C. Tip of stem of evening primrose, with lateral view
of imago, recently emerged. D. Leaf of evening primrose,
with imago of Lophoptilus eloisella, in characteristic resting
position.

244

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

In 1926, at Ithaca, I found the larvae, and later the pupae were
very heavily parasitized. Not more than one half of the larvae
brought in from the field emerged as imagoes.

The first of these parasites to appear is the iehneumonid Epiu-
rus pterophori Ashmead. Then followed: Epiurus pterophori
Ashm.,2 Eurytoma tylodermatis Ashm.,2 Chelonus fissus Prov.,2
Bassus gibbosus Say3 and an undescribed species of Orgilus3.

In addition, there is the mite Tyroglyphus lintneri which was
found to be feeding upon the larva as it was constructing its
silk layers.

By the middle of August (of the year 1926) the young larvae
were found boring in the stems. Quite a range in size was notice-
able at this particular time, and of course the length and size of
the burrow varied accordingly.

It was possible to locate the point of entrance of the larva by
following the burrow as it diminished in size. In all cases it was
found that the larva followed the vascular system of a leaf into
the stem. In several cases the writer traced the tiny burrow to
the exterior — along the midrib of a leaf on its upper surface.

Not only were the lepidopterous larvae found in the stems at
this time, but also the larvae of at least two parasites were inhabit-
ing the pith. In several cases, the moth larva had been killed
already by the parasite which had invaded its burrow.

2 Kindly determined for me by R. A. Cushman.

3 Kindly determined for me by A. B. Gahan.

Sept., 1927]

Townsend : Cephenemyia

245

ON THE CEPHENEMYIA MECHANISM AND THE
DAYLIGHT-DAY CIRCUIT OF THE
EARTH BY FLIGHT

By Charles H. T. Townsend

In the April, 1926, issue of the Scientific Monthly, the writer
published an article on this subject, which was commented on by
Mr. H. V. Haight in the succeeding issue of the same journal.
Mr. Haight ’s points are very well taken, and his remarks on fuel
are of especial interest and importance.

Mr. Howard S. Rappleye, of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey, called the writer’s attention by letter to the fact that the
length of the 40th parallel is 19,103 statute miles and that of the
60th parallel 12,483 statute miles; also that, as observed by Mr.
Haight in his comments, 815 miles per hour exceeds the speed of
dawn, whereby a westward flight at that speed, starting from
New York at dawn, would keep the flyer in darkness for the
entire circuit, on the basis of the erroneous length of the parallel.

The writer was keeping strictly in mind the ordinary single
daylight-day of 17 hours at a given point on the 40th parallel,
like New York, in June ; and the daylight-day of 18 hours on the
60th parallel, likewise at a given point. He confesses to having
overlooked the fact that 815 miles per hour exceeds the speed of
dawn. However, while this would in great part eliminate the
sight-seeing element of the trip, flying westward on the original
schedule, the result would remain the same and one would get
back to New York the same date on which he left there. At the
same speed of 815 miles per hour, one could travel east on the
40th parallel and experience two short daylight-days divided by
a short night, all on the same date at New York. But by the
revised length of the 40th parallel we see that the circuit either
way at this speed would consume nearly 23% hours. On the
50th parallel it would consume little over 19% hours, and on the
60th parallel little less than 15 1-3 hours.

246

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

A speed of only 466 miles per hour is necessary to circle the
earth westward on the 40th parallel of north latitude in June
from dawn to dusk of the aviator’s day, since the flyer would
have 41 hours of continuous daylight on such trip, and only
about 385 miles per hour will accomplish this circuit on the 50th
parallel ; while about 297 miles per hour will do the same on the
60th parallel, where the flyer would have at least 42 hours of con-
tinuous daylight. This is not a single daylight-day from the
viewpoint of a fixed locality, but a double daylight-day ; yet, from
the viewpoint of the flyer, constantly moving westward, it
amounts to a single dajdight-day in effect. It is of extreme in-
terest as affording a mark that should be reached within the next
decade ; while the more remote future holds the possibility of
riding the tail of high noon or speeding on the wings of the
morning halfway between the equator and either pole. It can
not be denied that the double daylight-day westward circuit will
attain great popularity before the single daylight-day circuit is
realized.

The new trend of experimental invention is toward the devel-
opment of the ornithopter type of air machine. This is the flap-
ping-wing type. Many facts point to the possibility that this
type, or an acceleration of it, will eventually materialize and
outdo the airplane in general utility and effectiveness. In view
of this, the structure of the Cephenemyia wing takes on an in-
creased importance. The flapping wing of the bird has a very
different structure from the vibrating wing of the fly, and ex-
tended experiment may easily result in demonstrating the supe-
riority of the latter for purposes of mechanical flight. The fly-
wing type of air machine may be termed Myiopter.

The main object of this article is to call attention to the pecu-
liar structure of the fly wing. The Cephenemyia wing has never
been critically studied, but the Musca vomitoria or blowfly wing
has been quite exhaustively described by Lowne and Ritter. The
main features of the two should be much the same, but it is quite
certain that the Cephenemyia wing is far more perfected in de-
tail. The chief mechanical interest in the matter hinges on the
unique method of articulation of the fly wing with the body.
This, unlike the articulation of the bird wing, is accomplished by

Sept., 1927]

Townsend : Cephenemyia

247

seven peculiarly shaped sclerites assembled on a particular plan
and massed together in the wing base. These sclerites, through
their form and system of coordination, function in allowing the
greatest freedom of movement combined with the utmost rapidity
of stroke.

Below are the names of these seven sclerites, with a brief de-
scription of the characters and functions of each :

1. Epaulet. — A subcircular scalelike sclerite fringed with
bristles and set at the extreme base of the wing. It springs from
the margin of the pre-epaulet, which is a hoodlike pouch of the
epipleural body-plate, and articulates with the dens and the cora-
coid. It protects the wing joint in front.

2. Sub epaulet. — A bare subscalelike sclerite lying beneath and
distally to the epaulet. It springs also from the margin of the
pre-epaulet, gives off a process to connect with the coracoid, and
articulates with the costa or outer marginal rib of the wing. It
gives free movement to the costa.

3. Dens. — A sclerite consisting of a compact body with four
protuberances or processes, of which only the main one or den-
tate process is externally visible. It articulates anteriorly with
the epaulet, and posteriorly with the unguiculus. It increases
the freedom of movement of the costal border of the wing.

4. Coracoid. — A sclerite wedged in between the epaulet and
the unguiculus. It tends to prevent the dislocation of the re-
migium, which see further on.

5. Unguiculus. — A peculiarly shaped sclerite consisting of a
horizontal and a vertical plate and a stirruplike structure. Its
horizontal plate is wedged between the coracoid and the dentate
process of the dens. Its vertical plate lies between the dentate
process of the dens and the rest of the propterygium (epaulet
and subepaulet). The stirruplike portion projects below the
wing base in the form of a hook which articulates with the epi-
pleural body-plate. It provides extreme freedom of wing move-
ment.

6. Hypopterygium. — A curved capitate sclerite surrounded by
an erectile papilla and capped by an elastic hood of hyaline
tissue. It articulates proximally with the posterior edge of the
pre-epaulet. It functions during extension of the wing by inter-

248

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

position between the articulation of the preceding sclerites with
the remigium.

The six sclerites above described constitute the anterior root
of the wing. The epaulet, subepaulet and dens comprise the
propterygium or front subsystem; the coracoid and unguiculus
comprise the mesopterygium or mid-subsystem, and the hypo-
pterygium alone forms the hind subsystem of the anterior root.

The epaulet and subepaulet, taken together, form a series
which springs from the pre-epaulet and articulates distally with
the costa or front rib of the wing. The dens, coracoid, unguicu-
lus and hypopterygium form a series which articulates proxi-
mally as a whole with the body projection known as the head of
the anterior alar apophysis of the postscutum, and distally with
the remigium or common root of the subcostal and radial trunks
of the wing ribbing.

7. Metapterygium. — This sclerite forms the entire system of
the posterior root of the wing. It consists of two limbs united at
an obtuse angle, the anterior limb being called the deltoid and
the posterior limb the humerus. It articulates proximally with
the terminal socket of the posterior alar apophysis or inferior
process of the rim of the scutellum, and distally with the pata-
gium or common root of the medial, cubital and axillary trunks
of the wing ribbing. It gives free movement to the inner border
of the wing.

To supplement this brief survey of the fly wing articulation, it
is necessary to make some mention of the muscles which control
the wing. These are classed in two series, the great thoracic and
the alar articulation muscles.

The great thoracic muscles are enormously developed and
nearly fill the whole thoracic cavity of the fly. They furnish the
real wing power and consist of nine pairs of very large muscle-
bands. They comprise six pairs of nearly longitudinal dorsals
in the central portion of the thorax, and three pairs of nearly
vertical sternodorsals outside these in the lateral portions of the
thorax. The contraction of the dorsals acts by increasing the
convexity of the roof of the thorax, raising certain of the exo-
skeletal wing articulation processes, which in turn lower certain
other like processes that act as levers to depress the wings. The

Sept., 1927]

Townsend : Cephenemyia

249

contraction of the sternodorsals raises the wings by vertical com-
pression of the thorax, acting conversely to the dorsals on the
respective processes.

The alar articulation muscles form an elaborate series of ten
pairs controlling the wing roots. Their names and functions are
given below. Complete origins, attachments, courses and inser-
tions can not be given, since these would entail descriptions of
the many thoracic-wall sclerites and processes, which are beyond
the limits of the present article. But enough is given to furnish
an index to the wing root articulation musculature.

1. Adductors.— These are complex, being partly muscle, partly
tendon traversing the postalar foramen, and partly postalar liga-
ment, the last stretched between and inserted in four different
processes of the wing base and body-wall. They function in
drawing the wings back toward the body, serving to restore them
from the position of flight to that of rest.

2. First abductors. — Delta-shaped muscles broadening distally
and inserted in the cruriform process of the parapteron, which is
mainly an internal sclerite of the thoracic wall. They function
in drawing the wings horizontally forward.

3. Second abductors. — These are the strongest of all the alar
articulation muscles and are also delta-shaped. Each lies be-
neath the first abductor of its side, is continued in a tendon
under the parapteron, traverses the postalar foramen and is in-
serted on the front border of the wing joint. They function with
the preceding in drawing the wings horizontally forward, one
pair effecting this while the wings are depressed, thus causing
the forward movement both during and after the down stroke of
the wing.

4. First levators. — Delta-shaped muscles which pass into a
long delicate tendon that is inserted into one of the processes of
the wing base. Their contraction depresses the process, causing
the wings to rise and at the same time drawing them somewhat
backward.

5. Second leva, tors. — Rhombic muscles passing into a strong
tendon which is inserted into the same process in the wing base
with the preceding. They function with the first levators in
raising the wings and drawing them somewhat backward, their
contraction depressing the process.

250

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

6. First supinators. — Delta-shaped muscles passing into a ten-
don which is inserted into the anal ligament. They function in
depressing the anal portion of the wings.

7. Second supinators. — Also delta-shaped, each arising at an
apodeme behind the first supinator of its side, being then con-
tinued in a long tendon which passes through the postalar fora-
men and is inserted in the anal ligament. They function with
the first supinators in depressing the anal portion of the wings.

8. Pronators. — Slender delta-shaped muscles, each passing
with the second abductor tendon of its side under the parapteron,
being then continued in a tendon which traverses the prealar
foramen and is inserted on the wing joint. They function in de-
pressing the anterior border of the wing, apparently increasing
the wing torsion during the down stroke. These and the two
pairs of supinators appear to produce the torsion of the wing
surface and change its degree as required.

9. Gradies. — Small oval muscles arising from the parapteron
and continued in a delicate tendon which is inserted in a process
of the body wall. Their function is obscure.

10. Anonymi. — Very delicate and covering the episternum.
Function unknown.

Fuller details of the above sclerites and muscles in Musca
vomitoria may be found in B. T. Lowne ’s ‘ ‘ Anatomy and Physi-
ology of the Blowfly,” 2 vols., London (1892-95) ; and in W.
Fitter’s “ Flying Apparatus of the Blowfly,” Smithsonian Mis-
cellaneous Collections, vol. LVI, Washington (1911). The
Cephenemyia wing, however, will certainly be found to differ in
important details, and must be thoroughly studied on its own.
The Musca vomitoria mechanism merely paves the way to a real-
ization of the complexity of the Cephenemyia mechanism.

Regarding the speeds of Cephenemyia, the idea of a fly over-
taking a bullet is a painful mental pill to swallow, as a friend
has quaintly written me, yet these flies can probably do that to
an old-fashioned musket ball. They could probably have kept
up with the shells that the German big-bertha shot into Paris
during the world war. The males are faster than the females,
since they must overtake the latter for coition. Then the males

Sept., 1927]

Townsend : Cephenemyia

251

habitually fly at higher altitudes than the gravid females, and
thus encounter less friction which enables them to attain greater
speeds. Besides the gravid females are heavily laden with ova
and young, which must make them slower than the males. At
7,000-foot levels in the Sierra Madre valleys of western Chihua-
hua I have seen the gravid females pass while on the search for
hosts at a velocity of well over 300 yards per second— allowing a
slight perception of color and form, but only a blurred glimpse.
On the other hand, on 12,000-foot summits in New Mexico I have
seen pass me at an incredible velocity what were quite certainly
the males of Cephenemyia. I could barely distinguish that some-
thing had passed — only a brownish blur in the air of about the
right size for these flies and without sense of form. As closely as
I can estimate, their speed must have approximated 400 yards
per second.

Both the bird and the fly exemplify in a general way the flap-
ping wing movement, but the fly wing is far speedier in its up-
and-down movements and must be termed the vibrating wing.
The bird has an internal skeleton, hence its wing articulation is
internal to the muscular system. The fly has an external skele-
ton, thus its wing articulation is external, the muscles being pro-
tected inside the skeletal structures. The latter type alone admits
of the peculiar complex wing base of the fly. These constitute
the radical differences between the ornithopter and myiopter
types of mechanism. The external articulation appears to be the
more efficient. Air machines will, therefore, probably attain
greater efficiency if modeled on the myiopter plan.

New construction materials of great strength and resiliency,
new fuels of superior concentration, and new and superefficient
motors are all three coming to the front at the present moment.
With these aids, the myiopter type of machine should far excel
anything heretofore accomplished in the air, and may well aim. at
exceeding the speed of the dawn.

The idea of beating the speed of the earth’s axial revolution
holds fascinating possibilities. Short stops could be made at
various points when necessary to replenish power and supplies as
well as for frequent change of machines at regular bases, and one
could still keep abreast on the average with the westward ad-

252

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

vance of midday. As the daylight-day shortens in the northern
hemisphere, one could follow the sun across the equator into the
southern hemisphere with its long' December days of daylight,
thereby keeping the glowing orb always in the zenith. We can
go Joshua one better by causing the sun to recede eastward from
the aviator’s viewpoint, provided only that we can attain the
alleged speed of Cephenemyia.

Sept., 1927]

Driggers : Hemadas

253

GALLS ON STEMS OF CULTIVATED BLUEBERRY
(VACCINIUM CORYMBOSUM) CAUSED
BY A CHALCIDOID, HEMADAS
NUBILIPENNIS ASHM.1

By Byrley F. Driggers

Associate Cranberry Specialist, New Jersey Agricultural
Experiment Station

The reniform, pithy, polythalamus galls commonly found on
the stems and branches of several species of V actinium have been
quite abundant for the past several years on cultivated blueber-
ries in New Jersey. The Sam variety of V. corymb osum seems
to be particularly susceptible to the formation of this gall. In
one field planted to this variety, nearly all of the plants were
found to have galls in 1925 and 1926. During the season of 1926,
another variety (Harding), planted alongside the Sam variety,
was found infested but to a less extent than the latter.

Specimens of the galls sent to the office of the State Entomolo-
gist of New York were determined as those of the cynipid, Solen-
ozopheria vaccinii Ashm. Specimens of the galls, and five differ-
ent species of chalcidoids that were reared from them, were sent
to the National Museum at Washington, D. C. The galls were
determined either as parasites on the gall maker or as “ guest
flies.” Dr. A. B. Gahan, of the National Museum, expressed
some doubt whether the galls were caused by the cynipid to
which they are commonly ascribed. He thought it probable that
the galls were caused by Hemadas nubilipennis Ashm., a species
commonly reared from the galls.

Lack of knowledge concerning the life history and habits of
the gall maker has been a handicap in devising suitable control
measures. The experiments reported at this time were carried
on in an effort to isolate the true gall maker and to gain some
knowledge of its life history.

i Paper No. 353, of the Journal Series, New Jersey Agricultural Experi-
ment Station’s Department of Entomology.

254

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

History of the Gall

In 1887, Dr. W. H. Ashmead published a description of the
gall in Transactions of the American Entomological Society , vol-
ume 14. He described the gall as a 1 1 renif orm, pithy gall on the
stem or branches of Vaccinium corymb osum and V. pennsylvani-
cum.” Dr. Ashmead bred one female cynipid from the galls in
February, 1886. He set up a new genus and species, naming the
insect Solenozopheria vaccinii. The formation of the gall was
ascribed to this species.

The writer has tried to rear the cynipid in question from hun-
dreds of galls but with no success. Inquiry revealed the fact that
others had made numerous attempts to rear the supposed gall
maker but had failed.

Besides the single cynipid specimen, Dr. Ashmead named and
described three chalcidoids that were reared from the Yaccinium
galls. The three species which are commonly reared from the
galls are: Hemadas nubilipennis Ashm., Ormyrus vaccimiicola
Ashm. and Eurytoma zolenozopheriae Ashm. Dr. Ashmead
thought these chalcidoids were either parasites or guest flies.

Rearing Experiments

In the winter of 1925-1926 and the spring of 1926, the writer
collected 400 galls from a cultivated variety of Vaccinium corym-
bosum. Collections were made up to the first week in May, 1926.
All the galls were placed in one large cage and the insects al-
lowed to emerge throughout the spring and summer of 1926.
Most of the galls, and especially those collected the first week in
May, had quite a number of exit holes when collected, indicating
that some of the insect inhabitants had already emerged. Pre-
vious observations had shown that a few individuals of the two
species, Eurytoma solenzopheria Ashm., and Ormyrus vaccinii-
cola Ashm., emerge in the fall of the same year in which the galls
are formed. The number of individuals of each species that had
emerged were recorded from time to time through the summer.
The data are set forth in table 1. It was observed that the peak
of emergence for Hemadas nubilipennis Ashm. occurred about
the time the blueberry plants were putting out new vegetative

Sept, 1927]

Driggers : Hemadas

255

growth. The peak of emergence for Decat oma sp. came about
two weeks after the peak of emergence for Hemadas. The other
three species were never very numerous and were found to
emerge over a longer period of time.

TABLE 1

Species of Chalcidoids Emerging in 1926 from 400 Galls Formed in the

Summer of 1925

No. of individuals found to have
Species emerged at different dates

June 7

July 15

Aug. 1

Aug. 18

Sept. 21

Hemadas nubilipennis Ashm

1,639

Deoatoma sp

891

Eurytoma solenozoplieria Ashm.

184

Ormyrus vacciniicola Ashm

452

Eupelmus sp

Solenozoplieria vaccinii Ashm.

An examination of the data in table 1 shows that not a single
cynipid was bred out. The data also show that Hemadas nubili-
pennis Ashm. was the most numerous species to emerge. Dr.
A. B. Gahan, of the National Museum, informed the writer that
he had gotten similar results from rearing experiments. Another
interesting point brought out by a study of the data in table 1
is the fact that a second brood of Ormyrus vacciniicola Ashm.
emerged the first part of August. The individuals of this brood
were much smaller than the individuals of the first brood. It is
not known whether the eggs of this second brood were deposited
in the old galls after the other species had emerged. If such was
the case ' it would indicate that Ormyrus is1 a “ guest fly ’ ’ and
not a parasite. No particular observations were made to deter-
mine if Ormyrus oviposits in the old galls. However, on May 10,
the writer observed an Ormyrus individual trying to insert her
ovipositor in an old gall. The individual was gently moved to a
young growing twig but returned to the old gall. This was re-
peated several times. Another Ormyrus individual was found
with her ovipositor held fast in an old gall.

256

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Observations Made to Determine Which Species Oviposit in
Blueberry Stems

The writer introduced fresh young stems of the blueberry
in a breeding cage containing the five different chalcidoids.
Hemadas nubilipennis Ashm. individuals immediately began
ovipositing in the tender stems. Stems, with ovipositing indi-
viduals attached, were placed under binoculars and the oviposit-
ing process observed. In ovipositing, the Hemadas individuals
would place the anterior end of their body toward the growing
end of the shoot. The full length of the ovipositor was inserted
in the stem. After each insertion and removal of the ovipositor,
the individual would move up the stem a very short distance and
insert the ovipositor again. This action was repeated again and
again until a row of punctures about an inch long was made in
the stem. Several of the stems oviposited in by Hemadas were
dissected. The bark on the opposite side of the stem from where
the punctures1 were made was peeled off exposing the ends of nu-
merous long white eggs placed crosswise the stem. Numerous
twigs with the characteristic Hemadas punctures were collected
in the field and dissected. Eggs were found in these stems
similar to the eggs found in the stems exposed to Hemadas under
controlled conditions.

Numerous observations were made to see if any of the other
species would oviposit in fresh blueberry stems. None of them
did. At a later time Decat oma sp. individuals were observed
ovipositing in stems in which Hemadas had deposited eggs.
Fresh stems beside the injured stems were ignored by the Deca-
toma individuals.

Experiments to Determine Which Species of Chalcidoids
Cause Galls on Cultivated Blueberries

Fifty nursery plants of the Sam variety were potted on May
18, 1926. Young shoots on the plants were from one to four
inches in length. The fifty plants were divided into five sets of
ten plants each and the sets plunged in sand. Suitable cages
were constructed over each of the five sets and the sets treated
as follows : Set one was left as a check ; into set two were intro-

Sept., 1927]

Driggers : Hemadas

257

duced fifty Hemadas nubilipennis Ashm. individuals; set three
was given fifty Hemadas individuals, the object being to intro-
duce individuals of the other species after the Hemadas indi-
viduals had deposited eggs; into set four were introduced 30-35
individuals made up of a mixture of Eurytoma solenozopherice
Ashm. and Ormyrus vacciniicola Ashm. ; into set five were intro-
duced 50-60 individuals of Decatoma sp. The insects were intro-
duced into the five cages on the morning of May 19, 1926.

The Hemadas individuals in sets two and three were noted
ovipositing in the new growth shortly after they were introduced.
The plants in the five sets were observed on May 25. Those in
sets one, four and five were growing normally. The stems on
the plants in sets two and three were badly injured by the ovi-
positing of the Hemadas individuals. On May 29, forty Deca-
toma, eight Eurytoma and seven Ormyrus individuals were in-
troduced into set number three. On June 1, all of the plants in
the five sets were removed to a large cage where they were kept
for the remainder of the season.

The plants were observed from time to time throughout the
growing season. Typical kidney-shaped galls formed on every
one of the twenty plants exposed to Hemadas nubilipennis Ashm.
No abnormal growths appeared on any of the plants in sets one
and four. Two globular galls about a fourth of an inch in diam-
eter were formed on one plant in set number five. It will be
recalled that this set was exposed to Decatoma sp.

All the galls on the plants in sets two, three and five were re-
moved on November 8, 1926, and placed in individual jelly
glasses for the purpose of rearing the insects in them. All the
plants in the five sets were examined carefully for galls at that
time. Twenty -two galls were found on the ten plants in set
number two and twenty -two galls on the ten plants in set number
three. Two small galls were found on one of the plants in set
number five. The plants in set one (check set) and set four
(exposed to Ormyrus and Eurytoma) were free of galls.

258

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Discussion of the Results Obtained from Experiments Car-
ried on to Determine Which Species of Chalcidoids
Cause Galls on Cultivated Blueberries

The galls formed on the plants in sets one and two (exposed to
Hemadas nubilipennis Ashm.) show conclusively that this chal-
cidoid is capable of forming galls cn blueberry plants. There
was a possibility of the plants being exposed to other insects
before they were caged and that some other insect was respon-
sible for the galls. This is not probable, however, because the
ten plants in set one were carefully screened to keep out insects
and no galls developed on any of these ten plants.

The ten plants in set four, exposed to females of Ormyrus
vacciniicola Ashm. and Eurytoma solenozopherice Ashm., showed
no signs of gall formations. This indicates that neither of these
two species is capable of forming galls alone. The inference
to be drawn, then, is that these two species are present in the
galls either as parasites or as “ guest flies.”

The two small galls found on one of the plants in set five
(exposed to Decatoma sp?) seem to indicate that this species is
also capable of forming galls on the cultivated blueberry. If
Decatoma sp. individuals are capable of forming galls, it is sur-
prising that fifty or sixty individuals did not produce more galls
on the ten plants than what was found. There is the possibility
that the two small galls found on one of the plants in set five
were caused by the attack of another insect before the plants
were caged. An effort is being made to rear insects from all of
the galls formed under the controlled experiments. If Decatoma
sp. is the only species bred from the two small galls in set five, it
will indicate that this species is capable of producing galls on
the blueberry.

Summary

Galls on the stems and branches of cultivated varieties of
V actinium corymb osum have become so numerous that control
measures are necessary. A study of the records showed that the
galls are supposed to be caused by a cynipid, Solenozopheria
vaccinii Ashm. Rearing experiments carried on for the pur-

Sept, 1927]

Driggers: Hemadas

259

pose of isolating the gall maker and learning something about
its life history produced only chalcidoids, of which there were
five different species. Laboratory observations disclosed the fact
that one of the five species1, Hermadas nubilipennis Ashm., de-
posits eggs freely in the young, growing stems of cultivated
blueberries. In controlled cage experiments, in which separate
sets of blueberry plants were exposed to the different species of
chalcidoids, it was found that Hermadas nubilipennis Ashm. is
capable of forming the reniform, pithy galls commonly ascribed
to Solenozoplieria vaccinii Ashm.

Sept., 1927]

Bell : Erynnis

261

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF ERYNNIS
(THANAOS AUCT.), (LEPIDOPTERA-
RHOPALOCERA-HESPERIIDAE)

By E. L. Bell
Flushing, N. Y.

Erynnis meridianus new species

Male. Upperside. Primaries, dark brown; two darker spots near the
base, one in the cell and one below it; a dark spot from the center of the
costal margin across the cell; a band of dark spots from the costal margin
above the cell-end, curving around and under it and extending to just out-
side of the center of vein 1, all of these spots are rather indistinct; another
dark and more distinct antemarginal band from just before the apex to vein
1, parallel to the outer margin; a pale, minute marginal dot at the vein ends;
between vein 1 and the inner margin is entirely dark ; lightly overscaled with
whitish between the two outer bands; a few scattered scales of the same
color in the discal area; a roundish spot in the cell near the end, which may
be absent; another between veins 3-4, beyond the cell-end; a smaller one
between veins 2-3, below the cell-end, which may be absent; four subapical
spots; all of these spots are whitish, semi-hyaline; fringes dark brown.

Secondaries, dark brown, with a hazy indication of a marginal and ante-
marginal band of paler spots, parallel to the outer margin; fringes dark
brown at their base, paler at the ends.

Underside. Primaries, paler than above, between vein 1 and the inner
margin very much lighter than the rest of the wing; a marginal and ante-
marginal band of paler spots, parallel to the outer margin; apex lightly
scaled with whitish ; semi-hyaline spots of the upper surface repeated ;
fringes brown, slightly paler at their base, giving the effect of a tine mar-
ginal line.

Secondaries, brown, a little paler than above, often with a purplish sheen,
very pronounced in fresh, unfaded specimens; the marginal and antemar-
ginal bands of pale spots hazy, as above; fringes brown, paler at the tip,
with the tine line at their base, as in the primaries ; an occasional specimen
shows two very minute white dots near the outer angle, similar to those
found in propertius Scudder and Burgess and juvenalis Fabricius.

Body, above and beneath, brown; head, brown; palpi, brown, intermixed
with whitish; legs, brown; antennae, above, brown, beneath, spotted light at
the joints; club, above, brown, beneath, yellowish, tip, reddish. Costal-fold
present.

262

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

Female. Upperside. Primaries, similar to the male, except that the
ground-color is lighter, the bands more distinct, the one around the cell-end
composed of streaks and sagittate spots, the whitish overscaling more exten-
sive, giving the wings a more variegated appearance.

Secondaries, same as the male, slightly paler in color, the marginal and
antemarginal spots a little more distinct.

Beneath, same as the male, the fine basal line of the fringes more
pronounced.

Expanse. Male, 42^46 mm; female, 42-44 mm.

Described from 19 males and 7 females, from Arizona and
Texas.

Holotype, male, White Mountains, Arizona, July; allotype,
female, Globe, Arizona, May ; both collected by Mr. 0. C. Poling ;
deposited in the collection of the American Museum of Natural
History, New York City.

Paratypes. Five males, July, 1 female, August, Prescott,
Arizona; 1 male, Redington, Arizona; 1 female, Mohave County,
Arizona; September, 1 male, 1 female, White Mountains, Ari-
zona; 1 female, Paradise, Arizona; July, 2 males, Kerrville,
Texas; 1 male, Shovel Mountains, Texas, May, in collection of
Dr. William Barnes, Decatur, Illinois ; 1 male, White Mountains,
Arizona, July, in collection of Dr. A. W. Lindsey, Granville,
Ohio ; 4 males, 1 female, Paradise, Arizona, July, 1 male, White
Mountains, Arizona, July, 2 males, 1 female, Alpine, Texas, July,
in collection of the author.

The specimens in the collection of the author from Paradise,
Arizona, were collected by Mr. 0. C. Duffner, those from the
White Mountains, Arizona, and Alpine, Texas, by Mr. 0. C.
Poling.

Superficially meridianus greatly resembles horatius Scudder
and Burgess and there does not appear to be any constant charac-
ters to separate them in all cases other than the male genitalia,
the form of which is quite different in the two species ; naturally
there is also a resemblance to juvenalis Fabricius ; meridianus is,
however, of less contrasty appearance and with the whitish over-
scaling of the primaries not so heavy and extensive ; also the two
white spots near the outer angle of the secondaries beneath are
usually absent in meridianus and usually present in juvenalis ;

Sept., 1927]

Bell : Erynnis

263

the genitalic form is also different in the two species, that of
meridianus more nearly resembling the form of propertius, but
constantly differing in all of the specimens examined; super-
ficially meridianus may be separated from propertius by the
somewhat broader wing shape and the much reduced whitish
overscaling.

Sept., 1927]

Alexander : Crane-flies

265

RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEOTROPICAL
CRANE-FLIES (TIPULIDAE, DIPTERA), III.

By Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts

The preceding part under this title was published in 1920
(Journal New York Entomological Society, 28: 1-13). The
majority of the species discussed at the present time were in-
cluded in collections made in Porto Rico by Dr. William A.
Hoffman, in Salvador by Mr. Kenneth A. Salman, and in the
Canal Zone by Dr. Nathan Banks. A few additional specimens
were received from other sources that are mentioned in the text.
I wish to extend my sincere thanks to all of the gentlemen who
have so generously cooperated in this study of the Tipulidae of
Tropical America. Except where indicated to the contrary, the
types are preserved in my collection.

Genus Limonia Meigen

Limonia hoffmani new species.

General coloration obscure brownish yellow, the praescutum with three dark
brown stripes; antennae black, the flagellar segments oval with short apical
pedicels ; legs dark brown, the tips of the femora narrowly paler ; wings with
a faint dusky tinge, the oval stigma darker brown; male hypopygium with
the single dististyle elongate, attached near midlength, the outer lobe obtuse,
setiferous, the inner lobe a long slender rod that is narrowed to the acute
apex.

Male. — Length about 4 mm.; wing 5.1 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brownish black. Antennae relatively elongate, black
throughout, the flagellar segments oval with short apical pedicels. Head
brownish gray, the vertex variegated with darker.

Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotal praescutum obscure brownish yellow
with three dark brown stripes, the humeral region brighter yellow; scutum
yellowish brown, the lobes extensively dark brown; scutellum dark brown,
a little paler at base and apex; postnotum paler brown. Pleura shiny, infus-
cated, the pteropleurite paler. Halteres pale, the knobs dark brown. Legs
with the coxae and trochanters yellowish testaceous, the fore coxae darker
basally; remainder of legs dark brown, the tips of the femora narrowly but

266

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

rather conspicuously paler, the tarsi darker. Wings with a faint dusky tinge,
the oval stigma darker brown; cell Sc darker than the ground-color; veins
dark brown. Macrotrichiae of veins long and conspicuous. Venation: Sc
long, Sci ending shortly before the end of Rs, Sc g subequal to Sci; m arcu-
ated; cell 1st M2 pentagonal; m-cu close to the fork of M.

Abdomen dark brown, including the hypopygium, the segments narrowly
ringed caudally with paler. Male hypopygium with the basistyles elongate,
the ventro-mesal lobe relatively small. Dististyle single, very conspicuous,
attached by its side, being prolonged caudad into an outer and mesad into
a slender inner lobe; outer lobe setiferous, the long gently curved inner lobe
narrowed to the acute apex. Gonapophyses with the mesal lobes long, curved,
the obtuse apices dusky. Aedeagus broad, the outer end expanded into a
head, the apex truncated.

Habitat. — Porto Kico.

Holotype, $ , Luquillo National Forest, May 10-13, 1927 (W.
A. Hoffman).

Limonia hoffmani is named in honor of the collector, my friend,
Dr. William A. Hoffman. The species belongs to a characteristic
group of Neotropical crane-flies, the closest ally being, appa-
rently, L. basistylata Alex. (Jamaica), which differs conspicu-
ously in the structure of the male hypopygium. The present
species was associated in collections from the Luquillo National
Forest with BracJiypremna unicolor 0. S., Geranomyia cinerei-
nota Alex., Helius dibit arsis (0. S.), Pilar ia triangularis n. sp.,
Gonomyia ( Lipophleps ) subterminalis n. sp., G. (L.) bicornuta
n. sp. and Trentepohlia (Paramongoma) niveitarsis (Alex.).

Genus Geranomyia Curtis

Geranomyia cerberus new species.

General coloration brownish black, the mesonotal praeseutum with the three
usual stripes confluent; wings strongly suffused with brown, the stigma
darker; abdominal tergites brownish black; rostral prolongation of male
hypopygium small, the spines conspicuous.

Male. — Length (excluding rostrum) about 6 mm.; wing 8-8.4 mm.; ros-
trum about 2. 2-2.3 mm.

Female. — Length (excluding rostrum) about 5.5—6 mm.; wing about 6.5
mm.; rostrum about 2 mm.

Rostrum short, black throughout. Antennae black throughout; flagellar
segments oval, or the upper apical angle a trifle produced, the terminal seg-
ment longer than the penultimate. Front and anterior vertex gray, the latter

Sept.„ 1927]

Alexander : Crane-flies

267

very narrow, strip-like; remainder of head black, the posterior orbits indis-
tinctly pale.

Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotum brownish black, the usual prsescutal
stripes entirely confluent, the humeral region and narrower lateral margins
obscure yellow; median area of the scutum obscure brownish yellow. Pleura
dark brown, the dorsal region of the sternopleurite restrictedly obscure yel-
low. Halteres short, dark brown, the base of the stem narrowly but con-
spicuously yellow. Legs with the coxae darkened ; trochanters obscure yellow,
the tips darker; femora dark brown, only the bases narrowly brightened;
tibiae brown, the apices and the tarsi paling into yellowish brown, this most
evident on the posterior tarsi. Wings with a strong brown suffusion, the
ill-defined oval stigma darker brown; veins darker than the ground-color.
Venation: Sc moderately long, Sc ^ ending at near one-third to two-fifths the
length of Bs, Sc 2 not far from the tip of Sc^, a weak supernumerary cross-
vein in cell Sc-, Bs long; cell 1st M g closed, a little longer than vein M^+2
beyond it; m-cu close to the fork of M.

Abdomen dark brown, the tergites brownish black; hypopygium dark.
Male hypopygium with the ventral dististyle large and fleshy, the rostral
prolongation very small, the base constricted, the two spines long and con-
spicuous, placed side by side on two elevated tubercles; spines very gently
curved, longer than the apex of the prolongation alone. Dorsal dististyle
relatively short, moderately curved, the tip acute. Mesal lobe of the gona-
pophysis a long, curved acute spine.

Habitat. — Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica.

Holotype, S, Escuintla, Guatemala, November 12, 1902 (G.
Eisen).

Allotype, $ , Cache, Costa Rica, March 3, 1910 (P. P. Calvert),
in the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Paratype, a broken S , Cordoba, Mexico, April 1, 1908 (F.
Knab).

Geranomyia cerberus bears a conspicuous resemblance to G.
lachrymalis Alexv (Ecuador), with which species it was formerly
confused in collections. The records for lachrymalis (Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1916: 492; 1916) pertain to the present species.
The male hypopygia of the two species are very distinct.

Geranomyia recisa new species.

Resembles G. scolopax Alex.; mesonotal prsescutum buffy with three nar-
row dark brown stripes and with the lateral margins darkened; femora with
a subterminal brown ring; wings grayish, with a sparse brown pattern; Sc
short; spines of the rostral prolongation of the male hypopygium relatively
short, subequal, arising from short swollen bases.

268

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Male. — Length (excluding rostrum) about 4 mm.; wing 4.7^4.9 mm.; ros-
trum about 2.2 mm.

Rostrum of moderate length, a little more than half the length of the
body, brownish black, the tips paler; palpi brown. Antennae dark brown
throughout. Anterior vertex pale, yellowish ; posterior vertex dark gray with
two conspicuous black triangular markings that leave a narrow median vitta
of the ground-color.

Pronotum buffy with a dark brown median area. Mesonotal praescutum
buffy with three narrow but very distinct brown stripes; lateral margins of
the sclerite broadly darker than the ground-color but paler than the three
intermediate stripes; when viewed from above the praescutum appears to
have five dark stripes on a buffy ground; scutum obscure yellow, the lobes
pale brown, margined mesially with darker brown, this latter being a caudal
extension of the sublateral praescutal stripes; scutellum yellowish testaceous;
postnotum brownish testaceous. Pleura yellowish brown dorsally, the sterno-
pleurite clearer yellow. Halteres pale, the knobs dark brown. Legs with
the coxae yellow, the fore coxae a trifle darker; trochanters yellow; femora
brownish yellow, clearer basally, with a broad brown subterminal ring, this
about twice as wide as the yellow apex, preceded by a narrower more or less
distinct obscure yellow annulus; tibiae pale brown, the tips slightly darker;
tarsi pale brown, the terminal segments darker. Wings with a grayish tinge,
with a sparse brown pattern; stigma oval, brown; small brown clouds at
origin of Bs and on the supernumerary crossvein in cell Sc; cord and outer
end of cell 1st M 9 narrowly seamed with very pale brown; a pale marginal
cloud on vein B and others at the ends of the anal veins ; veins brownish
yellow, a little darker in the infuscated areas. Venation: Sc relatively short,
both Sc^ and Sc g ending just beyond the origin of Bs; a weak supernumerary
crossvein in cell Sc; Bs weakly angulated at origin; cell 1st M 2 closed, rela-
tively long, about equal to vein -^1+2 beyond it ; m-cu close to the fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the sternites brownish yellow; hypo-
pygium darker brown. Male hypopygium with the ninth tergite rather large,
narrowed posteriorly, the caudal margin with a broad V-shaped notch, the
lateral lobes thus formed obtuse, provided with long coarse setae. Ventral
dististyle large and fleshy, the rostral prolongation rather small and incon-
spicuous; the two spines are subequal in length, one more strongly curved at
base and arising from a swollen base that is a little longer than that of the
second spine, the longest of these bases not exceeding one-fourth to one-fifth
the length of a spine.

Habitat. — Mexico, Salvador.

Holotype, $ , Agronomia, Sonsonate, Salvador, in river canon,
altitude 1,500 feet, March 10, 1926 (K. A. Salman).

Paratopotypes, 4 $ $ , March 20, 1926 ; paratype, $ , Cordoba,
Mexico, December 1, 1924 (Alf. Dampf).

Sept., 1927]

Alexander : Crane-flies

209

Genus Polymer a Wiedemann

Polymera (Polymera) prolixicomis new species.

General coloration dark brown, the mesonotum a little brighter than the
pleura; antennae ( $ ) very- long, binodose; tarsi of all the legs whitened;
wings with a strong brown suffusion; Sc i ending near midlength of ^2+3+4J
Bs and ^2+3+4 subequal or the latter a little longer.

Male. — Length about 5 mm.; wing 5.6 mm.; antenna about 10.5 mm.

Female. — Length about 6 mm.; wing 5.5 mm.

Antennae of male very long, approximately twice the length of the body,
brown, with very long outspreading setae, the segments not or scarcely paler
at the incisures. Head dark brown.

Mesonotum and pleura uniformly dark brown, the lateral pretergites nar-
rowly paler; the dark color of the pleura is somewhat more intense than that
of the notum and includes the fore coxae. Halteres brown, the base of the
stem narrowly pale. Legs with the middle and hind coxae yellowish; tro-
chanters yellow; femora brown, their bases restrictedly paler; tibiae pale
brown, the tips only weakly darker; tarsi of all the legs largely white, on
the posterior legs including the entire tarsi, on the other legs the proximal
ends of the basitarsi more or less darkened. Wings with a strong brown
suffusion, especially in the female, the veins narrowly but evidently seamed
with still darker brown; veins dark brown, the macrotrichiae long and con-
spicuous. Venation: Sc i ending near midlength of ^2+3+4> the latter sub-
equal to or a little longer than Bs and about two-thirds ^2+3) -R 1+2 about
one-half R>2+3 and not exceeding one-third of the distal section of B^ ; cell
Mi very small; cell M g moderately deep, a little shorter than its petiole;
m-cu lying some distance beyond r-ra.

Abdomen dark brown. Ovipositor with the tips of the elongate valves
pale.

Habitat. — Salvador.

Holotype, $ , Agronomia, Sonsonate, in river canon, altitude
1,300 feet, January 31, 1926 (K. A. Salman).

Allotopotype, $ .

The present species comes . closest to P. (P.) fusca Wied.
(Brazil) in the uniform dark coloration of the thoracic pleura,
the whitened tarsi of all the legs and other characters. It differs
conspicuously in the venation, Sc1 ending near midlength of
P2+3+4, the latter being about two-thirds as long as P2+3. In fusca ,
Scx ends considerably beyond the origin of R2+ 3, P2+3+4 being rela
tively short, only about two-fifths of P2+3.

270

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

Genus Pilaria Sintenis

Pilaria triangularis new species.

General coloration brown; head brownish black, paler anteriorly; flagel-
lum dark brown; wings grayish subhyaline, the small stigma dark brown;
cell R small and triangular, much as in species of Gonomyia ; cell 1st M

3 2

open by the atrophy of m; m-cu at or close to the fork of M.

Female. — Length about 5 mm. ; wing 5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brownish black. Antennae with the scapal segments
obscure yellow, the basal five flagellar segments short and crowded, dark
brown; remainder of flagellum broken; verticils of the segments of mod-
erate length only. Head brownish black, the anterior vertex paler.

Pronotum obscure yellow. Mesonotum uniformly brown, the praescutum
without markings, the lateral margins and humeral region broadly yellow-
ish. Pleura testaceous, with a broad dorsal brownish stripe that includes
the dorso-pleural region. Halteres dark brown, the stem a little paler.
Legs with the coxae testaceous, the posterior coxae with a blackened lateral
area; trochanters testaceous; femora and tibiae pale brown, the tips of the
latter a little inf uscated ; tarsi pale brown, the terminal segments darkened ;
setae of legs moderately conspicuous. Wings grayish subhyaline, the base
and costal region a little more yellowish; stigma small, oval, dark brown;
veins brown, paler in the costal region. Venation: Sc short, Sc^ ending
just before two-thirds the length of Rs, Sc 2 some distance from the tip
of Sc^, the latter alone approximately equal to m-cu; Rs strongly angulated
at origin; -K2+3+4 about one-half longer than ^3+4 and in alignment with it;
Ro subequal to JB and about one-half R2+3', -®3 short, oblique, about equal
to m-cu; R about equal to the combined R plus R , cell R being
short-triangular, Gonomyia- like; cell M lacking; cell 1st open by the
atrophy of m ; m-cu at or close to the fork of M ; anterior arculus present.

Abdomen dark brown, the sternites a little paler. Ovipositor with the
valves long and slender, horn-colored, the sternal valves darker.

Habitat. — Porto Rico.

Holotype, $ , Luquillo National Forest, May 10-13, 1927 (W.
A. Hoffman).

The reference of this fly to Pilaria is provisional only. It
seems unquestionably to be related to the Nearctic lent a 0. S. and
allies, the strict generic position of which still remains in ques-
tion. Pilaria triangularis is an even more aberrant species than
P. nacrea (Alex.) of Jamaica. The very small cell Rs, the open
cell 1st M2 and the position of m-cu close to the fork of M are
all features that set off the present fly as a very distinct species.

Sept., 1927]

Alexander : Crane-flies

271

Genus Eriocera Maequart

Eriocera (Penthoptera) intermedia new species.

Head dark gray; mesonotum dark ferruginous, without markings;
halteres brownish black; legs brownish black, the tarsi conspicuously white,
especially the posterior tarsi; wings subhyaline, the apex distinctly in-
fumed.

Female. — Length about 11.5 mm.; wing 11.3 mm. Fore leg, femur, 8.4
mm. ; tibia, 10. 8i mm. ; basitarsus, 8.3 mm.

Eostrum and palpi brown. Antennas with the scapal segments yellowish
brown; flagellum black. Head dark gray.

Mesonotum dark ferruginous, the surface dull, the scutellum somewhat
more yellowish; postnotal mediotergite with a depressed subcircular area
on either side at base. Pleura obscure ferruginous yellow, the dorsal region
a little darker. Halteres brownish black throughout. Legs with the coxae
and trochanters obscure ferruginous ; femora brownish black, the bases
narrowly obscure yellow; tibiae black; tarsi white; on the fore legs, about
the proximal three-fourths of the basitarsus is darkened; on the posterior
legs of the type (9) the entire tarsi are white; of the paratype, which is
presumably a male, the proximal third of the basitarsus is darkened. The
legs, and especially the fore legs, are very elongate. Wings subhyaline,
the apex distinctly infumed; veins brownish black. Venation: Sc ending
about opposite two-thirds the length of E9+g+4, Sc^ some distance from its
tip, Sc^ alone a little shorter than m-cu; ^1+2 varying from a little longer
to a little shorter than F,+3; basal section of E g long, subequal to r-m, in
the paratype; in the typei this section is obliterated, Fg being in alignment
with Es; cell 1st Mo elongate-rectangular; m-cu varying from shortly
beyond the base to near midlength of the cell; m-cu subequal to the distal
section of Cu ; cell 2nd A narrow.

i ’

Abdominal tergites dark brown; sternites obscure yellow.

Habitat . — P anama .

Ilolotype, 9 , Barro Colorado, Canal Zone, July 23, 1924 (N.
Banks) ; Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Paratopotype, Sex ?, presumably a male, abdomen broken.

Eriocera intermedia is closely allied to E. candidipes (Alex.)
of Venezuela and to E. batesi (Alex.) of Brazil. It agrees better
with the last-named species in the narrow cell 2nd A, differing
in the coloration of the wings and details of venation, especially
the position of m-cu, the shorter cell 1st M2 with the veins issuing
from it longer than the cell and in the shorter and broader cell
B2. Compared with candidipes the legs are longer and more
slender, especially the tibiae of all the legs. In this group of

272

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

species there appears to be a sexual dimorphism in the venation,
in the females the basal section of B5 being very short to lacking,
in the males this section being long and distinct.

Eriocera (Penthoptera) melanolitha new species.

Head dark gray; antennal scape obscure yellow, the flagellum black;
mesonotal pracscutum with three stripes that are narrowly but conspicu-
ously margined with velvety-black; a broad continuous dorso-pleural stripe;
wings with a faint brownish tinge, especially beyond the cord; legs chiefly
black, the tarsi extensively white; abdominal tergites dark brown, bordered
with black, the sternites yellow.

Male. — Length about 8 mm.; wing 8.8 mm.

Kostrum and palpi black. Antennae with the scapal segments obscure
yellow; flagellum black, the extreme base of the first segment paler; flagel-
lar segments decreasing in length and diameter outwardly, densely provided
with setae of moderate length. Head dark gray, narrowly darker medially.

Pronotum light yellow. Mesonotal praeseutum with a reddish brown
median stripe that shows a bluish or pearly reflection laterally and similar
bluish or pearly lateral stripes; all three stripes are margined narrowly
but very distinctly with velvety-black; humeral region restrictedly yellow;
scutum dark, the lobes brownish black with vague paler centers, the lateral
margin of each lobe velvety-black; scutellum dark plumbeous; postnotal
mediotergite chiefly plumbeous, the sides more yellowish. Pleura light yel-
low with a very broad and conspicuous brownish black dorsal stripe ex-
tending from the cervical sclerites to the abdomen, passing beneath the
wing-root, the halteres surrounded by this stripe; dorsad of the stripe a
narrower line of the ground-color. Halteres dark brown. Legs with the
coxae pale yellow; trochanters yellow; femora and tibiae brownish black,
only the extreme bases of the femora on the inner side somewhat more
yellowish; tarsi largely snowy-white, the basal two-fifths (fore) or one-
third (middle) of basitarsi blackened; hind tarsi broken but presumably a
trifle darkened. Wings with a faint brownish tinge, especially beyond the
cord, the veins in the latter region appearing to be broadly seamed with this
color; no stigmal spot; veins dark brown. Venation: Sci ending about
opposite r-m, Sc g shortly before the fork of Rs, Sc i alone a little longer
than m-cu; Rs a little shorter than in conjuncta; cell M lacking; m-cu
about equal to the distal section of Cu i.

Abdominal tergites with the first segment obscure yellow, the remainder
dark brown; all segments margined laterally and caudally with brownish
black; sternites bright yellow, becoming more obscured on the outer seg-
ments.

Habitat. — Guatemala, Salvador.

Sept, 1927]

Alexander : Crane-flies

273

Holotype, Sex ?, El Salto, Antigua, Guatemala, May 1, 1926
(J. M. Aldrich) ; United States National Museum.

Paratopotype, Sex ? ; para, type, $ , Agronomia, Sonsionate,
Salvador, altitude 1,300 feet, January 31, 1926 (K. A. Salman).

The nearest relative of the present species is E. ( P .) conjuncta
Alex., likewise from Guatemala, which is more yellowish in color
with the black stripes of the mesonotum reduced to spots, with-
out a continuous pleural stripe, with chiefly yellowish legs and
with the wing-tip narrowly but conspicuously infumed.

Eriocera semirufa new name.

1923. Eriocera dimidiata Alex. ; Ent. News, 34 : 17-18 ; 1923 ;
nec Eriocera dimidiata Henriksen, Danmarks geologiske
Unders0gelse, II Raekke, Nr. 37 : 20, fig. 9, June, 1922.

Dr. Henriksen informs me that separates of his paper on
“ Eocene Insects from Denmark” were distributed on June 24,
1922. From his figure, the fossil species would appear to belong
to Gnophomyia or Psiloconopa, rather than to Eriocera, the great
length of the distal section of Cux virtually excluding the species
from the Hexatomaria.

Genus Elephant omyia 0. S.

Elephantomyia banksi new species.

Rostrum relatively very short, only a little more than one-half the length
of the body; antennae black throughout; mesothorax dark ferruginous;
wings with a strong brown suffusion; m-cu placed at near two-thirds the
length of the long-rectangular cell 1st M 2 ; abdomen dark ferruginous
brown, with a black subterminal ring.

Male. — Length (excluding rostrum) about 6.5 mm.; wing 7.2 mm.;
rostrum alone about 3.6 mm.

Rostrum black, only a trifle more than one-half the length of the body;
palpi black. Antennae black throughout, the outer verticils elongate. Head
dark brown; anterior vertex relatively wide, more than three times the
diameter of the first scapal segment.

Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotum and pleura dark ferruginous, with-
out markings. Halteres dark, the extreme base of the stem narrowly paler.
Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellowish testaceous; remainder of
legs black, the femoral bases obscure yellow. Wings with a strong brown-
ish suffusion, the base and costal region narrowly pale yellow; stigma very
narrow and elongate, scarcely darker than the ground-color; veins brown.

274

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Venation: Sc relatively long, Sci ending shortly beyond the fork of Rs, Sc
near its tip; Rs only about as long as the long-rectangular cell 1st Mt>-, cell
R„ at margin more than twice as wide as cell R ; cell 1st Mo longer than
vein beyond it; nu-cu longer than the distal section of Cu , placed at
near two-thirds the length of cell 1st M;o ; cell 2nd A relatively small.

Abdomen dark ferruginous-brown, with a black subterminal ring; hypo-
pygium yellow.

Habitat. — Panama.

Holotype, $ , Barro Colorado, Canal Zone, July, 1924 (N.
Banks) ; Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Elephant omy id banksi is named in honor of the collector, Dr.
Nathan Banks, to whom I am greatly indebted for numerous
favors in the past. The species is readily distinguished by the
short rostrum, strongly infuscated wings and the other diagnostic
features indicated above.

Genus Gonomyia Meigen

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) salmani new species.

Male. — Length about 3.5 mm.; wing 4 mm.

Female. — Length about 4 mm.; wing 4.5 mm.

Belongs to the rernota group, most closely allied to G. ( G .) brevicula
Alex. (Cuba) from which it differs in the small size and details of colora-
tion and venation. The species of the group have been keyed in a recent
paper by the writer (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 34: 226; 1926).

Pronotum yellow. Mesonotum dark brown to plumbeous brown, the
lateral margins of the praescutum narrowly paler. Dark pleural stripe
broad but narrower than the ventral pale vitta; ventral dark stripes on
sternopleurite variable in intensity, in some specimens being much darker
and more extensive than in others. Halteres dark, the knobs obscure yel-
low at tips. Wings grayish subhyaline, the stigma darker; a vague dusky
cloud on the anterior cord; veins brown. Venation: Sc short but still
longer than in brevicula ; Sc at extreme tip of Sc_i ; distance on costa
between Sc^ and origin of Rs about equal to or only a little longer than
m-cu, in brevicula more than one-half longer than m-cu-, Rs shorter, sub-
equal to the petiole of cell R g ; vein R g not so strongly oblique as in
brevicula ; vein R 4 deflected rather strongly caudad at apex, cell R, g being
very wide.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the basal sternites yellowish ; lateral
margins of the tergites very restrietedly yellowish. Male hypopygium
with the basistyle produced into a very small pale fleshy lobe. Outer disti-
style a moderately elongate, relatively slender dusky lobe. Inner dististyle
a broad, relatively short dusky blade, the apex obtuse, bearing at its base

Sept., 1927]

Alexander : Crane-flies

275

a smaller acute spinous blade that lies in the axil of a fleshy setiferous
lobe bearing two very large powerful spinous setae. Aedeagus a sinuous
flattened blade, the apex pale and obtuse, the gonapophyses asymmetrical*
both strongly curved into acute spines, one apophysis being much larger
than the other.

Habitat. — Salvador.

Holotype, $ , Agronomia, Sonsonate, altitude 1,500 feet, March
19, 1926 (K. A. Salman).

Allotopotype, $ .

Paratopotypes, $ $ , January 31, March 10-20, 1926 (K. A.
Salman) .

This interesting Gonomyia is named in honor of the collector,
Mr. Kenneth A. Salman, to whom I am greatly indebted for
many crane-flies from Salvador.

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) subterminalis new species.

Belongs to the manca group ; antennae black throughout ; mesonotum
brown, the postnotum variegated with yellow; pleura striped with pale
brown and testaceous; wings with a strong dusky tinge; abdomen dark
brown, the hypopygium obscure yellow; male hypopygium with the disti-
style bifid, including small basal spine and a large clavate fleshy lobe, the
latter bearing a fasciculate seta on the mesal margin before the apex.

Male. — Length about 2. 8-2. 9 mm.; wing 3. 6-3. 8 mm.

Rostrum, palpi and antennae black throughout; flagellar segments with
long verticils. Head yellow, the anterior vertex narrow; in one paratype,
the head is much darker in color.

Pronotum and lateral pretergites sulphur-yellow. Mesonotal praescutum
brown, the humeral region restrictedly pale yellow; scutum with the median
area in front yellow, darker behind, the lobes extensively infuscated ;
scutellum brown basally, obscure yellow apically; postnotal mediotergite
light sulphur-yellow on the cephalic half, more reddish on the posterior
half. Pleura striped with brown and testaceous, including a testaceous
stripe extending from the cervical sclerites, passing beneath the halteres,
the subtending dorsal and ventral stripes darker brown; dorsal half of the
pleurotergite bright sulphur-yellow. Halteres pale brown, the knobs broken.
Legs with the coxae and trochanters testaceous; remainder of legs brown.
Wings with a strong dusky tinge, the base and costal region a trifle
brighter; centers of the cells a little brighter than the broad seams to the
veins; veins dark brown, paler in the costal region. Veins beyond the cord
with conspicuous macrotrichiae. Venation: Sc short, Sc i ending a distance
before the origin of Bs that is a little shorter than m-cu ; Sc 2 close to the
tip of Sc^ ; cell 1st M2 closed; m-cu at fork of M.

276

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi.xxxv

Abdomen dark brown, the hypopygium and subterminal sternites obscure
yellow. Male hypopygium with the outer lobe of the basistyle longer than
the dististyle, fleshy. Dististyle bifid, including a pale basal spine and a
long clavate fleshy lobe that is shorter and more slender than the outer
lobe of the basistyle; before apex of the style, on the mesal margin at
near three-fourths the length, a powerful fasciculate bristle or spine.
Phallosome massive, terminating in a median spine (aedeagus ?) and pale
hairy lateral lobes; the aedeagus is subtended on either side by a small
lobe that terminates in a tuft of three or four spinous bristles.

Habitat. — Porto Rico.

Holotype, $ , Luquillo National Forest, May 10-13, 1927 (W.
A. Hoffman).

Paratopotypes, 2 $ $ .

G-onomyia (Lipophleps) bicomuta new species.

Belongs to the manca group; general coloration brown and sulphur-
yellow; rostrum and antennae black; pleura with a broad whitish longi-
tudinal stripe; knobs of halteres yellow; wings brownish gray, without a
stigma; cell 1st M 2 closed; male hypopygium with the dististyles sym-
metrical, appearing as relatively small curved black horns.

Male. — Length about 2.2 mm.; wing 2.6 mm.

Rostrum, palpi and antennae black. Head dark, the orbits a little
brighter.

Pronotum and lateral pretergites light sulphur-yellow. Mesonotal prae-
scutum brown, sparsely pruinose, the humeral region restrictedly yellow;
scutum light yellow medially, each lobe virtually covered by two confluent
dark brown areas; scutellum light yellow with a brown median spot at
base; postnotal mediotergite yellow with an extensive dark brown tri-
angular basal area and a paler reddish brown posterior marking. Pleura
chiefly dark, with a broad distinct white or yellowish white longitudinal
stripe extending from the fore coxae, passing beneath the root of the
halteres; dorso-pleural region obscure brownish yellow; dorsal portion of
the pleurotergite brighter yellow; sternopleurite and meron somewhat more
pruinose. Halteres dark, the apices and the knobs yellow. Legs with the
coxae and trochanters pale; remainder of the legs broken. Wings with a
brownish gray suffusion, more or less variegated longitudinally with paler
washes; stigma lacking; costal region narrowly pale yellow; veins pale
brown. Venation: Sc relatively long, Sc i ending about opposite the origin
of Bs, Sco a short distance from its tip, Sc i alone more than one-half m-cu ;
cell 1st closed; m-cu close to the fork of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, brighter laterally; sternites paler. Male
hypopygium with the basistyles stout, the outer apical angle produced into
a small blunt fleshy lobe. Dististyle simple, those of the two sides sym-

Sept., 1927]

Alexander : Crane-flies

277

metrical, each appearing as a relatively small, powerful, heavily blackened,
curved horn arising from an expanded base. Phallosome relatively large, the
sedeagus bilobed at apex, subtended on either side by a small blackened rod,
on slide mounts these latter decussate on the median line.

Habitat. — Porto Rico.

Holotype, $ , Luquillo National Forest, May 10-13, 1927 (W.
A. Hoffman).

Genus Neognophomyia Alexander

Neognophomyia trinitatis new species.

General coloration yellow, including the postnotal mediotergite ; thoracic
pleura with a conspicuous dark brown spot on the anepisternum ; wings sub-
hyaline, with a single narrow brown crossband on the anterior cord.

Male. — Length about 4.2 mm. ; wing 5 mm.

Rostrum yellow, the palpi brown, the bases of the individual segments
narrowly obscure yellow. Antennae with the scapal segments obscure yellow;
flagellum broken. Head bright yellow, the gense a little more obscure.

Mesonotum shiny ferruginous yellow without markings, the center of the
scutum and the scutellum a little more testaceous. Pleura obscure yellow,
the anepisternum largely covered by a roughly oval dark brown marking, the
pteropleurite pale; a paler brown mark on the pleurotergite, just cephalad
of the halteres. Halteres yellow, the knobs a little darker. Legs with the
coxae pale yellow; trochanters a little more ferruginous; remainder of legs
yellow with long pale setae, the terminal tarsal segments darkened. Wings
grayish subhyaline, the base and costal region a trifle more yellowish; a
narrow and relatively inconspicuous brown crossband extending from the
costal margin along the anterior cord to r-m; veins pale brownish yellow,
the cord and outer end of cell 1st M darker. Venation: Sc long, Sc , B
and all close together at costa; Sc 2 far from the tip of Sc ^ the latter
only a little shorter than Bs; B^ very oblique, the cell correspondingly
widened; cell 1st M 2 short, mr-cu at near one-third its length.

Abdomen yellow, the tergites a little infuseated laterally. Male hypo-
pygium with the inner dististyle very strongly arcuated. Phallosome ex-
panded into an oval flattened structure, the subtending wings of the sedeagus
being very widely expanded. The rods on the mesal sides of the basistyles
that appear to be interbases appear as elongate, very slender rods that nar-
row gradually to their tips.

Habitat. — Trinidad.

Holotype, $ , Port of Spain, February 7 (W. S. Brooks).

I am very greatly indebted to Mr. Johnson for this interesting
specimen. Neognophomyia trinitatis is allied to N. immaculipen-

278

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

nis (Alex.) of Paraguay (Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 19: 391-392;
1926), differing in the coloration and the structure of the male
hypopygium. The homologies of the parts of the male hypo-
pygium in this genus require more study.

Genus Erioptera Meigen

Erioptera (Erioptera) quinquecincta new species.

Allied to E. (E.) annulipes Will.; tibiae with four dark and five white
annuli, the first dark ring subbasal in position; vein 2nd A sinuous, the apex
simple.

Male. — Length about 3.5-3. 6 mm.; wing 3.6,-3.7 mm.

Allied to E. (E.) annulipes Will., differing especially in the leg-pattern.
Head pale. Mesonotum reddish brown, the anterior lateral pretergites almost
white ; scutellum whitish ; postnotum sparsely dusted with gray. Pleura with
the silvery stripe distinct. Halteres pale. Legs as in annulipes; femora with
four brown rings that increase in size outwardly, the tips pale; tibiae white
with four narrow brownish black rings that are a little more extensive than
the white interspaces on the fore legs but much narrower than these inter-
spaces on the posterior legs; basal and apical rings of the tibiae white so
there are five white annuli alternating with the black rings; tarsi as in
annulipes, the dark basitarsal annuli subequal to the white one on the fore
tarsi, much narrower on the posterior tarsi; second tarsal segment white,
the tips conspicuously blackened. Wings with the brown pattern relatively
restricted; vein 2nd A strongly sinuous, the tip simple. Abdomen reddish
brown to yellowish brown, the hypopygium pale.

Habitat. — Colombia.

Holotype, $ , Caldas, altitude 4,400 feet, December 9, 1914 (H.
S. Parish).

Paratypes, 2 $ $ , Cali, altitude 3,500 feet, May 23, 1914 (H.
S. Parish).

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

279

A SYSTEMATIC INDEX TO THE KEYS FOR THE
DETERMINATION OF THE NEARCTIC
COLEOPTERA*

By Melville H. Hatch

Adequate analytical keys are scarcely less important to the
progress of coleopterology than are the original descriptions.
The following index has been drawn up with the object of facili-
tating reference to the extant keys for the determination of fam-
ilies, genera, and species of the Coleoptera of America north of
Mexico.

The several systematic groups are arranged in the sequence of
the Leng (1920) “Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America north
of Mexico” and are followed by brief bibliographical references
which involve the author’s name, the last two figures of the year
of publication, and a page number which refers either to the first
page of the paper containing the key or to the first page upon
which the key actually begins. The complete reference is to be
obtained either from the bibliography (to Jan. 1, 1919) on pages
367 to 444 of the Leng (1920) “Catalogue” or from the supple-
mentary bibliography at the end of this index. The abbreviation
“G.I. ” followed by a figure indicates a fascicule of Wytsman’s
Genera Insectorum, which is not further mentioned in the
bibliography.

Further information concerning the scope of the key is given
in parentheses after the page number. If no such notation occurs,
it is to be understood that the key is to all the species of adults
known to its author for the entire Nearctic area north of Mexico
previous to the date of publication. The key may be limited by
being only to the species of a part of the group or genus, a sub-
genus, a group of species or the species of a particular geographi-
cal region. It may further be limited by being only to families,
genera, or subgeneric groups. Finally, it may be a key to some

* A contribution from the Department of Zoology of the University of
Minnesota.

280

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

other than the adult stage, as to eggs, larvae,- or pupae. In view
of the paucity of keys to larvae and the similarity of the Nearctic
and Palaearctic genera, European as well as American keys to
genera of larvae have frequently been included. Larval keys to
genera rarely exhaust the genera of the group under considera-
tion. Some of the earlier keys by Leconte and others did not go
further than to groups of species, whereupon one must read
through a series of specific descriptions to make a determination.
Such keys are designated, in part, as “imperfect.”

The more inclusive papers are indexed but once, so that, if one
desires to ascertain the keys that exist for any particular genus,
he must not only consult that genus, but look for possible refer-
ences under the tribe, subfamily, family, and series, as well as
the group of references preceding Adaphaga at the beginning of
the index.

The student must always remember that he will find keys to
genera in Leconte and Horn (1883), keys to species inhabiting
Indiana, exclusive of the Rhyncophora, in Blatchley (1910), keys
to the species of most of the genera of Rhyncophora in Leconte
and Horn (1876), and keys to the species of Rhyncophora of
eastern North America in Blatchley and Leng (1916). Further-
more, the student should generally use the most recent key and
check it against species or groups not included in it, especially
such as have been described since its publication.

The aim of the index has been practical, and little effort has
been made to go back of Leconte and Horn or to include refer-
ences of primarily historical Interest. The bibliographies in
Blatchley ’s “Coleoptera of Indiana,” Blatchley and Leng’s
“Rhyncophora of North Eastern America,” and the biblio-
graphical references in Leng’s “Catalogue of the Coleoptera of
America north of Mexico” have been used, but especial acknowl-
edgment must be made to the bibliography by Henshaw in the
back of Leconte and Horn ’s ‘ ‘ Classification of the Coleoptera of
North America” (1883), its supplement in the back of Henshaw ’s
“Third Supplement to the List of the Coleoptera of America
north of Mexico” (1895), and Bank’s “List of Works on North
American Entomology” (1910), all of which were drawn up to
serve somewhat the same purpose as the present index. The

Sept, 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

281

author is further indebted to Professor Paul S. Welch for calling
his attention to some of the references to larvae.

It is hoped that it may be possible to issue periodic supple-
ments to this index which will include new keys as they appear
as well as old references that have been overlooked in the prepara-
tion of the present work. The author will appreciate having
omissions and errors called to his attention.

COLEOPTERA Leconte and Horn 83 (genera), Hayward 09
(fam.), Brues and Melander 15:30 (fam.) Comstock 25:
467 (fam.), Essig 26 : 369-521 (fam.), Lee. 69:251 (fam. of
Rhypophaga), Pierce 16:462 (superfam. of Phytophaga),
Leng 20:15-16 (series), MacGillivray 03:289 (fam. of
larvae), Schiodte 61-83 (many keys to larvae: not seen),
Kuhnt 13 : 1091 (fam. of Cantharoid larvae), Seidlitz 98 : 312
(fam. of larvae of Lagriidae, Pyrochroidae, Pythidae).

COLEOPTERA GENUINA Blatchley 10 (Ind.).

COLEOPTERA AQUATIC Needham 18 : 937 (genera of adults,
fam. of larvae), Wilson 23 : 268-71 (fam. and genera of larvae
and pupae of Iowa).

ADEPHAGA Horn 67: 153 (fam.), Fowler 12: 51 (fam.),
Notman 25 : 4 (fam.), Ganglbauer 92 : 4 (fam. of larvae).

CICINDELIDZE Schaupp 83: 73, Leng and Beutenmuller 94:
87-96 (n. e. N. A.), Horn 08-15: G. I. 82 (genera), Hamil-
ton 25: 1 (larvae). Amblycheila Csy. 24: 2. Omus Horn
and Schaupp 78: 6, Csy. 98: 288, 09: 255, 14: 1, 16: 20
(hornii group). Cicindela Lee. 57: 27, Csy. 13: 27 (12-
guttata group), 14: 17 (longilabris group), 97 : 294 ( Dromo -
chorus), Wickham 94: 151 (Ont., Que.), Blanchard 23: 412
(Cheyboygan and Emmet Co., Mich.).

CARARIDZE Horn 81: 91 (genera), van Emden 19: 3-33
(genera of larvae), 21 : 128 (genera of larvae).

Carabinae Leng and Beutenmuller 94: 135-141, 175-190 (n. e.
N. A., no key to genera).

Trachypachini Horn 78 : 30, Csy. 20 : 144, Van Dyke 25 : 112.

282

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Cychrini Horn 78: 168, Schaupp 79: 79, Lee. 68: 60 (Pacific),
Roesche 07 : 9-277. Nomaretus-Maronetus Schwarz 95 :
269. Pemphus Csy. 97 : 338. Brennus Csy. 97 : 307, 20 : 183
( cordatus group). Neocychrus Van Dyke 24 : 6.

Carabini: Carabus Horn 76: 247, Lee. 78: 66. Calosoma-Cal-
listhenes Lee. 78: 64, Burgess 17: 17 (adults and larvae).
Callisthenes Csy. 20: 164 ( pimeloides group), 13: 70
( luxatus group ) .

Elaphrini Horn 78 : 29 (except species of Elaphrus). Elaphrus
Horn 76 : 246, Schaupp 78 : 6. Blethisa Horn 76 : 247.

Loricerini Horn 78: 29, Van Dyke 25: 114, Rousseau 08: G. I.
86 (genera).

Opisthiini Horn 78: 30, Dupuis 12: G. I. 126 (genera).

Notiophilini Horn 76 : 247, 78 : 30, Fall 06 : 82, Dupuis 12 : G. I.
134 (genera).

Nebriini Banninger 25: 180, 256, 329 (groups). Pelophila-
Nebria Horn 70 : 97, Lee. 78 : 473, Schaupp 78 : 45, 63.

Metriini Van Dyke 25: 123, Dupuis 11: G. I. 116 (genera).

Promecognathini Schaupp 79: 15, Csy. 13: 93, Rousseau 08:
G. I. 84 (genera).

Scaritini Lee. and Schaupp 79: 15-18, 31-34, 59. Pasimachus
Lee. 74: 266 (imperfect), Csy. 13: 76, Leng 15: 567 (Fla.).
Scarites Leng 15: 568. Clivinia-Ardistomis Lee. 57 : 75
(no keys to genera, keys imperfect). Clivinia Horn 81: 7
(groups), Fall 22: 161 (groups).

Harpalinae Bisetosse: Panagseini Lee. 79 : 59, Leng and Beuten-
miiller 95 : 73 (n. e. N. A.).

Psydrini Dupuis 12: G. I. 123 (genera).

Bembidiini Lee. 57 : 2 (groups), Csy. 18: 1. Bembidion (s. lat.)
Hayward 97: 32, Fall 10: 94 ( littorale group), Notman 19:
296 (muscicola group). Tachys (s. lat.) Hayward 99: 191.

Pogonini-Pogonini veri Horn 82 : 47-48. Patrobus-Platidus
Horn 75 : 130, Csy. 18 : 395, 398. Patrobus Leng and
Beutenmiiller 95: 74 (n. e. N. A.). Trechus Schaeffer 01:
209, Leng and Beutenmuller 95: 76 (n. e. N. A.), Csy. 18:
405, Jeannel 27 : 113, 146-156, 167, 185. Neaph/ENOPs-

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

283

Pseudanophthalmus ( Anophthalmus ) Horn 68 : 126, 71 :
329, 83: 270.

Pterostichini Lee. 52 : 225, Wickham 95 : 180-190 and 96 : 42
(n. e. N. A., no key to genera), Csy. 18: 320 (genera).
Myas Schaupp 82 : 63, Csy. 18 : 326. Holciophorus Horn
80 : 50, Csy. 13 : 96. Cylindrocharis Csy. 18 : 327. Ptero-
stichits (s. lat.) Lee. 73: 302, Schanpp 82: 15, Csy. 13: 100-
129 (parts). Leptoferonia Horn 91: 33 {Pterostichus) .
Gastrellarius-Evarthrus Csy. 18 : 339-358. Gastrel-
larius Horn 91: 34 ( Pterostichus ). Evarthrus (s. lat.)
Lee. 73 : 318, Schanpp 80 : 21, Wickham 95 : 189 (n. e. N. A.) .
Evarthrinus Csy. 20 : 194. Ferestria Csy. 20 : 191.
Euferonia Csy. 18: 365. Gastrosticta Csy. 18: 371.
Lophoglossus Schaupp 80: 49, Csy. 13: 143. Parargutor
Csy. 18: 377. Bothriopterus Csy. 13: 138. Loxandrus
Lee. 52 : 250, 78 : 375. Schaupp 80 : 19, Csy. 18 : 380.
Amarini Lee. 55: 346 (imperfect), Wickham 96: 33-42 (n. e.
N. A.), Hayward 08: 13 (except Celia), Csy. 18: 225
(genera). Bradytus-Tri^na Csy. 18 : 235-314. Bradytus
Horn 75 : 128. Celia Horn 92 : 19. Amara Horn 75 : 127.
Trlena Horn 92 : 18.

Licinini Wickham 96: 43-49 (n. e. N. A., no key to genera).
Rembus Horn 80: 52, Csy. 97: 347, 13: 147. Dic^lus Lee.
69:' 246 (groups), Horn 80: 51, Csy. 20: 206 ( elongatus
group) . Badister Lee. 80 : 165, 82 : 7, Csy. 20 : 207.
Platynini: Calathus Lee. 54: 36, 60: 317 (imperfect), Schaupp
83: 49, Csy. 13: 156, 20: 213 (Pacific species). Rhadine
Lee. 78: 450, Csy. 13: 162. Platynus Lee. 54: 35, 69: 244
(groups), 79 : 43, Csy. 20 : 3, Hatch 26 : 247 ( decorus group).
Olisthopus Lee. 54 : 58, Horn 82 : 63, Csy. 13 : 162. Peri-
gonia Horn 92 : 44.

Anchoderini-Egini Lee. and Schaupp 79: 61, 62, 85. Galerita
Csy. 20 : 266.

Lebiini Horn 82: 126 (except Lebia), Horn and Schaupp 79: 86
and 81 : 39-44, 53-55 ( Tetragonoderus-Lebia, Dromius,
Blechrus-Pinacodera) , Dupuis 13: G. I. 145 (genera of Pen-
tagonicinae). Lebia Horn 72 : 130, Csy. 20 : 234 (Loxopeza) ,

284

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

13: 191 ( aphelogenia group), 20: 240-252 (parts), 20: 262
(Dianchomena) . Dromius-Blechrus Csy. 20: 268-277.
Axinopalpus Csy. 20 : 265. Philophuga Csy. 13 : 173.
Pinacodera Csy. 20 : 279. Cymindis Csy. 13 : 178.

Helluonini Lee. 79: 60.

Harpalinae Unisetosae: Brachinini Lee. 62: 523 (imperfect).

Chlaeniini Lee. 56: 25 (imperfect), Horn 76: 253, 81: 3, 29.
Anomoglossus Csy. 14: 39.

Oodiini Horn 70: 105, 81 : 29. Anatrichis Horn 91: 36.

Harpalini Csy. 14: 45. Cratacanthus Csy. 84: 73. Harpalus
Lee. 65 : 98. Selenophorus Horn 80 : 78, 82 : 8. Discoderus
Horn 83 : 52, Anisodactyli Horn 80 : 162, 81 : 83. Aniso-
dactylus Lee. 63: 15 (e. N. A.). Acupalpi Lee. 68: 373
(imperfect), Schaupp and Horn 83: 15, 50-54, Fall 05: 177
(genera). Glycerius Fall 05: 175. Pelmatellus, Tachy-
cellus, Triliarthrus Fall 05 : 172.

Pseudomophinae Horn 83 : 16, 83: 273, Notman 25: 14.

AMPHIZOID^: Van Dyke 27: 97.

OMOPHRONIDZE Horn 70: 71, Schaupp 78: 5, Csy. 97: 300,
13 : 42 (parts), Leng and Beutenmiiller 94: 133 (n. e. N. A.),
Banninger 21 : 113 (groups), Rousseau 08 : G. I. 83 (genera).

HALIPLIDZE Matheson 12 : 156, Zimmermann 24 : 1, Wickham
95: 69-70 (Ont., Que.), Leng and Mutchler 18: 92-94
(Fla.) . Peltodytes Roberts 13 : 122, Zimmermann 19 : 68.

DYTISCIDZE Crotch 73: 383 (imperfect), Sharp 82: 179,
Wickham 95: 70-76, 117-122, 149-153 (Ont., Que.), Zim-
mermann 19: 68 (genera). Canthydrus Blatchley 19: 308
(Fla.). Laccophilus Horn 83 : 283. Bidessus Fall 17 : 167
( pictodes group), Leng and Mutchler 18: 82 (Fla.). Hy-
droporini Lee. 55 : 290. Ccelambus Fall 19 : 1. Hydroporus
Fall 23:1, 26 : 141 ( 12-lineatus group). Agabus Fall 22 : 3.
Colymbetes Lee. 62: 521 (imperfect).

GYRINIDZE Lee. 68: 365 (imperfect), Leng and Mutchler 18:
95-97 (Fla.), Regimbart 02: G. I. 1 (genera), Hatch 25:
110 (larvae). Dineutus Roberts 95: 279, Hatch 25: 447
(subgenera), 26: 344 (subgenera), 27: 28 (Mich, larvae),
Ochs 26: 64 (subgenera). Gyrinus Fall 22: 275.

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

285

HYDROPHILIDiE Lee. 55: 356 (imperfect), Wickham 95:
181-186, 213-216 (Ont., Qne.), Kuhnt 13: 1087 (genera of
larvae), Richmond 20: 82-88 (genera of egg-cases, larvae, and
pnpae). Ochthebius Lee. 78: 378, Horn 90: 18. Hydr^ena
d’Orchymont 23: 33. Limnebius Csy. 86: 167, 00: 51.
Epimetopus Schwarz and Barber 17 (18) : 132. Berosus
Horn 73 : 118. Hydrous-Dibolocelus Regimbart 01-02 : 192.
Hydrophilus Horn 76: 251, 95: 233. Tropisternus Horn
76: 251, d’Orchymont 21: 349-374 and 22: 3-39. Hydro-
biini Horn 73: 118, 90: 237 (except Laccohius and Helo-
bata), Winters 26: 49-58 (subtribes, genera and species of
Hydrobius-Crenitis, Laccohius). Paracymus Fall 10: 100
( degener group). Enochrus Horn 73: 126. Laccobius
Horn 73 : 125. Ch^etarthria Horn 73 : 124. Sphseridiinae
Horn 90: 279. Dactylosternum Schwarz 78: 355. Cer-
cyon Fall 24: 249 (melanocephalus group), 24: 252 (lu-
gubris group).

PLATYPSYLLIDiE Desneux 06 : G. I. 41 (genera) .

BRATHINIBiE Hubbard 94: 10.

LEPTINIDZE Horn 82: 113 (genera).

SILPHIDiE Lee. 53: 274, Horn 80: 219, Peyerimhoff 06: 117
(subfam. of larvae), Jeannel 11: 95 (subfam. of larvae),
Henricksen 22: 252, 255 (subfam. of larvae). Nicrophorus-
Silpha Portevin 26 : 1. Nicrophorus Portevin 23-25.
Pinodytes Horn 92: 46. Catopina? (Choleviini) Peyerim-
hoff 06: 117 and 07: 87 (genera of larvae). C'atops ( Cho -
leva) Blanchard 15: 294 (parts).

CLAMBIDZE Lee. 53, Horn 80: 308-314.

SCYBMZENIDiE Lee. 52 : 149, Csy. 97 : 361. Eumicrus Csy.
84 : 87. Euthia Lee. 79 : 513, Brendel 93 : 283.

ORTHOPERID^ Lee. 52: 141, Matthews 99, Csy. 00: 60„

STAPHYLINIDiE : Micropeplinae Lee. 77: 250, Fauvel
78 : 1-8.

Oxytelinae : Piestini Lee. 77 : 249, Fauvel 78 : 10. Eleusii Horn
71: 297. Thoracophorus Horn 71: 332. Phloeocharini
Fauvel 78: 24. Proteini Fauvel 78: 190. Omaliini Fauvel

286

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

78: 196-255. Anthobium Csy. 94: 426 (part). Phlceono-
mus Csy. 94: 424. Lathrimjsum Csy. 94: 416. Amphi-
chroum Csy. 86: 240. Paralesteva-Trilea Csy. 94: 398-
402 (genera and species). Orobanus Csy. 86: 247, 94: 405.
Pelecomalium Csy. 86 : 241, 94 : 413. Geodromicus Csy. 94 :
406. Oxytelini Fauvel 78: 91 (incomplete). Coprophili
Horn 95 : 237 (genera). Ancyrophorus Lee. 77 : 241. Tro-
gophlceus Lee. 77: 243 (groups), Csy. 89: 322, 95: 450.
Apocellus Lee. 77 : 247, Csy. 84 : 153. Aploderus Csy. 89 :
73. Oxytelus Lee. 77 : 234, Csy. 94: 381. Bledius Lee. 77 :
217. Thinobius Lee. 77 : 239, Csy. 89 : 78. Osoriini Notman
25 : 2 (genera) . Osorius Notman 25 : 6.

Steninae Csy. 84: 1.

Euaesthetinae : Euassthetini Csy. 84: 19-29.

Pasderinae: Pinophilini Csy. 10: 192. Palaminus Lee. 78: 396.
Paederini Csy. 15: 17. Cryptobia Lee. 78: 390, Horn 84:
85. P jcderus Austin 76: 7, Lee. 78: 395. Lathrobia Lee.
80: 174. Stilici-Sunii Lee. 80: 178-180.

Staphylininae : Xantholinini Csy. 06 : 356. Gauropterus-Gyro-
hypnus Lee. 80: 171. Leptacinus-Hesperolinus Lee. 80:
168. Leptolinus-Microlinus Lee. 80: 171. Staphylinini :
Neobisnius-Hesperus Horn 84 : 177. Belonuchus Csy. 15 :
445. Staphylinus Horn 79: 186. Ontholestes Horn 79:
198. Quediini Horn 78 : 149. Tanygnathus Csy. 15 : 424.
Acylophorus Lee. 78: 388. Quedius-Megaquedius Csy. 15:
397 (genera and subgen.; species except Quedius, Disticha-
lius, and Anastictodera) .

Oxyporinae Lee. 77 : 214.

Tachyporinae Horn 77 : 81. Conosoma Csy. 95 : 436.

Trichophytinae Csy. 97 : 549.

Aleocharinae Fenyes 12: 20 (Falagroid genera), 18: G. I. 173
(keys to tribes, no keys to genera, sub genera frequently
keyed), 21: 33 (tribes). Hygronomini Csy. 11: 215
(genera). Bamona Csy. 06 : 355. Gyronycha Csy. 94 : 373.
Silusa Csy. 06 : 344. Diaulota, Amblopusa, Liparocepha-
ltjs Csy. 94: 353 (genera and species). Thecturota Csy.

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

287

94: 357. Leptusa Csy. 06: 351 (part), 06: 347 ( Ulitusa ).
Thinusa Csy. 06 : 352. Bolitochara Csy. 94 : 368, 06 : 261.
Eumicrota-Gyropilena Csy. 06: 277 (genera and species).
Myrmedonia Csy. 94: 321, 06: 322 (snbgen.). Trichiusa
Csy. 94 : 341, 06 : 326. Trinotus Csy. 94 : 316. Atheta Csy.
06: 333 (certain snbgen. and species). Amischa Csy. 94:
337 (Colposura) . Pontomalota Csy. 85: 297. Gnypeta-
Anaulacaspis Csy. 06 : 183. Falagriae Lee. 66 : 372. Aleo-
chara-Maseochara Csy. 06 : 127. Emplenota Csy. 94 : 288
{Poly stoma). Homceusa-Dectjsa Csy. 00: 53. Oxypoda
Csy. 06 : 311 (part). Ocalea Csy. 06 : 305. Chilopora Csy.
06: 306. Echidnoglossa Csy. 85: 291 (Colusa), 94: 311.
Phlcepora Csy. 06 : 309.

PSELAPHIDZE Lee. 50: 64, Brendel 66: 31, 80: 298 (genera),
Brendel and Wickham 90 : 216 and 91 : 1, Raffray 08 : G. I.
64 (genera). Faronini Csy. 94: 434. Euplectini Csy. 84:
93, 97: 557 (genera of part). Euplectini-Trichonychini
Csy. 94: 442. Trimiomelba, Actium, Melba Lee. 78: 385
(Trimium) , Brendel 92: 165 (Trimium) . Trimiomelba Csy.
97 : 564. Melba Csy. 97 : 566. Leptoplectus Csy. 08 : 267.
Oropus Csy. 86: 197, 08: 278. Rhexis Csy. 08: 278. Ario
nops Csy. 97: 582. Arthmius Csy. 94: 473. Batrisodes
Csy. 94: 467, 472 (parts), 08: 260 (part). Nisaxis, Brachy-
gluta-Rybaxis Lee. 80: 181 ( Bryaxis ). Nisaxis Csy. 97:
610. Brachygluta Csy. 94: 480 (texana gronp). Reichen-
bachia Csy. 94: 486 (part), 97: 586. Rybaxis Csy. 94:
475. Mach^rodes-Bythinopsis Csy. 97: 614 ( Bythinus ).
Tychus Csy. 94: 491. Cylindrarctus Csy. 94: 488. Pse-
laphus Csy. 94: 495. Biotus-Atinus Csy. 94: 497 (genera
and species). Pilopius Csy. 97: 618, 94: 501 ( Sognorus ).
Cedius Csy. 97 : 625. Tyrus Csy. 97 : 627.
CLAVIGERIDiE see general references nnder Pselaphidse; Lee.
66 : 108 (genera).

PTILIIDZE Matthews 84: 113. Nanosella Barber 24: 170.
SPHAERIIDiE Matthews 99.

SCAPHIDIID^l Lee. 60: 321 (imperfect), Csy. 94: 510.
Scaphidium-Cyparium Csy. 00: 55-64. Scaphidium Horn

288

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

75: 132. Scaphiosoma Csy. 00: 58 (Scaphiomicrus) . ELeo-
cera Csy. 00: 57.

HISTERIDZE Horn 73: 273, Bickhardt 16-17: G. I. 166 (gen-
era), Perris 77: 25 (genera of larvae), Henriksen 22: 269
(certain genera of larvae). Hololeptinae Schaeffer 07: 303,
Carnochan 17: 378-398. Hister Horn 70: 136 ( Spilodis -
cus), Csy. 16: 206 (Spilodiscus) , Hatch 26: 275 ( Spilodiscus
arcuatus group), 26: 275 (inter ruptus group), Csy. 94: 541
and 16: 288 ( merdarius group), 94: 544 (foedatus group),
16: 286 ( incertus group), 16: 214 ( sexstriatus group).
Teretrius Horn 80 : 144. Phelister Csy. 16 : 229. Oma-
lodes Csy. 94: 535. Psiloscelis Hatch 26: 274. Epierus
Csy. 94 : 551. Carcinops Csy. 94 : 554. Paromalus-
Xsomalus Horn 71 : 297, Csy. 94 : 555. HeLerius Martin
22: 292. Plegaderus Horn 71: 142, Csy. 94: 575. Ana-
pleus-Bacanius Csy. 94 : 558-559. Acritus Lee. 80 : 287.
Saprinus Csy. 94: 562 (parts), Hatcff 26: 273 ( insertus
group), Reichardt 26 : 13 (groups of Hypocaccus and Pachy-
lopus).

LYCIDiE Lee. 51 : 331, 81 : 16. Lycostomus Schaeffer 08 : 63.

LAMPYRXDZE Lee. 51: 331, 81: 29, Olivier 07: G. I. 53
(genera). Microphotus Pall 12: 46. Photuris Olivier
86 : 205.

PHENGODIDZE Lee. 51 : 331-81 : 38-42. Zarrhipis Horn 85 :
148, Fall 23: 111. Mastinocerini Schaeffer 04: 214 (genera
or part).

CANTHARIDiE Lee. 51 : 331, 81 : 42. Silis Van Dyke 18 : 163.
Malthooes Fall 19 : 33 (Calif.).

MELYRIDZE : Malachiinae Horn 72: 109 (except Collops).
Collops Horn 70 : 80, Fall 12 : 249. Malachius Horn 74 :
28 (part). Tanaops Fall 17 : 68. Microlipus Fall 17 : 74.
Attalus Fall 17 : 81. Melyrinse-Rhadalinse Csy. 95 : 456.
Dasytini Lee. 66: 349, Blaisdell 24: 17 (certain genera).
Eudasytes Blaisdell 24: 317. Cradytes Blaisdell 24: 337.
Listrus Blaisdell 21 : 175. Dasytes Blaisdell 21 : 185.

CLERXDZE-CORYNETIDZE Wickham 95: 247-253 (Ont.,
Que.), Schenkling 03: G. I. 13 (genera), Boving and Cham-

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

289

plain 20: 595 (genera of larvae). Monophylla Schaeffer
11: 123. Cymatodera Horn 76: 221, Wolcott 21: 284.
Placopterus Wolcott 22: 67. Enoclerus Wolcott 22: 68
( quadriguttatus group). Trichodes Horn 76: 231. Aulicus
Wolcott 10 : 245, Schaeffer 21 : 152. Hydnocerus-Wolcottia
Chapin 17: 83 (genera). Chariessa Wolcott 08: 70.
Orthopleura Chapin 20: 53 (part).

OTHNXXDiE Horn 68: 132.

CUPESXD.® Lee. 74 : 87, Csy. 97 : 637, Barber and Ellis 20 : 202.

CEPHALOXDiE Lee. 74: 276, Horn 96: 38, Csy. 97: 650, 98:
193, Wickham 98: 152 (Ont., Que.).

CEDEMERID^: Lee. 54: 20, Horn 96: 382, Wickham 98: 149-
151 (Ont., Que.), Lee. 66: 164 (genera), Seidlitz 99: 696-
697 (genera of larvae), Kuhnt 13: 1113 (genera of larvae).
Copidita Lee. 66 : 164. Oxacis Lee. 66 : 165.

MORDELLIBZE Lee. 62: 43 (imperfect), Smith 82: 73.

RHXPXPXTORIDZE : Pelecotomini Schaeffer 04: 231. Macro-
siagon Horn 75: 121. Rhipiphorus Lee. 65: 96, 80: 210,
Horn 92: 48 (groups).

MELOIDZE Lee. 53: 328, Wickham 96: 31-35 (Ont., Que.),
Mutchler and Weiss 24: 16 (N. J.), Wellman 10: 220
(tribes). Pyrota Lee. 66: 159, Csy. 91: 173 ( mylabris
group). Pomphopcea Lee. 66 : 161, Horn 73 : 115. Epicauta
Horn 73 : 95. Macrobasis Horn 73 : 88. Lytta Horn 73 :
103, 83: 311 (part), Pall 01: 296. Tetraonyx Horn 85:
116. Pleuropasta-Colospasta Horn 78: 60, 91: 99, Well-
man 09: 20-21. Meloini Horn 68: 139 (genera). Sitarini
Cockerell 99: 417, Wellman 11: 16-17. Zonitis Horn 75:
155. Gnathium Horn 70: 94. Nemognatha Lee. 80: 212.
Tricrania Lee. 60 : 320.

EURYSTETHIDZE Horn 83: 143, Van Dyke 18: 307.

PYTHIDZE Wickham 99: 57-61 (Ont., Que.). Pytho Horn
88 : 45. Cononotus Horn 68 : 136. Rhinosimus Lee. 68 : 4.

PYROCHROIDZE Lee. 55 : 274. Dendroides Horn 88 : 46.

PEDXLXDiE Lee. 52 : 91. Pedilus Lee. 55 : 272, Horn 71 : 278,
83: 305, 74: 40 (Pacific species), Pall 15: 13 (Pacific

290

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

species). Eurygenius-Stereopalpus Lee. 55: 270-71.

Macratria Lee. 55: 276.

ANTHICIDZE Csy. 95 : 625. Notoxus-Mecynotarsus Horn
84: 165. Tanarthrus Wickham 06: 167 (Tanarthropsis) .

EUGLENIDiE Pic 02: G. I. 8 (genera). Vanonus Csy. 05:
162. Xylophilus Lee. 55 : 276, 78 : 425.

CEROPHYTIDiE Horn 86: 51.

CEBRIONID^ Horn 81: 82-84, Dalla Torre 12: G. I. 127
(genera).

PLASTOCERIDiE Schwarz 07: G. I. 50 (genera), Horn 81:
76-81. Eniconyx Horn 85: 52. Aplastus Horn 74: 24.

RHIPICERIDiE Horn 81 : 85-86.

ELATERXDiE Lee. 53: 405, Schwarz 06-07: G. I. 49 (genera
of part), Perris 77: 185 (genera of larvae), Forbes 94: 31
(genera of larvae), Knhnt 13: 1107 (genera of larvae), Hen-
riksen 13: 43-48 (larvae of Danish species). Adelocera
Horn 79: xiv. Chalcolepidius Fall 98: 239, Csy. 07: 29.
Oistus Hyslop 17 : 127. Pyrophorus Hyslop 17 : 3-6.
Ludius Horn 71: 319 ( Corymbites ; groups). Hemicre-
pidius Horn 80 : 69 (Asaphes) . Hypnoidini Horn 91: 1-31.
Parallelostethus, Crigmus Horn 84: 46 {Ludius). Agri-
otes Lee. 84: 15. Drasterius Lee. 84: 4. Elater-Ecta-
menogonus Lee. 84: 8. Elater Horn 71: 307 (part).
Megapenthes Lee. 84 : 6. Cardiophorus Blanchard 89 : 4.
Horistomus Horn 84: 34. Esthesopus Horn 84: 41.

MELASID/E Lee. 52: 45, Horn 86: 6-50, 52-54. Melasis
Hopping 26 : 227.

THROSCXDiE Bonvouloir 59: 18, Horn 85: 198, Blanchard
17 : 4. Draptes Schaeffer 16 : 62. Pactopus Csy. 94 : 585.

BUPRESTID^E Lee. 59: 187, Knull 25: 5 (Penn.), Kerremans
02-03: G. I. 12 (genera), Perris 77 : 155 (genera of larvae),
Henriksen 13: 11 (genera of larvae), Burke 17 : 5 (genera of
larvae). Polycesta Lee. 58: 68, Schaeffer 06: 23. Acivleo-
dera Horn 78 : 4, Fall 99 : 1-37. Tyndaris Skinner 03 : 238.
Thrincopyge Horn 85 : 147. Chalcophorini and Buprestini
Csy. 09: 50. Hippomelas Horn 68: 134, 83: 287-288.

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

291

Dicerca Crotch 73: 84. Cinyra Chamberlin 20: 243.
Buprestis Nicolay and Weiss 18: 81. Melanophila Horn
82: 101. Anthaxia Horn 82: 106, Csy. 84: 172. Chryso-
bothris Horn 86 : 65, 94 : 368 (part) , Fall 10 : 46 (calif ornica
group). Actenodes Schaeffer 04: 209. Agrilus Crotch 73:
91, Horn 91: 277, Knull 20: 10 ( otiosus group), Mutchler
and Weiss 22: 16 (N. J.). Pachyschelus Nicolay and
Weiss 20: 138. Brachys Nicolay and Weiss 23: 61.
Taphrocerus Nicolay and Weiss 20: 143. Mastogeniini
Schaeffer 18 : 214.

PSEPHENIDZE, DRYOPID^, HELMIDiE Lee. 52: 41,
Horn 70: 29. Psephenus Csy. 94: 578, Blaisdell 23: 237.
Lutrochus Csy. 94: 580. Throscinus Schaeffer 04: 205.
Helmis Darlington 27 : 92 (part).

HETEROCERID^ Horn 90: 1-16, Fall 20: 213 (Littorimus) .

DASCILLIDiE, HELODID^ Lee. 53: 350, Horn 80: 76.

DERMESTIDiE Lee. 54: 106, Jayne 82: 343, Csy. 00: 138,
Erichson 48 : 422 (generic groups of larvae). Perimegatoma
Horn 75 : 135.

BYRRHIDZE Lee. 54 : 13, Csy. 12 : 1. Pedilophorini Wickham
03 : 179. Limnichini Lee. 79 : 514, Csy. 90 : 145.

RHYSODIDiE Lee. 75: 162,

OSTOMIDZE Schaeffer 18: 190-201 (genera). Nemozoma,
Corticotomus Van Dyke 15: 26. Airora Csy. 16: 108.
Tenebroides Horn 62 : 82.

NITIDULIDiE, RHIZOPHAGID^ Murray 64: 211-414 (in-
complete), Horn 79: 267. Nitidulinae Grouvelle G. I. 5
(genera), Schaeffer 04: 204 (genera of part). Pocadius
Schaeffer 11 : 117. Oxycnemus Schaeffer 11 : 117. Glischro-
chilus Horn 75: 133. Rhizophagus Schaeffer 13: 309,
Mequignon 14: 173.

MONOTOMIDfE Horn 79: 257. Bactridium Csy. 16: 97.

CUCUJID^ Lee. 54: 73, Csy. 84: 69, 90: 496 (subfam.), Wick-
ham 95: 25-29 (Ont., Que.), Peyerimhoff 02: 717 (genera of
larvae), Boving 21: 200 (subfam. of larvae), 202 (genera of
larvae of Silvaninae). Oryz^ephilus Chittenden 96: 198.

292

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Catogenus Csy. 16 : 114. Narthecius Csy. 90 : 322.
Inopepuus-Laemophlceus, Dysmerus Csy. 16: 118 (genera
and snbgenera). Laemophiaeus Csy. 16: 127 (Silvano-
pbloeus). Brontini Csy. 90: 498 (genera).

EROTYLIDiE Lee. 54: 158, Crotch 73 : 349, Wickham 94: 339-
342 (Ont., Que.). Languriinas Fowler 08: G. I. 78 (gen-
era). Languria Schaeffer 04: 198. Erotylinae Kuhnt 09:
G. I. 88 (genera). Dacne Csy. 16: 153.
CRYPTOPHAGIDiE Csy. 00 : 75. Diploccelus Horn 78 : 606.
Tomarus Horn 95 : 240.

MY CETOPH AGIDiE Lee. 56: 12 (imperfect), Csy. 00: 128.
Mycetophagus Horn 78 : 603. Litargus Horn 78 : 606, Csy.
16: 174 (Litargellus) .

COLYDIIDiE Horn 78 : 555. Eucicones Csy. 97 : 632. Bitoma
Schaeffer 07 : 136. Lasconotus Kraus 12 : 27. Cerylon Csy.
97 : 634.

MURMIDIIDZE Horn 78: 555-592, Csy. 95: 452.
LATHRIDIIDiE Lee. 55: 299, Fall 99: 101, Belon 02: G. I. 3
(genera). Dasycerus Horn 82: 117.

MY CETAEIDZE, ENDOMYCHID^ Lee. 53: 357, Crotch 73:
359, Wickham 94: 337-339 (Ont., Que.).

PHALACRIDZE Lee. 56: 15 (imperfect), Csy. 90: 89. Phala-
crus Csy. 16 : 35. Olibrus Csy. 16:45. Acylomus Csy. 16 :
74. Stilbus Csy. 16 : 55. Leptostilbus Csy. 16 : 71.
COCCINELLID^ Crotch 73: 363 (except Scymnus), Csy. 99:
71, Wickham 94: 297-306 (Ont., Que., except Scymnus),
Gage 20: 27 (larvae of certain genera and species). Hyper-
aspis Lec. 80: 186, Nunenmacher 11: 73 ( lateralis group).
Brachyacantha Leng 11: 289. Microweisea Horn 95: 82.
Scymnus Horn 95: 87, Wickham 99: 82 (Ont., Que.).
Cephaloscymnus Horn 95 : 111. Delphastus Horn 95 : 83.
Psyllobora Leng 03: 210. Coccinellini Leng 03: 36 (gen-
era allied to Hippodamia), 03: 194 (genera allied to Cocci-
nella). Ceratomegilla Leng 03: 38 ( fuscilabris group).
Hippodamia Leng 03: 40, Timberlake 19: 167 ( convergens
group), 171 ( glacialis group). Coccinella Leng 03: 196

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

293

(subgenera), 197 (subg. Coccinella) . Cycloneda Leng 03:
202 (sanguined group) . Adalia Leng 03 : 194. Anisocalvia
Leng 03: 206. Neomysia Leng 03: 208. Chilocorini Leng
08: 34 (genera). Axion Leng 08: 34. Chilocorus Leng
08 : 36. Exochromus Leng 08 : 36-41.

ALLECULIDiE Csy. 91: 69, Lee. 66: 137 (genera), Seidlitz
98: 7-9 (genera of larvae), Kuhnt 13: 1119 (genera of
larvae). Hymenorus Lee. 66: 135. Mycetochara Lee. 78:
616. Lystronychus Horn 94: 433.

TENEBRXONXDiE Horn 70: 253, Csy. 90: 391-393 (tribes of
Tenebrioninae), Seidlitz 98: 211-216 (genera of larvae),
Kuhnt 13 : 1120 (genera of larvae).

Tentyriinae Csy. 07: 275. Eurymetopini Csy. 90: 330, 347.
Emmenastrichus Horn 94: 413. Trimytis Horn 94: 412.
Promptopion-Chilometopon Csy. 90 : 366. Polemiotus-
Phengoneus Csy. 91 : 53-54. Micromes, Oxygonodera,
Stibia Horn 74 : 29. Edrotes Csy. 90 : 174, 502. Zopherini
Horn 67 : 162, Csy. 07 : 35-38. Nosodermini Csy. 07 : 42-44.
Usechus Csy. 90: 176. Arceoschizus Csy. 90: 368, Horn
90 : 339. Dacoderus Horn 76 : 219, 93 : 139. Anepsius Csy.
91 : 55. Schizillus Blaisdell 21 : 207. Asidini Csy. 12 : 70,
Horn 94: 416 (part of Asida). Microschatia Horn 93:
140.

Scaurinse: Argoporis Csy. 90: 405. Eulabris Csy. 91: 59.

Blaptinae : Eleodini Blaisdell 09 : 1-524. Eleodes Lee. 58 : 180
(imperfect), Blaisdell 21: 132 (vandykei group).

Coniontinae Csy. 08: 51. Coniontini Horn 76: 200 (genera).
Eusattus Lee. 66: 112, Horn 83: 304, 94: 423. Coniontis-
ConiO'Ntellus Csy. 90: 372, 388. Ccelotaxis Horn 76: 201,
Csy. 90: 177. Ccelus Csy. 90: 178, 95: 611, Blaisdell 19:
318, 323.

Pedininae: Ulus-Conibiosoma, Trichoton Csy. 90: 409, 95: 616
(genera). Conibius-Nicibiotes Csy. 95: 617-622.

Opatrinae: Alaudes Blaisdell 19 : 312.

Phaleriinae Lee. 66 : 125.

Bolitophaginae Csy. 90: 486, 95: 623 (genera).

294

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Ulominas Lee. 66: 130 (genera of Hypophloeini) . Latheticus
Chittenden 10 : 137. Uloma Lee. 66 : 124. Aphanotus Csy.
90 : 483. Hypophlceus Lee. 78 : 424.

Tenebrioninae St. George 24: 10 (genera of larvae). Polopinus
Csy. 24: 326. Ccelocnemis Csy. 24: 314. Tenebrio St.
George 24 : 10 and 26 : 106 (larvae). Alephus Fall 05 : 276,
07 : 174.

Adeliinae: Cratidus Csy. 90: 407.

Helopinae: Helops Horn 80: 152 (apterous species), Blaisdell
21 : 230 (part).

Strongyliinae Lee. 78: 425.

LAGRIIDiE Horn 88: 28, Seidlitz 98: 312 (genera of larvae).
Arthromacra Leng 17 : 17. Statira Schaeffer 05 : 179, Leng
23: 185.

MONOMMIDZE Horn 72: 150.

MELANDRYIDiE Horn 88: 43 (tribes), Seidlitz 98: 413, 416,
419, 438, 465, 503, 506, 588, 619, 646, 678 (genera except
Scraptiini), 376-381 (genera of larvae), Knhnt 13: 1117
(genera of larvae). Tetratomini Csy. 00: 166. Pisenus
Horn 78: 608 ( Triphyllus) . Eustrophinus-Holostrophus
Horn 88 : 32-36. Hallomenus Lee. 78 : 619. Orchesia
Horn 88: 37. Melandryini Lee. 66: 146 (genera of part).
Melandrya-Emmesa Seidlitz 98 : 619, 626. Serropalpus
Seidlitz 98: 582. Dircea-Abdera Horn 88: 39 ( Hypulus ).
Scraptiini Lee. 66: 144 (genera). Lacconotus, Mycterus
Horn 79 : 336-339.

PTINID^l Fall 05 : 99-127.

ANOBIIDiE Fall 05: 127-283, Lee. 65: 22 (except Eucerato-
cerus and Ptilinus), Perris 77: 248 (genera of larvae),
Boving 27 : 57 (genera of larvae). Euceratocerus Csy. 98 :
61. Trichodesma Horn 94: 388. Catorama Lee. 78: 410,
Horn 94: 390 (part). Ptilinus Csy. 98: 61. Cenocara
Lee. 78 : 412.

BOSTRICHIDiE Horn 78 : 540, Lesne 96 : 95-121, 97 : 319-350,
98 : 438-621, 00 : 473-639, 06 : 445-561, 09 : 471-594 (species
of world). Bostrichini Csy. 98: 65 (genera). Dendro-

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

295

biella-Stephanopachys Csy. 98: 67-73 (except Licheno-
phanes) .

LYCTIDZE Kraus 11 : 116. Lyctus Csy. 90 : 324, 91 : 13.

SPHINDIDZE Csy. 98: 921 (except Eurysphindus) .

CISIDZE Lee. 74: 87, Csy. 98: 77, Dury 17 : 4 (except previous
species of Cis).

SCARABZEOXDEA Chapuis and Candeze 55: 114 (groups of
larvae), Perris 77 : 98-103 (genera of larvae), Kuhnt 13 : 1085
(groups of larvae), Fowler 12: 203 (groups of larvae), Hen-
riksen 25: 135 (fam. of larvae).

SCARABZEIDZE Arrow 09 : 484 (subfam.), Fowler 12 : 210, 212
(subfam.), Wickham 94: 197-207, 229-234, 259-262 (Ont.,
Que.), Dawson 24: 4 (Nebr.), Henriksen 25: 143, 153, 159,
165 (groups and certain genera of larvae), Boving 21: 58
(larvae of certain genera of Melolonthinae, Rutelinae, and
Dynastinae).

Coprinas : Canthon Lee. 59 : 1-58, von Harold 68 : 1-144, Horn
70: 44, Blanchard 85: 164. Chceridium Horn 75: 137,
Blanchard 85: 170. Pinotus, Copris Horn 70: 42, Schaeffer
06 : 255. Phan/eus Blanchard 85 : 168. Onthophagus
Horn 75: 137, Schaffer 14: 137.

ZEgialiinae Horn 71 : 293, Lee. 78 : 610, Horn 87 : 98, Schmidt 13 :
G. I. 150 (genera).

Aphodiinae Horn 70: 110-134 and 71: 284-297, 87: 1-110,
Schmidt 10: G. I. 110 (genera). Aphodius Garnett 20: 140
( subeolus group).

Ochodaeinae Lee. 68 : 51, Horn 76 : 180, Fall 09 : 30, Schmidt 13 :
G. I. 150 (genera).

Hybosorinae Schmidt 13: G. I. 150 (genera).

Geotrupinae Schaeffer 06: 250 (genera, and species except Odon-
tceus and Geotrupes), Boucomont 02: G. I. 7 (genera).
Bolbocerini Horn 70: 48-50 (imperfect). Bolbocerosoma
Dawson and McColloch 24 : 10. Geotrupes Horn 68 : 313-
320, 80: 145, Blanchard 88: 105.

Pleocominae Lee. 74: 81, Horn 88: 04, 88: 234.

296

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Glaphyrinae Horn 82 : 119.

Troginse : Glaresis Fall 07 : 25. Trox Lee. 54 : 211, Horn
74: 1, 6.

Melolonthinse Lee. 56 : 225-288. Oncerus Horn 94 : 395.
Chnaunanthus Horn 94: 395. Diplotaxis Fall 09: 11.
Phyllophaga Horn 87 : 209, Smith 88: 503 ( fusca group),
Forbes 91: 48 (111.), 94: 141 (111.). Listrochelus Horn
78 : 137. Phytalus Horn 85 : 119. Polyphylla-Plectrodes
Csy. 14: 307 (genera). Polyphylla Horn 81: 73, Csy. 91:
17, 14: 323. Thyce Csy. 90: 170, 14: 308. Dichelonyx
Horn 76: 186, Fall 01: 280. Ccenonycha Horn 76: 192.
Macrodactylus Horn 76: 184. Hoplia Lee. 80: 191, Essig
26: 445 (certain Calif, species).

Rutelinse Csy. 15: 1. Rhombonalia-Pachystethus Horn 84:
157 ( Anomala ), Schaeffer 07 : 69 {Anomala) . Oliganomala,
Strigoderma, Alamona Schaeffer 07 : 73. Cotalpa-Pocalta
Horn 67 : 169, 71 : 338, Wickham 05 : 1-4.

Dynastinae Csy. 15 : 107. Cyclocephalini Lee. 63 : 79, Horn 71 :
335. Ligyrodes-Oxygrylius Lee. 47 : 86, 56 : 19 (imperfect),
Horn 75 : 143. Pseudaphonus-Orizabus Lee. 56 : 21 (imper-
fect). Anastrategus-Strategus Horn 75 : 143. Phileurini
Horn 80 : 147.

Cetoniinae Csy. 15: 274. Euphoria Horn 79: 397, Fall 05: 272
( fulgida group). Cremastocheilus Horn 70: 339, 80: 382,
85: 126 (part). Trigonopeltastes-Trichiolinus Horn 76:
194.

LUCANID.se, PASSALIBJE Fuchs 82: 49, Wickham 99: 21-
25 (Ont., Que.), Henriksen 25: 135 (larvae of Danish
species) . Platycerus Csy. 85 : 332. Passalidae Kuwert
96-98.

CERAMB Y CIDHE Lee. 50: 311-340 and 51: 5-38 and 52: 99-
112, 139-178, Wickham 97: 81-88, 105-111, 148-153, 169-
173, 187-193, 201-208 and 98: 37-44 (Ont., Que.), Leng
84: 7 (subfam.), Craighead 23: 26-138 (larvae), Webb 12:
115-155 (genera of larvae), Kuhnt 13: 1122 (genera of
larvae), Smith 89: 158 (subfam. of larvae), Henriksen 14:
89-93 (larvae of Danish species).

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

297

Prioninae Leng 84: 8-11, 57-60 (except Parandrini), Craighead
23: 28 (genera of pupte), Lameere 19 : G. I. 172 (genera).
Parandra Csy. 12 : 216. Archodontes-Stenodontes Csy.
12: 221 (genera and subgenera). Ergates Csy. 90: 491.
Derobrachus Lameere 11: 274, Csy. 12: 230 ( Orthosoma ),
Schaeffer 02: 235 (s. str.). Prionus Csy. 12: 231, 24: 209
(except Neopolyarthron and Antennalia) . Tragosoma Csy.
90: 491, 99: 98.

Cerambycinae Leng 84: 60-64, 95-101, 112-119 and 85 : 28—35,
130-136 and 86: 27-32, 60-63, 81-83, 102-103, 118-120 and
87: 192-200, 4-8, 23-24, 44 and 90: 9-13, 65-69, 97-103,
104-110, 156-160, 185-200, 213-214; Lee. 62: 38 (groups).
Disteniini Boppe 21: G. I. 178 (genera). Spondylis Csy.
12 : 218. Asemum Csy. 12 : 257. Nothorhina Csy. 12 : 263.
Tetropium Csy. 91 : 22. Criocephalus Lee. 73 : 169. CEme
Csy. 24: 251. Tessaropa Horn 85: 197, 95: 247. Eburia
Lee. 73: 179. Bqmaleum-Anoplium, Pseudibidion Csy. 12:
290 (genera). Bomaleum Lee. 73: 181. Hypermallus-
Elaphidion, Aneflomorpha Lee. 73 : 182. Hypermali.us
Csy. 12: 299. Anepyra-Aneflus Lee. 73: 185. Heterach-
thes Csy. 12 : 307. Lepturini, Dorcasomini Boppe 21 : G.
I. 178 (genera : does not include Casey’s genera). Bhagium
Csy. 13: 194. Hapalosalia Csy. 13: 200. Centrodera Van
Dyke 27 : 102 (Pacific species). Stenocorus Csy. 13: 206.
Brachysomida-Acm^ops Lee. 73: 208, Csy. 13 : 219. Antho-
philax Nicolay 17 : 39. Judolia-Leptura Lee. 73 : 215.
Brachyleptura Csy. 13: 252 ( vagans group). Strangalia
Csy. 13: 258 ( obliterata group). Xestoleptura Csy. 13:
263 ( crassipes group). Strophiona Csy. 13: 265. Leptura
Csy. 13: 266 (groups), 269 (Cercolia), 270 ( Dorcasina ).
Typocerus Lee. 73: 213, Csy. 13: 274 ( velutinus group).
Ophistomis Lee. 73: 212 ( Strangalia ). Desmocerus Horn
81: vii, Webb 05: 105. Necydalis Van Dyke 23: 52.
Bosalia Csy. 12: 313. Hylotrupes Csy. 24: 232. Anaco-
mis Csy. 12: 272. Merium-Phytatodes Csy, 12: 275-287.
Clytini Csy. 12: 347 (genera). Cyllene Horn 80: 134.
Xylotrechus Csy. 12: 360, 363, 365 (parts).. Tridoclytus

298

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Csy. 12: 374 (Paraclytus) . Microclytus, Cyrtophorus,
Tillomorphini Schaeffer 04: 223 (genera). Rhopalophora
Csy. 91 : 30. Stenosphenus Horn 85 : 177. Ancyclocera
Csy. 94: 585, 24: 251. Stenaspis Csy. 12: 319. Tragidion
Csy. 94: 586, 12: 321. iETHECERiNUS Horn 80: 133. Oxo-
PLus Horn 85 : 175. Tylosis Csy. 12 : 341. Crossidius Lee.
73 : 196, Csy. 91 : 31. Spilenothecus Csy. 91 : 34, 12 : 333
(snbgenera). Batyle-Batyleoma Horn 78: 41, Csy. 12:
326 (genera). Batyle Csy. 12: 327. Dendrobias Csy. 12:
315.

Lamiinae Hamilton and Leng 96: 101, Lee. 62: 38 (groups).
Ipochus Csy. 91: 44, 13: 279. Moneilema Lee. 73: 229,
Horn 85: 180, Csy. 13: 281. Psenocerus Csy. 91: 46.
Monochamus Lee. 73 : 231, Horn 85 : 190, Csy. 13 : 291, Hop-
ping 22 : 253. Ptychodes Csy. 94 : 593. Dorchaschema
Horn 85 : 194. Goes Horn 85 : 193, Csy. 13 : 296. Microgoes
Csy. 13 : 298. Synaph^ta Csy. 13 : 299. Acanthoderini,
Acanthocinini, Graphisurini Horn 80 : 115-133. Acantho-
derini Csy. 13: 301 (genera). Leptostylus-Astylidius
Lee. 73: 232. Leptostylus Csy. 13: 317. Nyssodrysina-
Leiopus Lee. 73: 235 (part). Leiopus Csy. 13: 310 (part).
Hyperplatys Csy. 91 : 50, 13 : 324. Graphisurini-Dectini
Csy. 13: 332-341. Pogonocherus Lee. 73: 237, Horn 78:
42, Schaeffer 09 : 102, Fall 10 : 7, Csy. 13 : 345. Eupogonius
Horn 85: 196. Oncideres Horn 85: 194, Schaeffer 06: 18,
Csy. 13 : 352. Ataxia Fall 07 : 85. Spalocopsis Csy. 91 :
51, 13: 355. Saperda Lee. 73: 238, Felt and Joutel 04: 15,
Mutchler and Weiss 23: 21 (N. J.). Mecas Horn 78: 44,
Csy. 13 : 360. Oberea Horn 78 : 45, Csy. 13 : 364, Mutchler
and Weiss 23 : 25 (N. J.). Tetrops Horn 78 : 50. Tetraopes
Horn 78 : 48, Csy. 13 : 375.

CHRYSOMELIDiE Crotch 73: 19-83 (subfam. and genera),
Wickham 96: 67-74, 151-157, 171-174, 199-203 and 97: 7-
12, 29-37, 60-63 (Ont., Que.), Sanderson 01: 29 (subfam. of
larvae) , MacGillivray 03 : 294 (larvae, pupae, adults of subfam.
Donaciinae and Galerucinae).

Sagrinae Jacoby 03: G. I. 14 (genera).

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

299

Donaciinae Schaeffer 25: 45, Jacoby and Clavereau 04: G. I. 21
(genera). Donacia Lee. 51: 310, Crotch 73: 20, Leng 91:
159, Schaeffer 19: 308 (subgenera), MacGillivray 03: 314
(eggs, larvae, pupae, adults of N. Y.).

Orsodacninae Horn 92: 1-7 (no keys to genera). Orsodacne
Hatch 24: 307. Zeugophora Wickham 99: 86 (Ont., Que.).

Criocerinae: Crioceris Pic 06: 121 (var. of asparagi L.). Lema
Crotch 73 : 24.

Megascelinae Jacoby and Clavereau 05 : G. I. 32 (genera).

Clytrinae Clavereau 07: G. I. 49, 49 bis (genera). Antipus
Ortenburger and Hatch 26: 147 (part). Megalostomini
Horn 92: 10-18 (no key to genera). Saxinis Horn 92: 8,
Schaeffer 06 : 226.

Fulcidacinae (Chlamydinae) Achard 14: G. I. 160 (genera).
Boloschesis ( Chlamys ) Linell 97: 476, Schaeffer 06: 229,
26: 182. Exema Crotch 73: 30.

Cryptocephalinas Lee. 80: 196-209 (no key to genera), Fall 15:
300 (certain genera). Griburius Crotch 73: 32. Pachy-
brachys Fall 15 : 308. Monachulus Crotch 73 : 30.

Eumoplinae Horn 92: 195. Nodonata Schaeffer 06: 238.
Graphops Lee. 84 : 26. Fidia Schaeffer 04 : 227. Myochrous
Schaeffer 04 : 228. Chrysochus Horn 85 : 156.

Chrysomelinae Stal 62: 7 (genera). Timarchini-Chrysomelini
Rogers 56: 29 (imperfect). Prasocurini-Chrysomelini
Crotch 73 : 47-51. Prasocuris Lee. 66 : 9. Chrysomelini
Linell 96 : 195. Ph^edon Crotch 73 : 52. Gastroidea Crotch
73 : 51. Phytodecta, Spartophila Notman 21 : 76 (genera).
Phytodecta Schaeffer 24 : 140. Phyllecthrus Horn

96 : 376.

Galerucinae Horn 93: 57, Lee. 65: 213 (Galeruca, et al.).
Trirhabda Lee. 65 : 219, Schaeffer 06 : 242. Galerucella
Fall 24: 82 (N. Eng.), Mutchler and Weiss 26: 14 (N. J.).
Monoxia Lee. 65: 221. Diabrotica Lee. 65: 211, 68: 58
(groups). Phyllobrotica Lee. 65: 206, Horn 96: 378.
Luperodes Lee. 65 : 208. Phyllecthrus Lee. 65 : 207.

Halticinae Horn 89: 163, Heikertinger 25: 54 (genera). (Edio-
nychis Crotch 73 : 57. Disonycha Crotch 73 : 64. Haltica

300

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Woods 18: 154—155 (adults, eggs, larvae, pupae of Me.).
Lactica Horn 80 : 151, Schaeffer 06 : 251. Luperaltica Horn
93: 134. Cpi^tocnema Lee. 78: 419. Longitarsis Blatch-
ley 21: 18 (e. N. A.).

Hispinae Horn 83 : 290, Weise 11 : G. I. 125 (genera). Anoplitis
Crotch 73 : 80. Microrhopala Crotch 73 : 82, Van Dyke 25 :
173 ( rubroline at a group) .

Cassidinae Barber 16 : 126.

MYLABRIDZE Horn 73: 311. Mylabris Fall 10: 160-188
(parts). Zabrotes Horn 85 : 156.

RHYNCOPHORA Lee. and Horn 76: 1-455 (the few genera for
which no specific keys are provided are usually those mono-
graphed shortly before and cited below), Blatchley and Leng
16: 1-682 (e. N. A.), Pierce 16: 462 (superfam.).

BRENTXDiE Horn 72: 127, Schaeffer 15: 52, von Schonfeldt
08: G. I. 65 (genera).

PLATYSTOMIDiE: Anthribus Schaeffer 04: 236.

BELIDiE Lea and Bovie 09: G. I. 91 (genera).

CURCULIONIDiE Pierce 19: 22 (certain subfam.), Cotton
21: 605-606 (adults, larvae, pupae attacking corn).

Rhinomacerinae Pierce 09 : 325.

Rhynchitinae Pierce 13: 365 (genera). Auletes Pierce 09: 326.
Eugnamptus Pierce 09: 329, 13: 366. Rhynchites Pierce
09 : 330, 13 : 370 ( bicolor group) .

Apioninae: Apion Smith 84: 41, Fall 98: 105, Wagner 13: G. I.
130 (genera).

Tachygoninae Csy. 97 : 679.

Otiorhynchinae Pierce 13: 372-426 (genera). Ophryastini
Pierce 09: 341 (genera), Bovie 08: G. I. 69 (genera).
Tosastes Pierce 09: 344, 13: 376. Tropiphorini (Stranga-
liodes) Pierce 09: 346 (genera), 13: 377 (genera; species
except Anametis). Amotus Csy. 88: 244. Dyslobus-Ada-
leres Csy. 95: 809. Dyslobus Csy. 88: 247 (Amnesia).
Panscopus Buchanan 27 : 27. Pandeleteius Schaeffer 08 :
216, Pierce 13: 402. Alceidini Bovie 08: G. I. 71 (genera).

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

301

Scythropus Csy. 88: 275. Mitostylus Pierce 13: 410.
Bradyrhyncoides-Graphorhinus Pierce 13 : 412. Epicurus
Csy. 88: 234, Pierce 13: 414. Pantomorus Pierce 13: 416.
Paraptochus-Aragomus Csy. 88: 268 (genera).
Curculioninae Pierce 19: 26 (tribes of Orchestinae) , 29 subfam.
of Orobitidae) . Sitona Csy. 88 : 280. Hypera, Phytonomus
Titus 11: 395. Lepyrus Csy. 95: 821, Hamilton 96: 122.
Hyperodes Dietz 89 : 28. Pissodes Hopkins 11 : 30. Eu-
clyptus, Phyllotrox Fall 13 : 42-43 Dorytomus Csy. 92 :
360. Notaris Chittenden 06: 114, Buchanan 27 : 37. Smi-
cronychi Dietz 94 : 115. Smicronyx Csy. 92 : 382. Pro-
mecotarsus Csy. 92 : 408. Thysanocnemis Csy. 92 : 425.
Tychius Csy. 92: 411, 10: 132 (part), 136 (Microty chius) .
Otidocephalus Horn 73 : 448, Csy. 92 : 426, Schaeffer 07 :
78. Magdalis Horn 73: 452, Fall 13: 24^28. Trichomag-
dalis Pierce 16: 466. Curculio ( Balaninus ) Horn 73: 457,
Blanchard 84 : 106, Csy. 97 : 655, Chittenden 08 : 19-26, 27 :
138-147. Anthonomini Dietz 91: 177, Pierce 16: 67 (sub-
tribes). Anthonomus Chittenden 25: 130 (Coccotorus) .
Epimechus Fall 13 : 63. Orchestes Horn 73 : 461, 78 : 621.
Cionini Bovie 09 : G. I. 98 (genera). Mecini Bovie 09 : G. I.
92 (genera). Gymnetron Pierce 19: 28. Miarus Csy. 10:
142, Pierce 19: 34. Cleonini Csy. 91: 176. Sternechus
Csy. 95: 426 (Pectromodes) . Laemosaccini Bovie 09: G. I.
89 (genera) . Barini Lee. 68 : 361 (Baridius ; key imperfect) ,
Csy. 92: 460. Odontocorynus Csy. 20: 412. Centrinopus
Csy. 20 : 437. Nicentrus Csy. 20 : 444. Barilepsis Csy. 20 :
477. Sibariops Csy. 20 : 478. Dirabius Csy. 20 : 471. Idio-
stethus Csy. 20 : 499. Haplostethops Csy. 20 : 496.
Eisonyx Pierce 16: 472. Zygopini Csy. 97: 667 (genera).
Zygops Csy. 92 : 459. Cylindrocopturus Csy. 97 : 699, Fall
05: 55 (mammillatus group). Ceutorhynchini Dietz 96:
387. Phyrdenus Csy. 92: 457. Conotracheltjs Schaeffer
06: 341, Barber 19: 55 ( serpentinus group), Mutchler and
Weiss 25: 19 (N. J.). Ryssematus Horn 73: 463, Csy. 95:
832. Chalcodermus Horn 73: 465. Tyloderma Horn 73:
467, Csy. 92 : 448. Gerst^ckeria Pierce 12 : 159-167.

302

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Thecesterninae Pierce 09 : 334.

Cossoninas: Himatinum Csy. 92: 690. Cossonus Horn 73: 437,
Van Dyke 15: 4, 16: 74 (parts). Allomimus Csy. 92: 692.
Phlj^ophagus Horn 73: 443. Pseudopentarthrum Csy.
92 : 696. Pentarthrinus Csy. 92: 698. Rhyncolus Horn
73 : 144.

Calendrinae Cotton 24: 5 (genera of larvae). Scyphophorus
Horn 73 : 409. Cactophagus Csy. 92 : 685. Calendra
( Sphenophorus ) Horn 73: 411, Chittenden 05: 51 ( pertinax
group), 24: 146 (cequalis group). Sitophilus ( Calendra )
Csy. 92 : 685. Yuccarorus Csy. 92 : 687.

PLATYPODIDiE Chapius 66: 1-344, Strohmeyer 14: G. 1. 163
(genera), Blackman 22: 38 (Miss.).

SCOLYTIDZE Hopkins 15: 224 (subfam.), Hagedorn 10: G. I.
Ill (genera), Zimmermann 68: 142, 147 (certain genera),
Lee. 68: 151 (genera of Tomicini and Hylurgini), Eichoif
78: 1-531 (Tomicinae), Swaine 18: 38 (Canada), Blackman
22: 38-121 (Miss.), Chamberlin 18: 11 (Douglas Fir spe-
cies). Scolytus Lee. 68 : 165. Dendroctonus Lee. 68 : 173,
Hopkins 09: 69-78 (adults and larvae). Phlceosinus
Swaine 24: 146-147 (parts). Phlceosinus-Leperisinus,
IIylurgopinus, Pseudohyesinus Lee. 68: 169 ( Hyle sinus) .
Micracinae Blackman 20 : 7. Cryphalini Hopkins 15 : 7-8.
Ips Hopkins 15: 54 ( concinnus group), Swaine 25: 197
(concinnus group), 24: 71 ( confusus group). Gnatho-
trichus-Pityophthorus Lee. 68: 154 (Cryphalus) . Am-
brosiodmus-Dryoccetes Hopkins 15 : 9-10. Anisandrus
Swaine 10 : 165.

STREPS1PTERA Pierce 09 : 1-232, 11 : G. I. 121 (genera).

SUPPLEMENTARY BIBLIOGRAPHY

(The titles in this bibliography are abbreviated to save space, and the

bibliography is otherwise limited as explained in the introduction.)

Arrow, G. J. 1909. Relationships of lamellicorn Coleoptera. Tr. Ent.

Soc. London 1909: 479-507.

Banninger, M. 1921. Carabinse. Ent. Mitt. 10: 112-120, 151-156.

1925. Nebriini. Ent. Mitt. 14: 180-195, 256-281, 329-341.

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

303

Barber, G. W. and W. O. Ellis. 1920. Cupedidae. Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc.
27: 197-208.

Barber, H. S. 1919. Avocado seed weevils. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 21:
53-60.

1924. New Ptiliidae. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 26: 167-178.

Blackman, M. W. 1920. Micracinae. Miss. Ag. Exp. Sta. Tec. Bull.
9: 1-61.

1922. Mississippi bark beetles. Miss. Ag. Exp. Sta. Tec. Bull. 11:

1-130.

Blaisdell, F. E. 1919. Alaudes. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 45: 307-313.

1919. C'celus. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 45: 315-334.

1921. Coleoptera. Can. Ent. 53 : 129-132.

1921. Melyridae, Chrysomelidae, Tenebrionidae from the Pacific Coast.
Stanford U. Pub. Biol. Ser. 1(3): 137-231.

1923. Psephenus. Ent. News 24: 234-238.

1924. Melyridae. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 49 : 315-337.

Blanchard, F. N. 1923. Cicindelidae of Cheboygan and Emmet Counties,
Mich. Mich. Acad. Sci. 1 : 396—417.

Blatchley, W. S. 1919. Florida water beetles. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat.
Hist. 41: 305-322.

1921. Halticini. Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 29 : 16-28.

Boving, A. G. 1920 (and A. B. Champlain). Larvae of Cleridae. Pr. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 57 : 575-649.

1921. Larva of Popilia japonica. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 23 : 51-62.
1921. Larvae of Cucujidae. Zoologica 3 : 197-222.

1927. Classification of Anobiidae larvae. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 29': 51-62.
Buchanan, L. L. 1927. Panscopus. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 29: 25-36.

1927. Notaris. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 22 : 36-40.

Casey, T. L. 1920. Memoirs on the Coleoptera IX.

1924. Memoirs on the Coleoptera XI.

Chamberlain, W. J. 1920. New buprestid. Ent. News 31: 243.

Chapin, E. C. 1920. Cleridae. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 22: 50-54.
Chittenden, F. H. 1896. New grain beetle. Can. Ent. 28: 197-198.

1924. Sphenophorus. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 26: 145-160.

1925. Coccotorus. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 27 : 129-132.

1927. Curculio. Ent. Amer. 7: 129-207.

Comstock, J. H. 1925. Introduction to entomology.

Cotton, R. T. 1921. Four Rhyncophora attacking corn. Jr. Ag. Res. 20:
605-614.

1924. Larvae of Calandrinae. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. 66: 1-11.

Craighead, F. C. 1923. North American cerambycid larvae. Horn. Can.
Dept. Ag. Bull. 27: 1-238.

Darlington, P. J. 1927. Helmidae from Cuba. Psyche 34: 91-97.
Dawson, R. W. 1924. Scarabaeidae of Nebraska. Nebr. U. Studies 22:
1-82.

304

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

1924. (and J. W. McColloch). Bolbocerosoma. • Can. Ent. 56: 9-15.
Eichoff, W. 1878. Descriptio Tomicinorum. Mem. Liege (2) 8: 1-531.
van Emden, F. 1919. Carabidenlarven. Suppl. Ent. 8 : 3-33.

1921. Carabidenlarven. Ent. Jahrb. 1921: 121-137.

Essig, E. O. 1926. Insects of western North America.

Fall, H. C. 1919. Malthodes. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 12: 31-42.

1919. Coelambus. 20 pp. J. D. Sherman, Jr.

1920. New Coleoptera. Can. Ent. 52: 211-215.

1922. Clivinia. Ent. News 33: 161-164.

1922. Agabus. 36 pp. J. D. Sherman, Jr.

1922. Gyrinus. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 47: 269-306.

1923. Hydroporus and Agaporus. 129 pp. privately published.

1923. Zarrhipis. Can. Ent. 55: 109-112.

1924. NewT England Galerucella. Me. Exp. Sta. Bull. 319 : 81-91.
1926. Coleoptera taken in Alaska. Pan-P. Ent. 2: 127-154, 191-208.

Fenyes, A. 1921. Aleocharinae. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 65: 17-36.
Forbes, S. A. 1891. White grubs. 17 Rep. St. Ent. 111., pp. 30-53.

1894. Wireworms. 18 Rep. St. Ent. 111., pp. 28-51.

1894. White grubs. 18 Rep. St. Ent. 111., pp. 109-144.

Fowler, W. W. 1912. Coleoptera: General Introduction. Fauna of Brit.
India.

Gage, J. H. 1920. Larvae of Coccinellidae. 111. Biol. Mon. 6 : 1-62.
Garnett, R. T. 1920. A new Aphodius. Can. Ent. 52: 139-141.
Hamilton, C. C. 1925. Larvae of Cicindelidae. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. 65 :
1-87.

Hatch, M. H. 1924. Coleoptera of Cranberry Lake, N. Y. Tec. Pub. N.
Y. St. Coll. For. 24: 273-312.

1925. Ecology of Gyrinidae. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 20: 101-114.

1925. Phylogeny of Gyrinidae. Mich. Acad. Sci. 5: 429-467.

1926. Anchomenus. Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 34: 247-248.

1926. Histeridae from Alberta. Can. Ent. 58: 272-276.

1926. Morphology of Gyrinidae. Mich. Acad. Sci. 7 : 311-350.

1927. Dineutus. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 22 : 27-28.

Heikertinger, Franz. 1925. Halticenengenera. Kol. Rund. 11: 25-70.
Henriksen, K. 1913. Danmarks Fauna, Biller II, pp. 1-114.

1914. Larver, pp. 87-107. Danmarks Fauna, Biller III.

1922. Larver, pp. 249-273. Danmarks Fauna, Biller V.

1925. Larver, pp. 125-170. Danmarks Fauna, Biller VI.

Hopping, Ralph. 1922. Monochamus. Can. Ent. 54: 252-258.

1926. Melasis. Can. Ent. 58: 225-228.

Knull, J. N. 1920. Buprestidae. Ent. News 31: 4-12.

1925. Buprestidae of Pennsylvania. O. S. U. Univ. Studies 2: 1-71.
JEannel, R. 1911. Bathysciinae. Arch. Zool. exp. gen. (5) 7: 1-674.

1927. Monographie des Trechinae (2). L’Abeille 33: 1-592.

Lameere, Aug. 1911. Revision des Prionides (V). Ann. Soc. ent. Belg.

55: 260-277.

Sept., 1927]

Hatch: Index to Keys

305

Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America north of
Mexico.

1923. Statira. Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 31: 184-188.

Martin, J. O. 1922. Hetaerius. Ent. News 33 : 272-278, 289-293.
Mutchler, A. . J. and H. B. Weiss. 1922. Agrilus in New Jersey. N. J.
Dept. Ag. Circ. 48 : 1-20.

1923. Saperda and Oberea in New Jersey. Ibid. 58: 1-26.

1924. . Blister beetles of New Jersey. Ibid. 76: 1-19.

1925. Conotrachelus in New Jersey. Ibid. 87 : 1-22.

1926. Galerucella known to inhabit New Jersey. Ibid. 98 : 1-16.
Needham, J. H. 1918. Aquatic Insects (Chaptr. XXVII) in Ward and

Whipple’s Fresh-water Biology.

Nicolay, A. S. and H. B. Weiss. 1920. Pachyschelus and Taphrocerus.
Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 28 : 136-150.

1923. Brachys. Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 31: 59-76.

Notman, H. 1919. Bembidion. Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 27: 292-297.

1921. Phytodecta. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. 16: 75-78.

1925. Pseudomorphidae. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. 67 : 1-34.

1925., Osoriini. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. 67 : 1-26.

Ochs, G. 1926. Die Dineutini. Ent. Zeit. Frankf. 40: 61-74, 112-126,
129-140, 190-197.

Olivier, E. 1886. Lampyrides. Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 188-6 : 202-246.
d’Orchymont, A. 1921-1922. Tropisternus. Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 61: 349-
374; 62: 3-39.

1923. Hydraena. Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 63: 33-44.

Ortenburger, A. I. and M. H. Hatch. 1926. Coleoptera from Oklahoma.
Okla. Acad. Sci. 6: 142-148.

de Peyerimhoff, P. 1902. Larves de trois Coleopteres. Ann. Soc. ent. Fr.
71: 717-718.

1906. Larves Coleopteres cavernicoles. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 190-6: 109-

118.

1907. Larves Silphides. Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 76: 83-88.

Pic, Maurice. 1906. Crioceris asperagi L. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1906: 119-
123.

Pierce, W. D. 1919. Curculionoidea. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 21: 21-36.
Portevin, G. 1923-1925. Necrophorini. Bull. Mus. Paris 29 : 64-71, 141-
146, 225-233, 303-309; 30: 83-87, 145-150, 185-192, 287-293, 374-
377; 31: 165-170.

1926. Le Grands Necrophages. Ency. Ent. VI.

Reichardt, Axel. 1926. Pachylopus. Ent. Blatt. 22: 12-18.

Richmond, E. A. 1920. Biology of Hydrophilidae. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat.

Hist. 42 : 1-94.

St. George, R. A. 1924. Larvae of Tenebrionidae. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. 65:
1-22.

1926. Larvae of Tenebrio. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 28 : 102-111.

306

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Sanderson, E. D. 1901. Chrysomelid larvae. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 5: 21-30.
Schaeffer, C. 1919. Chrysomelidae. Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 27 : 307-340.

1921. Aulicus. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. 59 : 151-159.

1924. Chrysomelidae. Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 32 : 138-145.

1925. Donaciini. Brook. Mus. Sci. Bull. 3 : 45-165.

1926. Boloschesis. Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 28: 181-187.

Seidlitz, Georg von. 1898-1899. N,aturg. Ins. Deutsch. Y.

Swaine, J. M. 1924. Ips. Can. Ent. 56: 69-72.

1924. Phlceosinus. Can. Ent. 56: 144-150.

1925. Ipidae. Can. Ent. 57: 192-197.

Timberlake, P. H. 1919. Hippodamia. Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 27 : 162-174.
Van Dyke, E. C. 1923. Coleoptera from California. Bull. Brook. Ent.
Soc. 38: 37-53.

1924. Cychrini. Pan-P. Ent. 1: 1-6.

1925. Carabinae. Pan-P. Ent. 1: 111-125.

1925. Hispinae. Pan-P. Ent. 1: 170-173.

1927. Amphizoa. Pan-P. Ent. 3 : 97-98.

1927. Cerambycidae. Pan-P. Ent. 3 : 99-109.

Wilson, C. B. 1923. Water beetles. Bull. Bur. Fish. 39: 231-345.
Winters, F. C. 1926. Hydroboriini. Pan-P. Ent. 3: 49-58.

Wolcott, A. B. 1921. Tillini. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. 59: 269-290.

1922. Clerini. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. 48: 67-78.

Zimmermann, A. 1919. Schwimmkaker. Arch. Naturg. 1917 A (12) : 68-
249.

1924. Halipliden. Ent. Blatt. 20 : 1-16, 65-80, 129-144, 193-214.

Sept, 1927]

Lutz : Cricket

307

A MUCH-ABUSED BUT STILL CHEERFUL CRICKET

By Frank E. Lutz

In the course of some experiments being conducted jointly by
the American Museum ’s Station for the Study of Insects and Mr.
Alfred L. Loomis in the latter’s private laboratory of physics at
Tuxedo, N. Y., it happened that an individual male cricket had
a series of experiences that seem to give him first place among
six-footed adventurers. If any other insect wishes to claim the
honor, let it first match the following.

On June 21 at 9 :38 A. M., this cricket was put into a bell-jar
when the barometer outside was reading 742 mm. In two minutes
the pressure in the jar was only 220 mm. but the cricket was mov-
ing normally. During the next five minutes the pressure in the
cricket’s jar dropped to 200 mm. If a man had been shot in seven
minutes to the altitude represented by that pressure (conserva-
tively, ten miles above sea-level) he would have had little interest
in affairs. At first the cricket was very quiet but a quarter of an
hour later it was “cleaning” one hind leg and subsequently the
other. It still seemed unconcerned forty minutes after its “as-
cension.” Then the tube to the jar was cut and, of course, there
was an instantaneous drop to the starting pressure but the cricket
merely gave a little twitch as though someone had frightened him
a bit.

After a rest of about forty minutes the cricket entered a tank
analogous, let us say, to caissons used in submarine work or
digging tunnels under the Hudson River; only, in this case, a
pressure of about three atmospheres was turned on fairly rapidly
and released with a bang when the stopper of the tank blew out.
The stopper was replaced more tightly and for ten minutes the
cricket was in compressed air of from two to three atmospheres
before being once more suddenly released without going through
the gradual “decompression” so necessary to human beings in
order to avoid “bends.” So far as could be seen, Gryllus paid
less attention to these events than he did to those of the preced-
ing hour.

308

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

The next day was a busy one for our hero. First, he was put
head-down in a centrifuge and whirled 1,200 revolutions per
minute for ten minutes. When the machine stopped he was
tightly wedged in the pointed end of his tube but, rather amus-
ingly, the first thing that he did when shaken out was to chirp.
Perhaps he was relieving the strain on his shoulders.

Sound waves are mechanical vibrations. Certain of them,
transmitted through air, affect our ears in such a way that we
perceive them. The shorter the waves, the shriller the sound un-
til finally the waves are too short to give us. any auditory sensa-
tion. Mr. Loomis has apparatus for generating waves so short
that they are about ten octaves above the shrillest that we can
hear. Air will not transmit these “supersonic waves” but they
will pass through water and, if a fish gets in their path, it is killed
by them. They are the “death whisper” of which newspapers
carried accounts some time ago.

After its wild merry-go-round ride, the cricket was put into a
dry beaker and the beaker was set in water through which super-
sonic waves were passing. Apparently it could feel the vibration
by its feet, since, however quiet it had been, it moved as soon as
the waves started and it stopped when they did. This may (but
more probably does not) have a bearing on “audition” by insects.

In order to administer a really good dose of supersonic waves,
Gryllus was next put in a beaker of water through which they
were traveling. It naturally objected to this submersion but,
unlike fish, it seemed undisturbed by the “death whisper,” for,
when dried, it revived perfectly.

The last experience was the worst of all. It was with radio
waves only four meters long. These killed its brother in one
minute and a half but a cricket that had bravely withstood high
and low atmospheric pressures within an hour of each other, that
had been stood on its head and whirled at a high rate of speed
and that had been half-drowned in water vibrating with super-
sonic waves deserved some consideration. We gave it only one
minute of four-meter radio waves and to-night (July 2) it is
chirping cheerfully in its cage and possibly not thinking at all
about its experiences of last week. Still, who knows?

Sept., 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

309

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMO-
LOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of May 18, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., on May 18, 1926, in the American Museum of Natural History;
President Frank E. Lutz in the chair with seventeen members and eight
visitors present.

Mr. George B. Wilmott, 1138 E. 37th Street, Brooklyn, and Mr. William

M. Savin, 52 Broadway, New York City, were elected members of the
Society.

Mr. Angell spoke on “Early Spring Collecting Experiences in North
Carolina, ” illustrated by specimens of the insects he had found between
April 9 and 26. His intention had been to visit Roanoke Island but,
being deterred by local reports of the bad weather there, he had collected
in the vicinity of Elizabeth City, where especially on the Weeksville Road
and on the drift-covered banks of the estuary called Pasquotank River, he
had found an abundance of beetles. Four days were spent at Washington,

N. C., at the head of the Pamlico River in Beaufort County, where, under
the bark of dead oaks, beetles were even more abundant. The beetles
exhibited were largely Carabidac, including Pasimachus, Cardbus and a
small series of Loxandrus.

Mr. Angell dwelt somewhat upon the meager hotel accommodations at
Elizabeth City, the prospects of even worse at Manteo, six hours sail across
the Albemarle Sound, and the hospitality of Mr. F. W. Hollowell, whose
colonial mansion he was fortunately able to visit.

Mr. Davis spoke of the late Capt. Wainwright, formerly of Staten Island
and later of Elizabeth City, whose extensive collections are unfortunately
not at present available.

Mr. Huntingdon spoke of Papilio ajax and troilus smaller than the
usual sizes.

Mr. Chapin referred to a newspaper article in which the gathering of
7,760 tent caterpillars by one young person was described.

Mr. Ragot described an Ailanthus tree on Staten Island from which he
had taken 225 Cynthia cocoons, twenty-five in one bunch, which he ex-
hibited. He also spoke of collecting in a meadow near Corona, Long Island,
where thirty species of beetles were found in a few hours. Among them
was a Calosoma calidum which devoured seven cut-worms.

Mr. Weiss spoke of having arranged to provide nineteen fire wardens
with nets and cyanide jars with a view to obtaining some information on
the insects flying at the height of their stations.

310

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Mr. Davis exhibited a female Schistocera americana Drury taken on
Todt Hill, Staten Island, May 8, 1926. He stated that this large grass-
hopper was not known to breed as far north as Staten Island, but flies
up along the coast. Since 1882 he had recorded the insect on Staten
Island on fifteen occasions usually in the fall months, the dates being from
September 18 to December 28. On but three other occasions has it been
recorded from the Island as early as the month of July.

Mr. Sherman spoke of the extraordinary accumulation of books and
pamphlets by a Mr. Burger, of Brooklyn, which were piled up in a garage
four feet high.

Mr. Nicolay spoke of finding Elaphrus clairvillei at Orangeburg on a
muddy bank; also of a trip from Barnegat to New Lisbon, in the course
of which Rhinomacer pallipennis was found on the flowers of pine.

Messrs. Shoemaker, Shannon, Bell, and Anderson also spoke briefly of
the cold April having retarded the appearance of certain butterflies. No
record for Anosia plexippus, for instance, was forthcoming.

Meeting of October 5, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., on October 5, 1926, in the American Museum of Natural History;
President Frank E. Lutz in the chair with twenty-four members and eight
visitors, including C. L. Pollard and Herbert Barber.

Dr. Lutz and Mr. Sherman reported that the Woodruff collection and
part of the books were in the museum; that all the books had been ap-
praised, and that the balance of them would soon be shipped to the museum.

Mr. Davis announced the death on October 4, 1926, in her 89th year,
of Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson, one of the founders of the Society and
its steadfast friend for the thirty-four years of its existence. Mr. Davis
was requested to prepare an obituary with portrait for the Journal and
the secretary was instructed to write Dr. and Mrs. B. B. G-allaudet, Hotel
Irving, her surviving relatives, an expression of the Society’s appreciation
of her service to Entomology and regret for her death.

The President called for reports on summer collecting. Mr. Charles
Louis Pollard, present as a visitor, spoke of his observations on a colony
of wasps, Chlorion ichneumonea, which invariably provisioned its nest with
green grasshoppers, Orchelimum and Conocephalus. His observations were
corroborated by Mr. Davis.

Mr. Herbert S. Barber, of the U. S. National Museum, exhibited a speci-
men of Dorous nanus Csy., $ taken at Cape Henry, Va., September 4, by
Mr. George P. Engelhardt; and of Nanosella fungi, perhaps the smallest
of beetles which, in the larval and adult stage, feeds in the vertical spore
tubes of polyporus fungi.

Mr. Sherman described his summer visits to Ithaca, Quebec, Truro,
Halifax, St. John, and Boston, always with the entomological libraries as
his principal object.

Sept., 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

311

Mr. Hall had visited the mountains of Wyoming again and had found
August 18 too late at the altitude of 7,000 feet for successful collecting.

Messrs. Barber, Bell, Schwarz and Watson had found collecting poor,
though a comparative abundance of cardui and interrogationis was reported
by Mr. Watson.

Mr. Herbert Johnson had had some experience with gypsy moth at
Woods Hole and with the preying mantis near Aberdeen, Md. He ques^
tioned the value of the mantis as a caterpillar hunter, its principal food
being, in his experience, grasshoppers.

Messrs. Sheridan, Campbell, Mutchler, Dr. and Mrs. Hussey, spoke briefly.

Mr. H. F. Schwarz, whose summer had been spent at Fire Island, gave
an interesting account of the wasps building in its sands, often abandoning
a half -finished attempt, until the sand seemed, with its numerous punc-
tures, like a pin cushion.

Dr. Melander had spent the summer getting acquainted with some eastern
collecting grounds, Washington, D. C., and Woods Hole especially. Not-
withstanding the capture of some 3,000 specimens he found the collecting
not as rich as in Washington state.

Mr. Huntingdon had been very successful early in July in finding Chry-
saphanus epixanthe in one corner of a cranberry bog at Lakehurst. In
August he had visited a ranch in southeastern Wyoming and with E. J.
Oslar in Denver. He described Mr. Oslar as a little Englishman 5 feet
4 or 5 inches tall, 69 years old, but slim, wiry and possessed of a great
collection and eleven children.

Mr. Shoemaker’s report, as usual, showed great activity. Greenwood
Lake in June with Mr. Nicolay, Canadensis in the Pocono Mts. in July
and September, with the big sweep net working the right hand side of the
wood road going, the left side returning, while the thirty-seven bait bottles
and the sugared trees were doing their part. One thousand beetles, selected
for their special interest, rewarded these efforts; ninety-seven moths in one
night, after killing off the common ones, helped to make what Mr. Shoe-
maker called a pretty good season. Noteworthy captures were seven
Limenitis Ursula albofasciata, all males, and the dark form of Catocala
relicta. An interesting episode was a convention of katydids on Septem-
ber 20.

Mr. Nicolay, too, reported a successful summer with visits to Lake Sur-
prise, Greenwood Lake, where many buprestids were beaten from scrub
pine, to Long Beach, to Point Pleasant and to Fairfax County, Va. Ardi-
stomis obliquus, Cyohrus shoemaTceri, Pasimachus sublcevis, and other inter-
esting beetles were mingled in Mr. Nicolay ’s report with fish hawks and a
widow in bathing costume.

Mr. Olsen gave a thrilling account of his Bahama experience in the hur-
ricane of July 25, and of his visit to Woods Hole where he again found a
bruchid on Scotch Broom. He had also received an interesting South
American collection of jassids, etc., from Dr. Bequaert, on which he will
report later.

312

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Mr. Chapin described, among other summer experiences, the effect of
wasp sting on a katydid, the latter showing life for three weeks after
being stung.

Mr. Willmott spoke of his entomological microscopic slides which he will
exhibit later in the season.

Mr. Hartzell spoke of the occurrence of the oriental peach moth Laspey-
resia molesta in Yonkers, N. Y., and exhibited specimens of Autoserica
japonica which were taken in that vicinity during the summer. He also
reported the presence of a recently introduced gall-forming mite Eriophyes
eucricotes on Lyciumt chinensis.

Mr. Wm. T. Davis exhibited specimens, including two living males, of
the grasshopper M'elanoplus differ entialis Thomas, from near Old Place,
Staten Island, the only known locality for the species in the State of New
York, first reported in this Journal for December, 1924, and also men-
tioned in the Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society, December,
1925. He stated that he had lately visited the colony several times, and
on the 30th of September, in the company of Dr. Frank L. Campbell, of
New York University, and two of his students. It is interesting that the
grasshoppers occupy a rather definite zone in the southwesterly side of the
high embankment of the railroad. They extend a little way up its side,
but are not very often found on top of the highest parts of the embank-
ment, and they very seldom occur out on the adjacent salt meadow. In
one place they are somewhat abundant in a thick tangle of matrimony
vines. The allied Melanoplus bivittatus is much more generally distributed
in the vicinity. The specimens of differ entialis from Staten Island are
much darker in color than those from the western part of its range in
Colorado, Texas, etc.

Mr. Davis also stated that among butterflies Melitcea phceton Drury had
been more plentiful on Staten Island during June than he had known it
before: Pyrameis cardui was also common, while the Monarch butterfly was
comparatively scarce. A few were seen flying southward along the shore
of the Island on the 30th of August.

Meeting of October 19, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., on October 19, 1926, in the American Museum of Natural History;
Vice-President Henry Bird in the chair, with twenty members and three
visitors present.

A letter from Dr. Stephen Breuning, Vienna, soliciting exchanges, was
read.

Dr. Frank L. Campbell, New York University, was elected a member of
the Society.

On motion by Mr. Mutchler, the meeting scheduled for November 2, being
Election Day, was suspended.

Sept., 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

313

Mr. Bell spoke of “Collecting in North Carolina and Virginia, ” being
a narrative of a successful attempt to find the Hesperid butterfly Problema
bulenta near Wilmington, N. C., and Amblyscirtes Carolina in the Dismal
Swamp near Suffolk, Va. Bulenta was found beside a road running through
swamps and old rice fields across the Cape Fear River from Wilmington in
July. Other localities, including the beach at the mouth of the river, were
visited but the fourteen specimens of Bulenta seen were along the road
mentioned. Specimens were shown of this species, also of Problema byssus ,
Poanes yehl, Amblyscirtes Carolina and Ephiphyes Carolina.

Mr. Angell spoke of his summer visits to Cook’s Falls and Livingston
Manor, where Cicindela purpurea was abundant on a steep hillside and a
small red Staphylinid was found under poplar bark with ants; also of
visits to Connecticut and Pine Island, N. Y.

Mr. Davis spoke" of his visits to Wilmington, N. C., with Mr. Barber and
the pleasant recollections that remained with him. He exhibited Erebus
odora found August 12 at Tottenville, Staten Island, following the West
Indian hurricane which he' believed had blown the moth north. He spoke
of three previous occurrences on Staten Island and of other northern
records. Mr. Davis also described certain artificial fumaroles on Staten
Island, resulting from slow combustion of material used to fill in a rail-
road embankment, and the effect of their warmth on insect life. The
grasshopper Dissosteira Carolina matured June 8, twelve days early, and
the southern cockroach Periplaneta americana was enabled to survive
outdoors.

Mr. Frank Johnson exhibited some remarkable Lepidoptera, including
saturnid moths and a specimen of Morpho, intermediate between described
forms.

Mr. Lemmer spoke of his summer visits to Lakehurst where rain had
often interfered with collecting, though it had not damaged the Japanese
beetle which was abundant, as were katydids. Two insects were note-
worthy, viz., Citheronia sepulchralis, four, and Catocala herodias, two, all
taken at light.

Mr. Swift also spoke of the Japanese beetle, its habit of going into the
ground at night and its spread during the year. Mr. Bird stated that the
quarantine boundary now extended to Ossining on the Hudson River and
to Stamford, Conn.

Mr. Ragot exhibited the work of a caterpillar in eating linen cloth and
forming its cocoon in part of its threads.

Mr. Bird described a journey to the Delaware-Maryland peninsula where
box huckleberry and Azalea atlantica occur. Papaipema was sought vainly
in Eelonias bullata. At Riverhead, however, the larvae of a noctuid moth,
Schinia sp., was found feeding on seeds of aster.

Meeting of November 16, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., on November 16, 1926, in the American Museum of Natural His-

314

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

tory; President Frank E. Lutz in the chair, with twenty members and nine
visitors present.

The Program Committee reported Dr. Campbell and Mr. Watson as speak-
ers for meeting of December 7.

Mr. Herbert F. Schwarz gave a brief survey of some of the more salient
episodes in the life history of the Bembecine wasp, Microbembex monodonta,
as set down by other investigators, and then proceeded to give his own
observations of the behavior of this insect on Fire Island. The observa-
tions were made at intervals from the middle of August to the early part
of September. During this time not a single instance was noted of the
stocking of the nests with prey of any kind, and the building operations
were of a distinctly haphazard and apparently purposeless character. He
was tempted to conclude that this represented perhaps a parallel to that
noted in the case of certain other Hymenoptera, Osmia, Megachile , Anthid-
ium, that persist in their tasks even when the egg-laying season has passed
and their activities no longer have any significance. The fact was brought
out that Microbembex monodonta digs a special, shallow burrow in which
to spend the night even when it has available a deep commodious tunnel
in the construction of which long labor has been expended.

Mr. Bird, under the title 1 1 Synonymy, ’ ’ referred to the “no” of the
first cave woman as a synonym of “yes, ” to the good use of synonyms by
botanists, and to his own guilty conscience, as preliminary to the synonymy
of a Geometrid moth, Sciagraphia granitata, with eighteen synonyms, and
of a Tachinid fly, Taohina vulgaris, redescribed and renamed 257 times.
Robineau-Desvoidy established from this, one species 247 so-called new
species, distributed into five imaginary new genera. As an example of
synonymy in ordinary conversation he told of a search for Sanguisorba
canadensis in 1 1 Purgatory Swamp, ’ ’ which was finally located as the
“ Marsh.’ ’

Mr. Taylor gave an interesting account of his ‘ 1 Collecting Experiences
in Pennsylvania,” covering the results of several years’ work near Lewis-
town Junction, Juniata County. A list of Lepidoptera with notes on such
specimens as Papilio ajax and other diurnals and eleven species of Catocala.

Mr. R. J. Sim, present as a visitor, spoke of experiences in South Jersey,
where he said anything was possible. Lachnosterna luctuosa, cemula, dijjinis,
Diplotaxis frondicola, and fifty specimens of Onothophagus cribricollis,
previously known from single or doubtful records, were among the species
seen, as Mr. Sim expressed it, ‘ 1 from the tail of a naturalist ’s eye, ’ ’ while
working on the Japanese beetle.

Mr. Davis showed Dr. Blatchley’s new volume on the Heteroptera of
Eastern North America, praising highly the results of his five years’ study,
resulting in keys and descriptions of 1,253 species.

Mr. Davis also showed portrait of Mrs. Slosson to accompany the obituary
notice in the Journal and spoke of her varied activities, authorship of
twelve books, which in part have already become famous the world over,

Sept., 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

315

china collecting, etc., besides her entomological work in Florida and the
White Mountains, resulting in over 100 species and several genera being
named in her honor.

He also showed communications from R. J. Hunter and Charles Drury,
the latter 79 years old and still finding rare beetles in his garden, where a
pile of decaying grass serves as bait.

Mr. Melander contributed to the program, colored drawings of leaf-
hoppers from his correspondent, Schild at La Suisa, Costa Rica.

Mr. Lemmer exhibited a box of splendidly prepared moths from Lake-
hurst, N. J., a part of the result of this year’s collecting and each a rarity.
The species were as follows : $ Lapara coniferarum, Wlbe., $ Citheronia
sepulchralis, G. & R., $ Apantesis figurata Dru., $ Apantesis figurata form
excelsa Neum., $ & $ Pygarctia abdominalis Grt., $ & 2 Graptolitha
viridipallens Grt., $ Graptolitha querquera Grt., $ Graptolitha nigrescens
Engel., $ & 9 Graptolitha lepida Lint., $ & $ Graptolitha thaxteri Grt.,
$ & $ Epiglaea apiata Grt., $ & $ Psectraglaea carnosa Grt., $ A cro-
ny eta wanda Buchh., $ & $ Acronycta lanceolaria Grt., $ & $ Papaipema
stenoscelis Dyar., $ & $ Catocala andromedee Gn., $ & $ Catocala
herodias Stkr., $ Caripeta angustiorata Wlk., $ Nacophora ypsilon Forbes,
$ & $ Stenaspilates zalissaria Wlk.

Meeting of December 7, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., on December 7, 1926, in the American Museum of Natural His-
tory; President Frank E. Lutz in the chair, with twenty-four members
and nine visitors present.

Dr. Bertha Chapman Cady, 670 Lexington Avenue, New York City, was
elected a member of the Society.

Dr. Lutz exhibited for Dr. Mikinosuke Miyajima, of Tokyo, Japan, draw-
ings illustrating his discovery, thus first announced in America, of the con-
trol by the firefly, Luciola picticollis , of a disease prevalent in Japan. The
disease is due to a parasitic worm working in the liver and spleen. The
worm being discharged in the faeces, passes its next stage in an amphibious
snail. The luminous larva of the firefly attacks the snail, and thus checks
the spread of the parasite and the disease it causes.

Dr. Frank L. Campbell read a paper on the “Chemical and Physical
Properties of Chitin, ” reviewing the work of Odier in 1821 and the more
recent discussions. He gave as its formula, and as its strong-

est characteristic, insolubility in alkali. He pointed out that it constituted
little more than one fourth the exoskeleton of beetles, and that therefore
some of the properties apparently belonging to it and commonly expressed
as “heavily chitonized” were due in part to other substances. It appeared
to be the same, regardless of its source, and has been identified in such
widely separated organisms as Crustacea and mushrooms. He promised

316

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

at a future meeting to show the reaction to sulphuric acid and iodine by
which its presence is detected.

The paper was discussed by Dr. Lutz, Mr. Weiss, Dr. Stanton, present
as a visitor, and by Mr. Johnson, whose question as to the substitution of
nitric acid for muriatic acid, in the softening of chitinized material, brought
out the relation of chitin to cellulose rather than protein, and the danger
of unintentionally making an explosive compound.

Mr. Watson exhibited two boxes containing twenty gorgeous South Amer-
ican butterflies, Morphos, etc., a part of a recent gift from Mr. Frank
Johnson to the American Museum of Natural History.

Dr. E. A. Chapin, of the U. S. National Museum, spoke of the work in
progress there on the Casey collection. Mrs. Casey has provided the cases
and the salary of a curator, Mr. Buchanan, who, in two or three years
time, will have the whole collection, 75,000 to 125,000 specimens, so trans-
ferred that every specimen, from 5,000 to 6,000 of which are types, can be
recognized as in the order in which Col. Casey left them, and will always
be retained in the separate species trays used in the National Museum. Mrs.
Casey has also provided a binocular microscope to aid students, to whom
every facility for study will be extended but only in the room in which the
collection is housed.

Dr. Chapin spoke with regret of the feebleness of Dr. Schwarz who was
retired August 1, 1926, aged 82, after nearly fifty years of service; and
of his own studies in Cleridse, leading to the opinion expressed in his work
on Philippine clerids that the Korynetinae should be treated as a subfamily.
He also, at the president’s request, gave a brief account of the life history
of these predaceous insects and their value in checking depredations of
forest insects.

Mr. Leng recalled the origin of the name Necrobia.

Dr. Cady spoke of the nature study program of the Girl Scouts and
exhibited some excellent drawings made by members of her troop. For
those who showed the greatest interest, problems in botany and entomology
were suggested. Dr. Cady also spoke of the advantage of coordination of
the work of different organizations devoted' to nature study.

Dr. Lutz, in commenting on Dr. Cady’s remarks, spoke of the work
accomplished at the Field Station by Mr. Steele and Mr. Creighton, who
had been the guests of Mr. Frank Johnson, as an example of such coordina-
tion. He also announced the Philadelphia A. A. A. S. meeting at Phila-
delphia, December 27-31.

Mr. Davis exhibited Essig’s “ Insects of Western North America.”
Meeting of December 21, 1926

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., on December 21, 1926; Dr. Frank E. Lutz, President, in the chair,
with twenty members and four visitors present.

Sept., 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

317

The program committee reported Messrs. Notman and Nicolay as the
speakers for the next meeting.

The president appointed as a nominating committee, Messrs. Barber,
Weiss, and Mutchler.

Dr. William Rudolfs read a paper on “Some of the Results Obtained in
a Study of the Chemical Changes During the Life Cycle of the Tent Cater-
pillar, ’ ’ which will be printed in full. It was discussed by Dr. Lutz and
Dr. Campbell. The surprising fact disclosed by his analyses was an in-
crease in percentage of fat in the prepupal stage accompanied by a rapid
decrease in that stage of the nitrogen percentage.

Dr. Rudolfs also exhibited Acborutes viaticus , a springtail found in the
filter bed of a sewage disposal plant at Madison, Wis., which, by keeping
the stones in the bed clean, saves about $2,000 a year in cost of upkeep.

Mr. Leng gave some “Remarks on the Forthcoming Supplement to the
Catalogue of Beetles, ” pointing out the rapid increase in the number of
names, in the use of trinomial and quadrinomial names, and the numerous
changes in nomenclature caused by strict application of its rules.

Vol, XXXV

December, 1927 CLfr-,

No. 4

JOURNAL

OF THE

NEW YORK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Iruotrh tn lattumolngy in <£rnrrai

Harry B. Weiss

DECEMBER, 1927

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

F. E. Lutz
C. E. Olsen

J. D. Sherman, Jr.

Published Quarterly by the Society

Lime and Green Sts.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1927

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the

Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

WAR ~ 51928

Subscription $3.00 per Year.

CONTENTS

PAGE

The North American Species of the Genus Potamanthus,
with a Description of a New Species.

By Virgil N. Argo J$... ,...iJL.......11..L 319

Studies on the Silphinse.

By Melville H. Hatch 331

New Cicadas from the Western United States with Notes
on Several Other Species.

By Wm. T. Davis ,........^..,.Jl.......... , ..... M...:... 373

The Membracidae of South America and the Antilles, II.
Subfamily Centrotinae.

By Frederic W. Coding ' A.™. 391

James Petiver’s Gazophylacii.

By Harry B. Weiss ....AlA 411

Book Notices r -...4.. A. 415

Alexander Neckam, Clergyman and Naturalist of the
Twelfth Century 417

Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 419

NOTICE: Volume XXXV, Number 3, of the Journal of the
New York Entomological Society was published on
September 27, 1927.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XXXV December, 1927 No. 4

THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS
POTAMANTHUS, WITH A DESCRIPTION
OF A NEW SPECIES

By Virgil N. Argo

The material on which this study is based is part of the Cornell
University collection and comes from Iowa, Michigan, Pennsyl-
vania, New York, Maryland, and Tennessee. During the summer
of 1926 the writer had the opportunity of making fairly regular
collections in the Potomac River and some of its tributary streams
in the state of Maryland and was fortunate in collecting at least
three species of Potamanthus in the adult stage and a large num-
ber of unidentified nymphs belonging to the same genus. The
members of the genus have been somewhat confused and this
paper is an effort to clear up some of the taxonomic difficulties
in the group. In the past there have been six species described
from North America : P. verticis Say, originally classed as a
Baetis, then put in Ecdyurus by Eaton, listed in Bank’s cata-
logue under H eptagenia, and finally placed in Potamanthus by
McDunnough in 1926 ; P. flaveola Walsh, originally described as
an Ephemera, and listed in Bank’s catalogue as a Potamanthus;
P. my ops Walsh, originally described as an Ephemera and put
into Potamanthus by McDunnough in 1926; P. medius Banks,
originally described as a Potamanthus ; P. diaphanus Needham
and P. inequalis Needham, originally described as species in
Potamanthus.

320

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

The descriptions are scattered in the literature and as a whole
are rather incomplete and unsatisfactory. There has been a lack
of uniformity in the manner of handling and describing material ;
some has been used in the fresh condition ; some has been pinned
and dried and some has been preserved in alcohol and with forms
so delicate and so lightly colored this would naturally lead to
ambiguity. In the Cornell Collection all material is kept in alco-
hol and as specimens are studied the wings are mounted on one
slide and the head, legs, genitalia and tails are mounted on an-
other slide. If there are distinctive patterns on the abdomen or
thorax these parts are cleared and mounted also.

In going over the material in the Cornell Collection there seem
to be at least five distinct species represented ; verticis, flaveola,
myops, diaphanus, and one which will be described in this article.
They fall into two groups, those in which the males have small
eyes separated by a distance of more than two eye diameters, and
those in which the males have large eyes, separated by a distance
of but little more than one eye diameter. In the first group
would be placed verticis, myops, and the one new species, while
in the second group would be placed flaveola and diaphanus.
The comparative size and position of the eyes is a character which
has been used but once in the past, by Walsh in separating
myops, a small-eyed species, from flaveola, a large-eyed species.
No mention of the kind of eyes found in verticis is made by Say.
According to his very incomplete description, the infuscated
cross veins and the small size are its only distinguishing charac-
ters. In separating verticis from flaveola I took all the male
specimens which showed black on the cross veins to any degree
and found that they were uniformly smaller than flaveola and
that they all had small and widely separated eyes. Since the
males of flaveola do not have infuscated cross veins, according to
Walsh’s description, I have called these specimens verticis , and
would add to Say’s description the matter of the eye dimension
as a very easily observed character.

Needham’s type specimen of inequalis seems to have been lost
and as a result it has not been treated in this grouping. It was
separated from diaphanus through an apparent difference in the
outline of the penes of the male, but after making careful exami-

Dec., 1927]

Argo: Potamanthus

321

nation of all the material at hand, it appears that there are no
specific differences in the shape of the male genitalia of the spe-
cies in the genus and any variation in outline might be due to
differences of turgidity and muscular contraction. There is a
fairly constant size variation within the genus, and in one species
there is a color character associated with the genitalia, but for
the lack of other characters inequalis should be classed as a
synonym of diaphanus.

Banks ’ medius was described from females and the female dif-
ferences have not been studied sufficiently to tell whether his
species is valid or not. I have been unable to separate it on the
characters he gives.

In the past the distinction between the nymphs of Potamanthus
and Polymitarcys has been held to consist only of this one differ-
ence; in Potamanthus the tusk-like ramus on the side of the
mandible isi short and barely extends beyond the labrurn, while
in Polymitarcys the tusk is long and extends some distance be-
yond the edge of the labrurn. This distinction was apparently
substantiated by a single adult Polymitarcys which was said to
have been reared from one of the long- tusked nymphs by W. E.
Howard in 1904. This past summer Doctor Needham collected
from the Jordan River in Utah, and the writer collected from
the Potomac River in Maryland, a series of nymphs which are
entirely different and resemble nothing previously collected in
this country. They correspond exactly with Eaton’s description
of the nymph for the genus Polymitarcys, resembling very closely
his figure of P. virgo, the type of the genus. An examination
showed the developing wing pads to have the typical Polymi-
tarcys wing venation. An examination of the wing pads of
nymphs which had previously been held to be Polymitarcys in
this country, showed that they had typical Potamanthus wing
venation. Thus it is found that the nymphs of Potamanthus are
entirely different from those of Polymitarcys and have an en-
tirely different mode of living. The former are found on the
sand and gravel at the edge of riffles where the water is not too
swift, while the latter are burrowing forms which are dug up out
of the sand and silt where the water is flowing slowly and the
bottom is soft. They have elaborate strainers of parallel bristles

322

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

on the month parts and the fore legs, which would seem to act
as sieves for getting the available food from the ooze and silt of
the bottom. An examination of the original nymphal skin from
which Howard claimed to have reared a specimen of Polymitar-
cys albus shows it to have been a Potamanthus nymph, some
faulty observation having been made to give rise to this error
which has persisted so long. The length of the mandibular tusk
of the Potamanthus nymph seems to vary with species. Among
the nymphs in the Cornell Collection there are some with very
short tusks and some with long tusks, but as far as I know there
are no specimens with tusks as short as Eaton has shown in his
figure for the nymph of P. luteus.

KEY TO THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF POTAMANTHUS

1. Eyes of the male small, separated by a distance equal to at least twice

the eye diameter 2

Eyes of the male large, separated by a distance equal to little more than
one eye diameter 4

2. Species with a wing expanse of over 20 mm.; no infuscation on veins or

cross veins of male or female 3

Species with wing expense of less than 20 mm. ; cross veins infuscated on
male and female; vertex, thorax, and the tip of anterior femur, fer-
ruginous; vittae on sides of abdomen, tip of anterior tibia, incisures
of anterior tarsus, and incisures of tails, fuscous P. vertids.

3. Species yellowish white; wing expanse of male 28-29 mm.; fore leg 9

mm.; body 15 mm.; tails 30-20-30 mm.; vertex, antennae, tip of an-
terior femur, tip of anterior tibia, incisures of tails, and incisures of
genital forceps, ferruginous; vittae on sides of abdomen and tarsal

incisures, fuscous P. rufous n. sp.

Species white; expanse of male 26-27 mm.; fore leg 11 mm.; body 12-13
mm.; tails 28-20-28 mm.; tip of anterior tibia, incisures of anterior
tarsus, incisures of tails, slightly ferruginous; no fuscous vittae on
sides of abdomen and no coloring of the incisures of the genital
forceps P. myops.

4. Wings an expanse of 18—22 mm.; male wdth no infuscation on cross

veins, female with cross veins infuscated; vertex, thorax, and tip of
anterior femur, ferruginous; tip of anterior tibia, incisures of anterior
tarsus, incisures of tails, and vittae on sides of abdominal segments,

fuscous P. flaveola.

Wing expanse 20 mm.; neither male or female has infuscated cross
veins; vertex, thorax, pale yellowish white; tip of anterior tibia and
incisures of anterior tarsus faintly infuscated; tails white with color-
less incisures P. diaphanus.

Dec., 1927]

Argo: Potamanthus

Potamanthus rufous new species.

Wing expanse of male 28-29 mm.; bod yl5 mm.; tails 30-20-30 mm.; fore
leg of male 10 mm.; eyes small, separated by a distance equal to 2% times
the eye diameter; vertex, antennae, and thorax, ferruginous; abdomen yel-
lowish with with fuscous spots on sides of segments; incisures of tails
strongly ferruginous; tips of anterior femora and tibae, strongly ferrugi-
nous; incisures of anterior tarsi fuscous; incisures of genital forceps fer-
ruginous ; wings hyaline with no color on veins or cross veins.

Females: wing expanse 33 mm.; body 16 mm.; tails 20 mm., middle one
but little shorter than the other two; for© leg 9 mm.; eyes small, separated
by a distance equal to three times the eye diameter; antennae, vertex, and
thorax, ferruginous; abdomen white with fuscous dots on sides of segments;
incisures of tails strongly ferruginous; anterior femora and tibiae strongly
ferruginous their entire length; incisures of anterior tarsi fuscous.

The female is more strongly ferruginous than the male, slightly larger in
expanse of wing and length of body, and has the eyes more widely separated.
It cannot be confused with the P. medius described by Banks.

Described from two males and one female taken at Corning,
N. Y., July 8, 1924, by C. R. Crosby, and one male taken at
McLean Reservation, Tompkins Co., N. Y., July 12, 1924.

This species is the largest one in the genus and seems to be a
distinct form. It is most easily recognized by its large size and
the amount of reddish coloring found on the body ; it is the only
one examined which showed any color at the incisures of the
genital forceps. The body and genitalia are found to be regu-
larly larger than is the case in myops, while the front leg of the
male is considerably shorter than that of myops. The fuscous
dots on the sides of the abdomen are plainly seen, but Walsh
after examining a series of specimens of myops made no mention
of any such spots.

ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY

Banks, Nathan. Catalogue of the Neuropteroid insects (except Odonata)
of the United States. Philadelphia, 1907.

In his catalogue Banks lists but one species in the genus Potamanthus,
P. flaveola Walsh.

Banks, Nathan. Neuropteroid insects — notes and descriptions. Trans.
Am. Ent. Soc., XXXIY, 1908, p. 259.

Banks describes the species P. medius from female specimen collected
at electric light in July from Douglas Co., Kansas.

324

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. xxxv

Eaton, Eev. A. E. A revisional monograph of recent ephemeridae or may-
flies. Trans. Linn. Soc. of London, Second series, Yol. Ill, Zoology,
1888.

Eaton describes the genus, restricting it much more than Pictet had
done and designates P. luteus Linn, as the type. He gives complete
descriptions of adult and nymph of luteus. But he seems to have
had something different from what Say had when he describes
verticis, which he places in Ecdyurus, the color characters which he
gives are very clearly different from what Say gave to verticis.

Howard, W. E. Mayflies and midges of New York, by James G. Needham,
N. Y. State Mus. Bui. 86, Ent. 23, 1905.

Needham includes an account by Howard in which he describes a nymph
from which he claims to have reared an adult Polymitarcys alhus
Say. I have examined the nymphal skin and find it to be that of a
long-tusked Potamanthus species.

McDunnough, J. Note on North American Ephemeroptera with discre-
tions of new species. Can. Ent., Yol. LYIII, no. 8, 1926.

McDunnough claims that flaveola is a synonym of verticis.

Morgan, Anna H. Mayflies of Fall Creek. Ann. Ent. Soc. of America,
Yol. IY, 1911, pp. 93-119.

Mention is made of a half grown nymph of Potamanthus which was ob-
served in Fall Creek, near Ithaca, N. Y. It is described as having
short tusks on the mandibles. No name is given to it.

Morgan, Anna H. A contribution to the biology of mayflies. Ann. Ent.
Soc. of America, Yol. YI, 1913, pp. 371-413.

In this paper Miss Morgan describes the life habits of the nymphs of
Potamanthus and Polymitarcys but they should both be in the genus
Potamanthus. She figures a Potamanthus nymph, and the mandibular
tusks are seen to be somewhat longer than the ones shown in Eaton’s
figure of P. luteus.

Needham, James G. Burrowing mayflies of our larger lakes and streams.
Bui. of the Bur. of Fisheries, Yol. XXXYI, 1917-18, pp. 269-292.

In this paper Dr. Needham describes the nymphs of Potamanthus and
Polymitarcys, but the form he has figured as Polymitarcys is the
long-tusked species of Potamanthus.

Pictet, F. J. Histoire naturelle des insectes neuropteres, 1843, Yol. II, p.
197.

Pictet describes the genus Potamanthus for the first time and groups
a number of new and old species under it but describes no type for
the genus.

Say, Thomas. Descriptions of new North American Neuropterous insects,
and observations on some already described. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phil.,
Yol. VIII, 1839, pp. 9-46.

Say describes verticis under the genus Baetis.

Walsh, Benj. D. List of the Pseudoneuroptera of Illinois, contained in

Dec., 1927]

Argo: Potamanthus

325

the cabinet of the writer, with descriptions of over forty new
species. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phil., Yol. XIY, 1862, p. 377.

Walsh describes flaveola under the genus Ephemera.

Walsh, Benj. D. Observations on certain North American Neuroptera, by
H. Hagen, M.D., of Konigsburg, Prussia; translated from the
original French MS., and published by permission of the author,
with notes and descriptions of about twenty new North American
species of Pseudoneuroptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. of Phil., Yol. II,
1863-4, p. 207.

Walsh describes my ops in this paper, and makes use of the comparative
size of the eyes in differentiating it from flaveola.

326

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Plate XIY. Adult Structures

Eig. 1. Head of Potamanthus verticis Say, male, collected near Hagers-
town, Md.

Eig. 2. Genitalia of same.

Eig. 3. Wing of same, shows infuscation of crossveins.

Fig. 4. Head of Potamanthus my ops Walsh, collected near Hagerstown,
Md.

Eig. 5. Head of Potamanthus flaveola Walsh, collected near Hagerstown,
Md.

Fig. 6. Wing of Potamanthus rufous n. sp., collected at Corning, N. Y.
Fig. 7. Genitalia of same, shows ferruginous incisures of forceps.

Fig. 8. Head of same.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate XIV)

POTAMANTHUS

328

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Plate XV. Nymphal Structures

Pig. 9. Nymph of Polymitarcys virgo 01. Figure copied from Eaton.

Fig. 10. Head of nymph of Polymitarcys sp. collected in the Potomac River,
Md.

Fig. 11. Under surface of right mandible of same.

Fig. 12. Upper surface of left mandible of same.

Fig. 13. Gill of same.

Fig. 14. Gill of Polymitarcys virgo 01. Figure copied from Eaton.

Fig. 15. Fore leg of Polymitarcys sp. collected in the Potomac River, Md.

It shows the elaborate development of bristles into strainers on
the tibiae.

Fig. 16. Middle leg of same.

Fig. 17. Hind leg of same.

Fig. 18. Wing pad from same. Shows typical Polymitarcys venation.

Fig. 19. Plate taken from Needham's paper, “Burrowing Mayflies of our
Larger Lakes and Streams. ' ' Drawings by 0. H. Kennedy.

a. Nymph from above.

b. Head of same enlarged.

c. Mandible of same.

d. Maxilla of same.

e. Labium of same.

f. Fore leg of same.

g. Gill of the second abdominal segment.

These drawings were made from the nymphal skin from which
Howard said he reared an adult Polymitarcys albus Say, it is
a typical Potamanthus and differs from Eaton's figure of the
nymph of Potamanthus luteus Linn, only in the comparative
length of the mandibular tusks.

Fig. 20. Wing pad nymph of Potamanthus sp., collected in Potomac River,
Md. This nymph seemed to be identical with the one figured
above, and the wing pads showed the typical Potamanthus vena-
tion.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate XV)

POTAMANTHTTS

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphinje

331

STUDIES ON THE SILPHINiE1

By Melville H. Hatch

The purpose of the present study is (1) to discuss the genera
of living and fossil Silphinse, (2) to construct a synoptic table
to the described larvae, (3) to consider the North American
species of Silphinae, (4) to delimit more precisely their ranges,2

(5) to consider their relationship with the extra-Nearctic species,

(6) to consider the natural groupings and interrelationships of
the species of Nicrophorus,3 (7) to make known the contents of
an extensive collection of Nicrophorus secured by the author
from Mr. John W. Angell, of New York City, in 1922, and (8)
to review the known fossil Silphinae.

Types, unless otherwise indicated, are in the collection of the
author. Concomitantly with the present studies, the author has
been engaged in the preparation of the portion on Silphidae, ex-
clusive of Bathysciinae, for the Junk-Schenkling Coleopterorum
Catalogus (Pars 95), and must refer the reader there for bibli-
ography. Furthermore, in an investigation published in connec-
tion with a paper entitled “ Studies on the Carrion Beetles of
Minnesota, Including New Species” (Univ. Minn. Agr. Exp. Sta.
Tec. Bull. 48, 1927, 19 pp.), the author has delimited the
Silphinae as a subfamily of Staphylinidae.

Acknowledgments are due Mr. John W. Angell for favors too
numerous to mention; Mr. J. B. Wallis for information on the
composition of the Manitoba fauna ; Mr. F. S. Carr for similar

1 Contribution from the Department of Zoology of the University of
Minnesota.

2 M. Gaston Portevin in his most excellent work on Les Grands Necro-
pliages du Globe, (270 pp., 201 fig., Ency. Ent. VI, 1926, Paris), too fre-
quently uses the expression 1 1 toute PAmerique du Nord” in describing the
range of species. There is not a single species of the group whose range
even approximately conforms to this description!

3 This is the original spelling of the genus, and the one adopted in all
systematic works between the date of its description in 1875 and its change
to Necrophorus in the Systema Eleutharum of Eabricius in 1801.

332

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

information on the fauna of Alberta ; Prof. E. 0. Essig for larvae
of Silpha ramosa Say; Prof. R. A. Cooley for larvae of Silpha
bituberosa Lee. ; Miss Helen R. Parker for assistance in preparing
the plate; Dr. Walther Horn of the Deutsche Entomologische
Institut for the loan of specimens of Apatetica, Ecanus, and
other material.

I. GENERAL CLASSIFICATION

In order to outline the general interrelationships of the Sil-
phinse, the following keys to imagoes and larvae are presented.
In these, as in the other keys of the present study, an attempt is
made to indicate relationships as well as to furnish a means for
identification. In the key to the imagoes of the Lyrosomini4 and
Agyrtini all the genera known are included. The key to larvae
includes all the genera of which the larvae have been adequately
described, though I know of Necrophilus, Xylodrepa, Pliospliaga,
and Ablattaria from descriptions only. In addition to descrip-
tions and figures I am indebted to the following keys of silphine
larvae: Henriksen, Danm. Faun. Bill. V, 1922, pp. 252-260;
Ganglbauer, Kaf. Mitteleur. Ill, 1899, p. 168 ; Karsh, Ent. Nachr.
X, 1884, p. 226; Reitter, Naturg. Ins. Deut. Ill (2), 1885, p. 284.

KEY TO IMAGOES

A1. Elytra nine-striate, rarely with the striae becoming obsolescent and the
elytra becoming transversely strigose.

Bi. Antennae filiform; abdomen with 6 visible sternites. LYB-OSOMXNI.
C1. Elytra entire.

D1. Posterior coxae contiguous.

Ei. Body elongate, subdepressed.

F1. Tibia feebly spined without; penultimate tarso-
mere simple; tarsi slender; Asia, Pacific Coast of
North America, Mexico; (type Necrophilus tenui-

cornis Lee.) Apteroloma Hatch

F2. Tibia strongly spined without; penultimate tarso-
mere bilobed; tarsi short; Japan, Yunnan.

Brachyloma Port.

4 Through the removal of Pteroloma forstroemi Frol., from Silphinae,
Lyrosomini Horn 1880 must replace Pterolomini as the name of the first
tribe of the subfamily.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphinjs

333

E2. Body subhemispherical ; penultimate tarsomere bilobed;

Himalayas Sphaeroloma Port.*

D2. Posterior coxae separated; 6th abdominal sternite only
slightly visible; Japan to Alaska Lyrosoma Mann.

C2. Elytra truncate; Oriental Apatetica Hope.

B2. Antennae gradually clavate.

C1. Pronotum wider than long.

Di. Posterior coxae separated; abdomen with 6 visible sternites;
elytra at base with minute strially arranged punctures, at
apex smooth; Nearctie.

CATOPOCERINI, Catopocerus Mots.t
B2. Posterior coxae contiguous; abdomen with 5 visible sternites
in $, 6 in# AGYRTINI.

E1. Pronotum as wide as elytra; body subdepressed.

F1. Elytra not transversely strigose, distinctly striate.

G1. Elytra entire.

H1. Ultimate segment of antenna no longer
than penultimate; terminal segment of
palpus thickened, twice as long as the
next; antennae feebly clavate; meso-
sternum simply carinate in front; body
more elongate; pronotum widest at base,
smaller in proportion to elytra and less
transverse than in the succeeding ge-
nera; Palaearctie and Pacific Coast of
North America, (one species from
Upper Miocene of Florissant, Colo.).

Agyrtes Frol.

H2. Ultimate segment of antenna longer than
penultimate ; terminal segment of palpus
cylindrical, 1% times as long as the pen-
ultimate segment; body and pronotum
more transverse.

I1. Antennae feebly clavate; meso-
sternum simply carinate in front.
J1. Pronotum with distinct but
rounded hind angles, widest at
base, sides deplanate; Japan to

* I place in this genus, though somewhat tentatively, castaneicolor and
giblus Champion (Ent. Mo. Mag. LIX, 1923, p. 48) described from the
Himalayas as Necrophilus subg. N ecrophiloides nov., and separated from
the true Necrophilus by their nearly filiform antennae and extremely convex
body.

t = Pinodytes Horn, Portevin, Misc. Ent. XXVI, 1923, p. 2.

334

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Alaska, Washington and Al-
berta Pelatines Cock.

J2. Pronotum without hind angles,
broadly rounded, widest before
base, sides not deplante; Ger-
many to Siberia.

Ecanus Steph.
12. Antennae strongly clavate with a
strongly differentiated club which
is evidently pubescent, the basal 6
segments glabrous ; mesosternum
with a low carina in front of which
is an elevated area furrowed
throughout its entire length; pro-
notum at base; Holarctic, ? New

Zealand Necrophilus Latr.

G2. Elytra abbreviated, truncate.

H1. Antennae feebly clavate; last three seg-
ments of abdomen exposed; antennae ap-
parently 10-segmented (perhaps 11-
segmented), feebly dilated towards
apex; elytra with eighf visible striae;
Upper Miocene of Florissant, Colo.

Miosilpha Wick.
H2. Antennae with wide club of 5-segments;

Japan, India Nodynus Waterh.

F2. Elytra transversely strigose.

G1. Mesosternum carinate in front; pubescent;
striae except sutural reduced.

H1. Scarcely striate; Chile.... Agyrtodes Port.
II2. Not striate; New Zealand.

Ragytes Port.*

G2. Mesosternum simple in front.

Hi. $ with mesotarsi simple and last abdomi-
nal sternite entire; Chile.

Dasypelates Port.
H2. $ with mesotarsi dilated and last ab-
dominal sternite excavated; Chili.

Eupelates Port.

E2. Pronotum narrower than elytra; body oval, almost
hemispherical; Greece, Syria Ipelates Keitt.

* Portevin (Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. LVIII, 1914, p. 197) suspects that
Catopsolius Sharp, Inocatops Broun, and Asaphaerites Broun, all from New
Zealand, may be Agyrtini, but Jeannel (Arch. Zool. exp. gen. LXI, 1922, p.
40) regards them as Camiarinae (Catopidae).

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphin^e

335

C2. Pronotum longer than wide, strongly convex, strongly emargi-
nate in front and sinuate at sides, finely margined throughout;
4-5 mm. long; Madagascar, Natal.

EUSTADIXNI, Eustadia Fairm.
A2. Elytra tricostate or less....SILPHINI, NECRODINI, NICROPHORINI.

KEY TO LARVAE
Ai. Ocelli 6 on each side, rarely 5.

B1. Hind angles of thoracic tergites not produced.

C1. Campodeiform.

D1. Prothorax very little narrower than mesothorax; dorsal
plates without paler side margins, side margins not ap-
preciably expanded; second abdominal sternite undivided.
Ei. Caudal margin of abdominal tergites immediately
mesad of hind angles with two to three bristle bear-
ing tubercles or dentiform processes.

Necrophilus Latr.

Fi. Necrobious and saprobious.

hydrophiloides Mann.

F2. Geobious subterraneus Dahl.

E2. Caudal margin of abdominal tergites without proc-
esses; necrobious Subg. Thanatophilus Sam.

Fi. Pronotum without side margin, feebly rounded;
2nd antennal segment with a small preapical
knob below; 18 mm. long.

rugosa L., dispar Hbst.
F2. Pronotum with side margins.

G1. Second antennal segment with small preapical

knob lapponica Hbst,

G2. Second antennal segment without knob; side
margins of pronotum not rounded; 16 mm.

long sinuata F.

D2. Pronotum somewhat narrower than mesonotum; dorsal
plates with feebly expanded and paler side margins;
second abdominal sternite divided into three parts ;

necrobious Necrodes littoralis L. and surinamensis F.

C2. Blattiform; pronotum produced in front with oblique and some-
what sinuate side margins; dorsal tergites moderately ex-
panded at sides and paler Diamesus osculans Yig.

B2. Blattiform; hind angles of thoracic tergites produced; margin of
dorsal plates expanded; second abdominal sternite a single piece.
C1. Pronotum nearly as long as wide with a deep transverse groove
behind its front margin; margins of dorsal tergites not
paler; only 5 ocelli; on trees.

(Xylodrepa Thoms.) quadrimaculata Sch.

336

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

C2. Pronotum transverse.

D1. Pronotum not covering head.

Ei. Pronotum strongly emarginate in front; margins of
dorsal tergites strongly expanded, paler; necrobious.

(Oiceoptoma Sam.) thoracica L., noveboracensis
Forst., inaequalis F.

E2. Pronotum feebly emarginate to arcuate.

Fi. Antennae not extending beyond pronotum.

Gi. Pronotum feebly emarginate (not emarginate
in first and second instars of bitub erosa ) ;
margins of dorsal tergites narrowly ex-
panded.

H1. Dorsal plates with pale side margins;
phytophagous (Blitophaga Reitt.)

11. Dorsal plates glabrous (?)

opaca L.

12. Dorsal plates with short hairs.

bituberosa Lee.

H2. Dorsal plates with black side margins.

Ii. Pronotum emarginate in front as in
Blitophaga.

(Heterosilpha Port.) ramosa Say.
1% Pronotum more strongly rounded in
front; phytophagous.

(Aclypea Reitt.) iindata Mull.
G2. Pronotum distinctly arcuate in front;
margins of dorsal plates moderately ex-
panded, not paler ; necrobious.

(Necrophila Kly.) americana L.
F2. Antennse extending beyond mesonotum, the third
segment elongate (Ablattaria Reitt.) laevigata
F. (Phosphuga Leach) atrata L.

D2. Pronotum nearly or completely covering head, strongly
arcuate in front; margins of dorsal tergites strongly ex-
panded; necrobious (Silpha (s. str.))

Ei. Head not completely covered by pronotum.

F1. Third antennal segment longer than second;
tergites shining, finely pubescent; side processes
of tergites tri-colored, pale behind; base of
pronotum covered by metanotum; 22 mm. long.

tristis 111.

F2. Third antennal segment no longer than second;
tergites opaque, densely pubescent; side proc-
esses of tergites unicolored; 20 mm. long.

carinata Hbst.

Dec., 3927]

Hatch: Silphin^

337

E2. Hind portion of head completely covered by pro-
notum ; third antennal segment no longer than
second; tergites dull, densely pubescent, side proc-
esses tricolored, pale behind; base of pronotum not

covered by metanotum; 18 mm. long obscura L.

As. Ocelli 2 on each side; eruciform; abdominal tergites small, with four
spines at base; necrobious; sternites absent Nicrophorus F.

Bi. Ninth tergite without lateral teeth; cerci short, not reaching be-
yond ninth segment; mandibles without teeth at apex; third
segment of palpi not longer than second; color yellowish; 27 mm.
long vespillo L.

B2. Ninth tergite with lateral teeth; cerci longer, extending beyond
ninth segment; mandibles with 6 or 7 evident teeth; color whitish.

C1. Basal segment of cerci firmly united with ninth tergite without
an intervening suture; third segment of palpus 1/3 longer
than second; 23 mm. long vespilloides Hbst.

C1. Basal segment of cerci with evident suture separating it from
ninth tergite; third segment of palpus as long as second.

Di. First segment of cerci 4 times as long as broad, width
about 1/6 that of tergite; 27 mm. long.

investigator Zett.

T>2. First segment of cerci twice as long as broad; width about
1/8 that of tergite; length 33 mm humator Oliv.

The suggestion is put forth that the groups with nine-istriated
entire elytra, cordate pronotum, filiform antennae, and a campo-
deiform larva with bisegmented cerci and without lateral expan-
sions on the dorsal plates represent the primitive condition of
the subfamily.

Larvae. — Though the campodeiform larva of Necrophilus sub-
terraneus is the only lyrosomin or agyrtin larva known, it is
probably safe to assume that the general larval type of these
tribes is campodeiform, and the same type of larva is found in
Thanatophilus. The larval types of the higher Silphinae exhibit
three lines of modification: (1) The necrodin larva in which the
lateral margins of the tergites are moderately expanded, but
without the posterior angles of the thoracic tergites being pro-
duced. In Necrodes the larvae are campodeiform ; in Diamesus
they are so broad as to warrant the designation blattiform. (2)
The eruciform, fleshy larva of Nicrophorus with feeble powers
of locomotion, and that spends its life in the carcass where the
eggs have been laid by the parent. (3) The flattened blattiform

338

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

larvae of the Blitophaga-Necrobora-Oliceoptoma-Silpha series in
which the side margins of the tergites become more and more
expanded, the posterior angles of the thoracic tergites become
produced, and the pronotum eventually comes to cover the head
completely.

Elytra. — The tricostate elytra has, perhaps, been derived from
the 9-striated one by the elevation of alternate elytral intervals,
as exhibited in Necrophilus pettitii Horn.

Pronotum. — Pour types of pronotum are exhibited by the
Silphinae. (1) The cordate type in which the basal portion is
constricted so that it is narrower than the base of the elytra, the
hind angles distinct, and the margins just anterior to the hind
angles sinuate. This type occurs in Lyrosoma, in certain species
of Apteroloma, and elsewhere, and is regarded as the primitive
type. (2) The silphoid type, narrowed anteriorly with the hind
angles not distinct, exemplified by certain species of Apteroloma ,
Necrophilus, Silpha, and Diamesus. (3) The orbicular type of
Necrodes and certain groups of Nicrophorus. (4) The posteri-
orly narrowed type, but absolutely without evidence of hind
angles, in the remaining species of Nicrophorus, in Ptomaphagus,
and the fossil Palaeosilpha. The first type is found only in the
9-striated genera. The second type is found in both 9-striated
and tricostate genera. The third type is found only in tricostate
genera and Nicrophorus, and is regarded as primitive for the
Nicrophorini. The last type is peculiar to the Nicrophorini and,
in the author’s opinion, is the key to the elucidation of that
genus.

Silpha. — The primitive condition of the genus is probably that
with a simple tricostate elytra and a tuberosity between the sec-
ond and third costas about two-thirds of the distance to the apex.
Among derivative types may be mentioned N ecrophila* and
H eterosilpha in which the costae tend to break up into a general
reticulation, certain species of Thanatophilus with rows of tuber-
cles between the costae, Ptomaphila in which the striae are broken
up to form rows of tubercles, certain species of Silpha (s. str.)

* -Necrotora Hope 1840. Necrophila Kirby 1837 (type Silpha americana
L., the same as N ecrobora) is not a homonym of Necrophilus Latr. 1829,
and, consequently, is the valid name for this subgenus.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphin.®

339

in which the tuberosity is obsolete, Philas in which the stria} are
obsolete, and Silphosoma in which the pronotum is abnormally
reduced. PJiosphnga and Ablattaria, far from deserving first
place as in Portevin’s classification, are among the most special-
ized groups of the genus. In both the elytral tuberosity is obso-
lete, the head is greatly narrowed, and the food consists of snails,
in my view all specialized characters. Ablattaria , furthermore,
has the elytral striae obsolete.

Nicrophorini. — -The bifasciate elytra of Diamesus and Necrodes
{Protone erodes) surinamensis ab. bizonatus Port, are probably
homologous with those of Nicrophorus, and probably represent
the acquisition of a new character, since this feature is entirely
absent in Silpha and the lower Silphinae. The Nicrophorini are
further derivative in that (1 ) the second and third segments of
the antenna have fused, leaving the antenna ten-segmented, (2)
all evidence of the elytral costae is wanting, (3) the legs are
shorter and fossorial, (4) the antennal club is usually capitate,
though simply clavate in Ptomaphagus, (5) the pronotum is fre-
quently narrowed posteriorly, (6) the larvae are cruciform and
apparently present the first stages of a degeneracy similar to that
exhibited by other larvae leading their entire existence in the
midst of their food supply {e.g., fly-maggots and many Hymen-
optera), in which there is a lessened need for agility or powers
of rapid locomotion.

II. NECROPHILUS LATR.

KEY TO SPECIES

Ai. Disc of pronotum sparsely punctate; rows of punctures on elytra im-
pressed; intervals similar.

Bi. Apex of elytra arcuate to suture, not prolonged; winged; meta-
sternum long, normal; striae equally punctate throughout; seventh
interval not elevated at humerus; abdominal tergites largely mem-
branous; length 9-11 mm.; Alaska to central California.

hydrophiloides Mann.

B2. Apex of elytra prolonged and abruptly bent downward; striae with
coarser punctures on apical and latero-apical portions; seventh
interval elevated at humerus; length 10 mm.; New Zealand.

prolongatus Sharp.

A2. Disc of pronotum impunctate; elytra narrowly truncate at extreme apex;
apterous; metasternum shorter.

340

Journal New York Entomological Society tVoi. XXXV

Bi. Elytral truncature sinuate, but without the sutural angle being
sharply dentate; metasternum longer than metacoxa; rows of
punctures on elytra feebly impressed, the second, fourth, and
fifth intervals more prominent basally than the others; length 11
mm., rare (in fungi) : Ont., Ind., Ohio, Ken., Tenn., N. C., N. Y.

pettitii Horn.

B2. Sutural angle of elytra sharply dentate; metasternum shorter than
metacoxa; rows of punctures on elytra distinctly impressed, in-
tervals similar; abdominal tergites except first corneous; length
6-8 mm.; alpine regions of central Europe subterraneus Dahl.

The Siberian picipes Mots. (Bull. Soe. Nat. Mosc. 1845, p. 52)
of somewhat doubtful identity is not included. There is little
doubt that hydrophiloides is more closely related to subterraneus
Dahl, than to Ecanus Steph., on the basis of the characters set
forth in the key to genera, Subterraneus and pettitii are about
the only species of Silphinae that, in their distribution, suggest
a North Atlantic connection between North America and Eurasia.
All the other affinities exhibited in the subfamily between the
two regions can be better explained by way of Bering Strait.

III. SILPHA AND NECRODES

Portevin’s revision, previously mentioned, includes the species
belonging to the tribes Nicrophorini and Silphini of Ganglbauer.
From the latter of these he segregates Necrodes, Protonecrodes,
and Diamesus to constitute the Necrodini, and the sequence of
the tribes is Silphini, Necrodini, Nicrophorini. Of Silphini he
recognizes twenty genera and three subgenera, and of the other
tribes three genera each.

While adhering to this sequence of tribes, I prefer to consider
the twenty genera and three subgenera of Silphini all subgenera
of a single genus, Silpha. Furthermore, I consider Protonecrodes
a subgenus of Necrodes and Necrocharis a subgenus of Nicro-
phorus. Acathnopsilus represents a tendency within Nicrophorus
of relatively slight significance and can be considered a synonym
of that genus. With this one exception, the changes that I pro-
pose do not involve the validity or naturalness of any of Porte-
vin’s groups, but merely their relative rank. It is generally
admitted that objective generic characters or objective genera do

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphinje

341

not exist. The only objective criterion that can be applied is
that a genus must contain no species that is less closely related
to the type than to the species of some other genus. The argu-
ment in favor of the reduction of the genera mentioned above
may be formulated as follows.

Genera are primarily for convenience, provided only that they
be natural groups. Taxonomy must not become autotelic, but
must serve as the handmaiden of the other biological disciplines.
If the validity of the binomical nomenclature is granted, the
demand of the general zoologist and others who are not special-
ists in the several groups that generic names be sufficiently inclu-
sive and characteristic to enable them to use and appreciate them
is not an illegitimate one. Systematic zoology warrants their
criticism if it fails to meet this demand. The requirement of the
specialist for a more adequate grouping is entirely met by the
introduction of subgenera and species-groups, which the general
student can utilize at his discretion.

The same remarks apply to species. I tend to look upon a
species as a group of interbreeding organisms that may exhibit
considerable structural variation. Man, Homo sapiens L., is a
typical species, and the differences between the several “races”
or subspecies of man are typical of the degree of variation that
may occur within a species. Subspecific variations that are cor-
related with geographical distribution may be termed subspecies
or races. Other subspecific variations may be termed aberra-
tions, though Portevin apparently recognizes three categories :
(1) variations in color pattern or aberrations, (2) variations in
sculpture and color of pubescence or varieties, and (3) variations
in the general pigmentation of the exoskeleton or accidents. As
will be seen in those portions of the present paper that treat of
Nicrophorus, while retaining a comparatively conservative con-
ception of species, I have insisted upon a rather minute classifi-
cation of the aberrations. The species or, at most, the subspecies!,
will be all that will, presumably, concern the ecologist or general
biology. Taxonomy would, however, fail in its primary descrip-
tive function if it neglected to take cognizance of the variation
which is considered aberrational, and the aberrations will be of

342

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

interest to those concerned with the problems of subspecific and
individual variation.

In the following key to the Nearctic species of Silphini and
Necrodini, Ne erodes because of its orbicular pronotum is placed
last, and Oxelytrum Gistel. is placed next to it because of its
many necrodin features, as prominent eyes and elongate form.
Thanatophilus is placed first because of its campodeiform larva,
and, associated with it by the form of its labrum, is Oiceoptoma
with its strongly blattiform larva, and Philos, larva unknown,
with smooth elytra. The remaining subgenera with narrowly
emarginate labrum are placed in the sequence Blitophaga,
Hetero silpha, N ecrophila, Silpha on the basis of their increas-
ingly blattiform larvae.

KEY TO NEARCTIC SILPHA* AND NECRODES
Ab Prothoraeic spiracles covered; pronotum not orbicular Silpha L.

BC Eyes not prominent; form less elongate.

C1. Labrum broadly emarginate; antennae inserted close to eye
and distant from margin of front.

Db Elytra costate, not squarely truncate.

Ei. Pronotum emarginate at base.

(Thanatophilus Sam.)

Fi. Intervals of elytral costae flat.

G1. Two inner elytral costae subequal
throughout; Alaska, Alb., Man.,

Minn., Mich trituberculata Kby.

G2. Two inner elytral costae nearly obso-
lete at base; Colo., Brit. Col.
coloradensis Wick, (obalskii Port.)

F2. Intervals of elytral costae tuberculate; arctic
Europe and Asia, Greenland, Alaska,

* In 1924 and 1925 a few individuals of Silpha ( Xylodrepa ) quadri-
punctata Schrb. were introduced from Europe into Massachusetts in the
hope that they might establish themselves as predators on the gipsy moth
(Crossman, Jr. Econ. Ent. XVIII, 1925, p. 172, and correspondence.) Mr.
Crossman writes me, however, that no further attempt to introduce the
species will be made, that it is of slight importance, the larvae do not climb
trees, no specimens have been recovered, and the species has probably not
established itself. If taken, they may be distinguished from our other
species by their light brownish elytra and basal and lateral marginal areas
of the pronotum. The disc of the pronotum, scutellum, and two spots on
each elytron, one basal and the other just behind the middle, are black.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphinje

343

Northwest Terr., and Labrador to D. C.,
Penn., Mich., Wise., Iowa, Kans., New
Mex., and Calif.; Mexico, (?) Bolivia.

lapponica Hbst.
G1. Head and pronotum with long pubes-
scence.

Hi. Base of elytra strongly punc-
tate; humeri feebly dentate;
north of Calif, and Mexico.

type.

H2. Base of elytra finely punctate;
humeri strongly dentate; Calif .,
(?) Bolivia.

subsp. caudata Say.
G2. Head and pronotum with shorter
pubescence; Mexico.

subsp. granigera , Chev.

E2. Pronotum not emarginate at base.

(Oiceoptoma Leach.)

F1. Elytral punctation fine; pronotum unicolor -
ous; Maine, Ont., northern penn. of Mich,
and (?) Man. to Iowa, Kans., (?) Colo.,
and Fla.; Mexico and Guiana (Portevin).

inequalis Fab.

Gi. Color deep black.

H1. Basal portions of elytra not
rugose; humeral tooth feeble;
inner two elytral costse more
elevated at apex; north of

Georgia type.

II2. Elytra rugose throughout; hu-
meral tooth strong; elytral
costge equal throughout; Ga.,
Fla., Mexico and Guiana
(Portevin) .

subsp. rugulosa Port.
G2. Color brownish with disc of pronotum
somewhat darker; N. Y. (Type:
Rosedale, L. I., F. M. Schott, June
30, 1918), N. J acc. Mcolorata nov.

F2. Elytral punctation coarser; pronotum black
with reddish margins; N. S. and Man.
through Iowa to Okla., 111., Ind., and N.
C noveboracensis Forst.

344

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Di. Elytra not costate; squarely truncate at apex; Ore.,
. Colo, and Kans, to s.w. Tex. and n. Sonora, but not
in Calif.; (?) Venezuela.

(Philas Port.) truncata Say.

C2. Labrum narrowly emarginate.

Db Antennae inserted close to margin of front and more

distant from eye (Blitophaga Reitt.)

Ei. Form elongate-oval; surface pubescent; palae-

arctic, Man., Calif., (?) Colo., N. J opaca L.

E2. Form oblong-oval; surface sparsely pubescent;
Kans., Colo., Nebr., “Dak. ”, Wyom., Man.,

Mont., Idaho, Ore., Alb., Sask bituberosa Lee.

D2. Antennae inserted close to eye and distant from margin
of front.

E1. Body metallic below; elytral intervals reticulate.
Fi. Oblong-oval; uniform black above.

(Heterosilpha Port.)
G1. Elytra not bronzed; elytral apex pro-
longed in $ ; Wash., Alb., Man., and
Wise, to Colo., N. Mex., n. Sonora,
Calif., and Lower Calif ...ramosa Say.
G2. Elytra and pronotum bronzed; elytral
apex not modified in $ ; Calif.

aenescens Csy.

F2. Broadly oval; pronotum black with yellow
margins; Man., n. Ont., and N. S. to
Kans., N. Mex., and Fla.; Mexico and
Guiana (Portevin).

(Necrophila Kby.) americana L.
G1. Elytra dark.

H1. Apex of elytra dark type.

H2. Apex of elytra yellowish.

ab. affinis Kby.
G2. Elytra brownish; Md. (Type in Univ.
of Minn. coll.).

acc. brunnipennis nov.
E2. Body not metallic below; elytral intervals not
reticulate; alpine central Europe; (?) Kansas.

(Silpha L.) tyrolensis Laich.
B2. Eyes prominent; form elongate; pronotum black with roseate
margins; Southern Calif, to Peru, Argentina, and Brazil.

(Oxelytrum Gistel.) discicollis Br.
A2. Prothoracic spiracles exposed; pronotum orbicular; form elongate;
usually with orange bar or row of spots across elytra towards apex;
eyes prominent; antennae inserted close to eyes and distant from

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphin^

345

margin of front; Nfld. and Alb. southward to the east of the Rocky
Mts. through Mont, and Kans. to Ariz., Tex., La., and n. Georgia; n.
South Amer. (Portevin).

Necrodes Leach (Protonecrodes Port.) surinamensis F.

Bi. With evidence of basal elytral bar ab. bizonatus Port.

B2. Without evidence of basal elytral bar type.

Distribution. — Of the nine Nearctic groups of Silphini and
Necrodini, three ( Philas , Heterosilpha, and Necrophila) are
peculiar to its fauna with only one or two species each. One
species ( discicollis Br.), represented by a single specimen in the
author’s collection from southern California, belongs to the Neo-
tropical Oxelytrum Gistel. The subgenus Silpha is represented
by two specimens of tyrolensis ab. nigrita Creutz in the Univer-
sity of Minnesota collection labeled ‘ ‘ Ka. ’ ’ from the Otto Lugger
collection. The authenticity of this record is doubtful, and, if
authentic, the specimens must have been artificially introduced
from Europe. The remaining four groups are Holarctic. Of the
27 species of Thanatophilus, 15 are native to Palaearctic Asia,
9 to Europe, and 3 each to Ethiopian Africa and North America.
Of the 5 species of Oiceoptoma, 3 are natives of Palaearctic Asia,
2 of North America, and one of Europe. Of the 13 species of
Blitophaga, 10 are natives of Palaearctic Asia, 3 of Europe, and
2 of North America. The three species of Protonecrodes are dis-
tributed respectively in North America, Palaearctic Asia, and
India. In every instance the center of distribution is Palaearctic
Asia and the presumable connection with North America is by
way of Bering Strait. In no instance, however, in contradistinc-
tion to the Lyrosomini and Agyrtini, are the Nearctic forms of
these Holarctic groups peculiarly Pacific in distribution, and
Thanatophilus is the only one of these groups to be represented
on the Pacific Coast south of British Columbia.

Silpha (Thanatophilus) trituberculata Kby. — I found single
specimens under cover on the sandy beach : two at Douglas Lake,
Cheboygan Co., Mich., July 7 and 29, 1920; one at Cecil Bay,
Emmet Co., Mich., July 23, 1920, on Lake Michigan. These are
the only Michigan specimens known. I have no data on its habi-
tat, but do not doubt that it is neerobious.

346

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

Silpha (Thanatophilus) coloradensis Wick. — Obalskii Port,
is: synonymous. Portevin has misinterpreted the original de-
scription and has grouped coloradensis with those species in
which the elytral costas are equal throughout. The species is
probably generally but sparsely distributed throughout the Rocky
Mountain area. Habitat unknown.

Silpha (Thanatophilus) lapponica Herbst. — Necrobious. Ap-
parently absent from the southwestern counties of Michigan, and
has not been recorded south and east of the states listed in the
key.

Silpha (Oiceoptoma) insequalis Fab. — Necrobious, breeding in
southern Michigan beginning with March or early April. It
apparently becomes rare towards the northern limits of its range,
since extensive collecting at Douglas Lake, Mich., failed to reveal
it, although it has been taken in the upper peninsula. I regard
rugulosa Port, as the southern phase of this species, and there
are specimens from Georgia in the University of Minnesota col-
lection that appear to be intermediate.

Silpha (Oiceoptoma) noveboracensis Forst. — Necrobious,
breeding in the spring. In southern Michigan both this species
and inaequalis appear in numbers on carrion at the first oppor-
tunity in the spring. S. inaequalis appears first, is followed in
a few days by noveboracensis , exists side by side with it for a
few days, and then, having laid its eggs, entirely disappears,
leaving the field to noveboracensis alone. I have taken a single
specimen of noveboracensis in horse dung.

Silpha (Philas) truncata Say. — There is a series of five speci-
mens of this species in the University of Minnesota collection that
Dr. Oscar W. Oestland assures me were collected by one of his
students in Venezuela.

Silpha (Blitophaga) opaca L. — This Palaearctic species has
been reported from widely scattered Nearctic localities. My
series of four specimens are said to have been taken in New Jer-
sey. It is hardly to be regarded as a regular member of our
fauna, and, since it is phytophagous, may possibly be transported
with shipments of plants.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphhstje

347

Silpha (Heterosilpha) ramosa Say and aenescens Csy— Ac-
cording to taxonomic practice, these must, be regarded as distinct
species, since they differ as regards secondary sexual characters
and both occur together in California, So far as I know, ramosa
has not been recorded from Illinois, Iowa, and Nebraska or south
or east of those states. The life history described by G-oe (Ent.
News XXX, 1919, pp. 253-255) under S. inaequalis, which does
not occur in Oregon, is to be attributed to this species. It is
necrobious, though Essig reports it as phytophagous from Cali-
fornia.

Silpha (Necropliila) americanus L. — Necrobious. It is doubt-
ful whether it is desirable to recognize by name variations in the
discal pronotal spot. Four conditions have been noted: (1) spot
single, widely separated from both fore and hind margins; (2)
spot single, narrowly separated from fore margins, widely sepa-
rated from posterior margin; (3) as in (2) except that spot is
traversed by a narrow median yellow line; (4) spot single, nar-
rowly separated from both anterior and posterior margin. I do
not find any specimens exactly corresponding to canademe Kby.,
in which the spot is said to attain both anterior and posterior
margins, unless my form (4) is it.

For the form with yellow-tipped elytra, I use the name affinis
Kby. Terminate Kby. has page priority, but its use is rendered
inadvisable because of the existence of Silpha ( Thanatophilus )
terminata Hummel, 1825. The aberration is much more abun-
dant than the type, and it is possible that the type of americana
L. really has the elytral apices yellow.

Neerodes (Protonecrodes) surinamensis Fab. — Necrobious.
Females full of eggs occurred at Douglas Lake, Michigan, in July.
The range of color variation is indicated by the accompanying
table, in which the composition of the anterior fascia is indicated
by Roman numerals and that of the posterior fascia by capital
letters. A and I refer to marginal spots, B and II to spots on
the outer costa, C and III to spots on the middle costa, D and
IV to spots on the inner costa, and E to an extra sutural spot.
When the symbols are connected by a dash the spots are conflu-
ent, otherwise they are distinct. An “x” indicates that speci-
mens are known with the particular combination indicated.

348

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. xxxv

'BIOSBJ

jo1.103.sod ojvj;

o a

a o a

a o-a

a-o-a

o a y

a o a y

a-o a y

1 1
1

a o-a y

a-o-a y

! *

a a-o-a y

b !

a o a-Y

a o-a-Y

■ I

a-o-a-Y

I, III, IV

i— i

i-T

M
1— I

i— i

No anterior fascia...

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphin2e

349

FOOD OF SILPHA, NECRODES, AND NICROPHORUS

The evidence* is at hand to show that the adults of these
groups are primarily predators on fly-maggots. The carrion may,
however, serve as a partial source of food, and I have kept
imagoes of Silpha and Necrodes on a carrion diet for a period of
several weeks. Observations on the larvae are less numerous, but
Goe raised larvae of S. ramosa and I have raised larvae of
S. noveboracensis nearly to maturity on a purely carrion diet.

IY. NICROPHORINI

Material. — The following attempt to elucidate the interrela-
tionships of the Nicrophorini is based on a collection the nucleus
of which was secured from Mr. John W. Angell, of New York
City, in 1922. The collection represented a decade’s activity on
his part, and, together with important additions received from
him and others since that date, has enabled the author to see all
but 20 of the 64 species recognized by Portevin. Of the remain-
ing 20, five were unknown to Portevin, three were described from
uniques and one from two specimens, and three seem to be doubt-
fully distinct. Of the species unknown to me, lunatus Fisch. is
the only one I am unable to place in any of my groups, though I
suspect its relationship to humator Fab. I place argutor Jak.
in the marginatus group and oberthuri Port., montivagus Lewis,
validus Port., encaustus Fairm., and chilensis Phil, in the vespil-
loides group. Species unknown to me except from descriptions
are preceded by an asterisk (*) in the tables and notes that
follow.

Primitive characters. — The following characters are regarded
as primitive: (1) an orbicular pronotum; (2) a glabrous dorsal
surface; (3) a “ normal” size; (4) straight tibiae on all three
pairs of legs; (5) pronotum entirely black; (6) elytra with two
simple fasciae — it is in accordance with this that the simply
bilobed mesal end of the posterior fascia is regarded as more
primitive than the trilobed condition; (7) antenna with basal

* Clark, Jr. 1ST. Y. Ent. Soc. Ill, 1895, p. 61; Davis, ibid, XXIII, 1915, p.
150-151; Steele, ibid, XXV, 1927, pp. 77-81; Goe, Ent. news XXX, 1919, pp.
253-255.

350

Journal New York Entomological Society tvoi. xxxv

segment of the club black, the three distal segments orange; (8)
ventral plates of meso- and metasternum with yellow pubescense ;
(9) abdominal sternites with black hairs; (10) surface of elytra
moderately and uniformly punctate.

The argument may be summarized as follows :

(1) Those features are regarded as primitive that are present
among other Silphinse in general and Necrodini in particular.
This argument is applicable to the first six characters mentioned
and is the stronger argument. It is also applicable to number
(7), which condition is present in Necrodes lift oralis F.

(2) Those characters have been regarded as primitive that are
in general occurrence among the species of Nicrophorus, so long
as this evidence is not in conflict with the first, cited above. This
applies to all but the first character mentioned.

Of derivative features, those that can be measured qualita-
tively, like the shape of the pronotum and the shape of the fasciae
in their “typical” form, seem more reliable indices of relation-
ship and less likely to exhibit convergence than those that are
measured quantitatively as the color of the ventral pubescence,
the color of the segments of the antennal club, or the curving of
the middle and hind tibiae.

The Groups. — The following key is an attempt to define the
chief phyletic groups of Nicrophorini.

KEY TO GROUPS OE NICROPHORINI
Ai. Pronotum margined in part; antennae capitate Nicrophorus Fab.

B1. Pronotum orbicular, at times very feebly sinuate at sides; widely
margined.

C1. Size 1 1 normal, ” usually under 25 mm. in length.

D'2. Elytra with flying hairs; fasciae not emarginate; Ne-
arctic, Neotropical, Celebes.

orbicollis group (7 species).
D2. Elytra without flying hairs.

Ei. Elytra maculate; fasciae emarginate; eastern Asia

to New Guinea nepalensis group (6 species).

E2. Elytra immaculate or with fasciae greatly re-
duced; Palaearctic, (?) Calif.

humator group (2 or 3 species).
C2. Size larger, usually over 25 mm.; posterior tibiae often
curved; Holarctic germanicus group (9 species).

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphiisms

351

B2. Pronotum transverse; sinuate at sides.

C1. Pronotum feebly sinuate, not strongly cordate, widely mar-
gined; posterior tibiae straight.

Di. Three terminal segments of antennae usually not
orange; sutural extremity of posterior elytral fascia
not trilobed; pronotum more quadrilateral; Holarctic,
Oriental, Neotropical.. ..vespilloides group (7 species).
D2. Three terminal segments of antennae usually orange;
sutural extremity of posterior elytral fascia normally
trilobed; pronotum less quadrilateral; Holarctic.

pustulatus group (8 species),
C2. Pronotum strongly cordate, strongly sinuate at sides, less
widely margined; posterior tibiae straight or curved.

Hi. Pronotum glabrous; sutural extremity of posterior
elytral fascia normally trilobed; Holarctic.

marginatus group (10 species).
D2. Pronotum pubescent; sutural extremity of posterior
elytral fascia not trilobed; Holarctic.

vespillo group (6 species).
B3. Pronotum oboval; lateral margin extremely narrow except at base;
anterior sinuate line absent; mid-dorsal line feeble; Nearctic.

subg.Necrocharis Port. (1 species).
A2. Pronotum transversely oval; margin wide at base, extremely narrow at
apical fourth; anterior sinuate and mid-dorsal lines obsolete; posterior
elytral fascia obsolete, anterior one sometimes so; antennae gradually
clavate; eastern palaearctic.. Ptomascopus Kr. (3 species and 1 fossil).
A3. Pronotum transversely oval, without margins; anterior sinuate and mid-
dorsal lines obsolete; frontal striae short; length 14.5 mm.; Lower
Oligocene of France Palaeosilpha Flach. (1 species).

Distribution. — Of the 10 phyletic groups of the tribe, 8 are
eastern Palaearctic, 7 are Nearctic, 6 are western Palaearctic, 2
each are Neotropical, Oriental, and Celebean, and 1 extends to
New Guinea. The only instance of discontinuous distribution is
in the orbicollis group in which a single species is Celebean while
the others are Nearctic and Neotropical. The situation is the
same as in the other tribes of Silphinae, with the center of dis-
persal in the eastern Palaearctic area, but the Nearctic Region is
very nearly as important. All the groups occur in one or
another of these two regions.

Phylogeny. — The orbicollis and nepalensis groups are the most
primitive members of the genus. The orbicollis group appears

352

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

to be derivative in its possession of flying hairs on the elytra,*
the nepalensis group appears derivative in that the elytral fasciae
tend to be emarginate and to include black spots. The interpre-
tation to be placed on the flying hairs is not evident. They are
entirely different from the yellow pubescence of the vespillo
group. Possibly they are primitive and the other groups have
lost them; possibly, on their account, the orhicollis group must
be considered divergent from the groups that otherwise appear
to be descended from it.

Among the types of posterior elytral fasciae in the orbicollis
group, the feebly bilobed type in orbicollis appears to lead to the
vespilloides group, the strongly bilobed type in sayi Lap., through
its similarity with americanus Oliv. and carolinus L., appear to
lead in the direction of the germanicus group and the subgenus
Necrocharis. The trilobed type in olidus Matth. and distinctus
Grouv. appears to lead in the direction of the pustulatus-mar-
ginatus groups, from which the type in the vespillo group can be
derived by reduction.

The groups with a narrowed pronotum appear to represent
two divergent lines: (1) that represented by the vespilloides
group in which the pronotum is more distinctly quadrilateral;
(2) that represented by the pustulatus-marginatus-vespillo
groups in which the pronotum is more sinuate at the sides and
becomes distinctly cordate. The affinity between the pustulatus
and marginatus groups is exhibited by the similar trilobed pos-
terior fascia. In the vespillo groups this latter feature is lost
but the posterior fascia resembles that of the pustulatus-mar-
ginatus groups more closely than that of any other. Further-
more, the shape of the pronotum is very nearly that of some of
the more generalized members of the marginatus group.

Ptomascopus and Nicrophorus represent divergent tendencies.
As regards antennae, Nicrophorus is the more derivative. As
regards shape of pronotum and the elytral fasciae, Ptomascopus
is the more derivative.

Orbicollis Group
KEY TO SPECIES

A1. Posterior elytral fascia normally bilobed; pronotum more transverse
(82% as long as wide) ; elytral pubescence longer.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphinh:

353

Bi. Posterior tibiae straight; pronotum not emarginate at sides; pos-
terior fascia with inner lobe small.

C1. Posterior trochanter normal, emarginate behind; marginal
ridge of elytra attaining level of apex of scutellum; pro-
notum rounded at sides; Me., Ont., Man. and Alb. to Kans.,

Miss, and Fla orbicollis Say.

C2. Posterior trochanter truncate behind; marginal ridge of
elytra not attaining level of apex of scutellum; South
America.

D1. Pronotum rounded at side; epipleura mostly black;
marginal ridge of elytra longer; Mexico (Portevin)
to Peru, Bolivia, and Argentina; Para (Brazil),

Venezuela didymus Brull.

D2. Pronotum visibly straight at sides; epipleura orange;
marginal ridge not attaining basal half; Bolivia,

Argentina scrutator Blanch.

Bs. Posterior tibia curved; pronotum very feebly wider in front and
very feebly emarginate at sides; posterior fascia with inner lobe
larger; N. B., Man., and Alb. through Mont, to Iowa., 111., Tenn., .

Miss., and Va sayi Lap.

A2. Posterior elytral fascia single; pronotum less transverse (86% as long
as wide) ; elytral pubescence shorter; Costa Eica to Panama.

quadrimaculatus Matth.

A3. Posterior elytral fascia trilobed at sutural end; pronotum with a few
hairs in anterior angles.

Bi. Posterior tibia straight and simple; Mexico to Colombia.

olidus Matth.

B2. Posterior tibia curved and strongly dilated basally; Celebes.

distinctus Grouv.

Nicrophorus orbicollis Say. — Portevin states that the pro-
notum of fresh specimens bears traces of yellow pubescence, but
I fail to find it in any of my extensive series. If it does exist,
it might further substantiate the availability of this species as
the type from which practically all the other species of the genus
can be derived.

Nicrophorus didymus Brull. — Two specimens from Bolivia in
my collection have the posterior fascia entire and the anterior
one consisting of two spots and are hereby designated as ab.
portevini nov.

Nicrophorus sayi Lap. — Appears to be rare south of the Illi-
nois-Pennsyl vania line, since Ulke does not record it from D. C.
My two southern specimens bear the localities Suffolk, Va., and
Marop, Miss.

354

Journal New York Entomological Society tVoi. xxxv

Nicrophorus olidus Matth. and distinctus Grouv. — It may be
supposed that the tendency to develop a trilobed posterior fascia
was developed in the Holarctic area by the orbicollis group.
Subsequently, from this stock, the pustulatus and marginatus
groups arose in this region, leaving these peripheral species as
the only evidence of the primitive fauna. The Celebean dis-
tinctus Grouv. possesses an abundance of unique features as is
to be expected from its isolated habitat.

Nepalensis Group

The members of this group are distributed from eastern Siberia
and Japan to northern India and New Guinea, but are not re-
ported from the Philippine Islands. The following sequence
more or less approximately indicates the relative specialization
of the species : nepalensis Hope, podagricus Port., *heurni Port.,
quadrimaculatus Kr., maculifrons Kr., and *maculiceps Jak.
Their extension into the Malay Archipelago is, perhaps, ex-
plained by an early geological development.

Humator Group

Includes ussuriensis Port., humator Fab., and, perhaps,
lunatics Fisch. I am inclined to regard tenuipes Lew7, as a sub-
species of humator. The paratype of Nicrophorus grandior
Angell from California is a somewhat immature specimen of
humator Fab. so that, if this record is confirmed, this species
must be added to the American list.

Germanicus Group

KEY TO SPECIES

Ai. Apical angle of posterior tibia not prolonged in spine-like process.

B1. Posterior tibiae simple; elytra fasciate.

C1. Disc of pronotum black; sides rounded; China.

“przewalskyi Sem.

C2. Disc of pronotum orange; sides feebly sinuate, feebly en-
larged in front; N. S. and Minn, through Iowa and Kans.
to Tex. and Fla americanus Fab.

B2. Posterior tibiae dilated and dentate; sides of pronotum feebly
enlarged in front.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphin^e

155

C1. Elytra with hypomera, an anterior fascia, and a posterior
spot orange; Russian Armenia, Central Russia.

*armeniacus Port.

C2. Elytra usually immaculate, at most with a few spots orange.
Di. Antennal club blackish.

Ei. Clypeal membrane orange.

F1. Hypomera paler; posterior tibiae feebly
curved; elytra, rarely with orange spots;

Europe, (?) Calif germanicus L.

F2. Hypomera not paler.

G1. Posterior tibiae nearly straight; cen-
tral Russia, Turkestan, Mongolia,
eastern Siberia, Japan.... morio Gebl.
G2. Posterior tibiae feebly curved; elytra
with oblique striolae; southern China.

*rugulipennis Jak.

E2. Clypeal membrane black; Turkestan.

* nigerrimus Hr.

D2. Last segments of antenna orange; central Russia,

Turkestan satanas Reitt.

A2. External apical angle of posterior tibia prolonged in spine-like process;
prontum rounded at sides.

B1. Lateral margin of pronotum without or with indistinct plica;
clypeal membrane yellow; Japan, Formosa, northern China.

concolor Kr.

B2. Lateral margin of pronotum with distinct transverse clypeal mem-
brane brown; Tibet, Himalayas, southern China.

rotundicollis Port.

The type of Nicrophorus grandior Angell from California is
a specimen of N. germanicus ab. Mpunctatus Kr. Portevin re-
cords a specimen of this form in the Grouvelle collection labeled
“ Etats-Unis. ’ ’

Portevin ’s subgenus Acathnopsilus was erected to include con-
color Kr. and rotundicollis Port., which, in my opinion, are only
more or less derivative members of the germanicus group.

Vespilloides Group

Vespilloides Hbst. and defodiens Mann, are the only species
of this group that I have seen. They are closely related, almost
enough so for the latter to be considered the North American
subspecies of the former. Defodiens occurs from Nfld., N. S.,

356

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. xxxv

and N. J. through Que., Mich., Wise., Minn., Man., Alb., and
Mont, to central Calif, and Alaska.

KEY TO ABERRATIONS OF N. DEFODIENS MANN.

A1. Humeral end of hypomera orange.

Bi. Fasciae not united on disc; N. J. to Alb ab. humeralis Hatch.

B2. Fasciae united on disc by double connection; Mich. (Type: Ag.

Coll. 20, Aug. 1916 ab. ruber nov.

As. Humeral end of hypomera black.

B1. Posterior spot large; anterior spot not constricted.

C1. Fasciae not united on disc.

D1. Anterior fascia not interrupted by suture; Me., N. Y.,

Ont., Minn., Dakota type.

D2. Anterior fascia interrupted by suture; N. B., Me.
(Type: Cumberland Co., A. Nicolay)

ab. nicolayi now

C2. Fasciae united by single connection; Ore. (Type: Baker

City, Aug. 5, 1906) ab. oregonensis now

B2. Posterior spot small.

C1. Anterior fascia continuous, constricted.

Di. Hypomera orange in part; B. C., Calif. (Type: Del-
norte Co., V-29-10, F. W. Nunemaclier).

ab. nunemacheri nov.

D2. Hypomera black; Calif ab. binotatus Port.

C1. Anterior fascia broken; posterior spot small.

Di. Inner end of anterior fascia large.

Ei. Hypomera orange in part; Wash, to Cal.

ab. lateralis Port.

E2. Hypomera black; Calif. (Type: Sonoma Co.)

ab. pacificae nov.

D2. Inner end of anterior fascia reduced; Ore., Wash.
(Type: Mason Co., Wash. Lake Cushman, vii-15-

1919, F. M. Gaige 103) ab. gaigei nov.

~D'S. Inner end of anterior fascia absent; Cal., Ore.

ab. conversator Walk.

Bs. Posterior spot absent.

C1. Anterior fascia not constricted; Alaska.

*ab. kadjakensis Port.
C2. Anterior fascia constricted; Calif ab. mannerheimi Port.

Pustulatus Group

KEY TO SPECIES

Ai. Metasternal pubescence yellow, if black with immaculate elytra.

B1. Metaepimeron glabrous.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphin^:

357

C1. Elytral margin normal, not attaining humerus; hypomera
orange or, if not, the elytra is immaculate; elytra without
longitudinal raised lines.

Di. Abdominal pubescence yellow only at tip of pygidium;
Palaearctic; in North America from Alaska and Man.
through Colo, to N. Mex. and Calif., (?) Va.

investigator Zett.

D2. Abdominal pubescence yellow over entire pygidium and
along margins of propygidium; Japan.

*latifasciatus Lewis

C2. Elytral margin much longer; hypomera faintly orange;
elytra with distinct raised longitudinal lines; Kurile Is.
and Sitka (Portevin), Man., Minn, and Newfoundland to
Colo., Tex., and Fla., (?) Calif pustulatus Hersch.

B2. Metaepimeron pubescent; margin of pronotum somewhat narrower
(as in sepultor).

C1. Hypomera entirely orange; abdominal hairs yellow; eastern
Siberia, Japan *praedator Keitt.

C2. Hypomera with black; abdominal hairs yellow or black;

Palaearctic fossor Er.

A2. Metasternal pubescence brown; abdominal pubescence black; never im-
maculate.

Bi. Pronotum subquadrangular ; Mexico: Durango, Michoacan.

mexicanus Matth.

B2. Pronotum trapezoidal; Tibet, north China semenowi Keitt.

Investigator Zett. is distributed from Europe eastward to cen-
tral North America. Along the Pacific Coast from Japan to
British Columbia the anterior fascia becomes reduced to form the
subspecies maritimus Mann., and in California and Oregon, in
the subspecies nigritus Mann., the elytra is immaculate. * Closely
related to investigator Zett. is pustulatus Hersch., which occurs
in eastern North America,* and might possibly be regarded as
another subspecies. Portevin reports it likewise from the Kurile
Is., and Sitkha, showing that its center of origin may be the same
as maritimus Guer. It is similarly characterized by a reduction
of the anterior fascia. Typical investigator is not entirely
absent from the Pacific Coast (B. C. to Ore.) but is apparently
not dominant there.

* There are in the author ’s collection single specimens of nigritus Mann,
labeled “Va.” and of pustulatus Hersch. labeled “Cal,”, but both records
require confirmation.

358

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

KEY TO SUBSPECIFIC CATEGORIES OF N. INVESTIGATOR ZETT.

A1. Elytra maculate; sternal pubescence yellow.

Bi. Elytral fascige entire; throughout range of species except region

from Japan to Calif subsp. investigator (s. str.)

C1. Elytral fasciae not united on disc.

D1. Hypomera orange.

Ei. Punctation normal type.

E2. Punctation coarse, dense, confluent; fasciae large.

*var. variolosus Port.

D2. Hypomera with black spot towards base.

Ei. Black spot small.

Fi. Posterior fascia confluent with hypomera,
Moravia, Ariz., N. M., Man., Utah, Ore.,

Wash., Alb., B. C ab. intermedius Reitt.

F2. Posterior fascia not confluent with hypo-
mera; Ariz., N. Mex. (Type: Hoi;

Springs, 7000 ft. alt.), Wash., Mont.

ab. jamezi nov.

E2. Black spot large so that entire humeral portion
of hypomera is black except a narrow margin.

*ab. funeror Reitt.

C2. Elytral fasciae united on disc; Ariz., N. Mex.

ab. lutescens Port.

B2. Anterior fascia more or less reduced; Japan to B. C.

subsp. maritimus Guer.
Ci. Discal portion of anterior fascia continuous with hypomera.
Di. Anterior fascia attaining suture; B. C. (Type: Mas-

sett, Sept. 1925, Jack Martin col.) ab. martini nov.

D2. Anterior fascia not attending suture; B. C. (Type:
Massett, July 26, 1925, Clarence Martin col.)

ab. clarence! nov.

C2. Discal portion of anterior fascia not continuous with hypo-
mera.

Di. Anterior fascia with 3 free elements: 2 discal, 1

sutural; B. C., Alaska type of subspecies.

D2. With 2 free elements, discal and sutural; Sitka (Type:

Sitk. 578), B. C ab. sitkenensis nov.

D3. One free discal element; B. C. (Type: Massett, July

26, 1925, Clarence Martin col.) ab. massetti nov.

D4. One sutural element; B. C. (Type: Massett, July 26,

1925, Clarence Martin col.) ab. grahami nov.

D5. One element, sutural plus discal; B. C. (Type: Mas-
sett, Sept. 1925, Jack Martin col.)

ab. charlotte! nov.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphin^e

359

C3. Discal portion of anterior fascia absent.

DU Posterior fascia entire; Turcmenie, Sitka, B. C.

ab. particeps Fisch.

D2. Posterior fascia divided; Japan (Type)

ab. japani nov.

A2. Elytra immaculate; sternal pubescence brown; Calif., Ore.

subsp. nigritus Mann.

B1. Abdominal pubescence yellow; Calif *var. ruficornis Mots.

B2. Abdominal pubescence black; Calif., (?) Va type of subsp.

KEY TO ABBERATIONS OF N. PUSTULATUS HERSCH

A1. Discal element of anterior fascia present.

B1. Spots of posterior fascia joined; Colo. (Type)

ab. color adensis nov.

B2. Spots of posterior fascia separate; N. Y. (Type: Amagansett,

L. I., W. T. Davis. Sept., 1916) ab. noveboracensis nov.

A2. Discal element of anterior fascia absent.

Bi. Spots of posterior fascia joined;, Ken., Que., N. Y., Fla.

ab. fasciatus Port.

B2. Spots of posterior fascia separate; throughout range of species,

( ?) Calif. type

B3. Elytra immaculate ; La. (Univ. of Minn, coll.) ab. unicolor Port.

Marginatus Group

KEY TO SPECIES

A1. Posterior tibiae straight; margin of pronotum narrower than in pustu-
latus but wider than in the other species of this group; pronotum
finely punctate.

B1. Pronotum feebly cordate; sternal pubescence yellow throughout;
base of hypomera with black spot; Europe to Lake Baikal.

sepultor Charp.

B2. Pronotum more strongly cordate; sternal pubescence dark at
sides; base of hypomera with black spot.

C1. Sternal pubescence yellow at middle; northern Mongolia,

eastern Siberia pseudobrutor Reitt.

C1. Sternal pubescence dark at middle; China.... *confusus Port.
B3. Pronotum very strongly cordate; sternal pubescence yellow
throughout; hypomera entirely orange; Wash., Mont., Man.,

Minn., (?) N. M. and (?) N. J hybridus Hatch and Angell

A2. Posterior tibiae very feebly arcuate on inner margin, sinuate on outer
margin; disc coarsely punctate, margin narrow; anterior lines of pro-
notum nearly attaining mid-dorsal line.

Bi. Abdominal hairs black; Alas, and Calif, to Man., Wyom., Colo.,
Kans., and N. Mex guttulus Mots.

360

Journal New York Entomological Society tvoi. xxxv

B2. Abdominal hairs yellow; northern China, eastern Siberia.

basalis Fald.

As. Posterior tibia) strongly arcuate along both margins; disc of pronotum
less strongly punctate, margins narrow; anterior lines of pronotum
not attaining mid-dorsal line.

Bi. Margin of thorax wider; abdominal hairs yellow; central China,

Mongolia, Chosen, Japan, Formosa japonicus Har.

B2. Margin of pronotum narrower; abdominal hairs black.

C1. Basal segment of antennal club black; Man., N. D., S. D.,

Ore., Ut., Minn., Wise obscurus Kby.

C2. Antennal club orange; Me., Man., Alb., and Ore. to Calif.,
Tex., and Miss.; Mexico and Central America (?)

marginatus Fab.

Nicrophorus hybridus Hatch and Angell. — The New Mexico
and New Jersey records are founded on single specimens and
require confirmation. A single specimen from Minnesota (Ram-
sey Co.) with entirely black antennae — in the typical form only
the basal segment is black — exists in the University of Minnesota
and constitutes the var. minnesotianus Hatch.

Nicrophorus guttulus Mots. — Along the Pacific Coast from
Oregon to California this species is represented by the subspecies
guttula (s. str.), in which the basal segment of the antennal club
is black and the elytral markings reduced or absent. Through-
out the rest of its range occurs the subspecies hecate Bland., in
which the antennal club is entirely orange and the maculation
normal. However, some forms of hecate {calif ornice from Cali-
fornia and intermedins from Oregon and Nevada) occur in the
same region as guttula (s. str.), and their reduced maculation
would seem to show that this rather than the color of the anten-
nal club is the geographically significant variation.

KEY TO SUBSPECIFIC CATEGORIES OF N. GUTTULUS MOTS.

A1. First segment of antennal club black; Ore., Calif.

subsp. guttulus Mots.

B1. Anterior fascia continuous with hypomera,

C1. Posterior fascia single; Cal. (Type: Sonoma Co., Mar. 25,

1912) ab. punctatus nov.

C2. Posterior fascia in two parts; Cal. (Type ; Shasta Co., May,

1914) ab. shastse nov.

B2. Anterior fascia discontinuous, in two parts.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphin^e

361

A2.

C1. Posterior fascia bilobed.

Di. Hypomera red; Cal ab. quadriguttatus Angell.

D2. Hypomera black behind humeral spot; Cal. (Type:

Shasta Co., May, 1914) ab. hypomerus nov.

C2. Posterior fascia divided; Cal. (Type: San Francisco, VIII-

26-1911) ab. sanfranciscse nov.

B3. Anterior fascia wanting.

C1. Posterior spot present.

D1. Hypomera red; Cal ab. vandykei Angell.

D2. Hypomera dark behind humeral spot; Cal. (Type: San
Francisco, VIII-26-1911, J. A. Kusche col.)

ab. kuschei nov.

C2. Posterior spot absent.

Di. Hypomera red; Cal. (Type: San Francisco, VIII-26-

1911, J. A. Kusche col.) ab. lajollse nov.

D2. Hypomera dark behind humeral spot; Ore., Cal.

type of subsp.

Antennal club orange; throughout range of species except coast from
Ore. to Cal. (but cf . calif ornice intermedvus, and immaculosus) .

subsp. hecate Bland.

B1. Fasciae not united on disc.

C1. Anterior fascia entire.

Di.. Posterior fascia continuous with hypomera; B. C.,

Wash., Ore., Wyom., Ut., Colo., N. M type of subsp.

D2. Posterior fascia not extending to lateral margin.

Ei. Posterior fascia elongate; B. C. (Type: Peachland,
B. C., 3-VIII-12, J. B. Wallis, under carrion),

Ore., Nev., 1ST. M., Wyom ab. wallisi nov.

E2. Posterior fascia a round spot; Cal. (Type)

ab. califomiae nov.

C2. Anterior fascia discontinuous.

Hi. Posterior fascia single, anterior in two parts; Ore.,

Nev ab. intermedius Angell.

D2. Posterior fascia in two parts, anterior in three parts.

ab. disjunctus Port.

B2. Fasciae united on disc.

Ci. Connection of fasciae single.

Di. Posterior black spot of elytra not constricted.

Ei. Connection of fasciae narrow; Colo., 1ST. M. (Type:
Jamez Springs, N. M., 1915, John Woodgate)

ab. woodgatei nov.

E2. Connection of fasciae broad; Ariz. (Type: Phoenix),

Colo., N. M., Nev ab. phoenix nov.

D2. Posterior black spot on elytra nearly divided; Colo., 1ST.
M. (Type: Fort Wing, N. M.) ....ab. novamexicae nov.
C2. Connection of fasciae double.

362

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

Du With dark sutural space; N. M., Cal., Kans.

ab. rubripennis Port.

D2. Without dark sutural space; Colo. (Type)

ab. rubrissimus nov.

Bs. Disc immaculate; Calif. (Type in collection of Deutsche Ento-
mologische Institut ab. immaculosis nov.

KEY TO ABERRATIONS OF N. OBSCURUS FAB.

A1. Elytral fasciae not continuous on disc.

Bi. Posterior fasciae entire type

B2. Posterior fasciae divided, with sutural lobe reduced to 2 free spots,
anterior fascia broken; Utah (Type in collection of Phil. Acad.

Nat. Sci.) ab. discontinuus nov.

A2. Elytral fasciae continuous on disc; Ore. (Type: Portland, Ore., 7-16-
1917, M. T. Goe col.), Wise ab. ruber nov.

KEY TO ABERRATIONS OF N. MARGIN ATTJ S FAB.

Ab Elytral fasciae not connected on disc.

B1. Both fasciae continuous, posterior one extending more than half

way to suture type

B2. Anterior fascia discontinuous; Colo. (Type: Oslar, San Juan

Mts., Colo.), Wise., N. Y ab. sanjuanae nov.

Bs. Posterior fascia discontinuous; Cal. (Type: La Jolla, San Diego

Co., Cal., 1924, Engelhardt .col.) ab. engelhardti nov.

B4. Posterior fascia abbreviated, extending less than half way to
suture; Cal. (Type: San Francisco, VII-16-1911)

ab. leachi ov.

As. Elytral fasciae connected on disc; N. Y., Ark ab. cordiger Port.

The aberrations engelhardti and leachi from California ex-
hibit the same tendency towards a reduction of the elytral fasciae
as is seen in other species in this region.

Vespillo Group

KEY TO SPECIES

Ai. Pronotum pubescent throughout; posterior tibiae straight.

Bi. Pronotum sparsely pubescent on disc.

C1. First segment of antennal club black; Europe to Mongolia.

vestigator Hersch.

C2. Antennal club orange; central Europe to Mongolia.

antennatus Reitt.

C3. Antennal club black; Mongolia, eastern Siberia.

dauricus Mots.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphdsl®

363

B2. Pronotum densely pubescent on disc; antennal club black; Me.,
Ont., Man., Mont., and Ore., through Colo, to (?) Lower Calif.,

Ariz. and Georgia tomentosus Web.*

A2. Pronotum pubescent in front only; posterior tibiae curved.

B.1. First segment only of antennal club black; posterior tibiae strongly
curved; Palaearctic, northern India, (?) Nebr. and Penn.

(Portevin) vespillo L.

Bs. Antennal club black; posterior tibiae feebly curved ; central
Europe, Greece, Caucasus nigricomis Fald.

Nicrophorus vestigator ab. abbrevius nov. — Those specimens in which
the posterior fascia attains neither the hypomera or suture are so desig-
nated. My specimens are from England (Type: s. coast, England) and
Germany.

Nicrophorus antennatus ab. transbaikali nov. — A single specimen in my
collection from the Transbaikal in which the posterior fascia fails to attain
the suture.

KEY TO ABERRATIONS OF N. TOMENTOSUS WEB.

A1. Fasciae not confluent on disc.

B1. Fasciae joined on hypomera.

C1. Posterior fascia entire.

D1. Posterior fascia not interrupted at suture type

1)2. Posterior fascia interrupted at suture (Type: Wyan-
danehe, L. I., Oct. 10, 1915, F. M. Schott)

ab. communis nov.

02. Posterior fascia with free sutural spot.

*ab. angustefasciatus Port.
Bs. Fasciae joined mesad of hypomera; Colo. (Type: Littleton, Colo.

VI-24-11, C. A. Frost, dead bird) ..ab. elongatus nov.

As. Fasciae continuous on disc.

Bi. Elytral disc with single dark spot; Ariz. (Type: Flagstaff,

Ariz.) ab. splendens nov.

B2. Elytral fasciae forming a solid discal mass (on one elytron only) ;
Man. (Type: Aweme, Man. 14-VI.II-06, Griddle).

ab. brevis nov.

Nicrophorus vespillo ab. germani nov. — A single specimen from Germany
in which the posterior elytral fascia fails to attain the sutural bead of the
elytra.

Subg. Necrocharis Port.

Carolinus L., the single species of this group, occurs in N. C., Fla., La.,
Tex., N. Mex., Ariz., Okla., Kans., Nebr., and (?) Penn.

* Sherborn (Index Animalium, 1922, p. cxxviii) says that Weber, Obs.
Ent. 1801, probably antedates Fabricius, Syst. Eleut. I, 1801, giving tomen-
tosus Web. priority over velutinus Fab.

364

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

KEY TO ABERRATIONS OF N. CAROLINUS L.

Ai. Elytra maculate.

Bi. Hypomera orange, at least at base.

C1. Basal fascia entire.

D1. Basal fascia extending on to hypomera.

E1. Basal fascia and humeral spot broadly connected.

type

E2. Basal fascia and humeral spot narrowly connected;
N. C. (Type: Southern Pines, N. 0., VI-28-16,

A. H. Manee), Fla ab. floridse nov.

D2. Basal fascia not extending on to hypomera.

Ei. Apical lunule without partially enclosed spot im-
mediately anterior; N. C., Fla.

ab. scapulatus Port.
E2. Apical lunule partially enclosing a spot immediately
anterior; Fla. (Type: Stemper, Fla., George

Krautwurm) ab. krautwurmi nov.

C2. Basal fascia divided.

Di. Hypomera orange; N. M. (Type: Tbu’que, N. M., 70-

10-88 ab. lunulatus nov.

D2. Hypomera black except cephalad; Neb., Kans. (Type),

N. M ab. nebraskae nov.

B2. Hypomera entirely black *ab. dolosus Port.

A2. Elytra immaculate; hypomera black, faintly orange cephalad; Ariz.

ab. mysticalis Angell

Ptomascopus Kr.

KEY TO SPECIES

Ai. Occiput densely punctate; elytra with 3 or 4 rows of large punctures;
pronotum with a basal fovea on either side of middle.

Bi. Elytra densely punctate, with a single anterior fascia.

C1. Less shining, more pubescent; 15 mm. long; northern China,

Japan plagiatus Men.

C2. More shining, less pubescent; eastern Siberia.

*weberi Boden.

B2. Elytra finely punctate, immaculate; 15 mm. long; northern China,

Japan, Formosa morio Kr.

A2. Occiput less densely punctate; elytra densely punctate; large punctures
wanting from elytra; basal pronotal foveae scarcely evident; color
of elytra unknown; 14.5 mm. long; Lower Oligocene of France.

*aveyronensis Flach.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphusl®

365

y. FOSSILS

Are there Mesozoic Silphinae? — Two types of elytra may be
suspected in this connection: (1) nine-striated elytra of caraboid
facies without a sutural stria; (2) tri-costate elytra.

The nine-striated elytron represents a generalized type widely
distributed in Carabidae and Tenebriondae. Both these families
have a sutural stria, which is absent in Lyrosomini and Agyrtini.
Pseudoear abites deplanatus Heer (Handlirsch, Foss. Ins. 1908,
p. 401, Taf. XXXIX, fig. 9), founded on a nine-striated elytron
5 mm. long, from the Upper Trias of Sweden, may possibly be
suspected of lyrosomin or agyrtin affinities. However, the basal
portion of the elytron appears to be lost, so that the existence of
a sutural stria is indeterminable.

The tri-costate condition is found in several of the elytra
figured by Handlirsch (ibid.), to wit, Taf. XLI, fig. 62, 75; Taf.
XLV, fig. 6, 27, 61, 63, 77. None of these, however, except the
last, exhibit the large scutellum that is characteristic of Silpha,
and this appears to be too convex to admit it to this group.
Furthermore, the pronotum of Taf. XLV, fig. 6 makes it inad-
missible. Taf. XLI, fig. 75 is a fragment showing an elytral
apex. In its convergent stride and apparently narrow elytra it
more closely resembles such a buprestid as Buprestes striata than
Silpha.

I find nothing suggesive of Nicrophorus in any of the mesozoic
fossils figured.

AGYRTINI

Agyrtes Frol.

A. primoticus S. Scudder (fig. 1) (Adephagous and Clavicorn
Coleoptera from the Tertiary deposits at Florissant, Colorado.
U. S. G. S. Mong. XL, 1900, p. 45, pi. Y, fig. 6) Upper Miocene
of Florissant, Colo. Length 8 mm., bredth 4.1 mm. Elytra
nine-striate; antennae clavate. Pronotum as wide at base as
elytra with sides feebly arcuate, about 55 per cent, as long as
wide at base, and with apex somewhat narrower than base. The
subquadrate pronotum reveals this as Agyrtes, though none of
the living species attains a length of more than 5 mm.

366

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Miosilpha Wick.

M. necrophiloides Wickham (fig. 2 and 3). (A report on
some recent collections of fossil Coleoptera from the Miocene
shales of Florissant. Bull. Univ. of la. Lab. Nat. Hist. VI (3),
1912, p. 9, pi. I, fig. 5, 6.) Length to apex of abdomen 9 mm.,
length of elytra 3.5 mm. Sufficiently defined above in the key
to the genera of Silphinse.

Ipelates Reitt.

Klebs (Schr. Phys. okon. Gesell. Konigsburg LI, 1910, p. 241)
records an unidentified species of this genus from( the Lower
Oligocene of Baltic Amber. The identification was by Reitter.

SILPHINI
Silpha L.

Subg. Oeningo silpha nov.

Silpha (Oeningosilpha) tricostata Heer (fig. 4). ( Peltis tri-

costata Heer, Die Insektenfauna der Tertiargebilde von Oeningen
und von Radoboj in Croatien. Kafer. Mem. Soc. Helv. sci.
nat., Neuchatel, VII, 1845, pp. 39-40, pi. VII, fig. 34.) Based
on an elytron 5% lines (14.15 mm.) long from the Upper
Miocene of Oeningen, Baden. The subgenus Oeningosilpha
(type Peltis tricostata Heer) is distinguished from the other
recent subgenera by the fact that the distance between the margin
and the outer stria of the elytron is equal to that between the
outer stria and the suture. In recent subgenera the first dis-
tance is less than the second. The pronotum is unknown, and,
if it should be orbicular, would require the inclusion of this sub-
genus in Necrodes.

Subg. Thanatophilus Sam.

Silpha (Thanatophilus) dispar Herbst is merely mentioned
by Heer (Die Urwelt der Schweiz, 2nd ed., 1883, p. 581) from
the Pleistocene and by Alfred Bell (Post-glacial insects, Entom.
XXI, 1888, p. 2) from the Norfolk Forest bed.

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphin^

367

Subg. Blitophaga Reitt.

Silpha (Blitophaga) vestusta A. M. Lomnicki (fig. 5) (Pleis-
tocenskie Owady z Boryslawia (Fauna pleistocenica Insectorum
Boryslaviensium) . Museum Im. Dzieduszyckich IV. Lemberg,
1894, p. 76, pi. 7, fig. 59). Lower Pleistocene of Boryslaw,
Galicia.

Silpha (Blitophaga) reitt eri Lomnicki (fig. 6) ( ibid p. 77,
pi. 7, fig. 60). Lower Pleistocene of Boryslaw, Galicia.

The transverse pronotum, feebly narrowed and not emarginate
in front reveal these as Blitophaga. The basal margin of the
pronotum is represented as being straighten and less sinuate than
in any of the living species I have seen, but this is a more or less
evanescent character that figures cannot always be relied upon to
depict accurately. The two species are distinguished by size and
by the varying extent of the inner elytra! costa. I do not feel
sufficiently familiar with the numerous species of Blitophaga to
discuss their detailed relationships.

Subg. Silpha (is, str.)

S. beutenmuelleri Wickham (fig. 7) (New Miocene Coleoptera.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zook LVIII, 1914, p. 428, pi. I, fig. 3). Upper
Miocene of Florissant, Colo. Described from a coarsely punctate
elytron a trifle over 10 mm. long. From the figure one would
suppose that there were four entire costae, but the author says
that the outer of these is a deep marginal groove, and he com-
pares it with the living tyrolensis. The great distance of the
groove and the outer costa from the margin, the entire outer
costa, and the obsolescence of the elytral tuberosity appear to
distinguish this fossil from any of the living species known to
me. It is almost certainly a member of the subgenus Silpha,
a group which is now confined to the Palaearctic region with
three species in Ethiopian Africa. As regards development and
position of the groove, it approximates carinata, but in that
species the outer costa is abbreviated apically.

368

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

NECRODINI
Necrodes Leach
Subg. Mionecrodes nov.

Necrodes (Mionecrodes) tricostata Heer (figs. 8 and 9)
{Silpha tricostata Heer, Beitrag zur Insekten- fauna Oeningen,
Coleoptera. Naturk. Verh. Hollandsehe Maatsch. Wetensch.
Haarlem XVI, 1862, pp. 50-51, pi. Ill, figs. 7-8). Upper Mio-
cene of Oeningen, Baden. The position of the outer elytral costa
nearer the margin than the suture shows that this is not the same
ats Pettis tricostata Heer 1845 ( Oeningo silpha above). The oval
pronotum of Heer ’s fig. 7 (fig. 8) places it in Necrodes, but it is
separated from the living species by the broader, less elongate,
entire (not truncate) elytra. With this species Heer associated
the specimen depicted in fig. 9. The pronotum of the second
specimen is unknown. I detect differences between the two, but
hesitate to recognize two species.

Subg. (?) Protonecrodes Port.

Necrodes primaevus Beutenmuller and Cockerell (in Cock-
erell, Fossil Insecta from Florissant, Colorado1. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist. XXIV, 1908, p. 67, pi. C, fig. 1). Upper Miocene of
Florissant, Colo. Length 17 mm. Elytra 11 mm. long. Similar
to surinamensis Fab., but with shorter elytra. The half-tone
figure is not good and a restudy of the type might reveal addi-
tional features.

NICROPHORINI
Ptomascopus Kr.

P. aveyronensis K. Flach (fig. 10) (Ueber zwei fossile
Silphiden Coleoptera) aus den Phosphoriten von Cay lux. Deut.
Ent. Zeit. 1890, p. 106, Taf. I, fig. 2). Lower Oligocene of the
Phosphorit of Aveyron von Caylnx, southern France. Suffi-
ciently described above in the key to the species of Ptomascopus.

Palaeosilpha Flach

P. fraasii Flach (fig. 11) {ibid., pp. 106-107, Taf. I, fig. 1).
Lower Oligocene of the Phosphorit of Aveyron von Caylux,

Dec., 1927]

Hatch: Silphinae

369

southern France. Sufficiently described above in the key to the
groups of Nicrophorini.

NOT SILPHINAE
Staphylinidae

Silpha stratuum Germar (Fauna Insectorum Europae XIX,
1837, tab. 5) . This is not Silphinae, because five or six abdominal
tergites are exposed by the slightly transverse elytra. I do not
attempt to place it further.

Ostomidae

Phosphuga atrata Flach nee L. (Die Kafer der unterpleisto-
canen Ablagerungen bei Hosbach unweit Aschaffenburg. Verh.
Phys. Med. Gesell. Wurzburg, N. F. XVIII, 1884, p. 9, pi. IX,
fig. 6). Based on a single elytron. The small scutellum makes
the assignment of this species to any of the living subgenera of
Silpha impossible, and it is this character which I rely upon to
establish its cogenericity if not its cospecificity with Zimioma
grossa L. Of course, there is a possibility that this is the re-
mains of a Silpha with a small scutellum, but the above assign-
ment seems the more probable.

Melandryidae

Silpha colorata Scudder {ibid., p. 44, pi. V, fig. 5). The ab-
sence of striae or costae, and the finely pubescent, narrow, and
apically rounded elytra make the assignment of this fossil to
Silphinae impossible. The only living species with which I can
compare it is Emmesa connect ens Newm., from which it is
separated by the failure of the apical spot to attain the apex of
the elytra.

Coleoptera incertae sedis

Silpha obsoleta Heer (1845, ibid,, p. 36, pi. II, fig. 7). This
species is founded on an impression showing a head, pronotum,
and apparently a portion of the elytra. No suture is revealed
and no sculpture is present. To attempt the classification of such
an object is folly !

370

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Silpha ? deplanata Heer (Die Miocene Flora und Fauna Spits-
bergen, K. Svenska Yet. Ak. Handl. VIII (7), 1870 (1869), p.
73, pi. 16, fig. 42). Based on the fragment of an elytron about
11 mm. long and 5 mm. wide. Flat with a broad margin and a
number of flat longitudinal ridgesi which Heer says is five, but
which is indeterminable from the figure. I do not believe the
assignment of this fossil to Silpha is warranted. No quinte-
costate recent silphine is known. At best, such a condition is a
more or less generalized one, found in several families.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI

Figure 1: Agyrtes primoticus Scudder (1900, PI. V, Fig. 6) ; Figures 2-3
Miosilpha neorophiloides Wickham (1912, PI. I, Figs. 5, 5a) ; Figure 4
Silpha (Oeningo silpha) tricostata Heer (1845, PI. VII, Fig. 34); Figure 5
Silpha ( Blitophaga ) vetusta Lomnicki (1894, PI. 7, Fig. 59) ; Figure 6
Silpha ( Blitophaga ) reitteri Lomnicki (1894, PL 7, Fig. 60) ; Figure 7
Silpha (s. str.) beutenmuelleri Wickham (1914, PI. I, Fig. 3) ; Figures 8-9
Necrodes ( Mionecrodes ) tricostata Heer (1862, PI. II, Figs. 7-8) ; Figure 10
Ptomascopus aveyromensis Flach (1890, Taf. I, Fig. 2); Figure 11: Palaeo-
silpha fraasii Flach (1890, Taf. I, Fig. 1).

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XXXV

(Plate XVI)

SILPHINAE

Dec., 1927]

Davis: Cicadas

373

NEW CICADAS FROM THE WESTERN UNITED
STATES WITH NOTES ON SEVERAL
OTHER SPECIES

By Wm. T. Davis

Staten Island, N. Y.

It appears likely that the cicadas from Nova Scotia to Florida
on the Atlantic coast, and for some distance inland, are fairly
well known ; that is, it seems probable that about all of the species
are known. As regards distribution, habits and life cycles, there
is of course very much to learn. The cicadas of the eastern states
embrace many large species of Tibicen, and this condition exists
until the neighborhood of that interesting line, the one hundredth
meridian, is reached, when the smaller species belonging to the
genera Okanagana, Clidophleps and Platypedia become quite
numerous, and Tibicen is represented only to a slight extent. It
is among these genera in the Pacific states, and those immediately
adjoining to the eastward, that new forms are most often met
with, and as many of the species evidently have but a small dis-
tribution, it will probably be some time before they are as well
known as those of the Atlantic coast that generally have a wider
distribution.

While in the Seventeen-Year and Thirteen-Year cicadas, the
periods of the various broods are known and attract attention, it
is equally true that there are cicada years among the other species
as well, though not so pronounced. A conspicuous example of
this kind, to which the writer can testify, was the year 1921 at
Wingina, Nelson County, Virginia, when in August cicadas of
several species, such as winnemanna, auletes and lyricen would
join at evening in a continuous chorus in the trees about the
house. August, 1927, was a great contrast; there was no evening
chorus and a cicada of any kind was a rarity. In August, 1921,
Colonel Robinson collected thirty-six Tibicen robinsoniana with
the shotgun, while in 1927 the gun was not once taken afield, for
the cicadas were not to be seen. Even the usual common Tibicen

374

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

chloromera was scarce. It would seem from this and other like
experiences, that a number of our larger cicadas appear together,
that their life periods are of the same duration, and that we in
consequence have cicada years. There is some advantage to a
species, or several allied species, to appear together, and give
their mutual enemies some starvation years in between. It ap-
peared that the Cicada Killer, the hornet Specius speciosus, that
requires but a year for its life cycle, made out but poorly at Win-
gina in 1927 ; we saw but few and found none of their burrows
in a search of three weeks.

In the following notes the fact is mentioned that some of the
species of Okanagana and Platypedia may also appear as broods.
In the U. S. Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology,
Bulletin No. 71, on the Periodical Cicada, Dr. C. L. Marlatt
states: “The writer recalls that in the summer of 1885 a very
large species of Cicada (C. marginata Say) appeared in consider-
able numbers among the scrubby white oaks bordering a stream
near Manhattan, Kans., and filled the air with its very loud and
discordant vibrations ; yet, although familiar with and a frequent
visitor of these woods in earlier and later years, no other experi-
ence with this particular species was had. It may be, therefore,
that this species, which is more than twice the size of the peri-
odical Cicada, has an even longer life period. There are other
western or Rocky Mountain species which give evidence of paral-
leling very closely in periodicity and number the eastern period-
ical Cicada.”

Tibicen tigrina new species. PI. XVII, Figs. 1 and 5.

Type male from New Braunfels, Comal Co., Texas, July 11, 1926, and
allotype from the same place, July, 1922 (Otto M. Locke, Jr.). Davis
collection.

Resembles Cicada montezuma Distant, described and figured in Biologia
Centrali- Americana from Mexico.

Head across eyes broader than the anterior width of the pronotum, front
moderately produced with the median sulcus but faintly represented; trans-
verse rugae well defined by the silvery hairs in the grooves. Many silvery
hairs on the face and some in the depressions of the dorsal surface and on
the abdominal segments. Beneath pruinose with many hairs on the legs.
The short opercula meet along the inner margins and are rather evenly
rounded at the extremities. The last ventral segment is rounded and feebly

Dec., 1927]

Davis: Cicadas

375

notched at the extremity. Uncus bent as shown in the illustration. Sides
of the body in the male parallel for a considerable distance, somewhat less
so in the female. The last ventral segment of the allotype has a shallow
notch with a spot each side.

General color buff and black, resembling in this respect the much larger
Tibicen rudis of Mexico, but it differs from that species in having less
pointed wings and a very differently shaped uncus. (See Bio. C'entr.-Am.
Homoptera, Tab. 2, Fig. 20.) Head black with six buff spots; one on the
front, one just behind it, one over each antenna and one near each eye
posteriorly. Pronotum greenish buff, the collar black anteriorly for about
half of its width, the black extending along the sides to the anterior angles ;
grooves black. The mesonotum is more black than buff, with a central
pale W-shaped mark about the two obconical black spots at the anterior
margin. The cruciform elevation or X is pale, with a black spot centrally,
and two oblong pale spots each side near the wings, the anterior one much
the larger. Abdomen black above, the first segment broadly and irregularly
margined with buff, and all of the other segments margined or striped pos-
teriorly with buff usually to about one third of their area. Underside of
the body straw-colored, narrowly black near the eyes, and the legs variegated
with black, especially at the joints and the tarsal claws. Fore wings with a
dark stripe or spot about 2 millimeters in length contained in the basal area
and extending about two thirds of the way through its central part toward
the base of the wing; venation pale, darker about the marginal cells; first
and second cross veins clouded. The basal membranes of both pairs of wings
are pale gray in color.

Measurements in Millimeters

Male

Female

•K

Type

Allotype

Length of body

Width of head across eyes

11.5

Expanse of fore wings

Greatest width of fore wing

Greatest width of operculum

5.5

Greatest length of operculum

376

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

In addition to the type and allotype there are twenty-two male
and ten female paratypes in the writer ’s collection, all from New
Braunfels and collected in July, August and September. The
Cornell University expedition of 1917 collected a male at Anhalt,
Comal Co., Texas, June 28, and a male and female at Juno, Texas,
July 3. Dr. H. H. Knight also collected a male at Comstock,
Texas, July 3, 1917. In the collection of the U. S. National Mu-
seum there are specimens from Texas as follows : Gatesville, July
16, 1888, and Kerrville, June 19, 1907 (F. C. Pratt). In this
Journal for June, 1926, five males and two females doubtfully
identified as Tibicen monteznma are recorded from Arbuckle
Mountains, Oklahoma, July, 1925, collected by Mr. Raymond H.
Beamer, who described the song as shrill and loud and the insect
hard to locate and wild.

In the Transactions of the Maryland Academy of Sciences for
1892, p. 154, Uhler states that montezuma Distant occurs in
Mexico, California, Arizona, New Mexico and Texas. The writer
now has two males from Mexico, one from Cuernavaca, received
through the kindness of Prof. Alfonso L. Herrera, that more
closely resemble the figure in Bio. Centr.-Am. and are distinct
from tigrina. One of the Mexican specimens has been compared
in the British Museum by Mr. W. E. China.

Tibicen inauditus Davis.

This species resembles tigrina , but is much smaller and darker
colored. It was described from Oldham County, Texas, and has
been recorded from New Mexico. In 1926 Mr. 0. C. Poling col-
lected one female and three males in June and July at Sunny
Glen Ranch, near Alpine, Brewster County, Texas. On June 7,
1927, Mr. George P. Engelhardt also collected a male at Alpine,
Texas. In Cimarron County, Oklahoma, three miles north of
Kenton, a female was collected by Prof. T. H. Hubbell, July 2,
1926. These specimens are in the writer’s collection. Another
female, in the collection of the University of Michigan, was col-
lected at Kenton, July 6, 1926 (T. H. Hubbell).

Cacama crepitans Van Duzee.

On the 23d of July, 1924, Mr. R. P. Dow collected three males
and one female of this species at San Juan Capistrano, Orange

Dec., 1927]

Davis: Cicadas

377

Co., California, and on June 26, 1927, Mr. Alonzo C. Davis col-
lected eight males at the same place. On June 18, 1927, Mr.
Davis also collected a female at Newport, Calif. These localities’
extend northward, the recorded range for this species. On the
4th of June, 1922, Mr. Howard H. Cleaves captured by hand two
males on Broncho grass near San Diego, Calif., and wrote that
the song was high pitched.

Cacama carbonaria Davis. PI. XVII, Fig. 2.

In the collection of the U. S. National Museum there is a male
from Puente de Ixtla, Morelos (C. C. Deam). This place is about
150 miles south of Mexico City, the type locality. The uncus has
been compared with that of the type described and figured in
this Journal, March, 1919. The U. S. National Museum specimen
expands 70 millimeters and is here figured. It is somewhat
smaller than the type, which was heretofore the only recorded
specimen.

Okanagana gibbera new species. PL XVII, Figs. 3 and 6.

Type male and allotype female from Iron Springs, Iron Oo., Utah, Juno
26, 1919 (T. Spalding). Davis collection.

This beautifully colored orange and black species resembles OTvanagana
fratercula, of the same region, but it is larger, with broader wings and the
humped condition of the back at segments seven and eight is much more
pronounced.

Head narrower than the front margin of the pronotum; front consider-
ably produced and prominent. Median sulcus of the front well defined with
the sides nearly parallel. Pronotum with the humeral angles rounded, the
anterior angles prominent and the sides slightly wavy and uneven. Last
ventral segment with the sides converging toward the extremity, which is
shallowly notched, or in some of the paratypes almost truncate. Uncus
black, and when viewed in profile with the top and lower lines nearly paral-
lel until the extremity is approached. When viewed from behind, with a
shallow notch at the extremity. The valve in the males extends slightly
beyond the uncus; is pale orange, blackened beneath at the base. The last
ventral segment of the allotype is deeply notched with a very slight indica-
tion of an inner notch. Fore wings broad with the costal margin bright
orange almost to the end of the wings, where it is slightly darkened; basal
cell opaque with surrounding vein bright orange. The venation is bright
orange nearly to the row of marginal cells, where it is almost black, a notice-
able feature of the species on account of the contrasting colors. The bases

378

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

of both pairs of wings, as well as the membranes, are orange margined with
black or fuscous. Head black with the front at the top of the median sul-
cus, a spot above5 each antenna and a line almost connecting these spots, pale.
In some of the paratypes the head is entirely black except for the spots
above the antennae. Pronotum black with the hind margin or collar and
about one half of the lateral margin at the anterior angles, orange. Some
of the paratypes have the anterior margin very narrowly orange. There is
a central pale line extending back to the collar, absent in some of the para-
types. Mesonotum black with the posterior margin, two central spots at
the anterior extremities of the elevated X, and a spot each side at the base
of the hind wings, orange. Metanotum margined posteriorly with orange.
Tergum black with segments 7, 8 and 9 margined posteriorly with orange.
Beneath the legs are marked with orange and black with the posterior sur-
faces orange.

Measurements in Millimeters

Male

Female

Type

Allotype

Length of body

Width of head across eyes

Expanse of fore wings

Greatest width of fore wing

Length of valve

Okanag-ana g-ibb er a Type

In addition to the type and allotype, the following specimens
are in the writer’s collection: Two males and fifteen females col-
lected at the same time and place as the types, by Mr. Tom
Spalding and Mr. Warren Knaus; male, Coal Creek, Iron Co.,
Utah, June 27, 1919 (T. Spalding) ; two males, Reno, Nevada,
June 6, 1909 (Dr. E. D. Ball) ; male, Burns, Oregon, June 1,
from Oregon Agricultural College. Additional specimens have

Dec., 1927]

Davis: Cicadas

379

been examined as follows : Yakima City, Washington, July 2, 3,
4, 1882, female ; Ft. Laramie, three females, and Bridger Basin,
Wyoming, four males and a female, all in collection Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Laramie, Wyoming,
male (Dr. B. H. Grave), and White River, Colorado, August 6,
1877, male (Miss E. LI. Danforth), in collection U. S. National
Museum.

The very much humped back, especially in the female, together
with the broad wings and bright, contrasting colors, will serve
to separate this species, which was mentioned but not named, in
this Journal for 1919, p. 209.

Okanagana fratercula Davis. Plate XVIII, Fig. 1.

This species was described in this Journal for March, 1915,
from a single male taken in Iron County, Utah. Other examples
are mentioned in the 1919 volume, page 209. Since that date
many more have been examined from Idaho, Wyoming, Nevada
and Utah, collected in May, June and July. A series of six
males were collected July 3, 1925, at Cypress Hills, Alberta, by
Mr. F. S. Carr, inspector of schools at that place. Dr. J. W.
Sugden sent two males and two females collected June 9, 1925,
at Red Canyon, near Bryce Canyon, Southern Utah. Three
males have been examined in the collection of the U. S. National
Museum from Blackfoot, Idaho, June 22, 1904 (E. S. G. Titus).
Mr. R. W. Haegele sent through Mr. M. C. Lane, six males and
eight females collected at Rogerson, Idaho, May 20, 1926, and
wrote of the insects as follows : ‘ ‘ They were collected from sage
brush twenty miles west from Rogerson on a rolling plateau area
that covers a large part of southwestern Idaho, and at an alti-
tude of from 5,000 to 6,000 feet. They were collected on a cool,
cloudy day and were not at all active, many being freshly
emerged so that I could pick them from the sage at will. There
were literally thousands of them and I picked as many as fifty
from one ordinary sage bush less than four feet high and about
three feet across. The ground was punctured full of holes where
they had come through and the sage brush was full of empty
pupal cases. They were noted from this point to about twenty-

380

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

five miles north in considerable abundance. At a somewhat later
date they were noticed at different points in Southern Idaho and
in the desert region of Eastern Oregon.”

It is evident that there was a brood of this species in 1926, as
described by Mr. Haegele, and if the same locality could be
watched an additional life cycle to that of the seventeen-year
cicada might be ascertained.

Okanagana schaefferi, 0. gibbera and 0. fratercula all inhabit
Utah and resemble one another. Usually the pronotum in both
schaefferi and fratercula is bordered all around with pale,
whereas in gibber a the orange border is broken at or near the
hind angles. In schaefferi and fratercula the hind margin of
each abdominal segment is usually some shade of red, while in
gibbera only the three last segments are margined with orange.
The front of the small head is very prominent in schaefferi and
gibbera; in fratercula it is less so.

In order to facilitate more ready comparison the original fig-
ures of schaefferi and fratercula from this Journal of March,
1915, are reproduced on the accompanying plate. Okanagana
fratercula may be larger than the figure and attain an expanse
of wings of sixty millimeters.

Okanagana opacipennis Davis. PI. XVIII, Fig. 2.

This insect was described and figured in the June, 1926, num-
ber of this Journal, from a female taken at Buckman Springs,
San Diego Co., California, June 23, 1925 (Prof. W. S. Wright),
as a variety of Okanagana arctostaphylce Van Duzee. Prof.
Wright on June 26, 1926, collected a, male opacipennis at the
same locality, and as in the first instance on manzanita. A figure

Okanagana opacipe nn i s Ha v/'s

Dec., 1927]

Davis: Cicadas

381

of the uncus is here presented; also one of the uncus of arcto-
staphylce. The differences thus shown, taken together with color
differences, would indicate that opacipennis should be considered
as distinct from arctostaphylce.

The male of opacipennis is like the female type except that it
is not quite so brilliantly colored. The red on the head and pro-
notum has a greenish tinge, as have the veins of both pair of
wings. The abdomen is black dorsally, except the last two seg-
ments, which are pale, the penultimate one having a dorsal black
spot. In the type, the under side of the abdomen is red, each
segment having a black spot on each side, leaving the central part
of the abdomen an even color, except for the basal black spot on
segment one found in many Okanagana. Legs in both the male
and female entirely red in color, narrowly blackened at the joints.
The uncus and valve are shaped as figured. The former has a
pale dorsal stripe, blackened at the 'sides ; the latter is! entirely
pale green. The under side of the abdomen in the male is pale,
in part greenish, especially near the end, while the usual black
spot is at the base of the first segment. The measurements in
millimeters are as follows : Length of body, 26 ; width of head
across eyes, 7 ; expanse of fore wings, 65 ; greatest width of fore
wing, 10 ; length of valve, 4.

Okana&ana A'R cto staph yla e VanTuife
Tibicinoides minuta Davis. Plate XVIII, Fig. 6.

Numerous examples of this very small-headed species, with the
marginal areas to the wings shorter than in Okanagana, have
been examined since it was described in this Journal for March,
1915. Mr. F. E. Winters has collected many on a hillside within

382

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

the city limits of Santa Barbara, Calif., some of them on tar-
weed. Thirty-four specimens; were found in April, May and
June, the majority in May, 1926, when they were quite common.
While in most the color at the base of the wings is bright orange,
it is more red in a few examples. Other specimens are as fol-
lows: Coalinga, Fresno Co., Calif., June, 1907, three males (Prof.
Bradley), collection Cornell University; Mt. Hamilton, Santa
Clara Co., June 20, 1922, three males (F. H. Wymore) ; Lebec,
Kern Co., Calif., June 1, 1918, three males (A. C. Davis), and
Ft. Tejon, Calif., May 29, 1927, two males (A. C. Davis).

The original figures of the types! of Tibicinoides minuta and
the closely allied Tibicinoides mere edit a, from this Journal of
March, 1915, are here reproduced for comparison.

Clidophleps vagans Davis. PI. XVIII, Fig. 3.

The specimen figured was received for examination from the
British Museum through the courtesy of Mr. W. E. China and
is the second example known. It is a male and labeled Yosemite,
Tioga Pass, July 17, 1922 (C. B. Pearson). The type described
and figured in this Journal, March, 1925, was found in an auto-
mobile after an extended journey, so the exact locality could not
be given.

Clidophleps tenuis new species. PI. XVIII, Fig. 4.

Type male from La Puerta Valley, San Diego Co., California, May 29,
1927, and allotype collected at the same time and place by Mr. J. C. von
Bloeker.

Head as broad as the front margin of the pronotum; front produced
about as in hlaisdelli and pallida. Median sulcus of the front shallow, sides
not parallel and broadest near its central portion. In the allotype the sides
of the groove are more nearly parallel. Pronotum with humeral angles
rounded; the anterior angles prominent. Last ventral segment somewhat
constricted at the sides near the central portion and the extremity but
slightly truncate. Uncus when viewed in profile bent downward at the ex-
tremity and sinuate on the lower part of the apical half; slightly shorter
than the valve, but more nearly its length than in any Clidophleps with the
exception of vagans. Last ventral segment of the allotype broadly and
doubly notched. Basal cell of the fore wings clear. Costal margin of the
fore wings black ; subcostal vein greenish ; radial vein black ; remaining
veins almost entirely black; anal vein and part of the attenuated nodus

Dec., 1927]

Davis : Cicadas

383

pale. Membranes at base of all of the wings pale salmon color and not
quite so dark as in pallida.

General body color black, variegated with greenish yellow. Head shining
black, a pale spot above each antenna, and three spots at the back of the
head behind the ocelli, the central one being the largest. Beneath, the head
is black, pale each side of the transverse rugae; the median sulcus is cen-
trally black, the edges paler. Pronotum with a large rufus area margined
with black on each side of the pale central line, which line extends back to
the posterior margin of the collar, also pale in color. Mesonotum black,
margined at the sides and posteriorly with pale. Two pale J-shaped marks,
placed centrally and rather close together, extending backward toward the
elevated X, which is pale at its central portion, with the fore limbs crossed
by black, and then two pale torch-like marks extending toward the anterior
margin. The last mentioned marks are more attenuated than the similar
ones in pallida, distanti or Maisdelli, and more closely resemble those of
astigma. Metanotum pale with a curved black spot near the base of each
wing. Dorsum of the abdomen shining black, each segment margined pos-
teriorly with greenish yellow. The uncus black above, slightly pale toward
the extremity, and the valve pale. The abdomen is pale beneath; the legs
pale with the femora, tibse and tarsi black on the outer surfaces.

Measurements in Millimeters

Male

Female

Type

Allotype

Length of body

26.5

Width of head across eyes

Expanse of fore wings

Greatest width of fore wings

Length of valve

Gudophleps tenuis Type

In addition to the type and allotype Mr. von Bloeker collected
three males and four females at the same place and time, describ-
ing the conditions as desert in character.

384

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

This species resembles Clidopkleps pallida, but the fore wings
are narrower and lie flatter ; that is, are not so much bulged up
centrally when they are expanded. In these reispects it ap-
proaches C. vagans, but differs from it in having the nodus at
the outer end of the cubital cell much broader and the cubitus
vein more arched, as will be seen by comparing the figures pre-
sented. In C. tenuis the J-shaped marks on the mesonotum are
more parallel than in the other known species of the genus.
Clidopkleps astigma figured in this Journal for March, 1917,
has the front of the head broad and prominent. Figure one
of the same plate is there identified as C. blaisdelli Uliler,
but in 1926 this form was described as C. wrigkti, after Uhler’s
types in the U. S. National Museum had been examined.

Platypedia putnami Uhler.

The typical form of this species has been recorded from Colo-
rado, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico and California, but its
known distribution may be extended to Arizona. Mr. D. K.
Duncan has sent a male and three females collected at Diamond
Creek, White Mountains, June 6, 1925, and Mr. George P. Engel-
hardt has given me a male collected in the Sierra Ancha Moun-
tains, June 15, 1927. Variety lutea, with the colors orange and
black instead of red and black, seems to be more common in
Arizona.

Platypedia barbata Davis.

Santa Barbara, Calif., May, 1926, male (F. E. Winters). The
male type and female allotype were from San Louis Obispo, Cali-
fornia, and were collected in April. The male from Mr. Winters
is the only additional specimen so far recorded. Santa Barbara
is about eighty miles southeast of the type locality and in the
adjoining county.

Neoplatypedia ampliata Van Duzee.

In the collection of the British Museum there is a male labeled
“ C. calif ornica Fitch Ms. California.” This manuscript name
has of course no standing. The specimen has the uncus turned

Dec., 1927 J

Davis: Cicadas

385

upward at the extremity, which is not constricted, but is as fig-
ured in this Journal, June, 1920, and the membranes at the base
of both fore and hind wings are almost white instead of orange,
as in constrict a.

Neoplatypedia constricta Davis.

This species was reported from Arizona, Utah, Colorado, and
California when originally described. To this distribution may
now be added Pocatello, Idaho, May 23, 1889, two males and a
female, collection Iowa State College of Agriculture, and Bliss,
Twin Palls Co., Idaho, May 25, 1927, five males and two females
(R. W. Haegele). Mr. Haegele noted that they were “collected
from sage in desert and were rather numerous. ’ ’

Melampsalta kansa Davis.

In the collection of the U. S. National Museum there are Texas
specimens of this species from a number of localities, among
them a female labeled “Cuero, Tex., 5-3-96, Marlatt,” and also
“Insect Book, PI. 28, Pig. 8,” where it is identified as Melamp-
salta par vula.

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Plate XVII

Eig. 1. Tibioen tigrina. Type.

Fig. 2. Cacama carb (maria.

Fig. 3. Olcanagana gibbera. Type.

Fig. 4. Olcanagana schaefferi. Type figure reproduced.
Fig. 5. Tibicen tigrina. Showing opercula.

Fig. 6. Oicanagana gibbera. Showing back of female.

(Plate XVII)

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

CIOADIDJE

388

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Plate XYIII

Fig. 1. Ohanagana fratercula. Type figure reproduced.

Fig. 2. OTcanagana opacipennis.

Fig. 3. Clidophleps vagans.

Fig. 4. Clidophleps tenuis. Type.

Fig. 5. Tibicinoides mercedita. Type figure reproduced.
Fig. 6. Tibicinoides minuta. Type figure reproduced.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Yol. XXXV

(Plate XVIII)

CICADID^E

Dec., 1927]

Goding: Membracidjs

391

THE MEMBRACIDAE OF SOUTH AMERICA AND
THE ANTILLES, II. SUBFAMILY
CENTROTINAE

By Frederic W. Goding

Tribe Acuminatini

Genus ETONEUS

Kirkaldy, Entom. xxxvii, p. 279 (Nom. nov) ; Anomus, Fairm. Rev.
Memb. p. 521.

Key to Species

1 (2). Pronotum unarmed, yellow testaceous, apex brown; tegmina

darker reticulatus.

2 (1). Pronotum with a short acute suprahumeral horn each side, yellow

testaceous, horns fuscous behind; tegmina opaque gray, sub-
silky; below body, and femora blackish cornutulus.

List of Species

reticulatus Fairm. 1. c., p. 522, pi. 7, f. 31-32. Braz.
cornutulus Stal, 1. c., p. 34. Rio J. Braz.

Genus EUWALKERIA

Goding, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. lii, p. 104.

Key to Species

One pale ferruginous species with gilded pubescence; pronotum with four
dorsal protuberances, a slight median carina, the disk, abdomen and femora,
testaceous; tibhe broadened almost foliaceous, testaceous with black mark-
ings; tegmina almost hyaline, base and veins testaceous latipes.

List of Species

latipes Walk. List Horn. p. 649. Colombia.

Possibly Tylocentrus quadricornis Funkh. from Arizona, belongs to this
genus.

Genus LIRANIA
Stal, Hem. Rio J. ii, p. 36.

Key to Species

One fusco-ferruginous species, legs paler; tegmina yellowish, base darker,
punctate bitub erculata.

List of Species

bituberculata Stal, 1. c., p. 36. Rio J. Braz.

392

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Genus FLEXOCENTRUS

Goding, 1. c., p. 106.

Key to Species

One ferruginous densely pubescent species; pronotum punctured, median
carina extended from between suprahumerals to apex, posterior process
slightly longer than abdomen, dorsum sinuate; scutellum broad as long,
apex bidenticulate felinus.

List of Species

felinus Haviland, Zool. vi, p. 255, pi. 6, f. 6. Kartabo, Brit. Guiana.

Genus CEDA

Amyot & Serville, Hem. p. 546.

Key to Species

1 (2). Front of pronotum armed superiorly with two small porrect

horns liamulata.

2 (1). Front of pronotum unarmed.

3 (4). Metopidium vertical, front margin sinuate, basal margin pro-

duced over head, posterior median line nearly vertical, apex
spined informis.

4 (3). Metopidium strongly inclined forward, basal margin not pro-

duced over head; dorsum of pronotum convexly decreasing in
altitude posteriorly inflata.

List of Species

hamulata Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 52; inflata Fairm. 1. c., p. 506, pi. 3, f. 1;

Walk. 1. c., pi. 4, f. 9; Buckt. Mon. pi. 45, f. 4. Braz.
informis Westw. An. Nat. Hist. (1842), p. 119, pi. 6; Fairm. 1. c., p. 506,
pi. 6, f. 28; Buckt. 1. c., pi. 45*, f. 3. Braz.
inflata Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii, p. 262 ; Ent. Syst. iv, p. 8 ; Syst. Eh. p. 6 ;
Perty, Del. An. Ins. p. 178, pi. 35, f. 8; inermis Fairm. 1. c., p. 506;
frondosa Buckt. 1. c., p. 206, pi. 45, f. 5. Cayenne, D. Guiana; Braz.

Genus LYCODERES
Germar, Eev. Ent. Silb. iii, p. 259.

Key to Species

1 (18). Front pronotal process emitting posteriorly a falcate protuber-

ance from or near summit distant from scutellum.

2 (15.) Tegmina vitreous in decolored in part, bases and apical margins

fuscous or black.

3 (10). Summit of front process concave between bases of apical lobes.

4 (7). Apical lobes strongly diverging, nearly horizontal.

5 ( 6). 2d apical cell of corium triangular fuscus.

6 (5). 2d apical cell of corium irregularly quadrangular lobatus.

Dec., 1927]

7 ( 4).

8 ( 9).

9 ( 8).

10 ( 3).

11 (12).

12 (11).

13 (14).

14 (13).

15 ( 2).

16 (17).

17 (16).

18 ( 1).

19 (24).

20 (23).

21 (22).
22 (21).

23 (20).

24 (19).

25 (30).

26 (29).

27 (28).

Goding : Membracidje 393

Apical lobes of front pronotal process more or less parallel; 2d
apical cell of corium irregularly quadrangular.

Superior hind protuberance of pronotum falcate; tips apical

lobes of front process acute, slightly diverging gaffa.

Superior hind process straight; apical lobes twisted together

their tips obtuse nearly truncate igniventer.

Summit of front pronotal process not concave.

Apex of front pronotal process expanded in a broad trapezoid,
tip each side acute galeritus.

Apex of front pronotal process flat or elevated in a short pro-
tuberance, lobes divaricate; 2d apical cell of corium irregularly
quadranglar; wings with 4 apical cells 2d stylate.

Summit of front pronotal process flat ( $ ) hippocampus.

Summit of front pronotal process produced above origin of pos-
terior sinuate extension ($) hippocampus.

Tegmina wholly ferruginous or sordid yellow, pellucid, base
opaque, apical margin concolorous.

Apical lobes of pronotal process short, subhorizontally divaricate;
pronotum usually destitute of yellow markings gladiator.

Apical lobes of pronotal process longer, slightly diverging and
curved outward; a vertical median stripe on metopidium and
band near base of posterior falcate process yellow (sometimes
obsolete) latipennis.

Front pronotal process destitute of a sinuate protuberance behind
bases of apical lobes, pronotum gradually passing into posterior
process which is close to scutellum.

Summit of front pronotal process slightly dilated or very weakly
notched, not bilobed.

Summit of front pronotal process seen from front slightly di-
lated, not notched; posterior process gradually acuminate not
slender.

Front pronotal process seen from side gradually passing from

broad rounded summit to posterior apex capitata.

Front pronotal process seen from side produced in an obliquely
ascending horn its sides parallel, gradually passing from its
base to posterior apex minamen.

Summit of front pronotal process seen from front slightly
notched, posterior process long, slender petasus.

Summit of front pronotal process distinctly notched.

Apical lobes of front process paralled, contiguous, extreme tips
very slightly diverging, much longer than broad.

Front pronotal process porrect, apical lobes obtuse and almost
truncate at tips, posterior process not sinuate above scutellum;
corium with a triangular vitreous spot.

Dorsum of pronotum seen from side straight or very slightly
sinuate hurmeisteri.

394

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

28 (27). Dorsum of pronotum seen from side forming an almost right

angle posteriorly unicolor.

29 (26). Front pronotal process almost erect, posterior process lightly

sinuate above scutellum prolixus.

30 (25). Apical lobes of front pronotal process distinctly diverging, almost

horizontal.

31 (34). Front horn of pronotum porrect, sides rugose, apical lobes very

small; scutellum covered.

32 (33). Dorsum of posterior pronotal process convexly rounded to apex,

pronotum unicolorous brown, strongly punctured, summit of

front horn elevated, sides rugose, short; tegmina dark, opaque,
bases punctate, apices rounded phasiamis.

33 (32). Dorsum of posterior pronotal process lightly concave, nearly

straight, pronotum laterally rugose and tricarinate, testaceous,
punctured, front horn long, lightly deflexed, sides sparingly
serrate; tegmina hyaline brown, opaque, bases punctate, apices
obliquely truncate and irrorate with ferruginous dots.

serraticornis.

34 (31). Front pronotal horn nearly erect, apical lobes medium in size, if

small the summit is broadly rounded.

35 (36). Summit of front pronotal horn broadly expanded hemispherically,

convex above, a small spine each side; corium with a triangular
vitreous spot mitratus.

36 (35). Summit of front pronotal horn produced in 2 large diverging

lobes, flat above, half longer than breadth at base.

37 (38). Tegmina entirely ferruginous, basal third strongly punctate, 2d

apical cell of corium triangular emarginatus.

38 (37). Tegmina with a triangular vitreous spot pileolus.

List op Species

fuscus A. & S. Hem. p. 552, pi. 12, f. 10; Fairm. Eev. Memb. p. 524, pi.
3, f. 24. furca Fairm. 1. c., p. 524; Buckt. 1. c., pi. 44, f. 4. Bio J.,
Bahia, Braz.

lobatus Stal, Hem. Bio J. ii, p. 34, wahlbergi Stal, 1. c., p. 35; angustata
Buckt. 1. c., p. 201, pi. 44, f. 3; torta Buckt. 1. c., p. 202, pi. 44, f. 6.
Tejuca, Bio J. Braz.

gaffa Fairm. 1. c., p. 524, pi. 3, f. 29, 30 and 31. Braz.
igniventer Buckt. 1. e., p. 200, pi. 44, f. 1. Braz.
galeritus Less. Ills. Zool. pi. 56, f. 1, a, b, c. Bio J., Braz.
hippocampus Fabr. ( ^ ) Syst. Bh. p. 20 ; ancora Germ. ( $ ) Mag. Ent. iv,
p. 32, pi. 1, f. 3; Fairm. 1. c., pi. 3, f. 27; Buckt. 1. c., pi. 47, f. 4.
Braz; Pelileo, Banos, Ecuad; Kartabo, B. Guiana. (Note: Dr. F. X.
Williams presented a pair in coitu to me, taken at Banos.)
gladiator Germ. Bev. Ent. Silb. iii, p. 310; Fairm. 1. c., pi. 3, f. 26;
~bellicosa Walk. List Suppl. p. 165; truncatulus Stal, Hem. Bio J. Braz.
ii, p. 36 ; fuscata Buckt. 1. c., p. 204. Braz.

Dec., 1927]

Goding: Membracid^e

395

latipennis Walk. List p. 607 ; corniger Stal, 1. c., p. 36. Rio J. Braz.
capitata Buckt. 1. c., p. 203, pi. 43, f. 8, and pi. 44, f. 7. Hab: ? S. Am.
minamen Buckt. 1. c., p. 51, pi. 6, f. 7. Cachabe, Ecuad.
petasus Fairm. 1. c., p. 525; laeta Walk. List p. 494. Braz.
burmeisteri Fairm. 1. c., p. 525, pi. 3, f. 28; Buckt. 1. c., pi. 44, f. 2; fissa
Walk. List p. 485; triangulata Funkh. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xxvii, p.
276. Rio J., San Paulo, Braz.
unicolor Fairm. 1. c., p. 525. Braz.

prolixus Stal, Hem. Rio J. ii, p. 35; luctans Stal, 1. c., p. 35. Rio J. Braz.
phasianus Fowl. Biol. C. A. Horn, ii, p. 164, pi. 10, f. 9. Pan.
serraticornis Fowl. 1. e., p. 165, pi. 10, f. 10; Buckt. 1. c., pi. 45, f. 2. Pan;

Braz; Mira, Ecuad; New Amsterdam, B. Guiana,
mitratus Germ. Rev. Ent. Silb. iii, p. 311; Fairm. 1. c., pi. 3, f. 25; Walk.
1. c., p. 632; Buckt. 1. c., pi. 44, f. 5; spinolae Fairm. 1. c., Rev. Zool.
(1846), p. 12. Braz.

emarginatus Fabr. Syst. Rh. p. 14; flexuosa Fabr. 1. c., Index p. 53. Braz.
pileolum Fairm. 1. c., p. 520. Rio J. Braz ; Cayenne, D. Guiana.

Genus STEGASPIS
Germar, Rev. Ent. Silb. iii, p. 231.

1 (10).

2 ( 7).

3 ( 4).

4 ( 3).

5 ( 6).

6 ( 5).

7 ( 2).

8 ( 9).

9 ( 8).

Key to Species

Tegmina hyaline or with a large vitreous spot.

Front of pronotum suddenly compresso-elevated forming an acute
angle with dorsum, gradually acuminate to apex; ground
color green or yellowish green.

Dorsum straight, no lateral raised lines, densely punctured; 4th
apical cell of corium quadrangular narrowed towards truncate
base bracteata.

Dorsum very convex, with 3 lateral carinse; finely punctate.

Tegmina punctate; on basal third extended for two-thirds of fore
border, 4th apical cell of corium quadrangular, transverse,
terminal, with 5th cell occupying posterior margin. ...laevipennis.

Tegmina entirely hyaline, base only punctate, 4th apical cell of
corium not quadrangular, narrowed towards base, 3d cell termi-
nal, 3d, 4th and 5th cells occupying posterior margin; pro-
notum green or yellow viridis.

Front of pronotum elevated in a horn or process, dorsum straight
or slightly concave; 3d apical cell of corium terminal; ground
color ferruginous.

Front pronotal horn nearly erect, compressed, short, summit
obtuse; tegmina subopaque black with a large triangular vitre-
ous area exteriorly, basal fourth punctate aperta.

Front pronotal horn obliquely ascending, conical, much longer
than breadth of head, 3 slight elevated lines each side; tegmina

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

broadly punctate along costal two-thirds from base and basal

third of interior border, otherwise hyaline insolita.

Tegmina entirely opaque, destitute of vitreous spot.

Front of pronotum elevated in an erect horn or process, its
summit truncate, dorsum distinctly bisinuate; ground color

yellow and brown clouded fronditia.

Front of pronotum suddenly compresso-elevated. forming an angle
with dorsum, gradually acuminate behind angle; ground color
brown to black.

Dorsum rounded anteriorly, nearly straight superiorly, its altitude
equal to that of the strongly rounded apex, basal third of pro-
notum punctured, ferruginous with pale margin anteriorly;

tegmina concolorous, distinctly and densely punctate folium.

Front of pronotum vertical, forming near summit a, short obtuse
angle forward, dorsum triundulate, pronotum piceous, punc-
tured, with 2 or 3 raised lines each side; tegmina concolorous
with numerous ferruginous dots galeata.

List of Species

bracteata Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii, p. 263; Ent. Syst. iv, p. 10; Syst. Rh. p. 10;

Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 54. Para, Rio J., Braz., Cayenne, D. Guiana,
laevipennis Fairm. 1. c., p. 527. marginalis Walk. List p. 479, pi. 4, f. 7.

Cayenne, D. Guiana; Para, Braz; Kartabo, B. Guiana,
viridis Funkh. Bui. Brook. Ent. Soe. x, p. 104, pi. 2, ff. 1-5. Trinidad,
W. I.

aperta Walk. List Suppl. p. 337. Rio J. Braz.
insolita Walk. Ins. Saund. Horn. p. 109. S. Am.

fronditia Deg. Ins. iii, p. 208, pi. 32, ff. 15-16; Stoll, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii,
p. 705; Cic. p. 36, pi. 6, f. 31; gibb erifolia Stoll, 1. c., p. 69, pi. 17,
f. 93; insignis Buckt. 1. c., p. 59, pi. 8, f. 6. Cayenne and Surinam,
D. Guiana; Amazons, Parintius and Prata, Braz; Iquitos, Peru; New
Amsterdam and Blairmont, B. Guiana,
folium Stoll, 1. c., p. 46, pi. 10, f. 48; melanopetala Stoll, 1. c., p. 62, pi. 15,
f. 80; abdominalis Fabr. Syst. Rh. p. 10; galeata Havil. Zool. vi, p.
258, pi. 4, f. 7. Surinam, D. Guiana; Tena, Ecuad; Kartabo, B.
Guiana.

galeata Walk. List p. 486; Suppl. p. 341; truncatulis Buckt. 1. c., p. 203,
pi. 45, f. 1. Para, Braz.

Genus MELIZODERES

Blanchard, Hist. Fis. y Polit. Chile, Gay, vii, p. 266 ; Methille Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1881), p. 86; Glischrocentrus Fowler, Biol. C. A.
Horn, ii, p. 161.

Key to Species

1 (2). Dorsum of pronotum strongly arcuate, uniformly convex, strong
median carina, compressed at middle and elevated into a crest,

396

10 ( 1).
11 (12).

12 (11).

13 (14).

14 (13).

Dec., 1927]

Goding: Membracidje

397

posterior process very short; tegmina extended one-half their

length behind apex of abdomen gayi.

2 (1). Dorsum of pronotum strongly elevated anteriorly, moderately
produced conically forward above the head, not rounded and
convex, tegmina passing apex of abdomen by less than one-
half their length.

3 (6). Posterior pronotal process reduced to a small pointed projection;

dorsum of scutellum lightly convex at base.

4 (5). Summit of metopidium ungulate; color testaceous, tegmina testa-

ceous hyaline, slightly longer than abdomen carinatus

5 (4). Summit of metopidium obtusely rounded, not angulate; color uni-

form yellow, tegmina with a transverse hyaline band, but slightly
longer than abdomen dohrnii

6 (3). Posterior pronotal process slender, half as long as abdomen;

scutellum flat; color testaceous, tegmina concolorous much longer
than abdomen cucullatus.

List of Species

gayi Blanchard, 1. c., p. 268, pi. 3, f. 5; Godg. Bev. Chile, Hist. Nat.

xxvii, p. 118 and 122. Many localities in Chile,
carinatus Blanch. 1 c., p. 269; Godg. 1. c., p. 118 and 122; cuneata Butl.

1. c., p. 87. Many localities in Chile,
dohmi Sign. An. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 4, iii, p. 584, pi. II, f. 9. Chile,
cucullatus Fowl. 1. c., p. 161, pi. 10, f. 5. Volcan de Chiriqui, Pan.

Genus CENTRUCHOIDES

Fowler, 1. c., p. 161.

Key to Species

One species easily recognized by the large broad suprahumerals which
are usually dentate or sinuate on exterior margins at middle, and 3 dis-
coidal cells in the corium perdita.

List of Species

perdita A. & S. Hem. p. 577, pi. 11, f. 5; laticornis Fowl. 1. c., p. 162, pi.
10, f. 6. North America; Bugaba, Pan.

Genus BOCYDIUM

Latreille, Cuv. Beg. An. King, iii, p. 366; Splicer onotus, Laporte, An. Soc.
Ent. Fr. i, p. 139.

Key to Species

1 (4). Pronotum entirely black, immaculate.

2 (3). Body below and head black globulifera.

3 (2). Body below red or yellow; head black, orbits of eyes yellow;

tegmina hyaline globular e.

4 (1). Pronotum black with white stripes anteriorly.

5 (6). Pronotal nodes reddish, opaque, with long hairs, front nodes one-

half the size of the others; head with 2 white vittae; abdomen

398

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vo-1, xxxv

6 (5).

7 (8).

8 (7).

and legs yellow; tegmina hyaline, base and nebulose fascia at
tips brown i rufiglobum.

Pronotal nodes black; scutellum white punctate.

Nodes of pronotum small, front nodes minute, opaque, the other
nodes very minute, barely evident; head variegated with white.

germari.

Nodes of pronotum equal, black; shining; chest, abdomen and
legs yellow; tegmina fusco-fasciate; head with 2 white stripes.

tintinnabuliferum.

List of Species

globulifera Pallas, Spic. Zool. fasc. 9, p. 22, pi. 1, f. 12; Stoll, Cig. p. 112;

Eairm. Eev. Memb. p. 508. Cayenne, D. Guiana,
globulare Stoll, 1. c., p. 110, pi. 26, f. 163; Fabr. Syst. Eh. p. 129; Kirby,
Mag. N. H. (1829), p. 21, f. 6a. Westw. An. King. Cuv. p. 569, f.
100a; in Dune. Nat. Lib. i, p. 286, pi. 25, f. 1; Fairm. 1. c., p. 508,
pi. 3, f. 4; Walk. List, pi. 4, f. 15; Buckt. 1. c., p. 209, pi. 45, f. 8, and
pi. 46, f. 1. Braz; Surinam, D. Guiana; Kartabo, B. Guiana; Banos,
Ecuad.

rufiglobum Fairm. 1. c., p. 508; Buckt. Mon. p. 208, pi. 45, f. 7. Braz.
germari Guer. 1. c., Eeg. An. Ins. iii, p. 366; Fairm. 1. c., p. 509. Braz.
tintinnabuliferum Less. Ills. Zool. pi. 55, f. 1; Buckt. 1. c., pi. 45, f. 6;
glomeriferum Germ. Eev. Ent. Silb. iii, p. 260; Fairm. 1. c., p. 508;
Buckt. 1. c., pi. 45, f. 8. Eio J. Braz.

Genus STYLOCENTRUS

Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 49.

Key to Species

1 (2). Humerals of pronotum produced in spines; tegmina with basal

cells opaque ancora.

2 (1). Humerals of pronotum not produced in spines; tegmina hyaline,

clavus and exterior part of corium punctate, veins strong,
black cliampioni.

List of Species

ancora Perty, Del. An. Ins. p. 179, pi. 35, f. 15; Buckt. 1. c., p. 209, pi. 46,
f. 2; trispinosum Guer. 1. c., p. 367. Minas, Braz; Cayenne, D. Guiana;
Bugaba, Pan.

championi Fowl. 1. c., p. 164, pi. 10, f. 8. Bugaba, Pan.

Genus SMERDALEA

Fowler, 1. c., p. 162.

Key to Species

One species, brown fuscous and testaceous variegated, remotely punc-
tured, tuberculate in front and on suprahumerals, apical spine ringed with
testaceous; tegmina basal half variegated, apical half fuscous-brown.

horrescens.

Dec., 1927]

Goding: Membracidje

399

List of Species

horrescens Fowl. 1. c., p. 162, pi. 10, f . 7 ; Buckt. 1. c., pi. 55, f . 5. Bugaba,
Pan.

Tribe Hebesini
Genus NESSORHINUS

Amyot & Serville, Hem. p. 542.

Key to Species

1 (4). Dorsum of pronotum elevated behind humerals in a compressed

process, humerals auricularly produced, posterior process uni-
carinate, front process narrowed forward, dorsal elevation bi-
carinate.

2 (3). Dorsal process of pronotum about as high as long at base, slightly

narrowed from base, summit truncate, both margins straight;
body more robust ...vulpes.

3 (2). Dorsal process of pronotum about 3 times higher than basal

length, front margin curved backward towards subacute sum-
mit, hind margin vertical; body slender gracilis.

4 (1). Dorsum of pronotum destitute of an elevated process behind

humerals, posterior process tricarinate and slightly gibbous,
humerals not produced gibberulus.

List of Species

vulpes A. & S, Hem. p. 542, pi. 12, f. 11; Stal, Bid. Memb. K. p. 294;

Buckt. 1. c., pi. 29, f. 5. Rep. Dom; Port-au-Prince, Haiti,
gracilis M. & B. Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc. xx, p. 208, pi. 1, f. 2 and 3. Cama-
guey, Cuba W. I.

gibberulus Stal, 1. c., p. 294. Porto Rico, W. I.

Genus GONIOLOMUS

Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 48; Bid. Memb. K. p. 294.

Key to Species

One fuseo-ferruginous species, abdomen and legs paler; tegmina yellow-
ish, fuscous margined, base punctate tricorniger.

List of Species

tricorniger Stal, Bid. Memb. K. p. 294; Met. & Brun. 1. e., p. 207, pi. 1,
f. 21 and 22. Camaguey, Cuba.

Genus ISCHNOCENTRUS

Stal, Bid. Memb. K. p. 292.

Key to Species

1 (4). Tegmina hyaline, immaculate, veins yellow.

2 (3). Posterior pronotal process nearly straight, longer than scutellum;

not pubescent inconspicuous.

400

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

3 (2). Posterior pronotal process curved, long as scutellum; head, pro-

notum and tegmina golden pubescent retrospinus.

4 (1). Tegmina hyaline, basal half black or black-maculate, apical half

clear with one or two black fasciae; posterior pronotal process
slightly longer than scutellum, lightly curved; body not
pubescent niger.

List of Species

niger ( $ ), Stal, Bid. Memb. K. p. 293; Fowl. 1. c., pi. 9, f. 19; Buckt. 1. c.,
pi. 59, f. 4; ferruginosa ($), Stal, 1. c., p. 293. Bogota, Colomb;
Pan; Ecuad; Kartabo, B. Guiana,
retrospinus Leth. An. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1890), p. 155. Tovar, Yenez.
inconspicuous Buckt. 1. c., p. 255, pi. 59, f. 2. Cachabe, Ecuad.

Genus CAMPYLOCENTRUS

Stal, Bid. Memb. K. p. 289; Gnamptocentrus Fowl. 1. c., p. 151; Splicero-
centrus Fowl. 1. c., p. 154.

Key to Species

1 ( 7).

2 ( 5).

3 ( 4).

4 ( 3).

5 ( 2).

6 ( 1).

7 (10).

8 ( 9).

9 ( 8).

10 ( 7).

11 (12).

12 (11).
13 (14).

Pronotum with suprahumerals long, strong, broad, posterior proc-
ess entirely slender.

Suprahumerals broad almost to tips which are acutely conical,
carinate on inner side.

Suprahumerals obliquely ascending, curved backward, posterior
process slightly shorter than abdomen hamifer.

Suprahumerals almost horizontal, slightly inclined backward,
very broad, posterior process slightly longer than abdomen.

gibbicornis.

Suprahumerals broad at bases, cultrate, obliquely ascending,
lightly reflexed, acuminate to tips, posterior process much
longer than abdomen cavipennis.

Pronotum with suprahumerals short, sometimes obsolete, acumi-
nate from base, almost horizontal.

Posterior pronotal process broad at base, acuminate to apex.

Smaller ; brownish-black ; posterior pronotal process about as
long as abdomen; tegmina hyaline, veins red aculeolus.

Larger; piceous mingled with yellow; posterior process much
longer than abdomen, impressed each side with a yellow spot;
head below, chest and abdomen yellow; tegmina lurid hyaline,
base and along costa piceous costalis.

Posterior pronotal process slender from base to apex.

Lateral margins of posterior process sinuate, process slightly
dilated at sides near middle, long as abdomen; tegmina fusco-
hyaline, base and along costa fuscous brevicornis.

Lateral margins of posterior process percurrently parallel,
straight.

Discoidal cells of corium elongate

, curvidens .

Dec., 1927]

Goding: Membracid^

401

14 (13). Interior discoidal cell of corium nearly circular, several times
larger than the very small elongate exterior cell sinuatus.

List of Species

hamifer Fairm. 1. c., p. 512; Buc-kt. 1. c., pi. 55, f. G and 7; niveiplaga
Walk. List Suppl. p. 160. Mex; C. A; Pan; Yaguaclii, Ecuad.
gibbicornis Walk. Ins. Saund. Horn. p. 76; Fowl. 1. c., p. 150. Mex; S. A;
Bocas del toro, Pan.

cavipennis Fowl. 1. e., p. 153, pi. 9, f. 15. Guat; Pan.
aculeolus Fairm. 1. c., p. 512. Surinam, D. Guiana,
costalis Walk. List p. 615. Colomb.
brevicomis Fowl. 1. c., p. 151, pi. 9, f. 13. Guat; Pan.
curvidens Fairm. 1. c., p. 515; Buckt. 1. c., pi. 56, f. 4 and 5; subspinosus
Fairm. 1. c., p. 519. Mex; C. A; Ecuador; Pan.
sinuatus Fowl. 1. c., p. 152. Mex; C. A; Pan.

Genus OPHICENTRUS

Fowler, 1. c., p. 156.

Key to Species

One fuscous-black species, metopidium with two bands each side converg-
ing on it, prominent humerals, ferruginous, posterior process tricarinate;
tegmina fuscous, a large basal spot, one on interior margin, and apices,
hyaline notandus.

List of Species

notandus Fowl. 1. c., p. 156, pi. 9, f. 20. Yolcan de Chiriqui, Pan.

Genus CENTRICULUS

Fowler, 1. c., p. 157.

Key to Species

One rufo-testaceous species, with a smooth pale testaceous median line,
the very short posterior process slightly dilated towards apex; tegmina
testaceous, opaque, a central hyaline spot rufotestaceus.

List of Species

rufotestaceus Fowl. 1. c., p. 157, pi. 9, f. 22. Mex; Pan.

Genus BRACHYBELUS

Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 48; Bid. Memb. K. p. 292.

Key to Species

One black, sparingly golden pubescent species; tegmina lurid, basal third
black, punctate, apices clear, veins and obsolete fascia behind apex of elavus
fuscus cruralis.

List of Species

cruralis Stal, Bid. Memb. K. p. 292; FoavI. 1. c., p. 155, pi. 9, f. 18; Buckt.
1. e., pi. 60, f. 2; Baker, Can. Ent. xxxix, p. 114. Mex; C. A; Pan;
Tena, Ecuad.

402

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

Genus QUADRINARIA

Go ding, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xxxv, p.

Key to Species

One piceous and brown species, with lateral margins pronotum yellow
anteriorly, posterior process brown, a large U-shaped mark reaching to both
lateral margins and opening forward, and a narrow oblique band each side
before apex, lemon-yellow; tegmina opaque brown, apical cells hyaline.

u-flava.

List of Species

u-flava Godg. 1. e., p. 168. Hill Gardens, Mona, Jamaica.

Genus MARSHALLELLA

Goding, 1. c., p. 168.

Key to Species

One beautiful creamy-white species, head and dorsum shining black,
densely punctured and sculptured, legs bright scarlet; tegmina clear hyaline,
shining; veins, bases of clavus and corium black, punctured, a short narrow
yellow stripe and large scarlet spot near bases rubripes.

List of Species

rubripes Godg. 1. c., p. 169. Cinchona, Jamaica.

Genus ORTHOBELUS

Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 48.

Key to Species

1 (2). Pronotum with suprahumerals long, strong, summits abruptly

and lengthily recurved urus.

2 (1). Suprahumerals short, acute, conical, slightly recurved.

3 (4). Suprahumerals shorter, hind margins not serrated, posterior proc-

ess straight, apex lightly recurved, long as abdomen; ground
color black to brown, larger havanensis.

4 (3). Suprahumerals longer, hind margins serrated, posterior process

sinuate, shorter than abdomen; ground color ferruginous, supra-
humerals black; smaller poeyi.

List of Species

urus Fairm. 1. c., p. 516, p. 13, f. 16; Buckt. 1. c., pi. 55, f. 2; megaceros
Walk. List p. 615; labatus Buckt. 1. c., p. 239, pi. 55, f. 1. Mt.
Cabrite, Haiti; Bep. Dominica.

havanensis Fairm. 1. c., p. 516; Guer. Hist. Cuba, Ins., Sagra, p. 433; Met.

& Brun. 1. c., p. 207, pi. 1, f. 16 and 17. Cuba,
poeyi Fairm. 1. c., p. 518; Guer. 1. c., p. 433. Cuba; Mt. Cabrite, Haiti.

Genus DAIMON

Buckton, 1. c., p. 240.

Dec., 1927]

Goding: Membracidje

403

Key to Species

1 (2). Posterior pronotal process shorter than abdomen, dorsum of

uncinate apex rounded anteriorly; tegmina hyaline, bases and
apical cells fuscus; dark ferruginous, legs concolorous.

serricornis.

2 (1). Posterior pronota 1 process long as abdomen, dorsum of uncinate

apex angulate anteriorly; tegmina piceous with 2 widely sep-
arated transverse hyaline bands; piceous, legs yellow satyrus.

List* of Species

serricornis Walk. Ins. Saund. Horn. p. 77. Port-au-Prince, Mts. above
Carrefour, Haiti.

satyrus Buckt. Mon. Memb. p. 241, pi. 55, f. 4. Port-au-Prince.

These species, which had not been recognized since they were described,
were received frbm Mr. G. N. Wolcott, Entomologist Department of Agri-
culture, Haiti; Mr. W. E. China kindly compared the types.

Genus BRACHYCENTROTUS

Metcalf So Bruner, Bui. Brook. Ent. Soc. xx, p. 211; idem, xxi, p. 28.

Key to Species

1 (2). Black; head short; pronotum well elevated, median carina ob-

scure, 3 globose dorsal elevations posteriorly; posterior process
strongly depressed; scutellum broad, half as long and nearly
covered by posterior pronotal process; legs only densely hirsute.

punctatus.

2 (1). Yellowish-brown; head elongate; pronotum broad, depressed,

apex distinctly carinate; scutellum small; generally hirsute.

hirsutus.

List of Species

punctatus M. & B. 1. c., p. 212, pi. 1, f. 5 and 6. Pico Turquino, Sierra
Maestra, Cuba.

hirsutus M. & B. 1. c., p. 213. Camaguey, Cuba.

Genus MONOBELUS

Stal, Hem. Afric. iv, p. 87 ; Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 47 ; Delaunya, Leth. An.
Soc. Ent. Belg. xxv, p. 17.

Key to Species

1 (10). Black, posterior pronotal process concolorous, or fuscous with

apex black; tegmina with base black, yellow fasciate.

2 (5). Small; front transversely impressed; posterior process irregu-

larly punctured, base rather broad; tegmina semitransparent.

3 (4). Pronotum black, posterior process tricarinate, the carinae ab-

breviated anteriorly fasciatus.

4 (3). Pronotum paler, fuscous punctured, posterior process unicarinate,

apex black; tegmina with base black and yellow basal fascia.

irroratus.

404

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

5 ( 2).

6 ( 9).

7 ( 8).

8 ( 7).

9 ( 6).
10 ( 1).
11 (12).

12 (11).

13 (14).

14 (13).

Larger; front not or obsoletely impressed transversely; posterior
process more slender; tegmina blackish.

Median carina elevated and compressed posteriorly, posterior
process tricarinate.

Head broad, transverse, obsoletely impressed; pronotum black,
humerals paler, posterior process not laterally impressed be-
hind scutellum; basal fascia of tegmina faintly indicated.

turquinensis.

Head elongate, clypeus prominent, front margin broadly rounded;
pronotum with yellow markings; posterior process strongly
impressed laterally, strongly elevated in an obscure crest above

scutellum; tegmina opaque, cells yellow centrally niger.

Median carina of pronotum arcuate, posterior process not im-
pressed or carinate; head produced downward nasuta.

Pronotum black, lateral margins yellowish; apex of head obtusely
rounded.

Front margin of head strongly suddenly indexed, lengthily con-
cave; lateral margins of pronotum narrowly yellowish an-
teriorly obtusiceps.

Front of head produced downward, or rounded; lateral margins
pronotum broadly yellowish, leaving a narrow black line at
middle ; base of clavus black, sordid white fascia near base of
coriurn.

Small; head obtusely rounded, apical margin and front yellowish,
front obliquely indexed not freely produced downward; pos-
terior pronotal process lightly punctate flawidus.

Larger; head obtusely rounded, apical margin yellowish to eyes,
front strongly indexed, depressed; posterior pronotal process
distinctly fuscus punctured; color variable lateralis.

List of Species

fasciatus Fabr. Syst. Ent. Suppl. p. 515; Syst. Eh. p. 22; Stal. Hem. Fabr.
ii, p. 47; Met. and Brun. 1. c., p. 209. 2-guttatus Fabr. Syst. Eh. p.
21. Pico Turquino and Camaguey, Cuba; Kenscoff, Haiti; Porto Eico.
irroratus M. & B. 1. c., p. 211, pi. 1, f. 15. Camaguey, Cuba,
turquinensis M. & B. 1. c., p. 210. Taco Taco, Pico Turquino, Cuba,
niger M. & B. 1. c., p. 210, pi. 1, f. 9. Camaguey, Taco Taco, Cuba,
nasuta Stal. Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 50; fasciatus Leth. An. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxv,
p. 17. Guadeloupe, W. I.

obtusiceps Stal. Mem. Fabr. ii, p. 50. Hab: ? West Indies,
davidus Fairm. 1. c., p. 519; Met. & Brun. 1. c., p. 209, pi, 1, f. 1. Taco
Taco and Candelario, Cuba.

lateralis Stal, Hem. Fabr. ii, p. 50; Met. & Brun. 1. c., p. 209. Camaguey,
Cuba.

406

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

PLATE XIX

The drawings were prepared by Mr. W. E. China, of the British Museum,
from Walker’s types in that institution.

Nicomia obliqua Walk.

Fig. 1. side view; Fig. 2. dorsal view; Fig. 3, tegmen; Fig. 4. head.
Nicomia obliqua Walk.

Fig. 5. dorsal view; Fig. 6. side view; Fig. 7. head; Fig. 8. tegmen;
9. wing.

Mina aliena

Fig. 10. dorsal view; Fig. 11. front view; Fig. 12. side view; Fig. 13.
tegmen; Fig. 14. wing.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Vol. XXXV

(Plate XIX)

408

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

PLATE XX

Wallceria latipes Walk.

Fig. 15. dorsal view; Fig. 16. side view; Fig. 17. front view of head;
Fig. 18. apex of pronotum with scutellum; Fig. 19. tegmen; Fig. 20.
damaged wing.

Stegaspis aperta Walk.

Fig. 21. side view.

Stegaspis insolita Walk.

Fig. 22. side view.

Daimon serricornis Walk.

Fig. 23. tegmen and posterior pronotal process.

Daimon satyrus Buckt.

Fig. 24. tegmen and posterior pronotal process. The figure does not
show the acute angle on the dorsum of the uncinate process anteriorly.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.) Yol. XXXV

(Plate XX)

Dec., 1927]

Weiss: Petiver

411

JAMES PETIVER’S GAZOPHYLACII

By Harry B. Weiss

New Brunswick, N. J.

During the end of the seventeenth and the beginning of the
eighteenth century, the apothecaries sold ‘ ‘ good cordials, ”“ pow-
ders of Kent, Zell, and Contra jerva,” “ human skull and harts-
horn,” 4 ‘essence of ambergris,” “essence of viper,” “commen-
deur balsam for apoplexy,” “spirit of white cochlearia,” “honey
water, ” “ orange flower water, ’ 9 and * ‘ arquebusade. ’ ’ They also
prescribed for minor ills and some charged outrageous prices for
their pills. It was during these good times!, when the apothecaries
were highly thought of for having stuck to their mortars and sold
remedies during the Great Plague of London in 1665 when most
of the doctors had fled, that James Petiver flourished — as an
apothecary, as a botanist and as an entomologist. Although
there is nothing to indicate that he charged a dollar for a pearl
julep or thirty dollars for a pill “and the same for an apozeme”
as did some of his colleagues, it is recorded that he had a good
practice and advertised quack remedies. However, he was not
alone in this, as all sorts of nostrums were sold then as now, and
Charles II, in an effort to relieve suffering humanity, purchased
from Doctor Goddard the formula of a catholicon, the chief in-
gredient of which was dried human bones.

According to the ‘ ‘ Dictionary of National Biography, 9 9 Petiver
was born between 1660 and 1670 at Hillmorton, near Rugby, and
received his early education at the Rugby free school. About
1683 he was apprenticed to an apothecary to St. Bartholomew’s
Hospital, London, and by 1692 he had his own business at White
Cross, near Long Lane, in Aldersgate Street, where he lived the
rest of his life. He was interested in both insects and plants, and
his collection of the latter had by 1697 reached a total of between
5,000 and 6,000. He corresponded with John Ray, botanized
with Samuel Doody and Adam Buddie around Hampstead,
accompanied James Sherard to Cambridge in 1715, went to Ley-

412

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

den in 1711 to buy Doctor Hermann’s museum for Sloane, and
made many other trips. In 1695 he was elected fellow of the
Royal Society, and from 1709 he was demonstrator of plants to
the Society of Apothecaries.

He published some twenty-three items and contributed twenty-
one papers to the Philosophical Transactions. His first publica-
tion was “Museum Petiverianum ” (1695-1703) in “ten cen-
turies, ’ ’ each of which dealt with the descriptions of one hundred
plants, animals, and fossils. This was followed by five folio
decads of ten plates each (1702-1706) under the title of “Gazo-
phylacium, ’ ’ the first volume being accompanied by a small 8 vo
Catalogue. In 1711 the second volume containing five additional
decads and a Catalogue of four folio pages appeared.

All of Petiver’s papers except those which appeared in the
“Philosophical Transactions” were republished in 1764 (2 vols.
fol. and 1 vol. 8vo.) under the title, “Jacob Petiveri opera his-
toriam naturalem spectantia; or Gazophylaceum containing sev-
eral 1000 Figures of Birds, Beasts, Reptiles, Insects, Fish,
Beetles, Moths, Flies, Shells, Corals, Fossils, etc., from all Na-
tions on 156 Copperplates, with Latin and English Names”
(London). In 1767 another edition appeared with “above three
hundred Copper-Plates, with English and Latin Names. The
additions corrected by James Empson. ”

The single folio volume of Petiver ’s works in the library of the
American Museum of Natural History contains the following nine
items. His “ Pterigraphia Americana leones” consists of a list
of some four hundred names of ferns, lichens, fungi, shells,
sponges, coral, etc., and a few insects, from Antego, Barbados,
St. Christopher, Nevis, Jamaica, etc., illustrated by twenty
plates. His insects include ichneumon flies, horse flies, bee flies,
stone flies and wasps. Then follows a “Catalogue of Mr. Ray’s
English Herbal” with fifty plates figuring the flower, seed cap-
sule, leaves' and roots of some six hundred species, together with
brief notes concerning their colors, time of blooming, habitats,
etc. Another is entitled “ Gazophylacii Naturae & Artis. ” This
is made up of five parts with fifty plates and is a descriptive
catalogue of the animals, fossils, birds, shells, plants, etc., found
in England, Spain, India, Persia and Brazil. A few illustrations

Dec., 1927]

Weiss: Petiver

413

of insects such as wasps, butterflies, beetles, walking sticks, etc.,
are scattered over the plates without any particular arrangement.
The text is very brief and appears, at this time, quite unsatis-
factory. Under “Brazil Insects” (Tab. LX) number 3 is de-
scribed as “A stinking sort of Bug with a yellow Head and green
Sheath-wings streak ’d underneath with black, ’ ’ and number 5 as
a “Steel wasp. Paipai guacu Brasil. A sort of Wasp or Hornet
shining like polish! Steel.” His other descriptions of animals,
plants, etc., are just as brief, and supposedly the illustrations
were to be used in identifying the species. Another short paper
is ‘ ‘ Plantarum iEgyptiaearum rariorum leones, ’ ’ with two plates,
a catalogue of rare Egyptian plants. His “Aquatilium Ani-
malium Amboinae leones & Nomina,” with twenty plates, con-
tains “near 400 Figures, engraven on Copper Plates of Aquatick
Crustaceous and Testaceous Animals : as Lobsters, Crawfish,
Prawns, Shrimpsi, Sea-Urchins, Eggs, Buttons, Stars, Couries,
Concks, Pery winkles, Whelks, Oysters,” etc., “all found about
Amboina, and the Neighbouring Indian Shores, with their Latin,
English, Dutch, and Native Names.” The plates are dedicated
to the various persons who supplied him; with specimens and
notes. Petiver ’s “Papilionum Britanniae leones Nomina, &c.,”
illustrates over eighty English butterflies on six plates, although
three of these are missing from the American Museum’s copy.
As usual the accompanying descriptive text is brief. Attention
is called to characteristic markings, color, etc., and sometimes
habits and host plants are mentioned. As a rule two or three
lines of text are all that accompany each species. For example,
Fig. 13, Tab. VI, is characterized as “Papilioi minor superne
fuscus, inferne viridis. Holly Butterfly. Because I first observed
it on that tree, ’ ’ and Fig. 2, Tab. V, as “ Papilio Oculatus Hamp-
stediensis, ex aureo fuscus. Albin’s Hampstead Eye. Where it
was caught by this Curious Person, and is the only one I have
yet seen.” The balance of the Museum’s copy is made up of
fifty plates (on some of which insects are illustrated) without
explanatory text and Petiver ’s “Plantarum Italian, Marinarum &
Graminum, leones, Nomina, &c. ” with five plates. Petiver ’s
papers which appeared in the “Philosophical Transactions”
between 1697 and 1717 deal mainly with exotic plants, animals,

414

Journal- New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

minerals, fossils and drugs which he exhibited, and which he
received from his friends in foreign countries. To mention only
the insects, from Maryland he received click beetles, “cantharis”
and several species of ‘ ‘ Scarabeus, ’ ’ sent by the Rev. Mr. Hugh
Jones, from East India, beetles, crickets, butterflies sent by Mr.
Edward Bulkley, Surgeon, and from the Philippine Islands, but-
terflies, sent by the Reverend Father George Joseph Camel. He
also published in the Transactions (No. 331, 1711) part of a let-
ter he had received from van Leeuwenhoek on the “Animalcula
Semine of Young Rams.”

Petiver died about April 2, 1718, and his collection and books
which were purchased by Sloane are now in the British Museum.
It is stated that although he was a good observer his botanical
statements are frequently inaccurate. Altogether it does not
appear that anything in Petiver ’s old folios is worth reprinting
in new quartos, and his works are now as lifeless as most scientific
writings eventually become.

Dec., 1927]

Weiss: Neck am

415

BOOK NOTICES

Guide to the Insects of Connecticut. Part V. The Odonata or
Dragonflies of Connecticut. By Philip Garman, Ph.D. Pub-
lished as Bulletin No. 39 by the State Geological and Natural
History Survey. 1927. 331 pp., 22 plates, 67 text-figures,

bibliography, glossary and index.

Students of North American dragonflies have been, as a whole,
fortunate in the past in having the group treated in a painstak-
ing and careful manner, and the present book is a continuation
of this good fortune.

The following subjects are treated in the introduction: habits
and life history, parasites and enemies, general characters of the
Odonata, external anatomy, how to distinguish the sexes, varia-
bility, collecting and preserving. Then follows the taxonomic
part in which there are tables and descriptions covering 164
species, 112 of wdiich are recorded from Connecticut. The
numerous figures greatly help in the determination of the species.

The book will be found very useful to a considerable number
of entomologists as the species of dragonflies often have a wide
distribution. — Wm. T. Davis.

Histological Technique. A Guide for Use in a Laboratory
Course in Histology. By B. F. Kingsbury, Ph.D., M.D. and
0. A. Johannsen, Ph.D. N. Y. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
1927. 142 pp., 16 illustrations, references and index. Price,

$2.25 net.

This book should be very useful to the average entomologist,
amateur or otherwise, giving him detailed instruction in the best
way of preparing and preserving his material for certain pur-
poses. The subjects covered are fixation with list of fixers, isola-
tion, sectioning and imbedding, staining, mounting, sealing and
labeling, the microscope and accessories, special methods for
various animal forms. Under the last heading are instructions
for the treatment of spiders, myripods, Collembola, neuropter-
oids, scale insects, aphids, Lepidoptera, Diptera, Coleoptera and
Hymenoptera. — Wm. T. Davis.

Dec., 1927]

Weiss: Neckam

417

ALEXANDER NECKAM, CLERGYMAN AND NATU-
RALIST OF THE TWELFTH CENTURY

Although he was the foster-brother of Richard Coeur de Lion,
Alexander Neckam (1157-1217) managed to obtain some fame
of his own in the field of learning. According to Wright1 he
taught school at Dunstable, studied and taught at Paris, traveled
some, joined the Augustinians, and became abbot of Cirencester
in 1213. Neckam ’s interests were broad, embracing theology,
medicine, law and the liberal arts, and his numerous writings,
most of them still in manuscript, include works on classical
mythology, grammar, the Bible, Aristotle and literary and scien-
tific treatises. He thought quite highly of scientific effort, and
in a passage in his “De Naturis Rerum” states that “Science is
acquired at great expense, by frequent vigils, by great expendi-
ture of time, by sedulous diligence of labor, by vehement applica-
tion of mind.” Nor did he shrink from all of Aristotle’s scien-
tific theories, in spite of his clerical training.

According to Wright, Neckam ’s “De Naturis Rerum,” or
“The Nature of Things,” may be looked upon “as an interesting
monument of the history of science in Western Europe and
especially in England during the latter half of the twelfth cen-
tury, ” although written in a saintly and moralizing style.
Natural phenomena are described, such as the spots on the moon,
vacuums, planets, medieval inventions, etc., and according to
Gunther,2 “In his choice of animals Neckam selected such as
were neither too commonly known to the vulgar, nor totally un-
known. Beginning with the crocodile, serpent, rhinoceros, viper,
toad, weasel, fox, ape, bear, wolf, deer, camel, elephant, dragon,
lion, onager, and hyena, he reaches the ‘noble animal’ man, with
an interesting disquisition on sight, and refraction and reflection
of light by glass mirrors. He explains that since man withdrew
his obedience from his Creator, the obedience of the greater

1 De Naturis Rerum, edited by Thomas Wright, 1863, London.

2 Early Medical and Biological Science. Oxford, 1926.

418

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

number of wild animals lias been withdrawn from him; but to
reprove and abate his pride, the power of tormenting him has
been given to some of the most insignificant of animated things.
Gnats attack him in the eyes . . . ; fleas disturb his sleep at
night and his contemplations by day; flies intrude into the
liquors he drinks and into the food he eats. ’ Moreover, if man
had not sinned, there would have been no venomous or poisonous
thing on the earth. After this discourse on Man, he proceeds
to treat of domestic animals including bees and silkworms, given
to man after the Fall out of compassion for the human race.”

Wright states that much of Neckam ’s for the most part credu-
lous animal accounts was taken from the writings of Solinus,
Isidore and Cassiodorus, but Thorndike3 calls attention to the
fact that in many passages, Neckam cites no authorities, and in
such cases he should be given credit for his originality. Gunther
says that Neckam added many of his own observations. Cas-
siodorus (circa 497-575), a philosopher and man of letters, was
governor of Sicily and secretary to Theodoric and Solinus, who
lived supposedly during the time of Augustus, was a Latin gram-
marian whose “Polyhistor” contained so many extracts from
Pliny, in Pliny’s style, that it earned for him the name “Ape of
Pliny.” Isidore, who lived from about 560 or 570 to 636, and
was bishop of Seville about 600, was the author of a dictionary
known as the “Etymologise” in which the words are arranged
under subjects. Like most dictionaries, it was largely a com-
pilation. Neckam alludes frequently to Aristotle, Euclid, Plato,
the church fathers, Augustine, Jerome, Basil, Gregory, etc., and
for his time his knowledge was considerable, although it included
many things that are now regarded as absurd.

In a religious manuscript by Neckam still extant at Oxford,
there is a closing statement, the first sentence of which is: “Per-
chance, 0 book, you will survive Alexander, and worms will eat
me before the book-worm gnaws you,”4 which is exactly what
happened. — Harry B. Weiss.

3 History of Magic and Experimental Science, 1923, New York.

4 Thorndike, l. c.

Dec., 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

419

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of January 4, 1927

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., in the American Museum of Natural History; President Frank E.
Lutz in the chair with nineteen members, and five visitors present.

The treasurer presented his annual report, audited by Mr. Bell, viz:

Balance January 1, 1926 1..: $1,167.84

Receipts from dues 313.50

Receipts from income 56.33

Receipts from sales and subscriptions 845.42

$2,383.09

Paid for lantern $ 37.75

Paid for sundry expenses 10.18

Paid for Journal 1 ,265.40 1,313.33

Balance January 1, 1927 1,069.76

Plus Permanent Fund, present value 973.92

Total membership 1 Honorary, 5 Life, 118 Regular = 124.

Total Subscribers 107 Members, 47 Individual, 96 Institutions = 250.

The treasurer’s report was accepted with thanks.

The librarian reported accessions.

The program committee reported W. W. Bowen as speaker at the next
meeting.

The nominating committee submitted nominations for officers in 1927 :
There being no other nominations an affirmative ballot was cast by the
secretary, thereby electing President, Henry Bird; Vice-president, A. H.
Sturtevant; Secretary, Charles W. Leng; Treasurer, Wm. T. Davis; Li-
brarian, Frank E. Watson; Curator, A. J. Mutchler; Executive Committee,
H. G. Barber, E. Shoemaker, Herbert F. Schwarz, H. Notman, G. C.
Hine; Publication Committee, Harry B. Weiss, F. E. Lutz, John D. Sher-
man, C. E. Olsen; Delegate to New York Academy of Sciences, Wm. T.
Davis.

Dr. Lutz, as retiring president, thanked the members for their support
during his incumbency, and surrendered the chair to Mr. Bird.

Mr. Bird after recalling the number of years he had been a member and
expressing his appreciation of Dr. Lutz’ service, spoke of the recent meeting
in Philadelphia and the many inquiries made there about Mr. Davis whose
popularity with the ladies was manifest.

420

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

On motion of Mr. Mutchler the purchase of an extra bulb for the lantern
was approved.

Mr. Davis presented a photograph and autobiographical sketch of Pro-
fessor Francis F'illion, now 76 years old.

Mr. Barber showed the first number of a new Japanese Entomological
Journal.

Mr. Leng showed the first number of Biological Abstracts.

Mr. Angell suggested establishing the new office of Historian but it was
thought that such duties could be performed by the curator with help from
Mr. Wunder.

Mr. Notman spoke on “Collecting at Devil’s Lake, N. D., and Great Salt
Lake, Utah,” illustrating his remarks with a great collection of the little
beetles he had found on the shores of these saline lakes, all most carefully
mounted and labeled. These collections were made in 1923 as part of an
automobile journey to Oregon and return. Devil’s Lake, at an elevation of
1,469 feet is about 60 miles long and 15 miles wide in places, with a wide
beach, quite stony a little way from the water; or with woods of which the
undergrowth is dense. Great Salt Lake is at an elevation of 4,210 feet and
the beach is, where Mr. Notman collected, covered with dry vegetable matter
like wood pulp which may be pulled up in sheets. Tiger beetles peculiar to
these salt lakes were shown from both localities but the greatest attention
was paid to the small Car abides which abounded, especially Bembidion of
which enormous series were shown. Mr. Notman commented upon the
variety of habits exhibited by the different species of this large genus and
the late Col. Casey’s theory that it was geologically a young and growing
genus. He was complimented by the president at the close of his remarks.

Mr. Nicolay under the title, “Boreal Coleoptera at Greenwood Lake”
gave a resume of his summer’s collecting at Greenwood Lake, Orangeburg,
Point Pleasant, and Washington. The most interesting feature was the
finding in the pines on the summit of the hills on the western side of the
lake opposite Sterling Forest of several buprestids, sulcicollis a dark form
of Salisbury ensis, and striata. Mr. Nicolay expressed his obligations to Mr.
Schott for pointing out the spot.

Mr. Shoemaker said the Elateridse found there were quite as remarkable
as the Buprestidae.

Mr. Angell exhibited young mantids hatched in the house from egg masses
collected at Point Pleasant.

Dr. Leonard exhibited galley proofs of the New York State List of In-
sects saying that its publication in May was hoped for. It would be called
Cornell Memoir 99 and contain about 1,000 pages.

Mr. Ragot exhibited a duplex killing jar he had devised by which the
carbona in one jar reached the insect in the other through a wire mesh.

The President appointed the following committees: Program, Messrs.
Mutchler, Weiss and Sturtevant; Field, Messrs. Nicolay and Shoemaker;
Auditing^ Messrs. Bell, Lawler, and Janvrin.

Dec., 1927]

Proceedings op the Society

421

Meetng of January 18, 1927

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., in the American Museum of Natural History; President Henry
Bird in the chair with twenty-four members, and nine visitors present.

The program committee reported Messrs. Huntingdon and Shoemaker as
speakers for the next meeting.

Hr. Lutz exhibited catalogue of the Woodruff Library, appraised by Mr.
Sherman, from which members are entitled to purchase at 50 per cent,
discount.

On motion Hr. Lutz was requested to continue to act for the Society.

Mr. R. J. Sim, Japanese Beetle Laboratory, Riverton, N. J., and Mr.
C. Thoroman, Houston House, 109 Houston St., N. Y., were elected members
of the Society.

Mr. W. W. Bowen spoke on 1 ‘ Problems of an Entomologist in the Sudan, ’ ’
with illustrations by lantern slides. The insects discussed were Heliothrips
indicus, Schist ocera gregaria, of which S. flaviventris was said to be a
sedentary phase, and three species of bollworm. The damage to the cotton
crop and the control measures recommended were features of Mr. Bowen’s
remarks and illustrations, which disclosed the progress made by the intro-
duction of scientific methods.

Mr. Havis read the following memo showing the introduction of silkworm
eggs in 1657.

May 26, 1657. Letter. Birectors to Stuyvesant from Amsterdam men-
tions mulberry trees.

Becember 22, 1657. Letter. Birectors to Stuyvesant from Amsterdam
mentions “silk worm seed sent to New Netherland. ”

Butch manuscripts pp. 283-284.

Calendar of Historical Manuscripts in the office of the Secretary of State,
Albany, N. Y. E. B. O ’Callaghan, 1865.

He exhibited a “Treatise on the Rearing of Silkworms” translated from
the German of Mr. de Hazzi, of Munich, published April 21, 1828, by order
of Congress.

Meeting of February 1, 1927

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., February 1, 1927, in the American Museum of Natural History,
President Henry Bird in the chair, with nineteen members and three visitors
present.

Hr. Lutz read correspondence with the representive of the Woodruff estate,
and reported what arrangements had been made with respect to the disposal
of the Woodruff library.

The program committee reported Messrs. Jones and Hartzell as speakers
for the meeting of February 15.

On motion, the resignation of B. M. Cainmann was accepted.

Mr. Bavis read a letter from Mr. Leng, reporting his safe arrival in

Porto Rico.

422

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

Mr. E. L. Huntingdon spoke on c i A Trip to Southeastern Wyoming. ’ ’
The speaker collected at Diamond Ranch, near Chugwater, Wyoming, in July
and August. The type of country visited was illustrated by photographs.
Notes were presented on various groups of insects, more particularly on
Lycaenidae. Lists of species taken were passed around, showing 53
Coleoptera and 40 Lepidoptera. Specimens of Odonata and Orthoptera
(partly identified by Mr. Davis) were also exhibited.

The paper was discussed by Messrs. Barber, Notman, Davis and Shoemaker.

Mr. Ernest Shoemaker spoke on 1 ‘ Some Lepidoptera and Coleoptera taken
at Canadensis, Pa., during the past season. ’ ’ Collecting was done during
July and September. Twenty species of butterflies (excluding skippers)
were taken; numerous notes were presented on these and various moths.
About 150 species of beetles were taken. Of these Dialytes ulkei and Necy-
dalis mellita were specially notworthy. Many of the specimens taken were
exhibited at the meeting.

The paper was discussed by Messrs. Bird and Davis.

Mr. Ballou, present as a visitor, spoke of collecting experiences in Cuba,
more especially concerning a trip to the high mountains in the eastern part
of the islands. His account included remarks on stingless bees, beetles and
tabanid flies1, as well as a description of the country. A very large propor-
tion of the species collected were previously unknown.

These remarks were discussed by Messrs. Davis, Sherman and Mutchler, the
latter! corroborating Mr. Ballou’s report on the high frequency of new
species in his material.

Mr. Ragot recorded a few 1927 captures (Coleoptera, Aptera), with some
remarks on winter collecting in cities.

Meeting of February 15, 1927

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., February 15, 1927, at the American Museum of Natural History,
President Henry Bird in the chair, with twenty-two members and six visitors
present.

Dr. Lutz reported the receipt of a check for $10,000 from the estate of
L. B. Woodruff. To facilitate the receipting for this amount, the following
resolution was read, and, on motion, wasi adopted. “Resolved (1) that
Frank E. Lutz be and hereby is authorized to sign for the New York Ento-
mological Society any and all papers required in Matter of the Judicial
Settlement of the Account of Proceedings of James P. Woodruff as Executor
of the last Will and Testament of Lewis B. Woodruff, deceased; and (2)
that, in the absence of Charles W. Leng, Secretary, A. H. Sturtevant be and
hereby is appointed Secretary pro tempore.”

On motion by Dr. Lutz, it was also voted that the provisions of the Wood-
ruff will concerning this amount be entered in the minutes of the Society.
These provisions are as follows: “I give and bequeath to the New York
Entomological Society (Inc.) the sum of Ten thousand dollars ($10,000)

Dec., 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

423

to be added to its 1 1 Permanent Fund. ’ ’ While intending in no way to im-
pose upon said Society any conditions with respect to this gift, or any bind-
ing restrictions respecting the use of the income derived therefrom, I would
suggest that this legacy be invested in some conservative income producing
property or securities, and that its income be devoted primarily to the pub-
lication of technically illustrated monographs within the held of the Society ’s
present authorized activities, such income to be allowed to accumulate, if
necessary, to that end; and that a memorandum of this suggestion, if it
meets with the Society’s approval, be filed with the permanent records of its
treasurer. ’ ’

It was further voted that the final investment of this money be made
subject to action by the executive committee of the Society.

The program committee reported Messrs. Engelhardt and Johnson as
speakers for the next meeting.

Mr. Engelhardt called the attention of the members of the Society to the
revival of the publication ‘ ‘ Entomologica Americana ” by the Brooklyn
Entomological Society.

Mr. Frank M. Jones read a paper on “The Mating of the Psychidae, a
Photographic Record. ’ ’ The speaker reviewed the literature on the mating
and reproduction of the psychid moths. Certain European members of the
group reproduce by parthenogenesis, but this must be rare if it occurs at all
with our local species. The common Thyridopterix ep hemeraeformis has been
much studied, but the method of mating was still uncertain. Using much
material, and new methods (more especially instantaneous fixation of mated
pairs by plunging them in boiling water), the speaker was able to show that
mating occurs by means of great elongation of the male abdomen. The
male genitalia are then brought into direct connection with the genital open-
ing of the grub-like female, within the split pupa case of the female. These
results were illustrated by photographs, lantern-slides and preserved
specimens.

Dr. Albert Hartzell read a paper on ‘ 1 The Leaf-Hoppers of Economic Im-
portance in our Local Fauna.” Of the 175 species recorded1 from New York
State, the speaker estimated that about 40 to 50 are abundant enough to
be of economic importance. The damage done is of two kinds — that result-
ing directly from sucking plant juices, and that resulting from the fact that
certain species serve as carriers for plant diseases. Two hoppers of the
latter class were discussed in more detail : Empoasca f abaci ^ which carries
the virus of “ hopped-burn ” of potatoes, and Cicadula 6-guttata, carrier for
il aster yellows.”

The paper was illustrated by photographs and specimens.

Meeting of March 1, 1927

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., on March 1, 1927, in the American Museum of Natural History,
President Henry Bird in the chair, with twenty- six members and nine visitors
present.

424

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xxxv

The treasurer reported the receipt on February 15, 1927, of the $10,000
bequest from Lewis B. Woodruff, which was handed on February 16, 1927,
to the Farmers ’ Loan and Trust Company, who have charge of the Perma-
nent Fund of the Society, and from whom the following Declaration was
received, viz.:

The Farmers’ Loan and Trust Company hereby declares that it has re-
ceived an additional sum of Ten thousand dollars ($10,000) which it holds
and will hold as Trustee pursuant to the terms of a declaration of trust
executed by it June 1, 1927, for the benefit of the New York Entomological
Society and which sum shall be added to the Permanent Fund of said Society.

[Signed] The Farmers’ Loan and Trust Company,
by J. G. Kilbreth,

Assistant Trust Officer

The treasurer delivered the original Declaration of June 1, 1927, to be
deposited in the American Museum of Natural History, a copy thereof being
printed in the Journal for December, 1917, Vol. XXV, pp. 197-198, and
called attention to the fact that its terms had been approved by a com-
mittee of which Mr. Woodruff was a member as shown by the minutes of
May 15, 1917 (Vol. XXV, p. 240). He also delivered the Farmers’ Loan
and Trust Company’s receipt for the check of $10,000.

Mr. Hall, for the Executive Committee, reported the following resolution
which was adopted: Whereas the American Museum of Natural History,
through their officials, have aided materially with the legal processes involved
in the settlement of the bequest of Lewis B. Woodruff, deceased, to the New
York Entomological Society:

Be it resolved:

That the New York Entomological Society herewith express their
appreciation of the cordial attitude of the Museum, and of the very material
service rendered in this matter, and beg to tender herewith their recorded
vote of thanks to the Museum.

Henry Bird, Herbert F. Schwarz,

[Signed] Gaylord C. Hall, Harry G. Barber.
Howard Notman,

The resignation of Miss Irene Dobroscky was accepted with regret.

Mr. H. F. Schwarz spoke of the next issue of the Directory of the Sci-
entific Alliance and, on motion by Mr. Sherman, the Society voted to bear
its proportionate share of the expense of printing.

Mr. Mutchler announced that the books ordered by members from the
Woodruff Library were ready for delivery.

Mr. Frank Johnson spoke of “ Protective Mimicry of the Undersides of
Butterflies’ Wings.” He exhibited four cases of Morpho and other tropical
species, and showed how the coloration resembled the localities in which
each would be found. From his own experiences in collecting lie was able
to do this in great detail and show how the color of the underside was
always protective.

Dec., 1927]

Proceedings of the Society

425

Mr. Engelhardt spoke of 1 1 The Bomance of Life-History Hunting in the
Clear-wing Moths (Aegeriidse). ’ * After reference to the work of Mr. and
Mrs. Beutenmuller, Joutel, and others he told how he had devoted himself
for years to the study of the life history. Two boxes were exhibited as
illustration of the work done by the larvae. About forty life histories had
been traced, showing that some species bore in solid Avood, others in branches,
stems, roots, etc., the whole affording interesting experiences and adding
materially to our knowledge of the group? which occurs across the conti-
nent, from Mexico to Alaska and sea level to the mountain tops.

In the discussion following his remarks, in which Messrs, Schwarz, Lem-
mer and Sherman took part, the latter, in lighter vein, told how an auc-
tioneer had once offered Mr. Beutenmuller ’s monograph as a treatise on Sea-
side Moths.

Meeting of March 15, 1927

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held at
8 P. M., March 15, 1927, in the American Museum of Natural History;
President Henry Bird in the chair with thirty-four members, and twenty-
seven visitors present.

The regular order of business was by unanimous consent suspended and
Dr. Leland O. Howard, Chief U. S. Bureau of Entomology, was elected an
honorary member of the Society by a rising vote.

The program committe reported Dr. Phillip Garman and C. W. Leng as
speakers for the next meeting.

Dr. Sturtevant delivered an address ‘ ‘ Observations on Slave-making
Ants. ’ * He said in part : There are four slave-making forms of ants in the
immediate neighborhood of New York City — Formica sanguinea, subsp.
rubicunda, F. sanguinea, subsp. subintegra, Polyergus lucidus, and Harpa-
goxenus americanus. Specimens of these four forms, collected at Morris-
town, N. J., in the summer of 1926, were exhibited together with the usual
slave species and some species occasionally found as slaves. The raids of
F. subintegra and of P. lucidus were described, and attention was called to
some of the problems not yet satisfactorily solved in connection with these
raids.

Harpagoxenus americanus is a rare ant, whose habits were previously very
imperfectly known. A report was given of experiments on colony- founding,
the full account of which is to be published in a forthcoming issue of
1 ‘ Psyche. ’ ’

Dr, Howard, under the title, “Some Observations on Entomology and
Entomologists, ’ ’ spoke first of the International Entomological Congress to
be held in Ithaca in August, 1928, and of the Washington Entomological
Society whose greetings he brought to us. He then spoke of the appropria-
tion necessarily made to counteract the ravages liable to be perpetrated by
the European corn-borer, contrasting the helpless condition of this creature
for seven months of the year with the superior wealth and intelligence of the
human race, but pointing out that each female corn-borer being* capable of

426

Journal New York Entomological Society [Voi. xxxv

laying 700 eggs, onr intelligence will not overcome her instinct unless used.
He passed then to a number of instances of phoresy recently brought to
light, cases in which the instinct of the parent secured a free ride on the
appropriate host for the purpose of depositing eggs. Apart from the in-
terest as a series of scientific Observations there had been an important
corollary in connection with spotted fever ticks.

Prompted by Dr. Lutz, Dr. Howard gave a resume of the principal prob-
lems confronting his department, the cotton boll-weevil, the corn-borer, the
Japanese bettle and gypsy moth, with 150 other projects also in progress.
The drama of the cotton boll-weevil included ruined planters, the suicide of
bankers, the exodus of starving Negroes, with the department struggling to
induce the burning of dead stalks of the cotton plant and the planting of
early maturing cotton. After describing the damage done by the four
principal pests and the remedies he advised he closed with an account of
arsenical dusting by aeroplanes at night at a cost of about $5.00 per acre.

Dr. Howard’s address was followed with close attention and discussed by
Messrs. Bird, Bagot, Engelhardt, Angell, Olsen and others.

Mr. Engelhardt called attention to the approaching 55th anniversary of
the Brooklyn Entomological Society and the resumed publication of Ento-
mologica Americana as well as the Bulletin.

INDEX TO NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS
IN VOLUME XXXV

Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subgenera, species,
subspecies, varieties and new names are printed in italics.

Ababa

crinita, 107
Abelus

inermis, 191
luctuosus, 191
Achillea

lanulosa, 127
Achorutes

viaticus, 317
Aconophora

project a, 160
Acronycta

lanceolaria, 315
wanda, 315
Actias

mittrei, 215
Aelothrips

oculatus, 125
vehemens, 123
wdtmorei, 124
Aeshna

arida, 69
cerulea

septentrionalis, 69
interrupta

interna, 69
nevadensis, 69
mu tat a, 69
sitchensis, 69
tuberculifera, 69, 70
umbrosa, 69, 70
ventricalis, 69
Aethalion

apicale, 186
b as ale, 186
fissum, 186
gratum, 186
latreilei, 186

nervoso-punctatum, 186
nigrum,, 186
parviceps, 186
picta, 186
punctatum, 186
quadratum, 186
reticulatum, 186
servillei, 186
variabilis, 186
Agrias

aedon, 215
Agyrtes

primoticus, 365
Agyrtini, 333
Agyrtodes, 334
Amblycorypha

oblongifolia, 171, 172, 174
floridana, 173
Amblyscirtes

Carolina, 313
Anacroneuria

aethiops, 116
annulicauda, 111
blanda, 117
cincta, 114
coronata, 117
dilaticollis, 110, 117
naomi, 115
nigrocincta, 113
sulana, 112
Anax

amazili, 65, 67, 68
junius, 217

concolor, 65, 66, 68
longipes, 65, 66
walsinghami, 65, 66, 68
Anosia

plexippus, 217, 310

427

428

Journal New York Entomological Society

Apantesis

figurata, 315
excelsa, 315
Apatetica, 333
Aphetea

maculata, 163
Apteroloma, 332
Ardistomis

obliquus, 311
Arphia

xanthoptera, 42
Autoserica

japonica, 312
Azalea

atlantica, 313

Baetis, 319
Bagnalliella

glaucce, 139
Basilarchia
astyanax

albofasciata, 106

Bassus

gibbosus, 244
Batis

maritima, 54
Bembidula

quadrifasciata, 105
Bocydium

germari, 398
globulare, 398
globulifera, 398
tintinnabulifermrq 398
Boutelona

oligostachya, 129
Brachybelus

cruraliSj 401
Brachycentrotus
hirsutus, 403
punctatus, 403
Brachyloma, 332
Brachypremna
unicolor, 266
Brenthis

frigga, 107
pales, 107

Buprestis

salisburyensis, 420
striata, 420
sulcicollis, 420

Cacama

carbonaria, 377
crepitans, 376
Calosoma

calidum, 309
Campylocentrus
aculeolus, 401
brevicornis, 401
cavipennis, 401
costalis, 401
curvidens, 401
gibbicornis, 401
hamifer, 401
sinuatus; 401
Carabus

groenlandicus, 105
Caripeta

angustiorata, 315
Carrhydrus

crassipes, 177
Catocala

andromedse, 315
herodias, 313, 315
Catopocerini, 333
Centriculus

rufotestaeeus, 401
Centruchoides
perdita, 397
Cercyonis

alope-nephele, 107
Ceresa

cuprea, 160
project a, 161
Chelonus

fissus, 244
Cherostus

fulvomaculata, 63
Chirothrips

crenulatus, 130
simplex, 128

Index

429

Chlorion

ichneumonea, 310
Chortophaga

australior, 42
viridifasciata, 42
Cicada

marginala, 374
montezuma, 374, 376
Cicadula

sex-notata, 101, 423
Cirsiun

occidentale, 182
Cis

creberrima, 63
Citheronia

sepulchralis, 313, 315
Clidophleps

astigma, 384
blaisdelli, 384
pallida, 384
tenuis, 382
vagans, 384
wrighti, 384
Coscinocera

hercules, 215
Cryptolabis

minutula, 62, 63
Cychrus

shoemakeri, 311

Dadselia

ambigua, 63
Daimon

satyrus, 403
serricornis, 403
Dasypelates, 334
Dialytes

ulkei, 422
Dichromorpha
viridis, 42
Dicranoptycha

rogersi, 55, 56
Diplotaxis

frondicola, 314
Dissosteira

Carolina, 313

Dorcus

nanns, 310

Ecanus, 334
Elaphrus

clairvillei, 310
Elephantomyia
banlcsi, 273
Embolcecia

sauzalitae, 182
Emmesa

conneetens, 369
Empoasca

fabsem, 423
Encoptolophus
sordidus, 42
Endoastus

caviceps, 187
Ennearthron

thoracicorne, 63
Ephemera, 319
Ephiphyes

Carolina, 313
Epiglaea

apiata, 315
Epiurus

pterophori, 244
Erebia

magdelina, 107
sophia, 107
odora, 217, 313
Eriocera

candidipes, 271
conjuncta, 273
dimidiata, 273
intermedia, 271
melanolitha, 272
semirufa, 273
Eriophyes

eucricotes, 314
Erioptera

quinquecincta, 278
Erynnis

meridianus, 261

430

Journal New York Entomological Society

Etoneus

cornutulus, 391
reticulatus, 391
Euparius

marmoreus, 63
Eupelates, 334
Euphydryas

gilletti, 107
Euptoieta

claudia, 106
Eurymus

eurytheme, 106
Eurytoma

solenozoplierise, 254, 257
tylodermatis, 244
Eustollia

cornuta, 189
punctata, 189
jubata, 189
Euwalkeria

latipes, 391

F'lexocentrus
felinus, 392
Formica

sanguinea

rubicunda, 425
subintegra, 425

Geranomyia

cerberus, 266
cinereinota, 266
recisa, 267
Gerridius

scutellatus, 188
Goniolomus

tricorniger, 399
Gonomyia

armigera, 58
bicornuta, 266, 276
bidentata, 60
cinera, 61
cognatella, 58
florens, 58
helophila, 61
kansensis, 59

reflexa, 59
salmani, 274
spinifer, 58

siibterminalis, 266, 275
tceniata, 59
Graptolitha

lepida, 315
nigrescens, 315
querquera, 315
thaxteri, 315
viridipallens, 315
Gyphona

octomaculata, 173

Harpagoxenus

americanus, 425
Heliothrips

indicus, 421
Helius

albitarsis, 266
Helonias

bullata, 313
Hemadas

nubilipennis, 253, 254, 255,
256, 257

Heodes

rubidus, 107
Heptagenia, 319
Hoperius, 177

planatus, 178
Hoplocephala

ferruginea, 63
viridipennis, 63
Humator, 354

Ipelates, 334, 366
Ischnocentrus

inconspicuous, 400
niger, 400
retrospinus, 400
Ithomiinse, 23

Lachnosterna
semula, 315
diffinis, 315
luctuosa, 314

Index

431

Lamproptera

capriolus, 189
cristata, 189
vaeca, 189
L ant an a

odorata, 54
Lapara

coniferarum, 315
Lasperyresia

molesta, 312
Latrodectus

mactans, 216
Lepiota

procera, 53
Leucocrinum

montanum, 129
Licinus

silphoides, 105
Limenitis
Ursula

albofasciata, 311

Limonia

hoffmani , 265, 266
basistylata, 266
Lirania

bituberculata, 391
Lophoptilus

eloisella, 241
Lophyraspis

parvimosca, 188
scutellata, 188
vittata, 188
Lucanus

eervus, 215, 216
Luciola.

picticollis, 315
Lycium

chinensis, 215
Lycoderes

burmeisteri, 395
capitata, 395
emarginatus, 395
fuscus, 394
gaff a, 394
galeritus, 394
gladiator, 394

hippocampus, 394
igniventer, 394
lobatus, 394
latipennis, 395
minamen, 395
mitratus, 395
petasus, 395
phasianus, 395
pileolum, 395
prolixus, 395
serraticornis, 395
unicolor, 395
Lyrosoma, 333
Lyrosomini, 332

Malacosoma

americana, 219
Marginatus, 359
Marshallela, 168

rubripes , 166, 402
Melampsalta
kansa, 385
parvula, 385
Melanoplus

bivittatus, 312
differ entialis, 42, 312
femur-rubrum, 42
Melinsea, 23
comma, 34
egina, 28
equicola, 28
ethra, 29
idae, 30
lilis, 28
maelus, 31
marsaeus, 32
maenius, 34
mediatrix, 30
menophilus, 32
mnasias, 28
mneme, 30
mnemopsis, 29
scylax, 29
tecta, 28
thera, 28

432

Journal. New York Entomological Society

Melitsea

phaeton, 312
Melizoderes

carinatus, 397
culcullatus, 397
dohrni, 397
gayi, 397
Membracis

nigrolutea, 159
Microbembex

monodonta, 314
Microcentrum

rhombifolium, 171
Micropholcomma, 152
cceligenus, 152
Mina

aliena, 188
stylata, 188
Miosilpha

necrophiloides, 366
Monobelus

fasciatus, 404
flavidus, 404
irroratus, 404
lateralis, 404
nasuta, 404
niger, 404
obtusiceps, 404
turquinensis, 404
Musca

vomitoria, 250

Nacophora

ypsilon, 315
Nanosella

fungi, 310
Necrodes

littoralis, 350
primaevus, 368
surinamensis, 339, 347
tricostata, 368
Necrophilus

orbicollis, 77, 79, 81
pettitii, 338
subterraneus, 337
tomeritosus, 77, 79, 81

Necydalis

mellita, 422
N eognophomy ia

immaculipennis, 277
trinit atis, 277
f Neoperla

annulicauda, 111
Neoplatypedia
ampliata, 384
constricta, 385
Nepalensis, 354
Nessorhinus

gibberulus, 399
gracilis, 399
vulpes, 399
Nicomia

cicadoides, 187
interrupta, 187
lemniscata, 187
obliqua, 187
Nicrophorus, 331
didymus, 353
distinctus, 354
germanicus, 355
grandior, 355
guttulus, 360
hybridus, 360
olidus, 354
orbicollis, 353
sayi, 353
Nodynus, 334
Notiophilus

nemoralis, 105
aquaticus, 105
borealis, 105

Oeda

hamulata, 392
inflata, 392
informis, 392
Oedothorax

eranistes, 148
UmncBus, 149
pidacitis, 151
platyrhinus, 147

Index

433

potamius, 150
sarcocuon, 149
Okanagana

arctostaphylae, 380

balli, 213

bella

rubrocaudata, 213
fratercula, 377, 379, 380
gibbera, 377, 380
magnifica, 213
mariposa, 213
nigriviridis, 213
nigrodorsata, 213
opacipennis, 380
oregona, 213
rubrorenosa, 213
schaefferi, 380
triangulata, 213
Onothophagus

cribrieollis, 314
Ophicentrus

notandus, 401
Ormosia

brevicalcarata, 61
Ormyrus

vaceiniicola, 254, 255, 257
Orthobelus

havanensis, 402
polyi, 402
urus, 402

Palgeosilpha

fraasii, 368
Pamphila
juba

dodgei, 175
Papaipema

erubescens, 182
stenoscelis, 315
Papilio

ajax, 309, 314
alexandrae, 215
antennor, 215
troilus, 309

Parapamea, 181
Pasimachus

sublsevis, 311
Pelatines, 334
Pepsis

marginata, 216
Periplaneta

americana, 313
Perla

aeothips, 116
annulicauda, 111
aurantiaca, 110
cincta, 114
dilaticollis, 117, 118
morio, 117
nigrocincta, 113
Peterophylla

camellifolia, 171
Phormophora
sprcta, 170
Phosphuga

atrata, 369
Pilaria

nacrea, 270
triangularis, 266, 270
Pinus

scopulorum, 126
Platydema

ellipticum, 63
Platypedia

barbata, 384
putnami, 384
Poanes

yehl, 313
Polyergus

lucidus, 425
Polymera

fusca, 269
prolixicornis, 269
Polymitarcys
virgo, 321
Polyporus

gilvus, 63
lucidus, 63
versicolor, 63

434

Journal New York Entomological Society

Populus

aurea, 124
Potamanthus

diaphanus, 319, 320
flaveola, 319
inequalis, 319
medius, 319
myops, 319, 320, 323
rufous, 323
verticis, 319, 320
Prepona

omphala, 215
praeneste, 215
Problema

byssus, 313
Psectragleea

carnosa, 315
Pseudocarabites

deplanatus, 365
Pseudolfersia

maculata, 102
Pseudolimnophila
australina, 56
contempta, 57
nigripleura, 57
Ptomascopus, 364

aveyronensis, 368
Pygarctia

abdominalis, 315
Pyrameis

cardai, 312

Quadrinarea

u-flava, 168, 402

Eagytes, 334
Eheseyntis

morti, 215
Ehinomacer

pallipennis, 310
Ehyncopterix
salina, 53
Eomalea

microptera, 42, 43

Saldoidea

slossonae, 216

Sanguisorba

canadensis, 314
Saururus

ceriums, 180
Scaphinotus

catalinsB, 108
Schistocera

americana, 310
flaviventris, 421
gregaria, 421
Sciagraphia

granitata, 314
Scytodepsa

exigua, 184
magna, 184
tricarinata, 163
Sericothrips

apicalis, 137
beaches, 133
interruptus, 136
pedicellatus, 131
setosus, 135
spirit us, 138
variabilis, 132, .133
Silpha

senescens, 347
americana, 77, 79, 81
americanus, 347
beutenmuelleri, 367
bituberosa, 332
coloradensis, 346
color ata, 369
deplanata, 370
dispar, 366
inaequalis, 346
lapponica, 346

novaboracensis, 77, 78, 79,
81, 346

obsoleta, 369
opaca, 346
quadripunctata, 342
ramosa, 332, 347
reitteri, 367
stratuum, 369
terminata, 347
tricostata, 366

Index

435

trituberculata, 345
truncata, 346
vestusta, 367
Smerdalea

horrescens, 399
S’olenozopheria

vaccinii, 253, 254
Specius

speciosus, 374
Sphseroderus

brevoorti, 105
Sphaeroloma, 333
Stachys

palustris, 138
Stegaspis

aperta, 396
bracteata, 396
folium, 396
fronditia, 396
galeata, 396
insolita, 396
lsevipennis, 396
viridis, 396
Stenaspilates

zalissaria, 315
Stictodepsa

fuscata, 184
Stictolobus

masculatus, 162
Stylocentrus
ancora, 398
championi, 398
Sympetrum

ambiguum, 71
atripes, 71
illotum, 71
madidum, 71
pallipes, 71
verum, 71

Tachina

vulgaris, 314
Thanatophilus, 346
Thrips

variabilis, 132

Thyridopterix

ephemerseformis, 423
Tibicen

apache, 213
chloromera, 374
inauditus, 376
robinsoniana, 373
semicincta, 213
ti grina, 374
Tibicinoides

mercedita, 382
minuta, 381, 382
Tolania

armata, 191
cristata, 190
fasciata, 190
felina, 190
fraterna, 191
humilis, 191
obscura, 190
opponens, 191
scutata, 190
semipellucida, 190
Tramea

abdominalis, 73
Carolina, 73
cophysa, 73
insularis, 73
lacerta, 73
onusta, 72
virginica, 73
Trentepohlia

niveitarsis, 266
Tropidaspis

carinatus, 187
jubata, 187
truncaticornis, 187
Tyroglyphus

lintneri, 244

Yaccinium

corymbosum, 253, 254
pennsylvanicum, 254
Yanessa

milberti, 102

subpallida, 102

436

Journal Mew York Entomological Sooiet

Vespilloides, 355

Yucca

glauca, 141

Williamsiana

ferruginosa, 191

Zimioma

grossa, 369

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 77th Street and Eighth Avenue^

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00.

Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Officers for the Year 1927

President , HENRY BIRD - Rye, N. Y.

Vice-President, A. H. STURTEVANT Columbia University, New York

Secretary, CHAS. W. LENGV...-..:; Public Museum, Staten Island, N. Y.

Treasurer, WM. T. DAVIS 146 Stuyvesant Place, New Brighton, Staten Island, N. Y.

Librarian, FRANK E. WATSON ..American Museum of Natural History, New York

Curator, A. J. MUTCHLER..,. American Museum of Natural History, New York

H. G. Barber,

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Ernest Shoemaker,

Herbert F. Schwarz

Howard Notman,

G. C. Hall.

Harry B. Weiss,

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

F. E. Lutz, John D. Sherman, Jr.

C. E. Olsen.

A. J. Mutchler,

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Harry B. Weiss,

Dr. A. H. Sturtevant.

E. L. Bell,

AUDITING COMMITTEE
Wm. F. Lawler, Jr.,

Dr. E. R. P. Janvrin.

FIELD COMMITTEE

A. S. Nicolay, E. Shoemaker.

DELEGATE TO TEE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
William T. Davis.

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at Lime and Green Sts.,
Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to the Journal
should be sent to the Publication Committee, New York Entomo-
logical Society, American Museum of Natural History, New York
City; all subscriptions to Lime and Green Sts., Lancaster,
Pa., or to the Treasurer, Wm. T. Davis, 146 Stuyvesant Place,
New Brighton, Staten Island, New York, and all books and pam-
phlets to the Librarian, Prank E. Watson, American Museum of
Natural History, New York City. Terms for subscription, $3.00
per year, strictly in advance. Please make all checks, money-
orders, or drafts payable to New York Entomological Society.

Reprints of papers printed in the Journal will be supplied at
the following rates, provided notice is sent to the Publication
Committee before the page proof has been corrected.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pj .

50 copies 2.00 4.35 4.65 4J35 7d50 8.00

Additional 100 ’a 50 1.20 1.60 1.60 2.50 2.50

Covers & -.Likl. 50 copies, $2.50; additional 100, 1.50

Half-tone prints 1% cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electrotypes oi
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.

gif

SUYPLEMENT

COLEOPTERA: Provancher 77 (Que.). (Delete Schiodte). Pierce 04:18 (genera

of triunguloid larvae of Meloidae, Rhipiphoridae, Strepsiptera) .

COLEOPTERA AQUATIC: Needham, Guide to the Study of Fresh Water Biology 27:28

(common fain, and genera of larvae).

CAR AB I DAE: Harpalinae Bisetosae: Bemhidiini: Bemhidion (s. lat.) Hayward

97:134 (n.e. N.A.).

ATIPHIZOIDAE: Van lyke, Pan-P. Ent. Ill, 27:197.

DYTISCIDAE; Ilybius Pall, Ent. News XXXVIII, 27:284, Copelatus Schaeffer
08:17.

HYDROPHILIDAE: Schiodte 61:30 (genera of larvae). Helochares- Helocombus ,

Helohata Winters, Pan-P. Eni. IV, 27:19-29. Sphaeridiinae Knisch, Arch.
Naturg. LXXXV (A, ’)> 20:71 (genera).

STAPHYLINOIDEA Hatch, Univ. Minn. Agr. Exp. Sta. Tec. Pull. 48, 27:9-12 (fam.
of adults and larvae).

SILPHIDAE: Silphinae Hatch 27:4-6 (adults and larvae of Minn. ) . Nicrophorus

Barkov/sJci, Ent. Rund. XXVII, 10:79. Catopinae Hatch 27:14-15 Igenera of
adults and larvae). Anogdus Hatch 27:17.

STAPHYLINIDAE Hatch 27:9-10 (sub fam. ).

CLAVIGERIDAE: Adranes Wickham 01.25.

MELYRIDAE: Temropsophus Hatch, Ann. Ent, Soc. Am. XX, 27:266. Dasytes

Blaisdell 06:16.

CL2RIDAE: Monophylla Wolcott 10:340. Trichoces Wolcott 10:367. Cregyra

Wolcott 10:384. Orthopleura Wolcott 10:296.

RHIPIPHORIDAE: Macrosiagon Pierce 04:12. Rhlpiphorus Pierce 04:9, Ent. News

XXI, 20:277.

BUPRESTIDAE: Polycesta Fall 05:73. Schizopini Horn 93:137 (genera), Fall

05:72 (generaT! Trachykele Fall 06:165. Cinyra Schaeffer 05:128.
Mastogeniini Schaeffer 05:149.

DERMESTI DAE : T.Iu t ch 1 e r and Weiss, N. J. Dept. Agr. Circ. 108, 27:16-26.

Ilycetaeidae: lycetina Fall 07:174.

MELANRRYIDAE: Melandrya Hatch, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. XX, 27:363.

SCARABAEIDAE: Aphodiinae Schmidt, Das Tierrich, Lief 45, 1922. Aphodius Broun,

Can. Ent. LIX, 27:163 (stercorosus group).

CETONIINAE: Gymnetis Schaeffer 05:159

CER AMRYC IDAE: Cerambycinae : Tetrooium Hamilton 96:165. Tessarooa Hamilton

96:163. Ihidion Schaeffer 05:162. "Tragidi on Hamilton 96:167.’ Crossidius
Hamilton 96:171.

Lamiinae: Gberea Webster, Bull. 111. Lab. Nat, Hist. VII, 04:3 (bimaculatus

group) .

CHRYS0I6SLIDAE: Orsodacninae Brisley, Pan-P. Ent. IV, 27:55.

Galerucinae: Diabrotica Scott, Ohio Nat. IX, 08:424 (Ohio).

Haltipinae: Crepidod erini Schaeffer 05:175 (genera).

MYLABRIDAE Boving, Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. XXIX, 27:140 (genera of larvae).

Mylabris Boving, ibid 27:141 (larvae).

CURCULIONIDAE: Otiorhynchinae: Artipus Mitchell and Pierce 11:49.

Curculioninae: Laemosaccini Schaeffer 05:140. Micralcinus Buchanan, Ent.

News XXXVIII, 27:169.

Cossinae Horn 73:451-447. (Delete Rhyncolus )

Calendrinae Horn 73:407-430 (Delete Scyphophorus and Calendra Horn).

Calendra Chittenden 04:2 28 (simplex group), 04:132 (vene.tus group).

STREPSIPTERA Pierce 04:13 (genera).

Correspondents v/ill do a favor by transmitting to the author any other references

that should be included in this supplement.

> )J

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Journal of the New York Entomological Society"

See other formats